Perfect

Knowledge of Palmistry

Ram Babu Sao

Auhor: Ram Babu Sao

Ram Babu Sao is meritorious, genius and very intellectual person since
childhood and is a Mechanical Engineer. He secured the first rank in schooling
period. He has deep interest in Palmistry since deeply committed Palmistry
research and development work. Sincerity, deep study and his hobby has put him
into the use of many new techniques and methods

for palmistry interpretation. He has studied many books and magazines on

Palmistry and interpreted many hands in his life accurately where many people
have been benefitted. There are thousands book on Palmistry covering small
aspect on the subject matter. He thought of the necessity of a consolidated book
covering all the pertaining to Palmistry knowledge of Palmistry” is the jest of
most of the topics on palmistry. This will result in improving the general quality
levels of the reader to a greater satisfaction. He has taken a lead in upgrading the
process of awareness of various matters benefiting the fresh learner in palmistry.
Anybody can avail of practical knowledge on various topics related to the
subject matter and can make interpretation in detail of himself or his family
member with the help of this Book.
childhood. He is and involved in
Preface
Good health means a perfect balance between the body, mind and soul. This can
be gauged by the knowledge of palmistry. Palmistry isn’t only about character
analysis or fortune telling, it’s a powerful tool in preventing illness. Lots of
underlying health conditions shows on the palm, months before they manifest as
health problems. Person may consult the physician and get a professional
opinion about any suspected disease. Palmistry, from the medical point of view,
has emerged as a science in its own right that has helped doctors and patients
alike in diagnosing difficult diseases. If you have intuition or power of
suggestion and knowledge of reasoning and wisdom, you can help your friends,
as well as yourself, to maintain better health. Today, Palmistry is no longer
considered an occult science. It has fast been diagnosing symptoms that would
manifest themselves. Palmistry will help you with a quick medical check-up in
advance.
“Good health is money and is Prosperity too”. The book, “Perfect knowledge of
Palmistry”, is a unique book, which is very informative and also easy to
understand. One book is truly the equivalent of several books on palmistry. You
can make predictions of lots of underlying health conditions shown on the palm,
even months before they manifest as health problems. Thus you may find out
any kind of suspected disease in your palm or in the palm of any member of your
family with the help of this single book. This provides some of the elementary
and in depth essential elements on complete palm predictions. Many of the
basics on palmistry are explained in detail. gaining a reputation for otherwise
take years to

Palmistry is not knowing your future, but planning your future by averting the
misshapenness by action in the right time, by attending the family doctor or
wearing Gems, wearing Yantras, chanting Mantras or attending the treatment of
any conic disease predicted in advance. It is important to realize that success
comes only with the right actions at the right timing. The whole secret of
Palmistry is “Right Timing”. This book provides in advance for successful
ventures such as starting a business, buying a home, or investing in the Stock
Market. By using the book, your life will be more prosperous than ever before. It
is important to work “Smartly” but not hard.

iii
Many people need to know about foreign travel, settling in abroad, their
financial status, most important events and their future whether it is going to
improve or is it going to get worse. Is now the time to spend or save? Money
controls the way we live our lives, and this amazing readings will give you the
insight, you need to take control of your financial future or your health. It could
be one of the most important readings that you will get through this Book that
can truly change your life. This Book will isolate time to capture the situation
and reveal its significance. At last, you have discovered a direct channel that will
allow you an insight into your own destiny. Many “psychic services” charge you
as much as $50, $75, or even $100 for a single reading, but, this book offers you
a single instrument for reading as many as you want and that too at the cheapest
rate. The technically advanced matters allow you to deliver your reading to
reading be available to read and analyze at your own pace. In addition, this book
offers you an opportunity to record your own readings and readings of your
family members by yourself. Just realize that how much you are going to save
on account of palm readings for you and your family members.
you quickly and effectively. Not only will your

incredibly accurate but also you will have it

This is your journey. You may feel compelled to consult the any Online Psychic
frequently, or as often as your circumstances warrant. Through this book, you
may record the information you read and so you can review, re-evaluate and
reconsider its significance as often as you like. As you continue to consult this
book for answers to important issues in your life, an accurate record of your
responses will be chronologically archived to allow you to a greater
understanding of yourself as you relate to the complex world around you. This
means that you can make money by using “Right Time” methods by reading
your palm to gain knowledge on when and how to do things. Gain Wisdom
through knowledge of planetary influences by understanding when and not to
act. Gain Power and Status using your own cycles that empower you toward
success. Avoid Problems to your health before they happen by knowing the right
time to act. Be comfortable with gifts provided by the universe, as you deserve
them. It is full of all information at one place to be referred easily and quickly by
anybody whether busy in any profession.

If all parents knew at least something of Palmistry, the vast majority of children
would be more usefully trained and their proper tendencies developed. It is often
too late when a child discovers, and most probably by accident, some tendency
or talent that had never been suspected by its parents. It is no wonder that so few
persons find their true vocations in the world, when it is remembered the
random, haphazard way in which children are brought up, educated for the most
part in some scholastic mill that grinds down all to the same dead level of
mediocrity, and then turns them into the Army, the Church, or into trade. If, on
the contrary, all these studies that teach the understanding of character were
more encouraged, parents would have less excuse for the supreme ignorance
they now show as to the real nature of those children who hold them responsible
for their entry into the battlefield of existence. It is from this standpoint that I
earnestly hope this study of hands may someday be taken up. It is from the same
standpoint that I have now written this book.

The detection of criminals by taking impressions of the tips of the fingers and by
thumb marks is now used by the police of almost every country, and thousands
of criminals have been tracked down and identified by this means. To-day, at
Scotland Yard, is seen that almost an entire library is now devoted to books on
this side of the subject “Palmistry” and the collections that the Scotland Yard
Police have made for study and the detection of criminals. The French police
first commenced the detection of criminals by use of Palmistry Book. If the
ignorant prejudice against a complete study of the hand were overcome, the
police would be greatly assisted by studying the lines of the palm, and acquiring
knowledge of what these lines mean, especially as regards mentality and the
inclination of the brain in one direction or another.

Table of Contents
1. Introduction 1-22
1.1 History of Astrology 1-2
1.2 Palmistry 2-4
1.3 Terminology 4-12
1.4 Definition 12-17
1.5 Signs, Symbols & Marks 17-21
1.6 Reference of Books 21-22
2. Major Lines Palmistry 23-84
2.1 Life Line (Line of Vitality) 23-35
2.2 Head Line (Line of Mentality) 36-57
2.3 Heart Line (Line of Love or Emotion) 57-66
2.4 Fate Line (Line of Destiny) 66-84
3. Minor Lines Palmistry 85-140
4. Mounts Palmistry 141-182
5. Loops Palmistry 183-192
6. Marks, Signs & Symbols Palmistry 193-266
7. Fingers Palmistry 267-296
8. Nail Palmistry 297-308
9 Hands Palmistry 309-316
10. Palms Palmistry 317-320
11 Face Palmistry 321-328
12 Date and Timing Palmistry 329-332
13 Yoga Palmistry 333-356
14 Medical Palmistry 357-372
15. Case Study 373-376

1
Introduction
1.1 History
Samudra, the deity of the Sea has first given this knowledge to the world; hence
this is called 'Samudrika'. Sages like Narada, Valmiki, Garga, Bhrigu, Prahlada
and Astrologers like Varahamihira have done a lot of work in Palmistry.
Palmistry was discussed in the great books like 'Bhavishya Puranam' and 'Hasta
Sanjeevani'. Around 400 years ago an Indian Sanskrit text, titled published
which includes Samudrika Shastra’ has characterization and foretelling the
future through the study of the palm. This practice is found all over the world,
with certain variations. Palmistry can trace its roots back to Indian (Hindu)
Astrology. The Hindu sage Valmiki has written a book, titled as "The Teachings
of Valmiki Maharshi on Male Palmistry. ‘The Laws of Manu’ and the
‘Vasishtha Rules’ about the Palm reading are found in the earliest known
scriptures in the ancient Vedic literature of India. They include a list of rules
given to guide the ascetic in the correct way to lead the religious life. The first
book was translated by an Indian palmist, Shri V.A.K Ayer who published it in
1960 in the name of “Sariraka Sastra”. This means that “Indian Science of Hand
Reading”. The book describes the story, how classic Indian Palmistry became an
art of reading the signs of hand. Latter, the art of palmistry spread all over the
world from India to China, Tibet, Egypt, Persia, and Greece and to other
countries in Europe and USA. It is said that Palmistry has migrated from India to
other countries like Greece, Egypt, Persia and Syria in as ‘Sariraka Shastra’, was

Vedic stanzas about how ‘Hasta evolved. Palmistry is the art of ancient times.
Palmistry is a practice common to many different places. Palmistry is given high
regard in Western countries. Today Palmistry has completely transformed into a
science, because of the extensive research done by the intelligentsia. Palmistry is
a science of understanding the Past, Present and Future of a person by the pads
and lines of a palm. ‘The Laws of Manu’ and the ‘Vasishtha Rules’ about the
Palm reading are found in the earliest known scriptures in the ancient Vedic
literature of India. They include a list of rules given to guide the ascetic in the
correct way to lead the religious life. The first book was translated by an Indian
palmist, Shri V.A.K Ayer who published it in 1960 in the name of “Sariraka
Sastra”. This means that “Indian Science of Hand Reading”. The book describes
the story, how classic Indian Palmistry became an art of reading the signs of
hand. This is the ancient story that how the Indians used palmistry to speculate
about the future of a human being. The Indian palmists focus on the tiny little
marks of the hand like lines, spots, moles. However, while predicting many other
features, hands are also considered and no single sign or line can determine or
reveal the final prediction.

1.2 Palmistry
Each area of the palm and fingers is related to a god or goddess, and the features
of that area indicate the nature of the corresponding aspect. Such as, the ring
finger is associated with the god Sun and characteristics of the ring finger are
tied to the subject related to Sun and dealings with art, music, aesthetics, fame,
wealth, and harmony. These days palmistry is well accepted throughout the
world. We believe that "God caused signs or seals on the hands of all the human
beings." It is a science that was studied by the ancients along with astrology and
has developed until this present day. The information given below palmistry,
which consists person's character or future by "reading" the palm of that person's
hand. Some of the lines of the hand in Palmistry like, Life line, Head line, Heart
line, Fate Line, Sun line and Mercury line. The six lines found on almost all
hands, and generally given most weight by palmists. Various "lines" and
"mounts" on the palm, purportedly suggest interpretations by their relative
briefly represent of the modern

of the practice of evaluating a sizes, qualities, and intersections. Palmist also

examine characteristics of the fingers, fingernails, fingerprints and palmer skin
patterns, skin texture and colour, shape of the palm, and flexibility of the hand.
A palm reader usually begins by reading the person's 'dominant hand that means
the hand with which he or she writes or uses the most. The other hand is
believed to carry past-life or karmic information, as well as hereditary traits
which are not the case. New lines are created as a person experiences life.
Palmistry consists of the practice of evaluating a person's character or future life
by "reading" the palm of that person's hand. Although Palmistry is a science and
an art, by using psychic intuition a much greater understanding can be achieved.
The one thing that many people do not know about palmistry is that the lines on
the palm as well as the shape of the hands do change, within as little as two-three
months. Palmistry is the best predictive science next to Astrology. If the native
does not have correct “date of birth” or “time of birth” details, then Astrology
fails to predict the future of the native. In such a case, Palmistry helps to know
the future of the native accurately. The objective is to evaluate a person's
character or future by studying the palm of their hand. Palmistry reveals
individual personality and character traits through the study of the shape, size
and lines of the hands and fingers. Palmistry deals with the lines on the palm and
also deals with the shape of the hands and the colour, shape and texture of the
palm, fingers and thumb. The general concept with respect to the hand reading is
that for right-handed individuals, the right hand lines and shapes indicate the
character traits, personality and destiny one is born with and also show the
direction one’s life will take. Similarly, for left-handed individuals the left hand
lines and shapes indicate the character traits, personality and destiny one is born
with and also show the direction one’s life will take. Palmistry begins with the
obvious and proceeds, by innumerable intricate steps of judgment and
interpretation, to extreme details of the palm. Conclusions can be made from a
palmistry reading that can provide you with answers to questions you have
regarding your life. First identify the four major lines: There may be breaks in
them or they may be short, but at least four of them are there. (1) The heart line
(2) The head line (3) The life lines (4) The fate line. The passive hand in
palmistry tends to show your childhood. Mostly men will have fewer lines than a
woman. The majority of hands will have the four major lines. If a person is truly
dedicated to succeed in a career choice they will even if their palms may
disagree. Palmistry does not take away free will. Palmistry has many different
permutations in hundreds of different cultures throughout the world. Though it is
not sure how long palmistry has exited exactly, or who invented it, palmistry has
been traced back as far as the year 300 BC, to the times of Aristotle. In
Palmistry, the Uneven Line is a defective line that can be seen on any line. The
Uneven Line can be deep, then become thin and continue that way the length of
the line. The broad and shallow line indicates a person that is uncertain with very
poor self control. The Capillary Lines are finely traced lines that run together
eventually uniting into one line. When a Mount has a capillary line it will mean
the power of the mount is lessened. Wavy lines indicate a person who lacks
decision making ability. These people are followers, not leaders. Broken Lines
are seen often and are indicative of a defective condition. The kind of break
indicates the outcome of the defect. The Chained Line is always a very serious
defect and hard to repair.

1.3 Terminology
Active Mars: It is mounting of Lower Mars
Air: A hand type comprising of a square palm and long fingers. Air: It is a hand
comprising of a square palm and long fingers. Angles: It is the angles on various
parts of the hand and has significant importance.
Angle of the thumb: It is made up of the proximal joint and the outer angle of
the thumb.
Angle of generosity: It is the inner angle formed between the thumb and the
index finger.
Anthropometry: Dealing with measurement of the human body.
Apex of the mounts: It is the triangular area present on the mount formed by the
skin ridges.
Apex: The highest point of the mount under the fingers formed with the ridge
lines.
Apollo finger: It is Ring finger also known as the annular finger.
Apollo line: It Sun or Luck Line.
Apollo: It is ring finger.
Astro-palmistry: It is the combination of astrology and palmistry and is known
as Astro-palmistry. The palmist of this art is able to lay out birth chart from the
hand.
ATD Angle: Tri angle lines are known as ATD the angle. The degree of this
ATD angle and number of ridge lines are used in the medical diagnosis.
Attachment lines/Marriage line: These lines are the horizontal lines are found
at the base of the mount of Mercury. Autumn: It is mounts of Upper Mars and
Luna. Bars: It is small lines perpendicularly crossing main lines (thought to 'bar'
the flow of energy).
Beau's lines: It is horizontal grooves across the finger nails. Beau's lines: It is
horizontal ridges on the nails.
Bifurcating ridge (bifurcation): It is the point at which one friction ridge
divides into two friction ridges.
Bracelet creases: It is the creases located at the base of the palm.
Branches (Branching): It is friction ridge bifurcation or divergence of a friction
ridge path.
Bridge: It is a connecting friction ridge between and at generally right angles to
parallel running ridges.
Children lines: These are vertical lines found on the base of the mount of
Mercury cutting the marriage lines.
Chirognomy: It is a shape, finger nails, gesture.
Conic Fingers: It is the cone shape of the fingers indicating artistic appreciation
or qualities.
Consistency: It is the hardness or softness of the hand, flexibility and elasticity
of the hand.
Cyanosis: It is Distal phalange: Fate line: It is one or more vertical lines
moving up the palm towards the middle finger.
Hippocratic nails: It is Finger Nails that hump upwards like a watch glass.
Dominant hand: It is an active hand.
Non-Dominant Hand: It is a passive hand.
Dorsal aspect of the hand: It is refers to the back of the hand. Earth: It is a
hand type comprising of a square palm and short fingers.
study of genetic hand shape, finger texture, consistency, character and

a blue discolouration of the skin.

It is the top phalange of the finger. Effort lines: It is arising from the life line in
an upward direction.
Elastic hand: It has more muscle power and less fat. Elements: It is the four
basic elements are: air / water / fire / earth. These elements are associated with
hand types/shapes, fingers, and lines.
Epidermal Ridges: It is ridge.
Fate line: It is a major line that runs up the palm.
Fingerprint: A fingerprint is the unique pattern that is created by the friction
ridges on the fingers. This pattern may be transferred from the fingers to other
items in the form of a known print, a latent print or a patent print. See also types
of fingerprints and fingerprint statistics.
Fire: A hand type comprising of a rectangular palm and short fingers.
Fire: It is a hand comprising of a rectangular palm and short fingers.
Flabby hand: It is the hand lacking of muscular strength, which does not offer
resistance to pressure, under-developed thyroid glands.
Flabby hand: The hand is characterized by a lack of muscular strength -offers
no resistance to pressure, under-developed thyroid glands. It suggests an
individual who has comforts and luxury but no willpower or self-discipline.
Flexion crease: It is the permanent and unique creases or lines of the hand. See
also: Transverse crease.
Forking ridge: It is bifurcating ridge.
Furrows: It is valleys or depressions between the friction ridges.
Galton, Sir Francis: He was early fingerprint pioneer credited with naming the
original details found in a fingerprint. Girdle of Venus: It is a curving line
found above the Heart line that runs between the index finger and the pink.
Hard hand: It is a type of hand, which has a strong resistance to pressure.
Hard hand: This type of hand has a strong resistance to pressure and these
individuals tend to have an unreceptive mind; they are filled with an immense
amount of energy which is able to expand further. They are likely to do physical
labour. Head line: It is a major line that crosses the palm horizontally. Healing
lines: It is little vertical lines found between mount of Mercury and Apollo
Heart line: It is a major line that crosses the palm horizontally above the head
line.
Hyposthenia crease: horizontal crease in hyposthenia area. Hyposthenia: It is
the fleshy area of the palm encompassing the Luna mount.
Inter digital area: Area immediately below or between the fingers (digits).
Inter digital loop: A loop located between two fingers, most commonly
between the ring and little finger, or ring and middle finger.
Jupiter finger: It is the Index finger.
Jupiter: It is index finger.
Knotty fingers: Enlarged knuckles. Indicates a type of blockage or constriction
in the flow of energy indicating the person has a tendency to stop and think
about decisions before applying them.
Life line: It is a major line that encircles the thumb. Line of Intuition: It is a
crease that creates an arc around the percussive or hyposthenia area of the palm.
It is a secondary marking found curving on the palm of the hand.
Line of Mars: A parallel to the life line located inside of the life line on the
mount of Venus. There can be more than one and they are also called the
guardian angel line.
Line of Mars: It is a parallel to the life line located inside of the life line on the
mount of Venus. There can be more than one. Line on Nails: The horizontal,
longitudinal line may be observed on the nails.
Loop of courage: This is located on the lower mars. Loop of courage: This is
located on the lower mars. Loop of memory: This may be at the end of the
head line. Loop of humour: This loop is located directly between Mercury and
Apollo fingers. The person has a good sense of humour and one who enjoys
laughter.
Loop of imagination: A whorl in the same area is an even stronger sign of
imagination and a show the sign of lunar influences.
Loop of rhythm/music: this loop is found in the lower part of mount of Venus.
The loop enhances the power of music or performing art.
Loop of memory: This may be at the end of the head line. Loop of royalty/
rajah: This loop is located between the Jupiter and Saturn mounts.
Loop of seriousness: This loop is located between the Saturn and Apollo
mounts. The person will take matters seriously. Loops: Loops are formed by the
ridge lines on the pulp of the fingers. Loops are seen on the fingers and may also
be seen on various places on the palm.
Loops: Loops are formed by the ridge lines on the pulp of the fingers. Loops are
seen on the fingers and may also be seen on various places on the palm.
Lower Mars: It is above the Mount of Venus.
Upper Mars: It is above the Mount of Luna.
Plain of Mars: It is the centre of the palm
Pluto: It is at the base of the wrist beneath the Mount of Luna. Luna (moon): It
is area opposite of Venus, under the little finger.
Major lines: The major lines in the palm are life line (vitality), head (mental
ability), heart (emotional), and fate or Saturn (personality, career) lines.
Mars line: It is a line that appears inside and parallel to the life line.
Medial phalanges: It is the middle phalanges of the fingers. Medical stigmata:
These are vertical lines observed in medical professionals and healers.
Military stigmata: These are some special lines at the base of the thumb on
lower Mars also observed professionals.
Medical medical Mie’s lines: It is horizontal white lines on the nail that do not
cause an indent. It is also called the Beau's lines
Mercury finger: It is little finger or auriculars finger Mercury line: It is one or
more lines moving up the palm towards the little finger.
Neptune mount: It is found at the base of the palm immediately between the
Venus and Luna mounts. Mercury line: A secondary line that reaches the mount
of Mercury. It depends on where it begins on the palm Mercury line: It is a
secondary line that reaches the mount of Mercury. It depends on where it begins
on the palm. Mercury: It is little finger.
Military stigmata: Some special lines at the base of the thumb on lower Mars
also observed in military professionals. stigmata: These vertical lines are

professionals and in military

observed in healers. Moons: It is White/light grey half circles found at the base
of the nail.
Mount of Jupiter: It is the mount beneath the Jupiter finger. Mount of Jupiter:
The mount beneath the Jupiter finger. Its development reveals one's sense of
self-worth and authority. Mount of Luna: It is the mount at the base of the
hand. Mount of Mars (negative): It is located at the centre of the percussion,
above the Luna mount.
Mount of Mars (positive): It is situated between the thumb and the mount of
Mount of Neptune: It is located at the base of the palm in the centre, between
the mounts of Luna and Venus.
Mount of Neptune: It is the area of mount between Venus and Pluto.
Mount of Pluto: It is the area just below the mount of Moon. Mount of Saturn:
It is located beneath the Saturn finger. Mount of Sun: It is located beneath the
ring finger/ sun finger. Mount of Venus: It is the mount at the base of the
thumb. Neptune: It is area between the Mount of Luna and the Mount of Venus.
Palmer aspect of hand: It is refers to the
Palmer: The palm side of the hand.
Passive Mars: It is mounting of Upper Mars.
Percussion: It is the outside edge of the palm on the little finger side. It is ulna
side of palm
Phalange: distal phalange is the tip section of the finger, medial the middle
section and proximal the section closes to the palm. It is the individual section of
the fingers divided by finger creases. These phalanges are commonly known as
the top, middle and base phalanges.
Plain of Mars: This is the area present in the centre of the palm between upper
and lower Mars.
Pluto: It is the mount immediately below the Luna mount at the base of the
palm.
Proximal phalange: It is the base phalange.
Proximal transverse crease: It is the Head line.
Quadrangle: It is the area of the palm lying between the heart and headlines and
the area between the Heart and Head lines Radial Longitudinal Crease
Radial side of palm: It is the potion of hand on the thumb side of the palm.
Radial: It is a medical terminology which refers to the radius bone. The area of
the hand is supplied by the type of hands (Major)
Earth: It is a hand comprising of a square palm and short fingers.
Rascette: It is one of generally three creases found on the wrist and is also
known as a bracelet.
Ridge lines: The raised portions of the patterns found in the palmer surfaces of
the hands and fingers and the soles of the feet.
Ridges: It is raised 'lines' in the skin, i.e. the ones that form a fingerprint.
Ring of Apollo: It is a curved line appears around the Apollo finger. It signifies
a block to creativity.
Ring of Saturn: It is a semicircle/ curved line found at the base of the Saturn
finger.
Ring of Solomon’s: It is semicircular/curve/ straight lines in similar formation
found on the mount of Jupiter.
Rubour: It is a red discolouration of the skin.
Saturn finger: It is middle finger which is also known as the medico’s finger.
Saturn: It is middle finger.
Seasons: It is Chinese palmistry.
Secondary lines: They are the lines other than the major lines; these may or may
not appear on the hand.
Simian line: It is the fusion of both the head and heart lines that crosses as one
crease from one side of the palm to the other.
Skin ridges: It is raised skin markings that appear like the furrows of a ploughed
field and is also known as papillary or epidermal ridges.
Soft hand: It is neither lazy nor dynamic, but energy can be developed through
exercise of will power.
Soft hand: They are neither lazy nor dynamic -but energy can be developed
through exercise of will power -the person has fine qualities of culture and
virtue.
Elastic hand: More muscle power and less fat. These individuals tend to be
reliable and have a positive personality; they are full of life and vitality, trust
worthy and friendly and take on responsibility.
Solomon's ring(s): It is line curving around the index finger Split Nails: Fungal
infection in nail or emotional disturbance or lack of vital nutrients
Spoon nails: These nails are concave on the outer surface and may be found in
nutritional deficiencies, skin disorders, hypothyroidism, and some other physical
and mental health problems.
Spots: It is can have health or emotional indications if found on nails or on lines.
Spring: It is mounting of Venus.
Square: A pattern that shows protection, except when it appears on the Jupiter
mount, where it reveals teaching ability Star: A marking that can appear on a
line or mount, representing either shock or achievement.
Summer: It is mounts of Saturn and Apollo.
Sun line: It is ending on the mount of Apollo.
Sydney line: A lower transverse crease that completely crosses the palm. It is a
head line that travels right across the palm.
Tassel: It is a line that is frayed in the end, like a frayed rope, the lines extending
downwards.
Temples: A special sign formed by several lines indicating good luck or wealth.
Tension crease: Usually in crisscrossing patterns or at right angles to the ridges.
Texture: The skin texture, such as soft, rough, coarse, medium, scaly or
clammy.
Minor lines: These include sun line, children lines, companion line, girdle of
Venus, health line, influence line, intuition lines, double lines, attachment line,
marriage line, mercury line, sun line, travel lines, and worry lines, rings
surrounding the mounts including Apollo, Saturn and Jupiter.
Thenar crease: The crease/line (usually circular) around the thumb, also known
as the 'line of life'.
Thick skin: Thick skin refers to skin on the palms of the hands, fingertips or the
soles of the feet. This skin lacks follicles, sebaceous glands and muscles.
Thumb: The seat of willpower, logic, and desire. Travel lines: The lines that
are found across the base of the palm.
Triangle- large: This is a composed of the head, life, and mercury lines; or in
the absence of Mercury line.
Triangle: It is the area of the palm found between the head, life and health or
Apollo lines.
Ulnar: It is a medical terminology which refers to the ulna bone. The area of the
hand is supplied by the ulnar nerve which innervates the little and part of the
ring finger. Venus: It is ball of thumb.
Via lascivia: It is a line travelling from the radial side of the wrist towards the
mount of Luna.
Water: A hand type comprising of a rectangular palm and long fingers.

1.4 Definition:
Angle of generosity: The inner angle is formed between the thumb and the
index finger. The wider is the angle the more generous is the individual.
Angles: Angles on various parts of the hand have significant importance. Angle
of the thumb is made up of the proximal joint and reveals excellent manual and
technical skills. Apex: This is the highest point of the mount under the fingers
formed with the ridge lines. The position may be identified either by height of
the flesh or by the location of the tri-radius. ATD Angle: It is a tri angle lines.
The degree of this ATD angle and number of ridge lines are used in the medical
diagnosis. Break with Fragments: This is a simultaneous repair of the break. In
this case, the Lines overlap one another by a small cross, sister Lines running
alongside the main Line. Such signs help in the continuous flow of the current.
Such a formation in the Line repairs the seriousness of the danger of a negative
result that would have f lowed from the break.
Breaks: This is also a defective aspect of a Line. The current is interrupted and
stopped when it reaches the break and, if there are no repair Lines, will flow out
of its course and cause a disturbance. In case the break is small I and the Line
after the break is strong and clear, the current may skip over the small break and
continue in the regular direction of the Line. The wider the break, the more
serious the result, Breaks signify a loss of the value and strength of the Lines and
an increase in the negative results.
Chained Line: This Lines are composed by joining together a number of links
forming a Line which is not clear, even and deep but one which has a series of
obstructions and difficulties. If it is found in the part of the Line, weak and poor
operation of the Line for that period will be felt.
Cross Bars: Closely grouped together Cross bars are horizontal Lines which
entirely block the current. A cross bar is a very bad sign as at the spot where it is,
the current has no chance to escape except to overflow to the adjoining areas.
This will indicate bad effects of the Line or part of the Hand like the Mounts.
Cyanosis: It is a bluish discoloration found on hands or nails indicative of local
circulatory disturbances or more serious congenital heart diseases or congestive
heart failure. Digital triradii: It is digital triradii are known as A, B, C, D
located at the base of Jupiter, Saturn, Sun and Mercury mounts, and the axial
triradius known as T located at the base of palm and between the mount of
Venus and Luna. Downward Lines: When the Lines are found to be going
downward, they should be treated as unfavourable signs as they reduce the
strength of the Lines. These split Lines destroy the effects of the part of the Hand
or the good Mount where they are found running.
Flabby hand: The hand is characterized by a lack of muscular strength -offers
no resistance to pressure, under-developed thyroid glands. It suggests an
individual who has comforts and luxury but no willpower or self-discipline.
Fork or Tassel: Fork or tassel indicates dissipation or diffusion of the strength
of a Line by discontinuing and scattering the current, dissipating its force. It is
just a fountain where the water comes with full force in a Line and at the end of
it is diffused and spreads on the sides, thereby dissipating its energy. But care is
to be taken to see the nature of the fork. When a Line fades away gradually up to
the end and is forked but does not end abruptly in the form of a tassel, it is not a
harmful fork. But a tassel which consists of many Lines indicates scattering of
the current, as it cannot be gathered into a Line. This creates upsetting and
disturbing conditions. Girdle of Venus: It is a curved marking from the roots of
the Saturn and Apollo fingers. hypersensitivity. General features hardness or
softness of the hand, flexibility and elasticity of the hand Texture: The skin
texture, such as soft, rough, coarse, medium, scaly or clammy. Colour: The
colour of palm may vary Its presence suggests of hand: Consistency: The
according to race and complexion. The colours range from white, pink, red, ash,
yellow, brown and black.
High degree of ATD angle: If the ATD angle is more than 45 degrees; it is
associated with heart defect, congenital heart disease or genetic disorder.
Hippocratic nails: It is sometimes called watch glass nails. They are frequently
found in connection with such ailments such as tuberculosis, lung tumours,
chronic heart disease, and cirrhosis of the liver. The nails are lustrous and
convex, curved in the shape of a watch crystal. After the disease is cured, the
nails may return back to normal. Beau's lines: It is a transverse ridges or dents
found on the nails. These may be associated with acute infection, traumas,
nutritional deficiencies, or nervous shock. The date of onset can be worked out
roughly since nails grow out in about five to six months.
Hook: This is a Line which turns back after a break and starts to run towards its
source forming a sort of hook. It is the worst malformation in a Line. In this
case, the current flows back upon it, and find it hard to continue on its course.
Horizontal lines on finger tips: It indicates possibility of stress and anxiety.
These are formed on the nails and are similar to Beau's lines. They are
longitudinal (transverse) white lines not causing ridges or dents. They may
indicate high fevers, arsenic poisoning, or coronary heart disease. They indicate
high nutritional deficiency and lacking vital minerals. Island: This is a splitting
of the Line and a return to the original Line of the lower end of the part which
has broken away. This is always a defect a disturbance or warning of an
unwanted happening. An island divides the current flowing in a Line. One
current flows straight, whereas the other current passes around one side of the
Line. This is considered a bad sign. In this case, the current of Line is divided
and reunites on the lower side of the island and resumes its course.
Longitudinal nail ridges: These lines are suggestive of chronic stress,
rheumatism, hyperthyroidism, as well as with long-standing skin disorders.
Major Lines: Hindu palmists have given the names of all the Major Lines as
given below,
1. The Line of Life or the Line of Vitality or Pitri Rekha. 2. The Line of Head or
Line of Mentality or Matri Rekha 3. The Line of Heart or Ayu Rekha.
4. The Line of Fate or Line of Saturn or Urdh Rekha. Medical Palmistry: Few
experienced palmists are able to identify some medical problems by looking at
their client's hands. If there are any concerns a medical practitioner should
always be consulted.
Minor Lines: Hindu palmists have given the names of all the Minor Lines as
given below,
1. The Line of the Sun or Line of Apollo or Urdh Rekha. 2. The Lines of
Children.
3. The Line of Liver or Heptica or the Line of Health or Line

of Mercury or Urdh Rekha.

4. The Via Lasciva. lines on hand
5. The Line of Intuition.
6. The Line of Mars.
7. The Girdle of Venus, Ring of Saturn and Ring of Solomon.
8. The Rascette.
9. The Line of Union or Marriage or of Attachment.
10. The Lines of Voyage and Travel.
Phalanges: The phalanges on the eight fingers are divided into three groups. In
most cases, as you look at each finger, the length and thickness of the three
phalanges will be about the same, indicating a normal balance between the
physical, emotional and mental facets of a person’s makeup. However, If one of
the groups is noticeably thicker, thinner, longer or shorter than the other two
groups, the person concerned will place much more emphasis is on one aspect of
life, such as physical emotional or mental.
Pink moon on the base of the thumb nail: It indicates possibility of high
cholesterol.
Plain of Mars: This is the area present in the centre of the palm between upper
and lower Mars; it is associated with reserves of energy, physical stamina,
endurance, enthusiasm, and ability to relax.
Quadrangle: It is the area between the heart and headlines roughly bounded on
the ulna side by the health or intuition line.
Reborn: It indicates extreme redness, usually associated with increase in
temperature of the hand resulting from blood vessel dilation. This may have
emotional or medical significance. It may draw attention to heightened activity
in a region of the subject's life indicated by the area where the rubor is observed.
Ridge counts: This is a count of the number of ridges that cross a straight line,
drawn between the triradius and the centre of the pattern.
Ridge lines (or ridges): This is the raised portions of the patterns found in the
palmer surfaces of the hands and fingers and the soles of the feet.
Ring of Apollo: It is a curved line appears around the Apollo finger. It signifies
a block to creativity.
Ring of Saturn: It is a semicircle/ curved line found at the base of the Saturn
finger that denotes pessimism. This line indicates a feeling of being trapped, and
the semi-circular line may emphasize occult powers.
Ring of Solomon’s: It is a semicircular / curve / straight lines in similar
formation found on the mount of Jupiter. It symbolizes wisdom, interest in the
metaphysical, indicates healing tendencies and it is sometimes also called a
caring line.
Rings: It is curved line of semi circle lines are found in various places of hand
and give the name as per the placement in hand.
Split Lines: Split Lines are splinters which have broken Lines and produce
defects by reducing the strength of the parent Line. The Lines, when once split,
do not join again, but they weaken the quality of the Line during the period of
life covered by such Lines. Such Lines are to be observed with a magnifying
glass. This can be classed as a leak in the Line. Note carefully that if a split Line
Pulls away from a Line and runs clear only for a short distance and stops, and
the main Line continues strong, it will show that attempts to change the natural
course have failed.
Square: It is a pattern that shows protection, except when it appears on the
Jupiter mount, where it reveals teaching ability Star: This is an important and
valuable sign. The current flows regularly along the Line. This current bursts
into flame at the place where the star is found and illuminates the surroundings.
The size of the star is of significance. A small star means illumination, but if
large in size, it diffuses and causes an explosion. A star should be read for its
size, formation and location on, the Hand in respect of other Lines, At some
places, it is good, whereas at other places it is bad. For detailed results, readers
should refer to another chapter. Star: It is a marking that can appear on a line or
mount, representing either shock or achievement.
Triangle: It is a marking that appears on the mounts and signifies success
accompanied by wisdom.
Uneven Lines: The Lines are thin at some places and broad and shadow at other
places. Sometimes these Lines are just broad and shallow.
Upward Lines: Far from being split Lines, rising Lines from a parent. Line
increases the strength of the Line, and if they are found running to any particular
part of the Hand or Mount, they show good results in that particular direction.
Vedic Palmistry: The origin of hand reading in Indian subcontinent. It was
established in 2000 BC and is known as Samudik Shastra. Ancient Vedic
literature of India shows that practice of hand reading was mentioned in the
Vedas. Vertical lines on finger tips: It indicates possibility in hormonal
imbalance.
Vertical lines on Mercury finger tip: It indicates possibility of thyroid
imbalance.
White lines: It is usually refers to markings or fine lines that show up on
fingerprints. More generally, they are any creases on the hands which are not
formed with other friction ridge detail. They are not permanent and can shrink
and grow, and their origin is unknown.
White Spots: These spots are related to nutritional deficiencies, particularly
calcium deficiencies and to cirrhosis of the liver.
Winter: It is mounting of Neptune (between Luna and Venus). Yellow nails: It
shows the signs of liver problem.
Yin / Yang: It is a Chinese palmistry. Yin is female, indicating the left hand and
the mount of the moon (Luna) and Yang is male, indicating the right hand and
the mount of the sun (Apollo) and Mars.

1.5 Signs, Symbols & Marks

Before examining a Hand, the palmist should check the signs on the Hand.
These signs should be marked clearly on the Hand. The signs formed by crossing
the Lines should not be interpreted. But the signs of planets are not marked in a
perfect form. If they are roughly but indisputably marked, the readings for them
should be given. The following are the marks and signs according to the Hindu
school followed by Hindu palmists. All these signs are found on famous Hands.
These signs should be marked clearly on the Hand. The signs formed by crossing
the Lines should not be interpreted. But the signs of planets are not marked in a
perfect form. If they are roughly but indisputably marked, the readings for them
should be given. The following are the marks and signs according to the Hindu
school followed by Hindu palmists. All these signs are found on famous Hands.
These signs are detailed below:

Symbols Name

Ascending Lines

Bar

Box

Branched Downwar d Lines

Branched Upward Lines

Breaks
Broken Lines

Meaning
Ascending Lines are good for any line from which they spring and they show
that the increased effort or energy will be in that particular direction.
It indicates delay or temporary barrier and weakens any line it touches. Box is a
good sign of protection and preservation against dangers on Mounts, but causes
a serious problem or total ruin or loss Lines They indicate pessimism,
unhappiness, negative energy and losses.
They overcome some of life’s roadblocks and indicate successfulness and
achievement in goals over a period.
Breaks represent both positives and negatives. Breaks going toward the thumb
indicate a new direction in a career.
Broken Lines destroy the meaning of the line at the particular place where the
break

Chains
Circle
Cross

appears.
Chains denote obstacles, Problems, distress and hard diction in life and signify a
difficult or not good during childhood.
It indicates good fortune, but indicates danger from water, even drowning when
appears on Luna Mount.

Crosses are an indication of long-lasting problems and major changes in life.

Descendin g Lines
Dots
Drooping Offshoots
Fish
Forked Lines
Descending Lines are the reverse and mean loss of power.

Dots represent concerns about ill health, relationships or another type of

destructive experience.
Lines that droop from any larger line indicate a disappointment in life related to
that line. Along the Line of Heart, it denotes disappointment in love or an
unfortunate event
This symbol is considered to be auspicious. It is a most fortunate sign and
denotes power, fortune, prosperity, wealth, a good talented husband, position
and; son for the native.
It is a sign of good luck, strengthens the line in question and provides talents and
gifts. And can show charm, wisdom, peace or fortune, depending on the
location.
Grille

Islands
Net
Sister Lines
Spots
Squares
Stars
Supportin g Lines

It indicates obstacles, negative instability or restlessness matters related to the

mounts.
It indicates Hereditary problems such as Heart, Head and illness, unfavourable
interruptions in career and cause mental stress.
They signify negative indications and represent problems, insecurity,
adjustments and bewilderment.
Sister Lines increase or double the power of any line, and when lying close
together at the Line of Head, they give it great power and promise.
Spots represent concerns about ill health, relationships or another type of
destructive experience and create crisis in a person’s life and is considered
warning signs of danger in an individual’s
Squares are a positive sign on the palm and indicate

and symbolize protection,

good luck. Stars on success and good fortune in the area / mount / line they
appear, but on the life line it represents a huge turmoil.

Supporting Lines running parallel to the main Line signifies a genial and
pleasant, and increases the power of the brain and helps doing various jobs..
the palm indicate

Tassels
or Frayed lines

Transver se
Markings Triangles

Tridents
Vertical Lines
Wavy Lines

Tassels or frayed lines indicate confusion or chaos, on lifeline it deteriorates age,

on Line of Head, it denotes a weakening of mental clarity and approaching
senility or old age.
Transverse Markings are negative symbols and they take away the strength.
Triangles are very lucky markings and indicate huge success.

It is very lucky marking and increases the qualities of the lines or mounts it
appears on and brings good fortune wealth in life.
Vertical lines are usually good markings, representing positive energy.
Wavy Lines show uncertainty, lack of decision and want of force.

1.6 Reference of Books:

1. Your Career in Your Hands by Andrew Fitzherbert & Nathaniel Altman.
2. The Illustrated Textbook of Psychodiagnostic by Andrew Fitzherbert.
3. Chirology in Analysis and Therapy by Arnold Holtzman.
4. Hand Psychology by Andrew Fitzherber.
5. The Nail in Clinical Diagnosis by Beaven & Brooks.
6. Language of the Hand by Cheiro.
7. Cheiro's Guide to the Hand by Cheiro.
8. Cheiro's Palmistry for All by Cheiro.
9. How to Read Hands by Cheiro.
10. The Human Hand by Charlotte Wolff.
11. The Hand in Psychological Diagnosis by Charlotte Wolff.
12. Fingerprints, palms and soles by Cummins & Midlo.
13. Practical Palmistry by David Brandon.
14. Medical Palmistry - A Doctors Guide to better health by Dr. Eugene
Scheimann & Nathaniel Altman.
15. Encyclopaedia of Palm and Palm reading by Dr. M. Katakkar.
16. The Hand Reveals by Dylan Warren Davies.
17. The encyclopaedia of Palmistry by Edward Campbell.
18. Fingerprints and behaviour by Edward Campbell.
19. Palmistry 4 Today by Frank C. Clifford.
20. Palm ReadingDiscover the Secrets Hidden in Your Hand by Frank C.
Clifford.
21. The Book of the Hand by Fred Gettings.
22. The Palmistry Bible by Jane Struthers.
23. God Given Glyphs by Jennifer Hirsch.
24. Palmistry by Johnny Fincham.
25. The Spellbinding Power of Palmistry by Johnny Fincham.
26. The Hands of Children by Julius Spier.
27. The Palmistry Workbook by Laeticia Valverde.
28. The Female Hand by Lori Reid.
29. Palmistry by Lori Reid.
30. Health in Your Hands by Lori Reid.
31. The Art of Hand Reading by Lori Reid.
32. The art of hand Analysis by Mir Bashir.
33. Discover Palmistry by Nathaniel Altman.
34. The Little Giant Encyclopaedia of Palmistry by Nathaniel Altman.
35. Chinese Medical Palmistry by Xiao Fan Zong and Gary Liscum.
36. The Hand Speaks by Noel Jaquin.
37. Life prints by Richard Unger.
38. Destiny at Your Fingertips by Ronelle Coburn.
39. The Book of Palmistry by Sacha Fenton and Malcolm.
40. Dermatoglyphics in Medical Disorders by Schauman & Alter.
41. Palmar Lines & Chinese Palmistry in Medical Application by Wang
Chenxia.
42. The Laws of Scientific Hand reading by William Benham.
43. How to choose vocations from the hand by William Benham.

2
Major Lines in Palmistry
2.1 Life Line (Line of Vitality)
The Life line is the most important line on hand. It starts between the thumb and
first finger from the side-edge of the percussion and moves into the palm, curves
downwards, encircles Venus and tries to touch the Rascette-the region joining
palm and the arm, in an arc towards the wrist. This line is read downwards
towards the wrist.
Fig: Major Lines on Palm

This line embraces the Mount of Venus. This line reveals major life events as
well as the health of the subject. This line represents the person's vitality and
vigour, physical health and general well being. Prediction of Longevity needs
the help of the Line of Head and Heart as well. It reads the general health,
strength, capability to fight illness, general well being. It reflects major life
changes, including cataclysmic events like accidents, violent upheaval that
causes great destruction or brings about a fundamental change, a violent and
sudden change in the earth's crust or a devastating flood, physical injuries and
relocation. It reads the life span as well, which may extend up to 105 years. The
life line indicates the possible length of his/her life span. The depth of the life
line displays one’s health condition.
• Absence of the Line indicates very rare the life of the

subject is extremely precarious and death might occur at any moment.

• All lines rising upward from the line of life to the mount of Jupiter show
indicate fulfilment of all ambitions of the person concerned.
• Bearing the first observation in mind it will be noticed that as the Line of Life
represents the stomach and the vital organs, when well marked the stomach and
digestion must necessarily be in a good condition.
• Black dot at the termination of the line indicates sudden death.
• Black Spot indicates poisoning, Sudden death.
• Branch leading to the Jupiter mount is a sign of academic achievement.
• Branch of life line to the mount of Sun indicates glory and success due to own
efforts and the success are not attributed to outside circumstances or to chances.
• Branch that leads to the Saturn mount indicates a successful property
transaction.
• Branch to the Mount of Apollo indicates monetary gain, achievements in arts.
• Branch to the Mount of Jupiter indicates academic achievement-excellence,
successful ambitions, leadership traits, high position.
• Branch to the Mount of Mercury indicates business success, good health.
• Branch to the Mount of Saturn indicates a successful property transaction,
works as another Luck Line.
• Branch towards the Apollo mount indicates monetary gain.
• Branch towards the Mercury mount indicates business success.
• Branches at the end of the Line indicate heavy work even at old age to make
ends meet.
• Break in the life line means a sudden change in lifestyle or interruption.
• Break in the Line closed by a supporting parallel line indicates a change in the
direction and quality of life. This may often be interpreted as a change in life
circumstances.
• Break in the line shows many changes in the direction of life.
• Breaks in Life Line indicate worries and obstacles caused by the opposition
and interference of others, loss of vitality, fatigue.
• Broaden in the left and not in the right hand indicates some trauma.
• Chained at the commencement under Jupiter indicates bad health in early life.
• Chained Life Line indicates a delicate health.
• Chained Line it indicates a poor health in early life.
• Circle on the Life Line under the Mount of Saturn indicates eye-trouble.
• Circles in the line or a chained line indicate that the person is susceptible to
many health problems and that their life may take them in many different
directions. With such lines, success should be accomplished, accompanied with
happiness and contentment.
• Crossed by little lines indicates innumerable worries.
• Crossed by little lines which are fine and do not cut the Life Line into two
indicates innumerable worries
• Curvy life line means the person has an abundance of energy.
• Deep and long indicates the vitality and robustness throughout the life.
• Deep cross Bar Lines indicates severe illness.
• Deep line denotes a person who has a smoother life path.
• Dot indicates acute illness or accident
• Dot on the Line indicates acute illness or accident.
• Drooping Offshoots it indicates weakness and loss of vitality. However, if it is
shorter they may give in too easily to other people.
• Faded line, island shaped line, ladder shaped line, line with cuts, line with
breaks or moles describe health conditions at that juncture of age only,
temporarily arresting its powers.
• Faint line indicates an individual who has low energy and a life without
adventure.
• Fainter line indicates illness and diseases. In reading the palm line, one must be
able to count the lines across this line. If one has several lines, it shows that
he/she has an enthusiastic view in life. If there are breaks in one’s life line, one
should be prepared with sudden changes. These breaks involve drastic life
changing events that may occur at some point. The line reveals is the quality of
your life too. The specific meanings are as follows:
• If a fork from this Life Line ends in a star, cross or a dot in the Mount of Moon,
it indicates aberration of the mind because of excessive imagination.
• If a Life Line ends in a fork, this indicates long distance travels.
• If a star is found in line or mount of Saturn, this star can signify misfortune,
emotional problems and lack of confidence in career.
• If curvy it indicates plenty of energy.
• If deep penetrating and long it indicates vitality and robustness continues
throughout the life.
• If it forms a well-defined curve like a semicircle out into the palm, indicate
people with a weaker constitution.
• If it swoops around in a semicircle, it indicates strength and enthusiasm.
• If Life Line is close to the thumb it indicates low vitality.
• If long, deep it indicates vitality.
• If narrow and thin it indicates less resistance to illness.
• If one of the lines be found partly arrested or stopped at the Line of Head, it
indicates that the subject has by some mental error of judgment or stupidity,
broken or prevented the effort, which started well, from reaching a successful
termination.
• If one of these lines crosses and joins the line of Fate, it indicates and gives two
distinct dates which are very curious in their meaning. The first date it gives is
when this line leaves the Line of Life on its way towards the Line of Fate. The
date of this start towards the Line of Fate will be given on the Line of Fate itself,
right opposite where this line begins to grow from the Line of Life. This mark
will denote that the subject has made a determined effort at that moment in his
career to make his own destiny, and to break free from the circumstances or
people that surround him or tie him down. It is always a successful sign when
this line is found to join the Line of Fate, especially if the Line of Fate looks
stronger at or about this point of the junction. The second date is given at the
period in the Line of Life when one is reading down the Line of Life itself. The
singular point about this is that a repetition of circumstances will be found to
occur in the destiny. Suppose, for example, one saw this line going towards the
Fate Line at twenty-six years of age a circumstance or repetition of the
occurrence will be found to occur at almost double that age, namely, fifty-two
years of age, which would give a more or less exact date of this occurrence when
reading the Line of Life.
• If one of these lines reaches and stops at the Line of Heart, it indicates that the
affections have, or will, interfere with the subject's special effort in whatever
direction this line indicates.
• If pale and thick it indicates poor state of health, envy and often bad instincts.
• If runs close to thumb, it indicates often tired.
• If short and shallow it indicates manipulated by others.
• If straight and close to the edge of the palm it indicates cautious when it comes
to relationships.
• If the combined length of these three main lines (heart, head, and life) is longer
than a person’s foot they may be over bearing.
• If the head line is stronger than the life line it shows a person who is more
mentally than physically active.
• If the Life Line after passing the Mount of Jupiter, jumps towards the Line of
Hearts and ends on the Mount of Saturn it indicates an impaired mentality.
• If the Life Line ends in a grille or Cross on the Mount of Moon it indicates
tendency to insanity.
• If the Life Line ends in a star, grille or cross on the Mount of Saturn or the Line
of Fate, it denotes unnatural death caused by accident or murder.
• If the life line is absent, the person is said to be high-strung, anxious, and
nervous.
• If the life line is broken on both hands, this may indicate a serious illness or
injury.
• If the life line is long and deep, this indicates good health stamina and vitality.
• If the Life Line misbehaves towards its end by jumping and cutting through the
Line of Heart ending on the Mount of Mercury, it betrays hypocrisy and
treachery.
• If the Life Line runs in a deep curve towards the Mount of Moon it indicates
the understanding will be equally wide in scope but limited by an imagination
which repels mere practicality.
• If the Life Line runs in a more or less straight path towards the percussion and
ends above the Mount of Moon indicates the understanding though wide in
scope will be limited by a practicality which tends to eschew imagination.
• If the Life Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon cuts the Line of Mercury
and ends in the middle of the Mount, it betrays acute imagination which seeks
trouble and excitement.
• If the Life Line takes a long straight course looking strong and vigorous and
ends on the Mount of Upper Mars, it indicates a very big mind of a rare quality
and generous and merciful and carries the burden of the family and friends for a
long time.
• If the Life Line terminates on the Mount of Moon and Mount of Moon is well-
developed finger of Mercury long and wellset, it indicates poetic ability-artistic
talents-scholarly.
• If the line be a good one it would give its second date when reading downs the
Line of Life, where, if the line were good, it carried out this second fate to a
successful culmination.
• If the Line of Life goes straight up to the side of the Mount of Venus and
narrows that Mount, it indicates a naturally more delicate constitution, and less
force of animal magnetism.
• If the Line of Life is seen to raise high on the hand towards the Mount of
Jupiter, the subject has more control over himself, and his life is more governed
by the ambitious side of his nature.
• If the line swoops into a semicircle, it shows strength and enthusiasm.
• If there are break it indicates sudden change in lifestyle.
• If there are multiple life lines it indicates extra vitality.
• If there is a circle in line indicates it indicates hospitalized or injured.
• If thick and red it indicates brutish instincts.
• If this Life Line divides into three well-cut forks, one going towards Mercury,
another to Mars and yet another to Moon, it indicates great diversity of intellect
and adaptability and versatility.
• If uneven thickness it indicates fickle mindedness.
• If wide curve formation it indicates one is arduous, onerous, taxing, difficult,
hard, heavy, laborious, burdensome, strenuous, vigorous, back-breaking, stiff,
uphill, and relentless.
• Imperfect line represents bad health. A thick, shallow and straight Line of Life
is not auspicious.
• Island at the commencement of the Line indicates constitutional weakness.
• Island indicates illness or loss of health.
• Island on Life Line which ends the line itself is dangerous and can lead to
situations like suicide.
• Island on the Line indicates illness or loss of health.
• It is reasonable to assume that it is this intimate connection with the vital
organs of the body which enables it to foretell the length of life from natural
causes.
• It the lines are deeper than the usual, it indicates good health. Deeper lines
provide one the information of being healthier than those with fainter lines.
• Ladder like Line indicates health is not reliable, delicate constitution.
• Life Line broken under the Mount of Saturn and sloping deeply into the Mount
of Moon indicates danger of abnormal mental disposition.
• Life Line forked at a the termination with one prong normal and the other
running straight into the Mount of Moon indicates rich imagination and gift of
making money.
• Life line running close to the thumb indicates a person of low vitality,
sometimes found in the hands of people who suffer chronic fatigue syndrome.
• Life Line slightly sloping and terminating in a fork indicates imagination
coupled with analytical reasoning.
• Life Line sloping almost or quite near to the rascette and terminating in a cross
or star indicates brilliant future.
• Life Line sloping and forked at the termination, one prong to the Mount of
Moon and the other to the Mount of Mercury indicates power to hypnotise and
crafty disposition in business.
• Life Line sloping far down into the Mount of Moon with the second phalange
of the first finger lined indicates aptitude for occult sciences.
• Life Line terminating on the Mount of Saturn indicates death by a head injury
and a sign of fanaticism.
• Life Line terminating on the Mount of Sun indicates a passion for fine arts and
literature.
• Life Line terminating under the Mount of Saturn indicates premature death or
great intelligence faded out.
• Life line that runs a wide curve shows a person with lots of vitality, get up and
go.
• Life Line, Line of Head together indicate very temperament, sudden death,
rushes blindly into danger and catastrophe. One may opt to become a recluse-
hermitSanyasi-wonderer.
• Line conjoined with head line is a sign of caution & carefulness.
• Line cutting the Line of life as well as Line of Fate indicates an opposition
from others in business or in worldly affairs.
• Line cutting the Line of Life indicates worries and obstacles caused by the
opposition and interference of others.
• Line of Life divides towards the end and a wide space is shown between the
lines indicates the native will most probably end his life in a foreign country.

and the Line of Heart joined unfortunate sign, defect in

• Line of Life, head and heart, all joined together indicates very unfortunate sign
& defect in temperament rushes blindly into danger and catastrophe.
• Line rising from the life line to the mount of Saturn indicates a golden period
of life.
• Line running close to it, not only, repairs the defects, gives extra
power/strength as well.
• Line running like a ladder indicates health is unreliable & delicate constitution.
• Line that runs close to the thumb shows a person who tires easily.
• Lines that are straight and close to the edge of the palm indicate a cautious
individual.
• Little hair lines drooping from the Line indicates weakness and loss of vitality
• Little lines rising from this Line indicates increased power, gains and success.
• Long and fine line with high Mounts of mars, Jupiter and Mercury indicates
unusual power of concentration.
• Long and sloping Life line in both hands with a strong Mount of Moon and the
second and third fingers nearly the same length indicates love of gambling &
disposition to take great risks in business.
• Long, fine fork at the termination of Life Line, one prong down to the Mount
of Moon but not very low indicates talent for diplomacy and even gift of
clairvoyance.
• Medium space between Life Line and the Line of Head indicates success in
carrier, energy and a go-ahead spirit, free to carry out one's plans.
• Most of the small lines on the life line refer to particular events at certain times
of your life.
• Multiple life lines indicate extra strength and vitality.
• Narrow and thin Line indicates less vitality and limited resistance to illness.
• Not joined to the Life Line of life with exaggerated Mounts of Jupiter and Mars
indicates over-confidence.
• One clear branch of Life Line to between the third and fourth fingers indicates
profitable success in artistic or scientific pursuits and often making money
through discoveries or inventions.
• Outward swinging lines indicate a love of travel.
• Pale and broad indicates a poor state of health, envy and often bad instincts.
• People with only this line, on the palm are close to simians.
• People without line of head & heart line are more or less simians.
• Perfect line guarantees healthy and extremely long life.
• Rising Offshoots success.
• Rope like line of condition of health.
• Series of small breaks in the Line indicates vitality impaired and delicate
constitution
• Series of small breaks in the Line indicates vitality impaired and delicate
constitution.
• Short Life line with a low Mount of Jupiter and exaggerated Mounts of Venus
and Moon in a soft hand indicates laziness.
• Short Life Line with a narrow quadrangle and a low Mount of Venus indicate
narrow mindedness and uncharitable nature. Pale and broad Life Line with hard
hands and a low Mount of Venus indicate dull intellect.
• Short line it indicates the quantity of the energy at the subject's disposal is
severely limited but not necessarily short life.
• Short, deep line shows a person who easily overcomes physical problems.
• Similar length suggests a well balanced individual.
• Small line rising from the line of life and reaching the Mount of Jupiter
indicates social status and power.
• Small line rising from the Line of Life and reaching the Mount of Saturn
indicates success in worldly things & generally amassing wealth.
• Small line rising from the Line of Life and reaching the Mount of Sun indicates
name and fame in the field of art and literature.
• Small line rising from the Line of Life and reaching the Mount of Mercury
indicates great success in business or science.
• Square indicates protection from accidents, death or bad health.

indicates increased power, gains and

life indicates an intensely nervous

• Star appearing on the life line can represent a huge turmoil. If a star is found at
the end of a line, it can indicate fame and great accomplishments. It also
indicates success in relationships.
• Star on the Line indicates sudden death by poisoning at the age signified.
Check the other signs over Saturn & Luna and confirm from the left hand.
• Straight line that is close to the edge of the palm means the person is cautious.
• Tassel indicates a complete breakdown-irreparable loss of health at the far end
of one's life.
• Tassel like formation at the end of the Line indicates a complete breakdown in
health at the far end of one's life.
• Termination of the Life Line with a beautiful fork Indicates taste for literature-
mark of scholar.
• The broad Life Line seems to belong to people who have more robust animal
strength, whereas the finer line relates to people who have more nerve or will-
force. Under any strain of ill-health, it is the finer line that will hold out, whereas
the broad-looking line has not the same resisting force.
• The length of a person's life line is not tied to the length of a person's life. If the
Line of Head is stronger than the life line it shows a person who is more active
mentally as compared to his physical activity. Absence of Life Line on palm is
very rare indicating that the life of the possessor is extremely precarious and
death might occur at any moment.
• The Life Line is straight and slightly curved upwards on Mars it indicates
unusual success in business and keen sense of value of money.
• The Line of Life is that line which runs round the base of the thumb and lies
directly over a large blood-vessel called the great Palmer Arch. This blood-
vessel is more directly connected with the heart, stomach, and vital organs which
may have given use to its term "The Vital," as used by the ancients.
• The Line running through a square indicates protection from death or death or
bad health
• Thick and red Brutish indicates instincts.
• Throwing branches of Life Line towards a well-formed Mount of Mercury
indicates business prosperity.
• Triangle on the Life Line under the Mount of Mercury indicates Success in
scientific researches.
• True break having no supporting lines indicates some physical trauma. The
extent of the experience can be accessed from the size and quality of the break.
• Uneven thickness of the Line at different stages fickle mindedness
• Upward branch reaching the Mount of Mercury indicates promises great
success in business or science ensures good health as well.
• Upward branch reaching the Mount of Jupiter indicates social status and
power.
• Upward branch reaching the Mount of Saturn indicates success in worldly
things, generally amassing wealth.
• Upward branch reaching the Mount of Sun indicates name, fame, wealth,
vehicle, success art and literature.
• Very broad indicates muscular strength rather than strength of the will.
• Very broad lines on the hand strength than will power, and difference too
strongly on the minds of my readers. If the line is made of chain formation, it is
a sure sign of a tendency to bad health, and especially so if the hand be soft. The
same marks on a hard, firm hand would not indicate as much delicacy, because
hard, firm hands denote in themselves a robust constitution.
• Very large island at the termination of Life Line indicates severe intestinal
trouble.
• Very short and poorly marked Life Line with abnormally small thumb indicates
idiocy.
• Very wide space between this Line and the Line of head indicates too much of
self-confidence and dashing spirit rather impulsive, hasty and usually not guided
by reason.
• Wavy Life Line with a narrow quadrangle and amount of Mercury exaggerated
indicates dishonesty.
• When Life Line is sloping and terminating with a fine fork on the Mount of
Luna or Moon, it promises literary talent of the imaginative order.
denote more muscular I cannot impress this

• When made up of little pieces or linked like a chain, it is a certain sign of poor
health, weak stomach and lack of vitality.
• When the ascending line is seen crossing over towards the Mount of Saturn,
and running as an independent line not joined to the Line of Fate, it will be
found that the subject has carried out a kind of second fate. The date when this
line left the Line of Life will give the first date of its commencement, i.e.,
opposite it on the Fate Line.
• When the Life Line, Head Line and Heart Line are all conjoined together at the
commencement, it is a most unfortunate sign, denoting that the person may put
himself in danger due to his bad temperament.
• When the Line of Life is found with a number of ascending lines, even if they
are small, it denotes a life of greater energy; and the dates at which these lines
ascend from the Line of Life may always be considered points at which the
subject has made a particular effort towards whatever may have been the special
purpose of his destiny at that moment.
• When the Line of Life rises lower down on the palm, more from the Mount of
Mars, it gives less control over the temper.
• When the line starts from the mount of Jupiter it denotes an ambitious life.
• When the Mount of Venus is large and wide on the hand, it gives rise to the
idea that it indicates a more passionate animal nature than when this mount is
thin and narrow.
• When these lines are seen ascending towards or on the Mount of Jupiter, it
indicates the desire and ambition to rise in life, especially in some way that
would give the subject control or authority over others.
• When this sign is noticed, especially in the case of young persons, it will be
found that they are more quarrelsome, more disobedient, and have less ambition
in connection with their studies.

2.2 Head Line (Line of Mentality)

Head Line starts from the Line of Life at its beginning and runs along the Line of
Heart gradually increasing the space between them and terminates either nearer
to percussion or just above the Mount of Moon or it starts from the edge of the
palmpercussion, close to the Life Line, under the index finger and moves across
the palm towards opposite edge, resting under the Sun, over the Mental Mount
of Mars. It may move further and cross the Prajapti Kshetra. It is index of
mentality, prudence, intelligence and enlightenment as well. It runs through the
centre of the palm dividing it into upper half and the lower half. It may or may
not be joined to Life Line. The line may go straight or may bend in upper or
lower direction. The two hands must be carefully compared the left showing the
inherited tendencies, the right the developed or cultivated qualities. The slightest
change or deviation in the markings from the left to the right should be carefully
noted down or remembered. This rule applies with equal truth to all the lines on
the palm. Often, the head line is joined with the life line at inception. Head line
represents the person's mind and the way it works, including learning style,
communication style, intellectualism, and thirst for knowledge, creative or
analytical approaches to information (right brain or left brain). Head Line
indicates the versatility of the mind, intellectual strength or weakness, power of
mental concentration, ability to exercise self-control and any other constitutional
abnormality. The length of the head line indicates the mental attitude of a
person. If the head line is not very long, a person is more physical rather than a
mental one. Head line represents learning style, communication style,
intellectualism, and thirst for knowledge. The Line of Head may commence in
three distinct different ways on the palm:

(1) From inside the Line of Life.

(2) Joined to the Line of Life.
(3) Outside the Line of Life.

• A good Line of Head on defective hand it shows a tough natured person with
negative tendencies like hardness, selfishness, proudly do not have faith in
others-suspects others, cunning.

• A Line of Head free from defects indicates guarantees able and studious
progeny.
• A Line of Head with regular slope to Luna is excellent, while a line with
sudden bend/slope/clink is defective. Defect free Line of Head accompanied by
twisted finger of Mercury, small or square nails, difference between the size of
nails on Jupiter fingers on the two hands-short in one, long in other palm, should
neither be red nor black.
• A wide broad line shows less concentration and a more vacillating changeable
nature.
• An islanded Line sloping to the Mount of Moon indicates unusually
melancholic & escapes from society.
• An islanded Line widely separated from the Line of Life indicates an excessive
irritability of temper
• Another form of the Double Line of Head is one where the main line seems to
separate about the middle of the hand, and where one branch goes across the
hand and the other descends towards the Mount of the Moon. In such a case we
get the double mental personality, but one which is more under the control of the
will of the subject, whereas the two double distinct lines denote that the two
mental personalities seem to act independently one from the other.
• Big and strong lines in a small hand it indicates the brain is very powerful and
may greatly impair the health.
• Breaks in Line indicate indicative of some kind of mental trauma.
• Broad and thick Line it indicates fond of outdoor life and sports aversion to
mental occupation
• Broken head line indicates inconsistencies Crosses in the line may mean that
vital decisions have a very important effect on the person’s fate.
• Broken under the Mount of Saturn and sloping deeply into the Mount of Moon
indicate danger of abnormal mental disposition.
• Chains or donuts in the head line indicate personal conflict or emotional
difficulty.
• Circle on the Line and a cross high upon the Line of Health indicates poor eye-
sight.
• Circle under the Mount of Saturn indicate eye-trouble. in thought. and crucial
• Clear breaks in the Line in the right hand are indicative of some mental trauma.
• Cross on the line found under Jupiter indicates injury caused as a result of
being proud and dogmatic.
• Cross on the Line under Mercury indicates accidents due to scientific pursuits
or experiments.
• Cross on the line under Saturn indicates injuries caused by animals, explosions,
etc
• Cross on the line under Sun indicates injury to the head consequent on sudden
fall.
• Cross on the Line indicates Injury to the head.
• Curved Line indicates mental and moral spheres are more predominant.
• Curved or sloping line indicates a highly creative individual. If the head line
begins at the life line, this means that this person is strong-willed.
• Curvy head line indicates that the person has a very short attention span while a
straight line displays one’s concise thinking.
• Dark spot on the line indicates brain fever. 46. Bluish spot on the line indicates
disorder of the liver.
• Deep line denotes a good memory, good concentration, and a sensible nature.
• Deep Line indicates concentration.
• Deep, clear, thin and fine looking line it indicates hard working & deeply
interested in study.
• Deeply marked on the Mount of Sun indicates success through mental calibre.
• Deeply marked on the Mount of Sun with pronounced Mount of Jupiter and
Mercury indicates aptitude for fine literary work.
• Defect free Line of Head accompanied by Fate Line close to Life Line
indicates hindrances in studies, due to bad financial conditions.
• Defect free Line of Head accompanied by raisedexaggerated Jupiter indicate
over confident, ignore studies, tendency to show off as a leader, conflict with
teachers, have faith in God-but avoids rituals-recitation, visits temples and holy
places, believes in work/humanity and mental purity-piousness.
• Defect free Line of Head accompanied by Raj Yoga indicate branches to
fingers, circular life line, more than one Fate Line, presence of Sun Line,
developed mountains, pink colour palm, fingers straight and beautiful, broad and
heavy hand, presence special Luck Line. The junction/joint of Life Line and the
Line of Head should be small. It should not devote from its path suddenly.
• Double Head Line indicates versatility of the mind.
• Double Line of Head Crosses and Squares connected, gives a remarkable
degree of mentality. Yet, one clear Line of Head well marked on the hand is
more successful sign than the two Lines of Head in any of their positions.
• Double Lines of Head, are as rarely found as are cases of the single line right
across the hand. In all cases where the Double Line of Head stands out distinct
and clear as two separate lines, the object will be found to have a dual mentality.
He is usually capable of an enormous amount of mental work and is of that class
of people who carry out two separate mental lives with success. It is often found
with one line joined to the Line of Life and the other rising from the Mount of
Jupiter; if such is the case, the interpretation would be that one side of the nature
is extremely sensitive and cautious, while the other is self-confident with a great
desire to rule or enforce its mental ideas on the world.
• Ends in a grille or Cross on the Mount of Moon indicate tendency to insanity.
• Ends in a star, grille or cross on the Mount of Saturn or the Line of Fate
indicate unnatural death caused by accident or murder.
• Excellent Line of Head with the Line of Heart terminating between the fingers
of Saturn indicate such people should never be believed and should not be
allowed to visit home or mix with family. Keep them off.
• Excellent Line of Head and straight rising from Jupiter, free from defects,
terminating below the junction of Mercury and Sun finger, a small fork or trident
at the termination of Line of Head, increases its strength multi fold.
• Excellent Line of Head and Islanded Life Line and Line of Heart, small fingers
and Jupiter finger abnormally small indicate conceit, black marketer-smuggler.
• Excellent Line of Head and Islanded Life Line and Line of Heart, small fingers
and Jupiter finger abnormally small, irregular-twisted fingers indicate pick
pocket, lair, and cunning, wretched.
• Excellent Line of Head pointed to Mars with beautiful hand, developed Luna
and Venus indicate increase of vision and sexuality-sensuality-passion.
• Excellent Line of Head pointed to Mars with soft and loose hand indicates
experiences impotency, gas trouble, discharges quickly during sexual
intercourse.
• Excellent Line of Head pointed to Mars with pointed fingers indicates uses of
different techniques in sex. Excellent Line of Head with developed Venus, small
Jupiter finger, Heart Line close to fingers indicates extreme sexuality-sex blind.
• Excellent Line of Head with developed Venus and normally developed Jupiter
finger indicate cares for prestigereputation.
• Extending clear across the palm with a Line of Health or Liver indicates
distinct and straight good memory.
• Extremely long and straight and running directly to the side of the percussion it
indicates denotes that the subject has more than ordinary intellectual power but
inclined to be selfish in the use of that power.
• Faint line indicates that the individual lacks memory and concentration and is
prone to daydreaming.
• Forms curve towards the Mount of Moon indicate wide understanding but
limited by imagination which repels practicality.
• Full of little islands and hair lines it indicates great pain to the head and danger
of brain disease.
• Good Line of Head and defective Life Line indicate repeated change in
profession / job. Good Line of Head and broken Life Line, incompletedefective
Heart Line cutting into Venus indicate conspiracy, conspirators/Lazy/make tools
of others to get their work done, evasive-considered self to be wise/have no faith
in others-talk only when they have to otherwise not.
• Good Line of Head associated with defective Life Line or defective broken
Line of Fate indicate children repeatedly fail in studies, change subjects.
• Good Line of Head indicates people with indication do not opt for love
marriage.
• Good Line of Head, small travelling up to bribes/commissions, carefully and
cautiously.
• Developed Venus indicates initially becomes serious/careful-Do not repeat
mistakes, likes hot/warm food.
• Having a wavering head line will inform that native has a scatter brained
personality.
• Head absent line indicates a person who is sluggish.
• Head line that is separated from the life line indicates someone who has a sense
of adventure and enthusiasm for life.
• If a chained Line it indicates fluctuating attention & lack of concentration.
• If a double Head Line it indicates versatility of the mind.
• If a long line it indicates a wide field of understanding
• If a short line it indicates a more limited mental range.
• If a sister Line of Head running parallel to the main Line this signifies a nature
very difficult to understand, sometimes it is genial and pleasant, and at other
times cruel and hateful. It increases the power of the brain and helps doing
various jobs.
• if a sloping Line of Head at any point in its track seems to curve or slightly
bend upwards, it indicates that about that period of the person's life some
unusual strain will be forced upon him. If this curved line is clearly marked and
not interfered with by things that look like blotches in it, the person, although of
a completely opposite turn of mind to the practical, will yet rise superior to the
occasion, and for the time being will develop a practical or business-like way of
looking at things which may even be the very reverse of the nature.
• If it breaks in both the hangs it indicates some fatal accident or injury to the
head.
• If many small lines are drooping down it indicates easily discouraged and very
timid.
• If one were examining a straight Line of Head and noticed a curve downward
or a fine line growing downwards from it, fingers, Saturn
thick Line of Fate indicate accepts spends money

careless-later on the natural interpretation of such a mark would be that at that

date in the person's career he had become less practical, or for the time being
developed the more imaginative qualities of the mentality. In this latter case,
curiously enough, it often denotes that the person had at that period of his life
become more wealthy or prosperous and so he was able to develop the artistic
side of his nature. It is logical to assume that he could only have done this if the
strain in the practical battle had been lessened about that time, but this must only
be presumed if, at about the same date, the Sun Line were seen clearly marked or
suddenly appearing on the hand, then the student can be positive in assuming
that at that date greater ease and comfort came into the subject's life and he
consequently turned to the more imaginative side of existence.
• If rises from inside the Life Line it indicates over sensitive & over cautious &
timid or irritable.
• If the line continues to run after a Star it indicates insanity instead of death.
• If the line is continually broken and ladder like it indicates utter lack of
stability & fickle mindedness & continuous head & aches.
• If the line is deep and strong it indicates generosity and broad & mindedness
• If the Line is long and fingers closely set it indicates avaricious disposition
• If the Line is short, narrow and shallow it indicates the person is easily led &
weak in mentality.
• If the Line is wavy from source to termination it indicates no firmness of ideas.
• If the line looks weak or frays into little hair lines from this point out, it shows
that the subject will never recover thoroughly from this malady.
• If the Line of Head apparently partly leaves its natural place, which will be
seen by an examination of the left hand, and completely rises as it were to the
Line of Heart, the person will develop an enormous fixity of purpose for
someone desire. He will apparently and deliberately control the affectionate side
of his nature by his will power, and will stick at nothing to obtain the realization
of whatever his desire may be.
• If the Line of Head itself should curve upward, especially at the end towards
the fourth finger or Mount of Mercury, it denotes almost without exception that
the longer the person lives the more his desire for money and his determination
to possess it will become stronger every year.
• If the Line sends an off or shoot to or runs into a star on the Mount of Jupiter it
is a sign of wonderful success in all things attempted.
• If the Line starts from the Mount of Lower Mars it indicates denotes a
quarrelsome nature & tyrannical and oppressive.
• If the line starts inside the Mount of Jupiter it indicates very brilliant & from
childhood shows signs of supremacy & assume leadership.
• If the Line takes a curved course it indicates mental and moral spheres are
more predominant.
• If the Line takes a straight course it indicates material or practical side of life
predominant.
• If this Line of Head farther out in the palm become straight, it denotes that the
subject will, later, by the development of his intelligence largely overcome this
failing of over sensitiveness.
• If the line slope much or bend down towards the wrist or on to the Mount of
Luna (the Mount of Imagination), then the subject will become still worse with
his advancing years.
• If the Line of Head is poorly marked, or is like "hairlines", it is often the
indication of some form of insanity which is likely to cause the subject to be
placed under restraint in later life.
• If this mark is found on a square thick-set material looking hand, it is a
foregone conclusion that the subject has set his determination on some material
object, such as wealth, and he will stop at nothing, even crime, in carrying out
his aim.
• If this mark is found on a long hand the object of the ambition is certain to be
connected with intellectual power over people and absolute determination to
accomplish whatever the purpose of the career may be.
• If you have a short head line (ending near the centre of your palm), you’re a
fast thinker who reaches conclusions without any hemming and hawing.
• If you have a wavering head line located right below the little finger and
running towards the index finger will mean that you are generally flaky in
relationships.
• If you’re Head Line is long, curved line (running down toward the bottom
corner of the palm), you’re a creative thinker who can imagine many possible
outcomes or approaches to any situation.
• If you’re Head Line splits in two, you are sensitive to others; you can easily see
someone else’s perspective. This means you may change your opinion now and
then.
• If, however, instead of the curve or bend a fine line is seen leaving the Head
Line in an upward direction, that period will leave a definite mark on the
subject's entire character for the remainder of his life. In some cases these fine
lines will, after a few years, appear to develop more strongly, and may even
become a kind of second Head Line. This would denote that the person
continues to cultivate the practical side of his nature that was at that period
called into existence.
• If, on the contrary, the Line of Head joined to the Line of Life and runs straight
out across the hand towards the mental Mount of Mars, the subject, though still
extremely sensitive, has got greater courage of his opinions. The straighter the
Head Line is found, the subject can be more relied on to carry out his
determination, and often these highly sensitive and even nervous people are
found doing very determined work in connection with some battle for principle
or for right which they believe it their moral duty to carry out.
• In case Head Line is passing from inside the Line of Life, it denotes an over-
sensitive, over-cautious, timid person. It also indicates a highly nervous, easily
excited individual, one who has little control over himself or his temper, who is
easily put out over trifles, and liable to do the most erratic things, or fly off at a
tangent when irritated. Such people are always in trouble, generally fighting or
quarrelling with those about them and over things that are of no consequence.
They are likewise so easily wounded in their feelings, that even a look or an
imagined slight will put them out of humor or upset them for days.
• In case of Head Line joined to the Life Line, this indicates in all cases a highly
sensitive disposition, which inclines towards the side of caution and also lacks
self-confidence. Even the cleverest people with this sign seem to rein themselves
in too tightly, and are always inclined to undervalue their capabilities and talents.
When, with the same indication, the line is also sloping slightly downwards, the
sensitiveness is still more increased. This form is largely found on the hands of
artists, painters, and those who even in other walks of life have the sensitive
artistic temperament, even though it may not have been developed to a larger
extent.
• In case the Line of Head has not risen out of its position, but simply denotes
tremendous intensity of character, for good or evil as the case may be; such a
person would exhibit great power of concentration, and if he concentrated his
mentality on any purpose he would unite with it his heart nature. But if he had
set his heart or affections on any person, he would unite with that desire the
whole force of his mental nature. In this case it is as if these two sides of the
mentality, the sentimental and the mental, were linked or in some way united
together. Such persons I have always found possess greater intensity of purpose
than any other, but I have never found it a very happy mark to possess.
• In cases where the Line of Head is joined to the Line of Life showing the
sensitive temperament, this forked mark often indicates a certain want of
decision. The subject is inclined to balance too much between the two qualities
of brain, the practical and the imaginative. As to what they should do for the
best, in such cases it is always wise to advise the subject to act according to first
impulse either in dealing with practical or imaginative things. By so doing they
employ, as it were, the intuition of the brain, and by using it do not waver and
vacillate by too much reasoning over the question or endeavoring to see both
sides of it at once.
• Island on the Line under Saturn indicates deaf and dumb.
• Islands under the fourth finger, the Mount of Mercury, and the extremity of the
Head Line denote weakness of the brain in old age, and a highly nervous
worrying disposition.
• If very badly marked they denote that in the latter part of life the subject may
be disposed to insanity proceeding from a worrying disposition, and often from
the overstraining of the mental faculties. It will thus be seen that every portion of
this remarkable line may be divided into sections to obtain marvelous detail in
making predictions for the future.
• It has been considered by many ancient authorities that the Double Line of
Head, when found with two distinct lines, is a sign of the inheritance of great
riches or power. I have generally found, however, that what it means is, that
although the financial results of such a person's life may be either great wealth or
power, yet he may inherit it from his mental right and not from his birth right.
• Large Island at the termination indicates severe intestinal trouble.
• Life Line & the Line of Head just touch each other in the beginning indicate
that one with this faculty becomes a leader-head of the organisation being
intelligent-prudentsmart. He may climb the ladders of politics to become a
minster as well.
• Life Line and the Line of Head are separated with a low gap about one
millimetre indicate that quickness of judgment and independent thinking, mental
and moral courage, success in life. Possessors of this faculty may become head
of the organisation-field in which he works. The individual is quite strong,
independent and progressive.
• Life Line and the Line of Head fused-joined in the beginning for about an inch
indicate that one has a cautious nature. He takes time to decide an issue. At
occasions he may be late-slow and caution in nature to the possessor.
• Life Line and the Line of Head having a wide gap indicate that subject’s
decisions may be incorrect leading to trouble later. The bearer of this type of
formation may commit blunders. He is too much independent. A woman with
this mark becomes too bold to take any risk, leading to harm. Women in film
industry, entertainment, television, fashion industry may possess this type of
combination.
• Line of Head chained Line indicate fluctuating attention, lack of concentration,
frequent anger.
• Line of Head deep and strong indicates generosity and broad mindedness.
• Line of Head deep indicates high degree of power of concentration-meditation-
thinking.
• Line of Head extending across with a Line of Health, distinct and straight
indicates good memory.
• Line of Head going to Jupiter indicates administrative calibre-talent-high
position.
• Line of Head going to Mercury indicates success in tradeinnovations-research.
• Line of Head going to Saturn indicates addition of property, wealth.
• Line of Head going to Sun indicates name, fame, success and wealth through
mental manoeuvres.
• Line of Head ladder shaped indicates utter lack of stability, fickle mindedness,
and continuous headaches.
• Line of Head long & smooth line indicates good understanding-adaptability.
• Line of Head long and straight crossing mental Mars indicate high intellectual
power and selfish nature, goes beyond limits.
• Line of Head long straight Line, long conical first finger, Appropriate Mounts
of Sun and Jupiter indicate love for reading-learning.
• Line of Head moves and terminates over mental Mount of Mars indicate
studies science or law-confirmed by the square nail on Mercury finger.
• Line of Head originated from Mars with thick pointed fingers indicate such
people are to found to indulge in vices, wretched-sinful acts, forcing women into
prostitution and even murdering them after rape. Never enter into friendship with
such people.
• Line of Head rising from Jupiter indicate highly developed brain, good
memory-retention power, prudence,
• Line of Head rising from Life Line indicates cautious and highly sensitive
nature.
• Line of Head rising From Mars indicate frightful, worrying nature, conflicting
and quarrelling temperament-attitude.
• Line of Head rising offshoots to the Heart Line indicate the affection will be a
matter of fascination and not of love as long as it just touches it. If it goes
beyond to the Mounts, it will describe the impact of the Mount.
• Line of Head short and poorly marked Line, Small thumb indicate idiocy.
• Line of Head short line indicates a more limited mental range.
• Line of Head sloping & curved indicates romantic, idealistic, imaginative and
Bohemianism.
• Line of Head sloping and ending with fork indicate reactivity, literary talent
associated with imagination, new thoughts and ideas.
• Line of Head straight and clear indicate practical, gifted with common sense,
loves material objects.
• Line of Head straight over to Luna indicate maintains balance between
imaginative and practical aspects of life.
• Line of Head wavy indicates wavering ideas, thoughts, and attitude.
• Line of Head wide and broad indicate low level of concentration, vacillating
and changeable.
• Line of Head with dominant Mount of Sun indicates IAS/PCS/Executive in
PSU/Multinational Corporation or else big businessman-corporate enterprise.
Line of Head with Dominant Mount of Jupiter indicates self/children highly
placed officials in forces. Defect free Line of Head originates from Jupiter
indicate self, children serious in studies, intelligent-progressive. With soft broad-
heavy beautiful palm indicate obedient and progressive children.
• With hard hand indicate children obedient and hot headed, associated with
character defects, and confirmed by the defective Line of Heart.
• Long line associated with high Mounts of Mars, Jupiter and Mercury indicates
unusual power of concentration.
• Long line denotes a person that is focused and very successful with a tendency
to be selfish.
• Long Line rising from Jupiter and slightly touching the Life Line it indicates
talent, energy and daring determination of purpose.
• Long sloping line, strong mount of Moon, Second and third fingers of same
length indicate love for gamblingdisposition to take great risks in business.
• Long straight line ending on the Mount of Upper-Mental Mars indicate
generous and merciful, bears the burden of the family and friends for a long
time.
• Long straight Line without Heart Line indicates cold, heartless, merciless,
miserly and avaricious.
• Long, clear and straight Line with a long conical first finger and good Mounts
of Sun and Jupiter indicates love of reading.
• Multi-formation of this Line indicates denotes a split personality.
• Multi-formed line indicates a split personality.
• Pale and broad line, low Mount of Venus indicates poor intellect.
• Palm soft, broad and heavy with developed Venus indicate enhances working
capacity and mental calibre. Never lose a court case or debited money. Good at
studies-do not waste time. Defect free Line of Head accompanied by circular
Life Line indicates scholarships, genius. Defect free Line of Head accompanied
by over developedexaggerated Venus or broad Fate Line indicate carelessness,
neglect of studies due to addiction, bad habits/vices.
• Rising from Jupiter but is slightly separated from Life Line it indicates the
native has talent and energy but less control and diplomacy or hasty in decision
and impetuous in action.
• Separated from Life Line, exaggerated Mounts of Jupiter and Mars indicate
over confidence.
• Short head line indicates a person who is practical and no nonsense.
• Short line, low Mount of Jupiter, exaggerated Mounts of Venus and Moon
indicate laziness.
• Short Line, low Mount of Venus indicates narrow mindedness, mean mentality
and uncharitable nature.
• Slopes towards the Mount of Moon, cuts the Line of Mercury and ends in the
middle of the Mount indicate betrays acute imagination which seeks trouble and
excitement.
• Sloping and terminating in a fork indicate imagination coupled with analytical
reasoning.
• Sloping and terminating with a trident on the Mount of Moon indicate literary
talent of the imaginative order, name, fame, recognition but little money unless
supported by the Sun Line and the Line of Fate.
• Sloping near to the Rascette and terminating in a cross or star indicate brilliant
future.
• Small branches of the Line of Head in upward directed towards the Line of
Heart or moving straight to the base of the fingers, through the mounts, increases
its strength further, many fold. Such lines are found on the hands of Scientists,
Inventors, Discoverers Thinkers, Philosophers, Scholars or the people who can
see future. They make progress for their family and the nation. The junction/joint
of Life Line and the Line of Head should be small. It should not devote from its
path suddenly.
• Small defined squares touching the Line of Head are in all cases signs of
preservation, and they relate to the particular qualities of the Mount of the hand
under which they are found.
• Small Line in big and large hand indicates a brutal and sexual nature.
• Small, sharply-defined crosses in any position just over or touching the Line of
Head are generally signs of accidents to the Head itself.
• Star found conjoined with the Line of Health indicates sign of weakness of the
sexual organs of women or a sign of sterility.
• Star on the line indicates injury on the head.
• Straight and slightly curved upwards on Mars towards Mercury indicate
unusual success in business, keen sense of value of money.
• Straight head line shows a person that thinks realistically, is logical, organized,
and has a great attention to detail.
• Straight in the first half and then slightly sloping indicates a balance between
the purely imaginative and the purely practical level-headed, such as, mental
weakness or "brain illness," if found with nails showing very small "moons" or
none at all, denotes an anemic condition of the blood that affects the brain, a low
condition of vitality and bad circulation, which seems to starve the brain of
blood and prevents such people from making any continuous effort in regard to
study or will power, and causes them to act in an erratic fashion.
• If at the same time the Line of Head is seen placed very high on the hand, this
sign is worse still in its meaning, and such subjects are inclined to be "half mad"
in periods. When the Line of Head is widely separated from the Line of Life,
then this chain formation of islands is still more accentuated and more difficult
to cure. Such subjects have periods of mental excitability which it seems
impossible for them to control, and in such moments they are liable to fly off at a
tangent and commit mad or rash acts, but acts generally dangerous to other
people.
• Terminates on the Mount of Moon indicate poetic ability, artistic talents,
scholarly.
• Terminating on the Mount of Saturn indicate death by a head injury, a sign of
fanaticism.
• Terminating on the Mount of Sun indicate passion for fine arts and literature.
• Terminating under the Mount of Saturn indicate premature death or great
intelligence faded out.
• The "islands" in the Line of Head are very important, especially if they are
considered both in relation to the age at which they occur, and also in relation to
the mentality itself. In the first place the principal rule the student must bear in
mind is, that islands must be considered as showing a weakness in any line
wherever they may be found, and are to be considered unfortunate signs.
• The curviness of the head line shows how a person thinks.
• The islands in the Line of Head at the commencement of the line under the first
finger or Mount of Jupiter, it will be found that the subject in early life was
delicate mentally and displayed no energy of will; no desire to study, was listless
and without ambition.
• The islands under the first finger the period of the life indicated is the first 21
years, the second period contains another section of the three 7's, and lasts until
42 years of age; the third period of 7's which will be found under the third finger
indicates the section from 49 to 63, and the fourth section which takes in the
remainder of the hand, under the fourth finger, stands for the period from 70 up
to the end.
• The islands under the second finger on the Mount of Saturn, the subject, on the
contrary, is inclined to suffer from severe headaches, melancholy, and a
tendency for inflammation, especially at the base of the head.
• The islands under the third finger, the Mount of Sun, an island shows a very
curious fact, namely that the person is inclined to suffer from weakness of the
eyes and shortsight. If many of these islands are marked it generally
foreshadows a still greater tendency to blindness and weakness of the sight.
• The Line is absent indicates gull intellect or idiocy of congenital nature.
• The Line is short in the left hand and long in the right hand it indicates the
native has deteriorated in his mental calibre.
• The Line is tied to the Life Line for a long period it indicates the subject lacks
self & confidence depends upon the advice of others.
• The Line is wider and broader it indicates less concentration &vacillating and
changeable.
• The line of Head and the Line of Heart running together: In the first place, this
peculiar type of person appears to be so rare in life that he seems to have no
companions and for that reason has always the feeling of being intensely lonely
and isolated from others. He is usually also in every way super-sensitive and
easily wounded in his feelings. I have seldom found these people successful,
unless when acting alone, but if linked with others by partnership in business,
etc., they seem to feel their personality cramped, and the partnership as a rule
seldom results happily. In considering this, the student must carefully observe
whether this one line across the hand lies across the centre where the Head Line
would naturally be, or whether it lies higher up towards the base of the fingers
where the Heart Line is generally found. If the former case, one may be sure that
it is a question of head and mentality and very little heart; but if the latter, it is a
question of more intensity of feeling emotion and affection than of mental
intensity.
• The Line of Head, however, go very far across the hand and straight on to the
Mental Mount of Mars, it indicates an extremely strong-willed determined
person who has the power to hide his sensitiveness and nervousness and stake
everything for what he believes his duty to carry out.
• The space between this Line and the Life line is not very wide it indicates
quickness of judgement and independent thinking & mental and moral courage-
success in life
• This other Line of Head with islands indicates the character that will be more
likely to be excitable and fly into a temper and kill other people.
• A Line of Head not too widely separated and either one end of it commencing
on the Mount of Jupiter, or with its main branch from the Mount of Jupiter, is
one of the most brilliant marks of all. The student must, however, carefully
establish this difference of the Line of Head in his own mind, as well as the
termination or the ending of this line. Once he has these two points firmly
established, he has gained the great keynote to this subject. When once this part
is mastered, he has a sure foundation to work on.
• Three or more vertical lines on Mercury accompanied by a Fate Line which is
initially broad turning to-Mercury later accompanied by broad junction of Life
Line and Line of Head indicate intelligent person with business traitsacumen-
ship, industrialist.
• Three or more vertical lines on Mercury accompanied by even and straight
uniform Line of Fate indicate studies engineering-technology.
• Three or more vertical lines on Mercury accompanied by Line of Head inclined
to Luna or over Luna indicate studies literature, writer, poet, author, composer or
commerce.
• Three or more vertical lines on Mercury accompanied by long pointed fingers
indicate high level artist. Three or more vertical lines on Mercury accompanied
by long Saturn finger indicate interest in dance / Music / animal husbandry /
gardening.
• Three or more vertical lines over Mercury indicate studies science and spend
money cautiously, conduct research, innovations and new ideas.
• Triangle on Line under the Mount of Mercury indicates success in scientific
endeavours-researches.
• Two Lines of Head indicate that the bearer may show off duel characteristics
living two lives, simultaneously. It indicates preference for creative or analytical
approaches to information. It gives name, fame, and recognition.
• Under Jupiter, they usually are brought about by blows caused generally by the
subject's desire to rule and to be too dogmatic or tyrannical.
• Under Saturn, crosses indicate injuries to the head from accidents by animals,
blows by treachery, mine explosions, etc., and generally relate to accidents of a
treacherous nature.
• Under the Mount of Mercury, these sharply defined crosses relate to injuries to
the head due to accidents generally produced by scientific experiments or some
hazardous business venture.
• Under the Mount of the Sun, these crosses have been found to relate to
accidents to the head from sudden falls, such as the subject striking his head by
falling, concussion of the brain, etc.
• Wavy line indicates a person who is restless with short attention span.
• Wavy line, exaggerated mount of Mercury indicate dishonesty.
• When a number of little hair lines branch upward from this Line to the Heart
Line it indicates the affection will be a matter of fascination and not of love.
• When found in the form of a continuous chain on the Line of Head, all through
the line, they denote mental weakness, but generally produced by ill-health
which more immediately affects the brain.
• When linked and made up of little pieces like a chain it indicates indecision &
want of fixity of ideas.
• When the Line is so high on the hand that the space is extremely narrow
between it and the Line of heart Head will completely rule the Heart.
• When the Line of Head is "open" and ascending slightly upwards towards or on
to the Mental Mount of Mars, such people, although always brilliant and clever,
but may often waste their lives doing nothing. Those people with the Line of
Head "open" and ascending slightly upwards towards or on to the Mental Mount
of Mars are self-appointed leaders, organizers of any public movement. They
will sacrifice everything, home, affection, and all ties for what they believe is
their public duty in connection with the work that they have undertaken.
• The Line of Head very open and separate from the Line of Life denotes a
character with too little caution or sensitiveness. The subject will go to the
opposite extreme of him with the Line of Head and Line of Life joined. When
the space is very wide it denotes excessive impetuosity and lack of continuity of
purpose, a person who pushes himself forward on all occasions, a great desire
for notoriety and one continually changing his plans as far as the world is
concerned.
• When Line of Head is excessively open or separate from the Line of Life, the
brain seems to be an extremely excitable one. The subject suffers greatly from
excessive blood to the head, mental hysteria, sleeplessness, and all things that
affect the brain.
• If the Line of Head is badly formed with islands, or a broad line with breaks
and hair lines, it is just as much a mark of another form of insanity as the Line of
Head curving downwards at the wrist, but with the line mentioned the type is
inclined to be morbid with a tendency to suicide.
• When the Line of Head is connected with the Line of Life and the space is not
very wide, it is an excellent mark to have, giving independence of thought,
quickness of judgment and a certain mental daring that is invaluable in fighting
the battle of life.
• When the Line of Head is at the same time lying fairly straight across the palm,
such individuals have an immense power over others, but their capabilities are
always more distinctly shown if they should in any form go in for some kind of
public life. People possessing this mark are rather less "hard students" than those
with the Line of Head and Line of Life joined together, but they have such
brilliancy and quickness of thought that they seem to see in a flash that which
takes the other class hard work to attain. But these people with the "open Line of
Head" must, above all things, have purpose in their life. Without purpose they
are rather like a ship drifting on an idle sea. They may spend their life in an
aimless way unless "the call" comes to them or the tide of ambition turns their
way and carries them onward.
• When The Line of the Head Joined to the Line of Life and its termination and
bends completely down and turns with a curve, as it were, under the base of the
Mount of Luna, the tendency is to extreme morbid imaginings and such extreme
sensitiveness, that people on whose hands it is found generally separate
themselves from the rest of their fellows, and either retire from the world
altogether and live a solitary life or else make their exit by the gate of suicide.
The latter is, in fact, generally the ending of such lives. Their extreme
sensitiveness evidently renders life for them almost unbearable. But this
formation must not be confounded with the Line of Head curving downwards
through the upper part of the Mount. In this latter case, it can even descend as far
down as the wrist itself, and, unless it has an island or star at the end of the line,
there is not the danger of suicide. In all such cases, however, there is extreme
imagination, extreme sensibility, and a tendency to melancholy, but there is no
indication of the brain breaking down under strain as there is in the other case of
what is known as the distinct tendency for self-murder.
• When the sloping Line of Head has a gentle curve downwards towards the
Mount of the Moon, distinct control over the imagination is indicated. But the
contrary is the case when the line bends too far down this Mount. In this case the
subject is the slave of his imagination and generally does erratic and peculiar
things or can only work in moods of the moment. People of this latter class
seldom, if ever, produce the great results in the world of art or imagination as do
those who have the line simply curving downwards into this Mount.
• When this Line runs into a square it indicates preservation from accident or
violence by the subject's presence of mind.
• When, however, the Line of Head is very sloping, with this formation of
islands the subject is inclined to have fits of depression and melancholy, during
which he is likely to shrink away from people or make an attempt against his
own life. "Suicide while temporarily insane" is the verdict of the jury in such
cases.
• White spot on the Line indicates a sign of success in intellectual and literary
activities.

2.3 Heart Line (Line of Love or Emotion)

The heart is the organ which controls our life. The line of heart is one of the
most important lines in the hand. The Heart Line is the horizontal line above the
Head Line. It is found under the fingers and towards the top of the palm. Heart
Line starts just below the Mount of Jupiter and runs along the base of the
Mounts below the fingers and terminates at the percussion. It extends up to
middle or index finger or pink finger. The Line of Heart runs across the hand
under the fingers and generally rises under the base of the first, and runs off the
side of the hand under the base of the fourth or little finger. The Line of Heart
should be deep, clear, and well coloured. It may arise from the extreme outside
of the Mount of Jupiter, from the centre of this Mount, from the space between
the first and second fingers, from the face of the Mount of Saturn, or from
directly under this mount. The Heart Line starts from the Mount of Jupiter or
from above it. In most of the palms, the Head Line and Life Line originate from
the same place. It divides the palm into two parts. The heart line is a major line
in palmistry, as the name might suggest. Being one of the four main lines in
palmistry, it is one of the most studies lines, and is one of the lines that are most
relevant to the daily life and future life of the person whose palm is being read.
The heart line, also known as the love line or mensal line, gives an indication
about a person’s emotional state and their emotional and physical relationships
with others. It can also be looked at as a predictor of the health of the heart. This
line is located above the head line and life line. Each of the four lines has a very
important message regarding the life, intelligence, and fate of a person, but the
heart line says about interpersonal relationships. Not only does the heart line
give good information about the person’s emotions, but also just how they
handle other people. Heart line is the first horizontal line under the fingers. It is
therefore believed to be an insight into how the emotional sides of our mind
frames will act out and be acted upon during our lifetimes, and possess
emotional reservoirs within us. This line can be read in either direction (from the
pink finger to the index finger, or vice versa, depending on the tradition being
followed. It is believed to indicate emotional stability, romantic perspectives,
depression, and cardiac health. Line of Heart represents the matters of the heart.
It is believed to be line of emotions. It represents the attraction of the sexes for
natural causes. This line is read from the end nearest the little finger. The Line of
Heart relates purely to the affectionate disposition, in fact, to the mental side of
the love nature of the subject. It is consequently on the portion of the hand that
relates to mental characteristics and not to the physical. This line deals with ones
intellect, creativity and the way one handles one’s life which includes learning
style, communication style, intellectual level and thirst for knowledge .It
indicates the analytical approaches to information. It also indicates the way you
retain your wealth. It represents the creative instincts the life impulse emotions
and other important traits of character. It reveals the quality and quantity of
emotions, sensations and affections together with their bearing upon life. It
would tell us about the nature of sexual tendencies and urge, and sociable nests
of the native. It gives the state of health and the condition of the heart, its
strength or weakness.
• A broken Heart Line is a certain sign that some terrible

tragedy in the affections will at some time or other overwhelm the subject. It
may not often be found nowadays, but I have seen it in some few cases, and
these persons never recovered the loss of the loved one or ever had love in their
lives again.

• A broken heart line or a heart line with smaller lines crossing it can indicate
emotional trauma.
• A chained Head Line belongs to highly strung people.
• A chained heart line is often associated with high blood pressure, but also of an
'adrenaline junkie' attitude in life.
• A chained line can mean depression.
• A chained Line emerging from the Mount of Saturn indicates contempt for
opposite sex.
• A chained or gridded heart line is often seen in people who are highly strung,
nervous and draw upon emotional strength and insight to attain their ambitions,
i.e. they wear their 'emotions' on their sleeves, often to draw strength. Such
chaining or gridding on the heart line (emotional line) is often seen in intensely
creative artists such as musicians and writers, as well as deeply driven scientists.
Dealing with emotions, the line is also claimed to indicate romantic perspectives
and intimate relationships.
• A chained or gridded heart line is said to point to a flirtatious attitude to love,
and one which can be prone to fall in love easily. On a physical level, the heart
line is indirectly associated with heart health, more so through the effects that
emotions can have on the body such as with blood pressure.
• A chained heart line is often associated with high blood pressure, but also of an
'adrenaline junkie' attitude in life.
• A clear break on Heart Line indicates loss of loved ones.
• A faint line shows a person who is aloof and places little importance on
emotions.
• A heart line that lies between Jupiter and Saturn fingers is the most favourable
sign on the hand. This represents calm temperament in matters of the heart.
• A heart line that rises from the centre of Jupiter indicates that the person is
reliable in his affections. Such person would have fewer love affairs than the
man with the line from Saturn.
• A heart line that rises from the Mount of Saturn represents more passion. Such
a person is less expressive. When such line rises very high on the Mount of
Saturn, then such a person is far more passionate and sensual than others.
• A heart line that touches the life line means that the heart is broken easily.
• A Line of Heart from Saturn in holes or links like a chain, especially when it is
broad, denotes an absolute contempt for the subject's opposite sex. It is one of
the signs of mental degeneration as far as love is concerned.
• A Line of Heart made up like a chain, or by a crowd of little lines running into
it, denotes flirtations and inconstancy in the love nature, and seldom has any
lasting affection.
• A long and curvy heart line indicates someone who freely expresses emotions
freely.
• A short line Heart Line indicates selfish disposition.
• A straight and clear head line denotes practical common sense and a love for
material things.
• When straight in the first half, then slightly sloping, it shows a balance between
imaginative and practical.
• A sloping head line represents romance & imaginative work.
• When sloping, and terminating with a fine fork on the Mount of Moon, it
promises imaginative literary works. Such person has not control over emotions.
• A straight and short heart line indicates an individual who is not particularly
concerned with romance.
• A wavy line indicates many relationships and/or lovers, with an absence of
serious relationships.
• A well developed Line with somewhat exaggerated Mounts of Venus and
Moon indicates romantic disposition.
• Absence of the Line of Heart indicates extreme coldnessimmoral-selfish-
avaricious behaviour.
• An absent heart line indicates an individual who is ruled by logic rather than
emotion.
• An extremely long and straight, and going directly to the percussion, the Head
Line represents highly selfish nature.
• An unusually deep Line indicates danger of apoplexy.
• Bars cutting the Heart Line indicate repeated disappointments in love, troubles
of the heart and liver. Consult the doctor and perform Yoga every day for 15-30
minutes regularly.
• Chained Heart Line indicates flirtatious, sorrow in love affairs.
• Chained, pale, broad and chained indicates a cold-blooded person seeking
recourse to anything to satisfy his passion.
• Circle on the Heart Line indicates weakness of the heart.
• Circle on the Heart Line under the Mount of Sun indicates trouble with eye
sight.
• Composed of many separate small Heart Line indicates improper functioning
of the Heart.
• Encircling the Mount of Mercury at the termination indicates aptitude for the
occult sciences.
• Faded Heart Line indicates heart has grown hard because of disappointments in
love.
• Fate and Heart Lines are islanded indicates adulterous nature.
• Form Forked with one branch between the first and second fingers indicates
fortunate, gifted with a well-balanced disposition in affairs of love.
• Form Forks with one branch on Jupiter, the other between the first and second
fingers indicates a happy, calm nature good fortune, and happiness in affection.
• Form Forks with one branch on Jupiter, the other on Saturn indicates uncertain
disposition and such an individual do not intend to make the marital relations
happy because of his temperament.
• Heart Line breaks indicates inconstancy about hatred of the opposite sex
• Heart Line breaks under the Mount of indicates dangerous illness arising from
circulation of the blood.
• Heart Line broken under the Mount of indicates love affairs broken off on
account avaricious disposition of the bearer.
• Heart Line broken under the Mount of Sun indicates love affairs broken off,
due to the caprice of the subject.
• Heart Line drooping offshoots indicates disappointments caused by loved ones.
• Heart Line drooping offshoots towards the Line of Head indicates attraction
towards opposite sex. Each line represents one person.
• Heart Line forked at the termination, under the Mount of Mercury below the
Line of Marriage indicates divorce due to a guilty intrigue of the subject.
• Heart Line from the centre of the Mount of Jupiter, the Heart Line gives more
moderation, but also great idealist, and is one of the best of the variations of this
Line that we are about to consider. People with such a Heart Line are firm and
reliable in their affections, they have an unusually high code of honour and
morality. They are ambitious that the person they live with be great, noble, and
successful. They seldom marry beneath their station in life, and they have fewer
love affairs than any other class. If they once really love, they love for ever.
They do not believe in second marriages, and the divorce courts are seldom
troubled with their presence.
• Heart Line from the outside of the Mount of Jupiter, it denotes the blind
enthusiast in affection, a man or woman who places his or her ideal of love so
high that neither fault nor failing is seen in the being worshipped. With these
Saturn defective

Mercury of the people their pride in the object of their affection is beyond all
reason, and all such extremists as a rule suffer terribly through their affections.

• Heart Line is absent in robbers and cruel people.

• Heart Line rising between the first and the second fingers indicates calm
temperament in matters pertains to the heart.
• Heart Line rising between the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn indicates a quiet
uneventful home existence-no passionate yearnings.
• Heart Line rising from far up into the Mount of Jupiter and fork less indicates
ideal love with no trace of lust-sexuality.
• Heart Line rising from the centre of Jupiter indicates the highest type of love,
pure, deep and stead-fast.
• Heart Line rising from the Mount of Saturn with fork indicates more passion.
• Heart Line rising under the Mount of Saturn without a fork indicates sensuality
but no true family affection.
• Heart Line trident on Jupiter indicates a sign of good fortune and a Public
figure or celebrity.
• If a heart stops, for more than a few seconds, or pumps irregularly for even an
instant, our body feels pain instantly, and if this behaviour doesn’t cease, it can
lead to a swift death. Thus, the heart line has taken on somewhat of an incorrect
association in more modern times from confused rookies, because they imagine
that t has to do with the course of life.
• If Heart Line is chained, one could be a little bit of a flirt.
• If it begins in the middle of the palm, the person falls in love easily.
• If the heart line ends up under the index finger it indicates someone who is
choosy about his partner.
• If the heart line is unusually long, it can mean that you are a fan of commitment
in relationships. If the line slopes up dramatically at any point, this can mean that
you rush headlong into relationships, possibly before you are really ready. If the
line dramatically slopes down, this could mean that you are too quick to cut off
important relationships with people.
• If the heart line starts below the index finger it means that you are picky when
it comes to love. A heart line that begins below the middle finger indicates a
person who is selfish when it comes to love.
• If the heart line straight and parallel to the head line, it indicates that the
individual has a good handle on their emotions.
• Located high up on the hand Heart Line indicates sensitive, intellectual and
intuitive.
• Long Line running from one side to the other Heart Line indicates excessive
attachment causing suffering to the subject.
• Long, clear and well indicates traced Lasting affection.
• Long, clear and well traced Heart Line indicates lasting affection.
• Loops, chains, cuts and breaks in this line indicate relationships and/or such
events occurring in a person’s love life.
• Narrow space between Head and Heart Line indicates the affection would rule
the subject and would outweigh all other considerations.
• One broad space between the two fingers represents 7 years.
• Pale, broad and chained Heart Line indicates a coldblooded person seeking
recourse to anything to satisfy his passion.
• Placed lower than its normal position Heart Line indicates coldness,
selfishness.
• Placed very high in the hand reaching base of fingers Heart Line indicates
passionate and jealous
• Short and deep Heart Line indicates selfish but a good husband or wife.
• Space under one mount between the two fingers gives a period of 21 years.
• Straight Heart Line, a weak thumb, thin pointed fingers, sloping Head Line
indicates tendency towards homosexuality, masturbation & day dreaming.
• Straight Line, forked on Mount of Jupiter, strong thumb indicates pure at heart
and unselfish, possesses strength of character and an idealistic quality,
consistency in affections.
• Terminates inside the Mount of Saturn indicates childish and playful.
• The curved Heart Line is aggressive and demonstrative in love, while the
straight line is receptive. Curved line is more common on male hands while the
straight line is more common on female hands.
• The Heart Line rising from between the first and second fingers gives a calmer
but a very deep nature in all matters of the affections. These people seem to
strike the happy medium between the idealist and pride given by Jupiter, and the
more selfish love nature given when the line rises from Saturn. They are not very
demonstrative when in love, but they are capable of the very greatest sacrifices
for those they care for. They do not expect the person on whom they bestow
their affection to be a god or a goddess.
• The Line fading away indicates Heart has grown hard because of his
appointments in love.
• The Line of Heart that rises from under the base of the Mount of Saturn,
exhibits all the foregoing characteristics, but in a much more intensified form.
Such persons live for themselves and care little whether those around them are
happy or not.
• The shorter the Line of Heart is on the Hand, the less the higher sentiments of
the affection make themselves manifest.
• Thick Heart Line indicates cold and heartless.
• Thick, deep and strong Heart Line indicates the desire for love will out-weigh
every other consideration.
• Three broad spaces, lifespan measures up to 105 Years.
• Unusually deep Heart Line indicates danger of apoplexy.
• Very pale and wide Heart Line indicates heart disease, poor circulation of
blood.
• Very red Heart Line indicates violent in love.
• Very thin and long Heart Line indicates hatred towards mankind.
• Well developed line, exaggerated Mount of Venus and Moon indicates
romantic disposition.
• When Heart Line is pale and broad, without any depth, it denotes a nature blasé
and indifferent with no depth of affection.
• When Heart Line lies very high on the hand and the space is narrowed only by
the Head Line being abnormally high and out of its place, it indicates the reverse
of the above, and that the affairs of the heart are ruled by the head. Such persons
are extremely calculating in all matters of love.
• When only one deep, straight line is found across the hand from side to side,
the two lines both Head and Heart appear to blend together. This denotes an
intensely selfconcentrated nature. If such a subject loves, he unites with it all the
forces of his mind, and if he put his mind on any subject, he throws his whole
heart and soul into whatever it may be. These people are also terribly head-
strong and self-willed in all they do. They do not seem to know what fear means
in any sense, they are dangerous lovers and husbands to trifle with, for they will
stop at nothing if their blood is once roused. They are also dangerous to
themselves. They rush blindly into danger, and they usually meet with terrible
accidents and injuries, and very often suffer a violent death.
• When the fork is wide and one branch rests on Jupiter, the other on Saturn, it
then denotes that such a person does not intend to make the marital relations
happy because of his temperament.
• When the Line of Heart commences with a fork, one branch on Jupiter and the
other between the first and second fingers, it is an excellent sign of a well-
balanced, happy, affectionate disposition, and a good promise of great happiness
in all matters of affection.
• When the line of heart forks, with one branch resting on Jupiter, the other
between the first and second fingers, it is a sign of a happy, calm nature, good
fortune, and happiness in affection.
• When the Line of Heart is found curving downward at the base of the Mount of
Jupiter, it tells of a strange fatality in that person, of meeting with great
disappointment in love, and even with those they trust in friendship. He seems to
lack perception, in knowing whom to love. His affections are nearly always
misplaced or never returned. These people have, however, as a rule, wonderfully
kind, affectionate dispositions. They have little pride about whom they love and
they generally marry beneath their station in life.
• When the Line of Heart is found in excess, namely, extremely long, it denotes a
terrible tendency toward jealousy, and this is alarmingly increased if the Line of
Head on the same hand is very sloping towards the Mount of the Moon. In such
a case the imagination will run away with itself where jealousy is concerned.
• When the Line of Heart is very thin and with no branches, it denotes coldness
and want of heart.
• When the Line of Heart rises on the Mount of Saturn the subject will be rather
selfish in all questions of affection. These people are not self-sacrificing, like the
previous type. They are inclined to be cynical, reserved, undemonstrative but
very insistent in trying to gain the person they want. They will let nothing stand
in their way, but once they have obtained their object they show little tenderness
or devotion. They are very unforgiving if they discover any lapses on the part of
their partner, but as they are "a law unto themselves," they close their eyes to
their own shortcomings.
• When there is no Line of Heart whatever, it is a sign of a cold-blooded,
unemotional nature. Such people can, however, be brutally sensual and
especially so if the Mount of Venus is high.
• When very low down on the hand, almost touching the Line of Head, the heart
will always interfere with the affairs of the head.
• White dot on the Heart Line indicates success in love affairs.
• Wide space between Head and Heart Line indicates love affairs and affections
are ruled by the calculating and cold tendencies of the subject.
• Without breaks, heart Line gives the age of the individual, if read from right to
the left. The Heart Line, starting from the edge of Jupiter to the edge of Mercury,
without broad spaces indicates 84 years.

2.4 Fate Line (Line of Destiny)

Of all of the four main lines on the palm of the hand, the fate line, or the line of
destiny is the largest and most prominent lines on palm. The fate line is
sometimes referred to as the destiny line in different schools of palmistry, and as
such, carries a huge significance on the interpretation of your future. This line
runs from the middle of the base of the palm to the middle finger, or sometimes
to the ring finger. Other times it is not present, but as it is one of the main lines,
this means that it is present on the majority of people. The fourth main line on
the palm is called the Line of Fate or also called the Line of Saturn. The Line of
fate is also known as line of destiny. It is located in the centre of the palm
vertically directed towards Saturn finger. This line is believed to be tied to the
person's life path, viz. schooling, career choices, successes and hurdles. It also
reflects the circumstances beyond the individual's control or choices and their
consequences. Any line which reaches the mount of Saturn is the Luck Line or
the Line of Fate. It may start from the Rascette, depth of palm-Rahu Kshetr, Indr
Kshetr, Luna, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Life Line, Line of Head; Line of Heart etc.
It gives worldly possessions, wealth, riches to the bearer during the period of its
existence. This line reveals the effects that people and events have had on an
individual. These are events that the person has had no control over. This line is
tied to one’s life path. This indicates the degree to which a person's life is
affected by external circumstances beyond their control. This line begins at the
base of the palm. The fate line can reveal what will be the important trends in
our life. Fate Line in the Palm gives Timing. Take 5 years at the base of the
palm. When Fate Line crosses the Head Line, it should be reckoned as 35th year
of the person. At the Heart Line, the age of the person should be taken as 55th
year. At the Mount of Saturn where Fate Line ends, the age indicates 75th year.
Accordingly, divide the Fate Line and mark the periods with 5 years duration.
Even though the fate line seems to cover so much more than the heart, head, or
life line all in and of itself, because it makes more sense to do it this way, it is
generally read the same way as the other main lines, albeit more carefully. It is
important to be sensitive of the person’s career choices and the person’s
personality when reading the fate line, more so than with any other line.
• A break in the Fate Line is not always a bad sign to have,

provided that one side begins before the other ends; in such a case it foretells a
complete change in surroundings and position, and if the new line looks good
and straight it will be found to mean that the change will bring about an
advancement in position commencing at the date when the second line first
makes its appearance.

• A breakage in a fate line means the native may face an accident at a certain
point of time. The accident may cause physical damage or may even put the
native’s life in danger. Natives who have a broken fate line should be very
careful.
• A cross at this point will indicate tragic death.
• A deep and strongly etched Fate line represents a person who settles down into
a disciplined pattern of life quite early. On the other hand, a weak or faint fate
line suggests a person who is restless and tends to change jobs quite often.
• A deep fate line means that the person’s life will be strongly controlled by fate.
Remember, not all individuals have this line. If the fate line starts joined to the
life line, this indicates a self-made individual who develops aspirations early on
in life.
• A double or sister Fate Line indicates excellent sign and two distinct careers.
An island on the Line indicates misfortune, loss or adversity. When the Line
rises from the life Line indicates early part of the Life is dominated by home
influence. When the Line passing over the Mount of Saturn ascends into the base
of the finger indicates very unfortunate sign to possess and the subject would
attempt too much and would fail to achieve his purpose. A strong Line after the
break indicates the position of the native would improve after some change in
his career.
• A double or sister fate-line denotes an excellent distinguished career.
• A Fate line that begins at the very base of the palm depicts a person who has
planned out his future at a very young age.
• A fate line that is tied to the heart line indicates a restricted childhood.
• A Fate Line without any defects, going straight and ending at the Heart Line
indicates the person will have earnings till his 55th to 58th year. I have often
verified this type of Fate Line in the people who are in Government service and
who get retired at that age. Sometimes, it also indicates failure in love affairs.
• A Line of Fate rising from the Mount of Moon is also considered one of the
best lines and such person succeeds with the help or alliance with opposite sex or
elderly opposite sexes. This is very often found in the case of celebrities. A line
fate rising from the line of head, the success will be won late in life through the
person’s talent just after 35 years.
• A Line of Fate starting from the wrist and going straight and clear on to Saturn,
it is a sign of extreme good fortune and success.
• A long Line all crossed and barred indicates unfortunate sign and obstacles.
• A native may face many ups and downs in his life if the fate line is chained in
his palm. He might swing between failure and success. He may successfully
carry out a task and may sometimes face immense problems doing a simple task!
• A native with a light fate line in his hands means that he or she may have to
undergo failures and difficulties in life. Due to unsuccessful attempts in his life
he may often feel hopelessness. But a strong Sun line in the native’s hand will
provide him success. In this way presence of other lines and mounts may also
alter the results.
• A person bestowed with such a Fate Line will enjoy career progress and good
income all through his life.
• A square on the Line indicates protection from loss of money or failure in
business or in profession.
• A star on the Lines indicates bad sign and career of the native is uncertain.
• A straight and long Fate Line starts at the base of the palm and ends at the
Mount of Saturn. It will not have any breaks or gaps. This Fate Line assures
continuous income for the person till the end of his life. The person is active and
earning even in his old age.
• A strong Line after the break indicates the position of the subject would
improve after some change in his career.
• A wavy line indicates a quarrelsome, changeable disposition and insufficient
steadiness of purpose.
• A weak fate line tends to belong to people who are unsettled and tend to
change jobs frequently.
• Absence of the Line indicates insignificant life and is mostly the hand of a self-
made person or vegetable Kind of existence.
• According to palmistry if the fate line splits into two parts and create a ‘y’
shaped structure in a native’s palm then it indicates that the person may suffer
from confusion and contradiction. He may be indecisive as his fate lines may not
let him make a strong decision and stand by it. In short it can be said that he may
be riding on two boats at a time.
• An island at the beginning of the Line indicates some mystery into the birth of
the individual.
• An island at the termination of the Line indicates career would end in despair
and may also indicate tragic death.
• An island in any part of the Plain of Mars indicates a period of great difficulty,
loss in one's career, and[Pg 60] in consequence, generally loss of money.
• An island is an extremely bad sign to find in the Line of Fate.
• An Island on the Fate and Head Lines together means loss also, but more
brought on by the person's own stupidity or lack of intelligence.
• An island on the Mount of Saturn or towards the end of the Line of Fate
foreshadows that the career will finish in poverty and despair.
• An island over the Fate and Heart Lines indicates loss and trouble connected
with affairs of the heart or brought about by the affections.
• An island, when found on a woman's hand connecting the Fate Line with the
Mount of Venus, is an almost certain indication of her seduction.
• Artisans often have this line; still they lead a simple lifeshrouded by poverty.
This line aided by Sun Line endows wealth and luxuries to the possessor.
• Barred Line indicates money earned through different sources.
• Break in the Line indicates major change of occupation, misfortune and loss.
• Breaks and changes of direction in the fate line indicate many changes in life
from external forces. It is also an indication of obstacles that may be faced,
educational and occupational choices, accomplishment, achievements and how
content an individual is with his life. The line also can indicate that elderly
family members might be very controlling and one’s own needs and wishes are
being neglected. This line also denotes a personality that can be strong; however,
it may indicate struggles that may get in the way of success.
• Broken and irregular indicates career uncertain, ups and downs of success,
contract workers or labour.
• Broken fate line in a native’s hand indicates a danger.
• Chained in the beginning indicates difficult childhood often due to loss of
money or position of the subject's parents.
• Chained throughout indicates continuous suffering. The possessor should
worship Saturn or Peepal tree.
• Chained when it crosses the Line of Heart indicates trouble in love, money
losses due to this relation.
• Chained when it crosses the Line of Heart indicates trouble in love.
• Crossed and barred indicates bad omen, unfortunate sign, obstacles.
• Crossed by the branch of Line of Head indicates success thwarted by some
stupidity-blunder-vices of the bearer.
• Crossed by the Heart Line indicates success will be ruined on account of illicit
love affairs.
• Deep and irregular in a much rayed hand indicates constant irritability and ultra
and nervous disposition.
• Deep and irregular indicates constant irritability, ultra nervous disposition.
• Deep fate line in a native’s palms indicates that he or she may earn from
various means. Elderly persons will help enhance the success of the achievement
of paternal wealth and other profits individual.
• Deep Line indicates perseverance in an occupation not to the taste of the
subject and a strain of the will power and often nervous breakdowns.
• Ends in a cross or a star indicate death by violence.
• Fate Line is accompanied by another parallel line. A parallel line to the Fate
Line indicates support received from colleagues and friends in the career. It also
indicates that there will be some income from another source. Such people do
two businesses or some additional part time job. I have verified this in the hands
of people where their spouses also earn considerable income.
• Fate Line should be thick brown colour. It should be deep and narrow as if it is
cut by a blade. It should not have any breaks (gaps).
• Fate lines starting at the very bottom of the palm indicate people who settle
into their life path early.
• Generally the Sun line starts at the base of the palm and ends on the Sun
mount. If it is not the case, it can start as a branch from Fate line and should
reach Sun mount. This line gives success in financial matters. Lines of Head,
Heart and Life should be long and clear and without any blemishes. They
represent physical and mental health which is essential to prosper in life. As an
example, we furnish the palm drawing of Queen Victoria who is the first British
Queen for India. All the mounts (planets) in her palm are very good. There are
long and clear Fate line, Jupiter line and Sun line.
• If a Line of Fate run over the Mount of Saturn and up into the base of the
finger, it is an unfortunate sign, as everything the subject undertakes will get out
of his control, and he will not apparently know how or when to stop in whatever
he takes up.
• If another line joins Fate Line, he is sure to be married a good girl who will add
to his fortunes.
• If any branch from the line of Fate moves towards any other mounts, the
qualities of that particular Mount will dominate the life.
• If both do not have good fate lines, the married life of a couple will not be
happy.
• If both have faulty fate lines, the married life will not be happy. Thus marriage
compatibility can be determined with the help of palmistry.
• If Fate Line cut by horizontal lines, each horizontal line represents loss of
money or unnecessary expenditure. The person will feel unfriendly atmosphere
in the office or the person will become jobless for some time. Also, there may be
health problem to the person at that time.
• If Fate Line has gaps, or if the Fate Line has breaks and there is a gap after the
break, the person will lose his job. He has to spend some time jobless before
getting another job and there will be monetary problems at that age indicated by
the gap.
• If Fate Line has islands or there are islands in the Fate Line, it indicates
tensions and stressful work in the office. The person cannot take wise decisions.
There will be loss of money or position. So, business people will see losses when
the island is in effect.
• If Fate Line is absent, it is an indication of poverty. We see absence of Fate
Line in the hands of people who lead a life as manual labourers, rickshaw
pullers, coolies in factories, servants, and people doing such menial works.
• If Fate Line is ending at the Head Line, there will be wrong judgment on the
part of the person. He will see failures because of his wrong decisions, especially
after his 35th year of age.
• If Fate Line is ending before reaching Head Line, or if the Fate Line ends in the
centre of the palm before reaching the Head Line, it indicates struggle in
earnings. The person leads a hard life. There will not be any savings. There will
be debts to be repaid.
• If Fate Line is merging with another line, the line which merges with the Fate
Line will strengthen the Fate Line. It indicates that the person will come into
touch with another person who will help him in his job or business. The person’s
income will increase after this point.
• If Fate Line starting from Mount of Moon, or if the Fate Line starts from
Mount of Moon and there is horizontal line on the Mount of Moon, it indicates
earnings in a foreign land. The person goes abroad and stays there for a
considerable period earning a good amount of money.
• If Fate Line starting from the Life Line, or if the Fate Line starts from Life Line
or from inside of the Life Line, the person will receive constant support in his
career from one of his family members or relatives.
• If it goes to the Mount of Jupiter indicates fulfilment of ambitions and power
and position in life, particularly in public life. Chained or formed in crosses or
zigzag at the start indicates difficult childhood often due to loss of money or
position of the subject's parents.
• If it goes to the Mount of Mercury indicates mark of a prominent scientist or
businessman.
• If it joins the life line somewhere in the middle, it indicates a point in mid-life
where one's interests must be abandoned if favour of those of others.
• If such a line be found joining the Line of Heart, it foretells a happy and
prosperous marriage, but one in which idealism, romance, and some fortunate
circumstances play their role, and one which results more from the caprice or
fancy of the person of the other sex.
• If such a line be seen approaching or going towards Jupiter, it denotes
responsibility, power of command over others, or some high position which will
commence to be realised from the date when the offshoot leaves the Line of
Fate. If such a mark continues its course and finishes on the Mount of Jupiter, it
is one of the most magnificent signs of success that can be found for that
particular aim or purpose.
• If the Fate line abruptly ends at the head line, it denotes a person who somehow
travelled away from his ambitions between the ages of 30 to 40 years. In most
people, you will find the Fate line trailing off at the heart line.
• If the Fate line is absent; it denotes the unstable nature of the person. No
wonder, Fate lines are absent in the palms of most alcoholics and drug addicts.
What the fate line generally applies to is the level of success in the work place,
but because that is such a specific correlation, and not one that everyone has, the
line has gone on to be applied to just general success throughout life, and
whether some people will be able to really achieve the goals that they have set
out for themselves in life.
• If the fate line is more straight, this could mean that the person will maintain
about the same level of success all of their lives.
• If the Fate Line is slightly diverting and moving in another direction, it is an
indication that the person leaves the present job and takes decision to another job
or pursues a different career.
• If the Fate Line is wavy and there are some breaks, the person will not stick to
any one job or business. He will change his job frequently and spends his time
without job or business for most of his life.
• If the fate line rises from the line of life riches will be won by personal merit.
The early portion of one’s life will be sacrificed to the wishes of parents or
relatives, if this line is low down or tied down by life line.
• If the fate line runs all the way almost to the middle finger these people tends
to be active right up into old age.
• If the fate line starts at the base of the thumb, this indicates that this person has
a strong relationship with family and friends.
• If the fate line starts from the mount of Luna and stops just before reaching
head line, then she is most obedient and worships her husband as God and serves
him well irrespective of his merits and demerits. This type of fate line for the
bride makes the married life very happy.
• If the fate line starts from the mount of Luna, she will have obedience, respect
to others and loving nature. As such if the husband treats her with loving care,
then the married life will be very happy.
• If the fate line starts in the middle of the palm without connection to life line,
the lady will have independent nature. She will try to be independent and she
may not behave as per the whims and fancies of her husband. So there will be
problems in the married life.
• If the fate line, in case of especially for ladies, starts inside the life line, that is
towards thumb or it touches the life line, then the lady will depend upon her
father for her needs. Naturally after marriage, she will depend upon her husband
and if the husband treats her with love and affection and fulfils her desires then
the married life will be successful.
• If the Line goes towards the Mount of Sun indicates a prominent public life or
success in art, sculpture, painting or money - making.
• If the Line is straight and a branch runs in and joins it from the Mount of Moon
signifies that somebody would assist the native in his career but not necessarily a
relative.
• If the Line is straight, deep, clearly and evenly traced and long and runs in a
faultless form to the Mount of Saturn throwing branches to other Mounts with
good Line of Sun indicates good fortune, brilliant success and attainment of high
social position and acquisition of wealth.
• If the line of escape crosses with the health line, the person will resort to drugs
and drinking. This may also foreshadow suicide.
• If the Line of Fate ascending the hand sends an offshoot from it on or towards
any of the Mounts, such as to Jupiter, the Sun, or Mercury, then the Destiny will
be more largely associated with the quality that the Mount it approaches
symbolises.
• If the Line of Fate be itself straight but with a line running in and joining it
from the Mount of the Moon, it indicates that the influence of some outside
person has helped the subject's Fate, and it is generally an indication of the
influence of another sex to the one on whose hand it appears.
• If the Line of Fate itself should not ascend towards its habitual position on the
Mount of Saturn, but, instead, run up towards or on to any other Mount, then the
whole effort of the life will be tinged with whatever quality that particular
Mount signifies. Such an indication must not, however, be considered as the
certain or sure sign of success as when the Line of Fate keeps to its own place
and sends branches to some particular Mount.
• If the Line rises from the Line of Head it indicates success will be won late in
life. If the Line rises from the Line of Heart it indicates after a difficult struggle
success will be won.
• If the Line rises from the wrist and tied down to Life Line it indicates the early
portion of the native's life has been spent to satisfy the wished of the parents or
relatives.
• If the line terminate by crossing its own Mount and goes to that of Jupiter,
success will be great and satisfactory.
• If the line wavers like so many other lines can, then this means that the person
may have a shaky career path. It is possible that throughout their life, they will
take on many different jobs, instead of sticking to just one. Either that or they
will take on a variety of different, sometimes even unrelated career paths.
• If the offshoot goes towards the Mount of Mercury, the success it indicates will
be more in the direction of some special achievement either in science or
commerce.
• If there are breaks in the line, hard luck, loss or failure in life can happen. It
shows physical, mental and financial events along with their results. It shows the
ultimate results of one's efforts and doings and the gross net value of life.
• If there is no fate line in the hand of the bride then it will not be possible to
assess her behaviour and conduct.
• If they have been under the same employer for a long time, then this may mean
that they will continue to be under that employer for a much longer amount of
time.
• If this line is absent, the subject will be open to hard work to gain the desired
goals. Mere presence of this line does not guarantee success-riches. In fact one
who does not have this line is free to shape his destiny and is more sincerehonest
labour.
• If this offshoot ascends towards the Mount of the Sun, the success will be in
the direction of riches and public life, which will give great publicity or renown;
this is also a magnificent sign of success.
• If triangle (located at one of the mount) is distorted then it indicates the bad
sign. Normal position of the fate line or Saturn Line is the vertical straight line
which starts from the centre base of the hand near the rascette and runs towards
the Mount of Saturn dividing the palm into two halves.
• If triangle is found at one of the mounts then the meaning is different. It might
be good or bad depending upon the formation of triangle.
• In addition to lack of Fate Line, if the centre of the palm is depressed, it
indicates troubles in the personal life and the person will never come up in the
life. I have often verified absence of Fate Line or poorly traced Fate Line in the
hollow palms in case of street beggars.
• In some cases it may look faint or shadowy, as if the path of Destiny were not
yet clearly defined, while in other instances almost every step of the road is
chiselled out with its milestones of failure or success, sorrow or joy, as the case
may be. There are some who appear to have no Fate, and others who seem to
carve their Destiny from day to day. I have seen hundreds of cases where every
step of the journey was indicated from childhood to the grave; others where only
the principal changes in the career were marked in advance. There are, again,
others where nothing seemed decided, and where the events indicated by the
Line of Fate appeared to change from year to year. In studying the hand it will
be found that the Line of Fate may rise from the following distinct positions: It
may rise from and out of the Line of Life, straight up from the wrist, from the
Mount of the Moon, or from the middle of the palm.
• Island at the beginning indicates some mystery in the birth of the individual.
• Island at the termination indicates career would end in despair, ruined and
money losses,
• Island on Line indicates misfortune, loss or adversityvicious circle.
• Line of Fate rises from the Life Line, indicates success and riches will be won
by personal merit.
• Line of Fate rises from the Line of Head indicates success will be won late in
life, after 35th year.
• Line of Fate rises from the Line of Heart indicates after a difficult struggle
success will be won, after 50th year.
• Line of Fate rises from the Mount of Moon indicates line rising from the base
of Luna makes it clear that he has done well and is a self made person.
• Line of Fate rises from the wrist and proceeds on Mount of Saturn indicates
sign of extreme good fortune and success, aided by the Sun Line.
• Line of Fate rises from the wrist and tied down to Life Line indicates the early
portion of the life will be spent to satisfy the wishes of the parents or relatives.
• Line of Fate rises from the wrist indicates early responsibility, free to select
and chalk out a career on one's own.
• Line of Fate rising from the Mount of Venus indicates a troubled life in early
childhood due to family circumstances, friends and relatives help the possessor
in rising further.
• Line of Fate rising from the Plain of Mars indicates the first two decades of life
wasted purposelessly.
• Every people have a fate whether the fate line is visible or not. The natives who
do not have visible fate line can get information about their future by
considering other lines of the palm. So, there is no need to worry for those who
don’t have visible fate line.
• Poorly traced as it approaches the centre of the hand indicates troubles in
middle life.
• Poorly traced as it approaches the centre of the hand indicates troubles in
middle life. Broken and irregular indicates career uncertain and ups and downs
of success.
• Reaches Mount of Jupiter indicates fulfilment of ambitions, rise in power and
position in life-particularly in public life.
• Reaches Mount of Mercury indicates mark of a prominent scientist or
businessman.
• Reaches Mount of Sun indicates a prominent public life or success in art,
sculpture, painting or money making-gains.
• Rise from the Line of Life indicates success and riches will be won by personal
merit.
• Rise from the wrist indicates early responsibility and free to select and chalk
out a career on one's own.
• Rises from the wrist and proceeds straight up the hand to its destination on
Mount of Saturn indicates a sign of extreme good fortune and success.
• Rising from the Mount of Venus indicates a troubled life in early childhood
due to family circumstances.
• Rising from the Plain of Mars indicates the first two decades of life wasted
purposelessly.
• Sister Fate Line indicates excellent sign, two distinct careers, earning from
more sources.
• Small parallel Lines running through indicate money earned through different
sources.
• Square on the Line indicates protection from loss of money or failure in
business or in profession.
• Star on the Lines indicates one gets recognition at the age this star is seen,
aided by Sun Line fame-success.
• Straightness shows consistency. If the line happens to make any strange
stretches up or down, this could symbolize either a great and abrupt period of
success or of failure depending on the direction and on which hand is being read.
• Strong fate lines belong to people who settle into a pattern of life early.
• The absence of a Fate line indicates a person who lacks stability. It is also
found on the hands of alcoholics and drug addicts.
• The branches from the Fate Line moving up represent some promotion or
benefits in the job or business. The person’s income will increase at that age
when the branch is shooting up.
• The Fate Line should not be cut by any horizontal lines in its course. Such a
Fate Line is considered as best one.
• The Line of Destiny, otherwise called the Line of Fate is naturally one of the
most important of the principal lines of the hand. Although one may never be
able to explain why it is, this line undoubtedly appears to indicate at least the
main events of one's career. It may be found on the hand even at the moment of
birth, clearly indicating the class of Fate or Destiny that lies in the far distant
future before the individual.
• There might be a double or sister line and this signifies a very successful and
prominent career, even a renowned one. This line is believed to be tied to the
person's life path, including school and obstacles. Sometimes career choices,
successes and this line is thought to reflect

circumstances beyond the individual's control, or alternately the person's choices

and their consequences.

• This last money line starts at the head line, runs up to the ring finger, and in the
process, cuts through the fame line. Having this type of money line indicates that
your future financial luck will be gained through luck and surprise. Money
Triangle in Palmistry: If a person find triangle on one of the four major lines
(heart line, head line, fate line, and life line) then it is a good indication.
Meaning of triangle is different at different location.
• Two fate lines are found on people who pursue two careers at the same time.
• Two islands forming the figure 8 at starting point of the Line indicates gift of
second sight and intuitive abilities.
• Two islands forming the figure 8 at starting point of the Line indicates gift of
second sight, clairvoyance intuitive abilities.
• Very rarely, you come across people with a Fate line that extends all the way to
the middle finger. Such people may be seen to remain active even in their old
age. Sometimes, you may see two Fate lines on a palm. This is mainly found in
the case of people who pursue multiple careers simultaneously. Such a double
Fate line is considered to be a lucky sign since it promises a distinguished career.
• Wavy line indicates a quarrelsome, changeable disposition, insufficient
steadiness of purpose.
• Weak fate lines tend to belong to people who are unsettled and tend to change
jobs a lot.
• When a line rises from Moon and the other from Venus and touch Fate Line,
the destiny will sway between imagination and love & passion.
• When any small line joins the Fate Line or goes on with it as an attendant line,
such a mark usually indicates marriage at the date when these lines join. If, on
the contrary, these lines do not join, marriage with the person is not likely to
occur although the affection and influence will be present in the career.
• When found at the very beginning of the line, it indicates some mystery
regarding the commencement of such careers, such as illegitimate birth.
• When no Line of Fate whatever is found and only a very ordinary Line of
Head, then there will be nothing very particular to say about the Destiny; such
people, as a rule, lead very colourless lives, nothing seems to affect them much
one way or the other, and they will be found to have very little purpose to
illumine the drab monotony of their existence.
• When one of these influence lines appears by the side of the Fate Line and
crosses through it towards or on to the Mount of Mars, it indicates that the
influence thus shown will turn to hate and will injure the career of the person on
whose hand it is found.
• When the fate line ends at the head line, it indicates a person who seems to lose
their way somewhere between 30 to 40 years old. You will find that most fate
lines end at the heart line.
• When the Fate Line has a break and resuming its course parallel to the break,
then the person will change the job or department where he is working. Business
people will enter a different business.
• When the Line of Fate appears to be stopped by the Line of Head, it foretells
that his career will be spoiled by the subject's own stupidity or mental
foolishness.
• When the Line of Fate appears to be stopped by the Line of Heart, the career
will always be ruined through or by the affections being badly placed.
• When the Line of Fate ascends the hand without branches and runs like a
lonely path up and on to the Mount of Saturn, such a person will be like a child
of Fate chained to an iron road of circumstances. It will be impossible for him to
avert the trials of his Destiny or mitigate them in any way. He will receive no
help from others, and little will ever happen except to bring him sorrow or
tragedy. Such a mark of Fate through the hand must never be considered as "a
good line of Destiny."
• When the Line of Fate finishes suddenly with a cross, some great fatality may
be expected, but when the cross is found on the Fate Line and on the Mount of
Saturn, the ending of such a Destiny will be some terrible tragedy, generally one
of public disgrace and public death.
• When the Line of Fate is broken or made up in little bits, the career will be
found full of troubles, breaks, and nothing that one gets will last long enough to
bring any settled or continuous success.
• When the Line of Fate is extremely faint or just barely traced through the palm,
it will be found to indicate a general disbelief in the idea of Fate and Destiny. It
is often found on the hands of very materialistic persons, those who rebel against
the idea that they are governed in any way by Fate or by any power save
themselves.
• When the Line of Fate is itself double, it is a sign of what is called "a double
life," but if, after running side by side for some length, these two lines join or
become one, it foretells that "the double life" has been caused by some great
affection, that circumstances prevented a union, but that the preventing cause
will be removed at the point where these two lines join.
• When the Line of Fate is seen with one branch on the Mount of Venus and the
other on the Mount of the Moon, it indicates a career of romance and passion, by
which the whole of the Destiny will be swayed.
• When the Line of Fate itself rises inside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus,
passionate love will affect the whole career, and such persons, it will be found,
usually place their affections on impossible people or on those who are in some
way tied up by marriage or who otherwise are unable to gratify the love that the
other person demands. This is a most unlucky sign for affection to find in the
hands of a woman.
• When the Line of Fate only makes its appearance far up in the centre of the
palm, in what is called the Plain of Mars, it indicates a hard early life and that
the subject must always have a hard fight to gain his ends; but should the Line
ascend clearly and strongly from the Plain of Mars and have a branch to or on
towards the Mount of the Sun, such a person will be the architect of his own
fortunes, and without help or assistance will win success and fortune by his own
personal hard work and merit.
• When the Line of Fate rises from the Line of Head and when it is well marked,
everything will come to the subject late in life and only then by his own brains.
• When the Line of Fate rises from the Line of Life, the subject's success will be
made by personal effort and merit; the early years of such a Fate will be cramped
and difficult; circumstances and the early surroundings will not be favourable,
and such people will be greatly hampered or sacrificed to the wishes and plans of
their parents or relatives.
• If the Line of Fate leaves the Line of Life, then the subject will overcome all
such difficulties and win success from there. In any case this date as indicated
will be found to be one of the most important in his career.
• When the Line of Fate rises from the Mount of the Moon the Fate will be more
eventful, changeable, and largely depending on the fancy and caprice of other
people.
• When the Line of Fate rises from the Wrist and goes straight up the centre of
the palm to the Mount of Saturn with Line of Sun well marked, luck, brilliance,
and success will attend the Destiny, and extreme good fortune may be
anticipated.
• When the Line rises from the Mount of Moon it indicates the destiny or fortune
will be subject to the influence of external factors other than personal efforts.
• When there is a break in the line, it is sure sign of hurdles and loss.
• When this influence line cuts the Line of Fate and, leaving it, travels on for
some distance towards the Mount of Jupiter, it tells that the person whose
influence it denotes will only be attracted to the subject by personal ambition,
that this person will use the subject for the furthering of his own aims and
ambitions, and will desert the subject when she is of no further use. This is more
commonly seen on the hand of a woman than on that of a man.
• When this is found, and at the same time a good clear Line of Head, such
people will be sure to win success by their mentality alone, but the details of
their destiny will not be able to be told, and one must content oneself with
chiefly describing their characteristics, peculiarities, etc.
• When this Line is abruptly stopped by the Line of Heart indicates success will
be ruined on account of illicit love affairs.
• When this Line is stopped by the Line of Head indicates success thwarted by
some stupidity or blunder of the subject. Break in the Line indicates major
change of occupation and misfortune and loss.
• When this line of influence from the Mount of the Moon does not, however,
blend with the Fate Line, it denotes that the other person's life will always
remain distinct, and the influence will last only for the length of time that it runs
by the side of the subject's Fate.
• When, however, a double Line of Fate is clearly marked, especially if they
incline towards different mounts of the hand; such a mark indicates that two
careers would be carried out simultaneously, one perhaps as a hobby and the
other as the principal career.
• When Line of Fate joins the Line of Heart and they together ascend the Mount
of Jupiter, native will be helped to attain his highest ambitions and will be
extremely lucky and benefited with love and affection of others.
• Zigzag fate line in a hand suggests that a native may experience many ups and
downs in his or her life.

3
Minor Lines in Palmistry
There are many lines called Minor lines found in most hands. The minor lines, or
secondary lines, can reveal an individual’s talents, interests, strengths and
weaknesses. Their meanings can vary, depending on the hand shape, markings,
mounts and the other lines nearby or crossing over them. Minor lines can be very
faint or may not even be apparent, which is fairly common. If they do appear on
the palm, they will give the palm reader a lot more insight into the subject. These
lines may appear very faintly in some people. The functions and the various
characteristic features of all these lines are dealt with individually. Some of the
Minor Lines are listed below, such as, 1. Sun Line; 2. Marriage Line; 3. Travel
Lines; 4. Children Lines; 5. Brother/Sister Lines (On Right Hand) and Uncle
Lines (On Left Hand); 6. Bracelets; 7. Ring of Jupiter; 8. Ring of Saturn; 9. Ring
of Sun; 10. Ring of Mercury; 11. Girdle of Venus; 12. Line of Mars; 13. Line of
Intuition; 14. Line of Saturn; 15. Via Lascivia; 16. Line of Opposition; 17. Line
of Influence; 18. Line of Escape; 19. Line of Health etc.

Sun (Apollo) Line:

The Sun Line is also known as the line of success or the line of brilliance. It runs
parallel to the Fate Line but ultimately it ends at the Mount of Sun. It gives
happiness and achievements. It indicates name and fame. The Sun (Apollo) Line
indicates fortune in life. It is the Line of capability, expressive of the possible
accomplishments in which the subject would excel. It may start from the
Rascette, depth of palm-Rahu Kshetra, Ketu, Luna, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Life
Line, Line of Head, Line of Heart, Line of Luck etc. It gives name, fame,
success, goodwill, education to the bearer. Success comes automatically to the
bearer, even without the presence of Fate Line. It indicates intellectual,
brilliance, fame and wealth, social life. This is a vertical line in the hand, long or
short. It works as a tributary of the Line of fate.
Fig: Minor Lines on Palm of the Hand

It starts in mount of moon and ends near base of Apollo (ring) finger. The Line
of the Sun, which is otherwise called the Line of Success or the Line important
marks on the symbolism almost the same significance as the Sun itself has to the
Earth. Without this line the life has no happiness, no sunshine, as it were, and
even the greatest talents lie in darkness and do not produce their fruit. The real
musician's hand, such as the composer's or player's, is however rarely a long,
thin-shaped hand, because such persons must have a more scientific nature. This
quality is not found with those who of Brilliancy, is one of the most

hand to consider. It has in its possess the long, slender, very artistic-shaped hand,
who depend more on their emotional temperament than on scientific study for
their foundation. They also have a happier and brighter disposition, and this has
naturally a great deal to do with what is called success.
• A "cross" is an unfortunate sign, and denotes difficulties

and annoyance, but only relating to one's name or position. Cross on sun line
indicates very bad sign indicating downfall and loss of reputation, depression.

• A "square" is a sign of preservation against the attacks of enemies or efforts to

assail one's position.
• A "star" found on the Line of Sun is one of the luckiest and most fortunate
signs to have.
• A branch from the Line merging into the Head Line indicates success through
mental calibre.
• A branch from the Line merging into the Sun Line indicates Fame, Luck and
Wealth. 1 The sun or Apollo line is the sister line to fate line.
• A branch from the Line rises to the Mount of Mercury Distinguished success in
the direction of business, scientific pursuits and in the power of expression;
• A clear, deep and well-cut Line indicates brilliant success assured and clear cut
aim in life. Poorly formed Line indicates superficial Love of arts.
• A cross at the end indicates negative marking, trouble-evils of all sorts.
• A Fate Line unaccompanied by the Line of Sun may simply mean a fatalistic
life full of sorrow and darkness.
• A fork at the end indicates subject's talents in more than one direction, divided
interest.
• A good Fate line and Sun line parallel to one another with a straight Line of
Head is a signs of the acquisition of wealth.
• A good fate line but a small or no sun line indicates lives well but no
reputation.
• A line from mercury cuts the sun line indicates abundance of wit, but unsteady
mind.
• A line from primary mars cuts the sun line indicates the native may be cheated
by relatives.
• A line from Venus cuts the sun line indicates troubles from opposite sex.
• A star at the end indicates success due to the assistance and good-will of others.
• A star on Sun Line indicates that a person will win or come into a substantial
lot of money.
• A strong sun line can be possessed by many well known people in the field of
arts, music and writers. The sun line shows a love of all the creative arts and
things of beauty.
• A Sun line along with a sloping line of head indicates success in poetry,
literature, and other imaginative creations.
• A sun line from wrist till head line indicates luck and fame at very young age.
• A Sun line rising from the line of fate increases the success promised by the
line of fate.
• A Sun line rising from the line of head denotes that there is no caprice of other
people in connection with success, the talents of the subject alone being its
factor, but until the second half of the life is reached. A Sun line rising from the
line of heart denotes an attraction towards art and artistic things.
• A Sun line rising from the line of life denotes that the life will revolve around
the beautiful things.
• A Sun line rising from the Mount of Moon promises success and distinction
with the help of others.
• A Sun line rising from the Plain of Mars promises success after difficulty.
• A wavy line indicates vacillating career or erratic and unreliable. Several
vertical Lines present indicate diversity of interest and difficult to attain success.
• All opposition lines, viz., those that cross over from the thumb side of the hand,
and especially those from the Mount of Mars or from its direction, are bad. If
these opposition lines pass through, cut, or interfere with the Line of Sun in any
way, they denote the jealousy or interference of people against one.
• An "island" on any part of the Line of the Sun destroys the position and success
promised, but only during the period where the island appears. In nearly all cases
it denotes public scandal, and when very clearly marked a cause celebre or
something of that sort. Island sign on sun line indicates troubles in reputation
and wealth.
• An island at the end indicates later portion of life dull and insipid, disrepute at
fag end.
• An island on Sun Line indicates a period where there is a loss of self-esteem.
• An island on the Apollo line indicates a period where there is a loss of self
esteem.
• An island on the Line indicates serious loss of money or reputation, due to
cheating bad intentions of others.
• Apollo Line is a sign of happiness and achievement.
• Bars cutting the Line indicate constant impedimentshindrances to success.
• Breaks in the Sun Line indicate versatility that brings neither money nor fame
to the subject.
• Chained Sun Line indicates inherent talents not properly recognized.
• Deeply marked on the Mount of Sun with pronounced Mount of Jupiter and
Mercury indicates aptitude for fine literary work.
• Dots on sun line indicate enemies who are jealous of your fame.
• Dots on the Sun Line indicate menace to the reputation of the subject,
temporary arrest of the quality of the lineeclipse.
• Double sun line bending towards Saturn indicates bad sign.
• From the Line of Fate, it is a sure sign of recognition for the career adopted,
but brought about by the personal effort of the subject.
• From the Line of Life, the Line of Fate, the Plain of Mars, the Mount of the
Moon, the Line of Head, and from the Line of Heart, or it may only appear as a
small line on its own Mount.
• From the Mount of the Moon, success is more a matter due to the caprice of
others. It is more changeable and uncertain and is by no means such a sure sign
of riches or solid position. It is more the sign of success as a public favourite,
and is often found in the hands of those who depend on the public for their
livelihood, such as actors and actresses, singers, and certain classes of artists,
speakers, clergymen, etc. For all such professions it is, however, fortunate, and
an extremely lucky sign to have, as it promises in all cases luck, brilliancy, and
recognition in the world.
• From the Plain of Mars, and not connected with the other lines, it foretells
success after difficulties.
• From whatever date in the hand the Line of Sun appears, things become
brighter, more prosperous and important. The Line of the Sun may rise from the
following positions:
• Gaps on sun line indicates jack of all trades, but master of none.
• If a person does not have Apollo line then he fails to have success in projects
and enterprises. However, people are found to possess million-billions even in
the absence of this line. It is sure indication of capability, accomplishments &
bearers excellence-brilliance. It shows inborn tendency towards success and
happiness. There is a peculiarity involved with it, i.e., foreign travel depending
upon its position the country may also be found.
• If it is long, it starts from the upper part of the Mount of Moon and runs
towards the Mount of Sun and generally terminates on the same Mount.
• If it is long, it starts from the upper part of the Mount of Moon and runs
towards the Mount of Sun and generally terminates on the same Mount.
• If it is short, it starts high on the hand and ends on the Mount of Sun. If a
person does not have Apollo line then he fails to have success in projects and
enterprises.
• If it is zigzagged line and the Line of Heart is shallow or absent indicates a
high degree of infidelity and misconduct and disrepute.
• If it starts from the wrist and moves upwards between the mounts of the Venus
and moon ending on the mount of Apollo, it indicates intellectual, brilliance,
fame and wealth, social life. This is a vertical line in the hand, long or short.
• If Sun line is absent, it shows that the person may have all kind of excellent
qualities, but their lives will be lived unrecognised.
• If the Apollo line is patchy it indicates that success will be patchy.
• If the Apollo line springs from the fate line it shows the point in life that the
persons talents where recognized.
• If the Line of Head is very high on the palm, and more especially if it rises
upwards at the end, these evil qualities will be still more accentuated.
• In hands where there is no Apollo line it tends to show that the person feels that
happiness is out of reach.
• Long and uncrossed Sun Line indicates riches.
• Long and uncrossed with twisted fingers indicates talent for evil purposes.
• Many palms do not show this line until halfway up the up the hand. This may
mean that the person will finally get the recognition that they deserve in the
second half of their lives.
• Marked only on its own Mount, the Line of Sun promises happiness and
success, but so late in life as to make it hardly worth having.
• On a "hollow hand," the Line of Sun loses all power, and its good promises are
never fulfilled.
• On extremely long, thin hands, those that belong to what is called the Psychic
Type, the Line of Sun has very little meaning except that of temperament, such
persons being too idealistic to care for either wealth, position, or worldly
success. They have as a rule, simply bright, happy, sunny dispositions if this line
is marked on their hands, and they go through life as in a dream, and their
dreams are to them the only things that matter.
• People with the Sun Line appear to have more magnetism, more influence over
others. They more easily secure recognition, reward, riches, and honours.
• Physical Mars provides success in forces army and police administration.
Mental Mars provides success due to mental powers-imagination-research-
personal relationsinfluence.
• Poorly formed Sun Line indicates superficial Love of arts.
• Rising from the Line of Head indicates success achieved late in life.
• Several vertical Lines present on Sun Line indicate diversity of interest,
difficult to attain success, jack of all trades, master of none.
• Star on sun line indicates heavy positive energy which will burst at that age
(where it is present), giving the person fame which will even last after his death.
Islands on sun line indicate depressing periods. Scissors on sun line indicate
obstacles in career path.
• Star sign on sun line indicates very lucky to get help from friends.
• Straight and strong Sun Line indicates fame in art.
• Straight and strong Sun Line indicates fame in art. Well formed in both the
hands indicate successful career.
• Sun line between head line and heart line indicates luck between teenage and
late 30s.
• Sun line between heart line and ring finger’s base indicates that the person will
attain fame from his 40s and will continue till end of his life.(this is present in
many famous persons palms).
• Sun line can also indicate the possibility of wealth without working, like
inherited money or perhaps winning the lottery and also happiness and good
fortune.
• Sun line descends from the base of the ring finger to a little above the wrist
indicates lucky person.
• Sun line descends from the mount of sun and ends at the bracelet line indicate
lucky in gambling or betting. A black dot on sun line indicates disreputation.
Rectangle on sun line indicates savings of money.
• Sun line divides like a fork at start or end indicates a happy and wealthy life.
• Sun line ends at fate line indicates popularity at that age
• Sun line ends at heart line indicates generous person. Sun line ends at head line
indicates scholar, wise and intelligent.
• Sun line ends at life line indicates a famous person. Sun line goes to moon
mount indicates a popular leader, singer, actor etc.
• Sun Line ends in a dot indicates end of a brilliant success. Begins with a star
and ends with a star: Brilliant success throughout life-extra ordinary success.
• Sun Line ends in a tassel indicate talents fritter away in so many directions and
accomplishments are nullified.
• Sun line goes to Secondary Mars indicates a high ranked military or police
officer.
• Sun line goes towards Saturn mount indicates bad name.
• Sun line looks like a chain indicates obstacles in education, fame etc.
• Sun line on Mount of Saturn indicates income in multiple ways.
• Sun Line rising from the Life Line indicates great interest in fine arts and
occult study. It works as an upward branch of the Life Line.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Fate indicates success through personal efforts
and merits.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Fate indicates success through personal efforts
and merits.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Head, the Sun Line gives success from the
mental efforts and qualities, but not until after the middle of life is past. It is
found on the hands of brain workers, students of some particular branch of
study, writers, scientists, etc.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Heart indicates a favourable sign revealing
good tastes and adequate talents useful in old age. Rising from the Line of life
indicates great interest in fine arts and occult study. The Sun Line long and
uncrossed indicates riches.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Heart indicates a favourable sign revealing
good tastes and adequate talents useful in old age. Friends and relatives may also
contribute the fortune of the possessor.
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Heart, success will come late in life in some
way depending on, or through, the affections. In such cases it generally promises
a very happy marriage late in life, but it is always a certain sign of eventual ease,
happiness, and worldly comfort.[Pg 64]
• Sun Line rising from the Line of Life, it promises success from whatever the
life is that is led, but not from "luck."
• Sun Line rising from the Mount of Moon indicates success depends upon the
caprice-mood-goodwill of othersinfluence of external factors.
• Sun Line rising from the Mount of Moon indicates success or failure through
the influence of external factors.
• Sun Line rising from the Plain of Mars indicates a stubborn nature coupled
with sufficient self-confidence and right resolution to achieve success and
indicates hands of a selfmade person. Rising from the Line of Head indicates
success achieved late in life.
• Sun Line rising from the Plain of Mars indicates a stubborn nature coupled
with sufficient self-confidence and right resolution to achieve success and hands
of a self-made person.
• Sun Line rising from the wrist running through the hand indicates possession of
great talent.
• Sun Line rising from the wrist running through the hand indicates possession of
great talent.
• Sun Line rising Offshoots indicates increases the good effect of the Line-
divided attention in varied fields.
• Sun line short and crossed indicates flickering minded.
• Sun line stops at the plain of mars indicates the person needs to struggle for
prosperity.
• Sun line parallel to the Fate Line, under the ring finger; believed to indicate
fame or scandal
• Sun line’s presence gives a boost to the existing fate line. A strong sun line will
always compensate for a weak or nonexistent fate line.
• Sun Lines, chained Line indicates inherent talents not properly recognized.
• The Apollo line is also associated with a creative talent.
• The Line of Sun denotes "luck"; with a well-marked Sun Line even a poor Line
of Head promises more success, and it is the same with the Line of Fate.
• Triangle formed at intersection of sun line with head (20-40 ages) or heart (40+
ages) line indicates international fame at that age.
• Trident on the Sun Line indicates celebrity, wealth from mental efforts.
• Twisted indicates permanent failure accompanied by wickedness and misery.
• Twisted Sun Line indicates permanent failure accompanied by wickedness and
misery.
• Two or three Sun Lines, when running parallel and evenly together, are good
and indicate success in two or three different lines of work; but one good,
straight, clear line is the best sign to have.
• Usually fate line indicates the luck of a person, but he can be lucky without a
fate line, if he has a deep, straight and unbroken, uncut sun line.
• Very broad and shallow Sun Line indicates showy.
• Very deep Sun Line indicates exaggeration of one's art.
• Wavy sun line indicates learned person but unwise.
• Well formed Sun Line in both the hands indicates successful career. Bearer
follows his father.
• When a hand is found to be artistic in its shape, with pointed fingers or long
and narrow, the Line of Sun on such a formation promises rather success and
brilliancy in Art, on the Stage, or in Public Singing, than in anything else.
• When many lines are found on the Mount of the Sun, they show also the
artistic nature, but one where the multiplicity of aims and ideas will prevent any
real success.
• When the third finger is extremely long and twisted or crooked, the person will
endeavour to obtain money at any cost. This malformation is much seen in the
hands of thieves or criminals who are likely to commit any crime for the sake of
money.
• When the third finger, called the finger of the Sun, is much longer than the first
with the Line of Sun well marked, the gambling instincts will be much in
evidence. Nearly all successful gamblers for money have these two indications.
• When there are multiple Apollo lines it may indicate a person has many talents
but is master of none.
• When, however, the third finger is equal to the second, the love of amassing
wealth will be the dominant passion of the life.
• Winning a substantial amount of money is indicated by a star on an Apollo
line.
• Without a sun line indicates no name and fame and wealth.
• Without sun line, a person leads an ordinary life, without any name and fame.
• Zigzagged line with shallow or absent Heart line indicates a high degree of
infidelity and misconduct.

Beggars Line

The following combinations beggars: (i) Most of the depressed in the palm. (ii)
The plain of Mars in the middle of the palm is very low. Beggars Lines throw
the people into poverty.
are available in the hands of

planetary mounts are low and

• If touched, we feel the nerves of the palm. This represents debts, litigations and
obstacles in life.
• The back of the hand is coarse and the fingers are short and crude representing
unrefined thoughts of the person.
• If the Fate line is absent, it represents financial losses or lack of earnings.
• If Fate line is present, but it is unclear, shallow and cut by multiple horizontal
lines, it represents financial losses or lack of earnings too.
• If other lines are unclear, shallow and cut by multiple horizontal lines, it
represents financial losses or lack of earnings too..
• Many breaks, gaps, islands, crosses, spots and cross-bars indicate possible of
financial losses or lack of earnings at the timing at whichever points these marks
appear.

•
Broad, fuzzy or chain-type lines indicate a negative outlook, a dissipation of
energy and low morale.

Bracelet (Rascette) Lines

Normal position of the Bracelet (Rascette) Lines is horizontal or curves

separating the palm from the arm at the wrist. They are located at the base of the
palm on the wrists. The majority of people have three bracelet lines. Four
Bracelet lines is an indication that one may live to be close to 100. There are
supposed to be three of these lines or bracelets at the wrist, which are called the
Bracelets of Health, Wealth, and Happiness. There is one very significant point
in reference to the first bracelet, the one nearest the palm, which represents
Health. If the first Bracelet is found rising into the hand in the form of an arch,
both men and women possessing it are delicate internally, and especially so in
matters relating to sex. These lines are found at the bottom of the palm, just
above the wrist. It constitutes of a 1-4 horizontal or curves lines separating the
palm from the arm at the wrist. It indicates the longevity of the person,
particularly.
• If a woman has a bowed and turned upward Bracelet line,

she will come across many obstacles in her life and endure much pain. There
may be childbirth complications or she may only have one or two children.

• If the Bracelet (Rascette) Lines are more solid and unbroken, the better the
chances are for a good healthy life.
• If the first bracelet is high and converse on the wrist. it indicates Troubles in
generative functions, especially in child bearing. The three bracelets very clear
and well defined and coloured indicates health, wealth, good fortune and easy
existence. They indicate the longevity of the person, in particular.
• If the first bracelet is chained and other bracelets well formed indicate a life of
hard work and difficulty in the early years, but later life will be crowned with
success.
• If the first bracelet line is clear and well defined, without any gaps, breaks or
chains, it indicates good health.
• If the first bracelet line is broken and contains gaps, breaks or chains, it is a
sign of overindulgence and not taking responsibility for the proper care of one’s
health.
• If the first bracelet line is chained and the other lines are clear and defined, this
may indicate a life of hard work and difficulty in the earlier years, but hopefully,
later in life you will have good fortune.
• If the first line has a tendency to curve and the next lines are well defined and
solid, this is a sign that obstacles were overcome in the early years of life
through great effort and hard work to take a healthier path.
• If the second bracelet line on the wrist bows upward as the first one does, she
may endure pain longer than she expected.
• If the second bracelet line, if clear and defined, without any gaps breaks or
chains, may indicate financial prosperity and a life you can take joy.
• If the third bracelet line, if clear and defined, without any gaps breaks or
chains, can indicate that you can become influential in the community and a
well-known individual amongst your peers.
• The three bracelets indicate 69 to 84 years of life.
• The three bracelets very clear, well defined and colour indicates health, wealth,
good fortune and easy existence.
• Two bracelets indicate 46 to 56 years of life.
• If there is only one bracelet line, there is a grave possibility that you may not
experience the best health during a period in your lifetime or you may
experience bouts of depression.
• If your upper bracelet (Rascette) lines are chained, it is not always a bad sign.
Through all the turmoil that life can bring, having these lines suggest that
happiness is not out of reach. Four bracelets indicate octogenarians.
• One bracelet clearly marked and unbroken indicates 23 to 28 years of life.
Three bracelets indicate 69 to 84 years of life. Two bracelets indicate 46 to 56
years of life.

Branched Lines

They indicate someone who will be successful and achieve their goals over a
period. They also indicate hopefulness and a good outlook on life. There is an
idealistic and positive attitude associated with these lines.
• Upward branched lines can indicate that you have

overcome some of life’s roadblocks with your own determination.

• Downward branched lines represent times in which a situation has gotten out of
your control. They indicate pessimism, unhappiness, negative energy and losses.
• The appearance of Branched Lines on palm signifies of someone who does not
think in a positive way.

Career Line

The Fate Line indicates career related issues in our hands. The normal course of
the Fate Line generally starts anywhere from the base of the palm and ascends
towards the Mount of Saturn under the middle finger. We need money to lead
our life comfortably. We need to earn money. We need a job or profession or to
get involve into some business. By observing the Fate Line in both the palms, we
can assess when we get the job, when there will be a promotion, when there will
be a change in our career and how our earnings will be from time to time.
• When Fate line is curved and going towards Jupiter mount,

there will be growth seen in the areas of politics, business and profession. This is
an essential line that every political leader should have in his hands.

• When Fate line curves and goes towards Mercury mount the person gets
tremendous success in his business. It also represents success in journalism and
mass communication.
• When the Fate line divides into three branches at the end and they are
proceeding towards Saturn mount, Sun mount and Jupiter mounts, it is a sure
sign of great wealth, name and fame.

Children Lines

The normal position of the Children Lines appears vertically at the end of the
Line of Marriage. Vertical lines on the line of marriage, which are thick, heavy
and strong represent son, fickle and thin line represent daughter. Sometimes they
are extremely deeply marked, and as a rule much more so on a woman's hand
than on a man's. In many cases it is necessary to employ a magnifying glass in
order to see them.
• A person with the Mount of Venus very flat on the hand and

if the first Bracelet is found rising up like an arch into or towards the palm: The
bearer is suffering from some deformity leading to issueless.

• A person with the Mount of Venus very flat on the hand, and very poorly
developed, is not likely to have any children at all, and this is all the more certain
if the first Bracelet is found rising up like an arch into or towards the palm.
• Broad and deep lines denote male children; fine and narrow lines denote
female children.
• Clearly marked Lines indicate strong and healthy children.
• Clearly marked lines indicate strong and healthy children.
• Downward branches of the Heart Line near the edge of the palm, below the
Mercury also represent children.
• Faint or crooked indicate delicate children.
• Fine & narrow lines indicate female children.
• First part is marked with an Island indicate child will be very delicate in its
early life.
• Islands between the thumb and the Venus represent boys. One complete island
represents one son, while two islands, and show two sons.
• Line ending or broken at Island indicates Child's growth will be retarded.
• Line of heart is branched under the Mercury to show parenthood.
• One line longer than the rest indicates child represented by the line will be
dearer to the parents. The person will be exceptionally fond of children.
• Thick and strong line represent son, fickle and thin line represent daughter.
• To know the number of children, it is necessary to count these lines from the
outside of the hand in towards the palm.
• Vertical lines found on the edge of the Venus, starting below the Rascette,
represents Brothers and Sisters, on the right hand of the male and vice-versa.
• When ending or broken at the "island" the child will never grow up.
• When one Line is longer and superior to the rest one indicates child will be
more important to the parent than the rest.
• When one line stands out very clear and distinct among the others, the child the
mark indicates will be more to the parent, and will be more successful than any
of the others.
• When the first part of the little line (taking it upward from the Line of
Marriage) is marked with a small "island," such a child will be very delicate in
its early life, but if the line appears well marked when the "island" is passed, the
probability is that it will grow up strong and healthy.
• When they appear as straight lines they denote strong healthy children, but
when very faint or crooked, the children indicated are always delicate.

Escape Line

This line is more towards the bottom of the palm, near the base. It often crosses
the life line, and this crossing symbolizes the time in your life. The line of
escape illustrates an individual who escapes the problems of their life by
indulging in their imagination.
• A branch runs to the Mount of Jupiter indicates ambitious to

accomplish something with one's intuitive faculties, often successful occultists.

This works as Line of Fate or Line of Ambition.

• An island in the beginning of the Line indicates tendency towards

somnambulism.
• Broken repeatedly indicates intuitive tendency by fits and starts and cannot be
relied upon.
• Ending in a star indicates great success in intuitive flashes. From the Intuition
Line a branch merges with the Saturn Line indicates the exercise of the intuitive
faculties will assist the career of the subject. This works as Line of Fate.
• Forming a triangle with the Line of Fate and the Line of Head indicates strong
aptitude for occult sciences.
• If a branch rises from this Line and runs to the Mount of Jupiter it indicates
ambitious to accomplish something with one's intuitive faculties & often
successful occultists.
• If a Line from the Line of Intuition merges with the Saturn Line it indicates the
exercise of the intuitive faculties will assist the career of the subject.
• If it connects with the line of fame, they retreat into creative arts ease
themselves.
• If the Line ends in a star it indicates great success in intuitive flashes.
• If the Line is clear with a high Mount of Moon; more pronounced in its upper
part indicates mesmeric, hypnotizing power.
• If the Line of head sinks low on the Mount of Moon and the Line of Intuition
cuts it mental forces injured by allowing too much imagination and intuition to
have their say.
• If the Line starts higher up on the Mount of Moon it indicates intuitive faculty
of the subject under control.
• Line of Head sinks low on the Mount of Moon and the Line of Intuition cuts it
indicates mental forces injured by allowing too much imagination and intuition
to have their say.
• Presence of an island indicates tendency towards somnambulism (walking
during sleep).

Girdle (Ring) of Jupiter

Small line appearing as a semi-circle and embracing the Mount of Jupiter is
called Solomon Ring (Girdle) of Jupiter. It is an auspicious line. This is rather a
modified version of the Luck Line. Its presence indicates a love and flair for
occult sciences, spirituality & strong inclination towards the occult and the
esoteric sciences. It is found in the hands of those people, who remember the
God and follow his dictates. They rise up in the society and may even become
the head of state, but may be beheaded later, like King Solomon.
• This mark denotes a natural gift or talent for mysticism and

occultism of all kinds.

• When it is in the centre of the quadrangle, across the Line of Fate, or
immediately under the Mount of Saturn, such studies become more of a religion
or are followed for their own worth and the influence and truth of occultism will
play a leading role in the whole career. Most likely the possessor of this mark
will follow it as a profession, or will crystallise his researches into the form of
books.

• When placed nearer Jupiter, it denotes the employment of these studies more to
gratify the subject's own pride or ambition than the following out of such things
for their own sake.
• When this mark lies lower down in the quadrangle, nearer to the Mount of the
Moon, the subject will study some form of occultism more from a superstitious
standpoint than any other. None the less, he will be likely to succeed in doing so,
and influence other people through his studies, and with this latter form he will
be more likely to write beautiful mystic poetry with the prophetic note running
through it very strongly.

Girdle (Ring) of Saturn

Ring of Saturn is a semi-circular line, but found lying across the Mount of
Saturn. Ring of Saturn is not a good sign. In all my experience I have never been
able to come across any person with this mark who succeeded in life or was able
to carry any one of his plans to a successful termination. The ring of Saturn is
not a good sign. It’s very seldom found on the palm. It is also a semi-circular
line, between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn. It encircles the finger of Saturn.
It creates hurdles-difficulties in acquiring worldly possessions. It brings the
subject near the God through worship, prayers-meditation, truthfulness, honesty,
servicing the poor and the mankind as a whole.
• A clearly marked complete ring may be auspicious.
• He tries to change his domain of work very frequently.

These people are always full of big ideas and plans, but they always give up in
the half-way due to lack of dedication towards the purpose.

• It appears to have a bearing on the mental outlook character of the person on

whose hand it may be found. Such persons are gloomy, melancholy and morose.
They have imaginary grievance and cut themselves off from the society of their
fellow beings.
• It commences from the centre of the index finger and middle finger, encircles
the middle finger and ends between the middle finger and ring finger.
• It is the most unfortunate mark ever to find.
• Soft hands scattered head line and a well-developed ring of Saturn makes an
individual highly imaginative but lack of sensibility, patience, concentration and
courage makes him unsuccessful.
• The presence of ring along with a scattered line of fate is the cause of poor
concentration. The inauspicious effects of ring of Saturn are reduced when the
ring is scattered.
• These people seem cut off from their fellow beings in some peculiar and
extraordinary way. They are isolated and alone, and they appear to realise their
lonely position keenly. They are gloomy, morbid, and Saturnine in character.
They seldom marry, and when they do it is always a ghastly failure.
• They are terribly obstinate and headstrong in all their actions; they resent the
least advice or interference in their plans. Their lives generally close in suffering,
poverty, or by some sinister tragedy or fatality.
• They are usually unfortunate in everything they attempt, and if a sloping or
weak-looking Head Line is found on the same hand, they are inclined to develop
a decided tendency towards suicide.
• This mark is more usually found when there is a heavily marked Line of Fate
which runs up the hand to the Ring of Saturn. This solitary-looking Fate Line
appears to intensify the isolated character indicated by the Ring of Saturn.
• This ring inhibits the natural instincts of an individual and he is not able to
continue one task for a long period of time.

Girdle (Ring) of Venus

The Girdle of Venus exists in the form of a Semi-Circle rising between the first
and second fingers, and ends between the third and fourth. Girdle of Venus is a
broken or unbroken kind of semicircle rising between the Mount of Jupiter and
Saturn and ends around the little finger. It encircles both the Mount of Sun and
Saturn. Girdle of Venus do not appear in every hand. It may also be found lying
across the base of all the mounts under the fingers from the Mount of Jupiter to
the Mount Mercury, or it may be found terminating or running off the hand in,
through or near the Line of Marriage. General functions of the Girdle of Venus
are fever and intestinal disorders and tendency to throat trouble, bronchitis and
various ailments of the respiratory tract, high blood pressure, etc. (1) It adds to
the power of the Line of Heart, (2) It indicates the high-strung disposition,
nervous temperament of an individual.
• A complete ring is protective.
• Composed of broken fragments increases nervousness and

is prone to suffer from hysteria.

• Finely marked but cut by a bar line under the Mount of
Apollo indicates a life spoiled reverses experienced on
account of passionate attachment.
• Girdle of Venus is a dangerous line. The native acquires
Venereal Diseases through multiple sex partners having
unsafe sex; they visit to Brothels or Red Light Areas.
• If a Line of Heart is not on the hand, then the Girdle is
considered as the Line of Heart.
• If formed as a single deep Line it adds to the power of the
Heart Line and keeps passion within control.
• If Girdle of Venus is broken, a cross is seen on the mount
of Saturn, an island on the Line of Head or Fate, a grille on
the Mount of Moon with brittle or fluted nail indicates
tendency to paralysis.
• If the line has breaks it can represent an individual who
needs to keep his temper in check or can indicate a person
with deep sensitivities.
• It relates to emotional intelligence and the Ability to
manipulate.
• Its presence indicates beauty and luck in romance. This
mark denotes highly sensitive intellectual nature with
changing moods and touchy over small things.
• Mount of Venus bulging and broken Girdle of Venus are
liable to indulge in masturbation during adolescence.
• People having Girdle of Venus on their palm are capable of
rising to the highest pitch of enthusiasm, but keep on
fluctuating between high and low spirits. When the Girdle
comes in contact with the line of marriage then the man
having such Girdle would want as many virtues in a wife as there are stars in the
universe. People with such Girdle
have intelligence above average.
• People who have this mark on their hand are capable of
reaching up to highest level of enthusiasm for anything
which relates to their fancy. But, they are not in same mood
for two times. At one moment they are high spirits while in
the other they are extremely miserable.
• People with this Girdle always get attracted towards
opposite sex and are always ready to surrender hence their
character cannot be assessed.
• People with this line also may crave excitement and be
highly sensual in nature.
• The girdle of Venus can indicate a wound-up and nervous
person. These individuals can experience extreme highs
and extreme lows.
• The imaginings of such people are then morbid and
unhealthy. When broken or made up of little pieces, the
Girdle of Venus has little meaning except to show a
hysterical temperament, with leaning tendencies.
• The Line of Head slopes low into the Mount of Moon and at
its termination, a star, cross or island can be seen with a
broken Girdle of Venus and many Lines in the hand
indicates grave danger of mental illness.
• The persons with this sign are more mentally sensual than
physically so.
• The qualities, however, that this mark represents are much
more active and dangerous when this Girdle forms itself
from the Mount of Saturn to that of Mercury.
• These marks are classed among the minor lines of the
hands, but they often have a significance that is of the
greatest importance.
• These persons in all cases suffer enormously from moods;
they are very difficult to live with.
• They love to read or write books on the subject of the "sex
problem," but they are not inclined to put their theories and
ideas into practice, at least with their own lives.
• When broken or made up of little pieces, the Girdle of
Venus has little meaning except to show a hysterical
temperament, with a leaning towards the tendencies I have
mentioned above.
• When the girdle goes over the side of the hand and touches
the line of marriage, the happiness related to marriage is
affected by the peculiar temperament of the subject. Such
people are perfectionist and rigid. Hence, it is difficult to live
with them.
• When the Girdle of Venus runs off the side of the hand and
passes out through the Marriage Lines, their moody,
changeable natures generally make marriage for them an
unusually unhappy experience.
• When the Line seems to connect the Mount of Jupiter and
Mercury it indicates refinement of the passions and refined
eroticism.
• When therefore not too much accentuated, it is not an
unfavourable sign to have as it will give more sensitiveness
to the artistic nature. Such persons are capable of rising to
great enthusiasm over anything that engages their
mentality, but at the same time they will as easily descend
to the lowest depths of depression if things do not go as
they expect, or if they become disappointed by one of their
idols falling off the pedestal on which they have placed
them.
• When the Girdle of Venus runs on to any part of the Mount
of Jupiter, such persons become hero-worshippers in every
sense of the term, and in consequence suffer k through
disillusionment.
• If the Girdle of Venus passes off the hand through the Line
of Marriage or near it, married life will be marred by the
highly sensitive and erotic nature of the person whose hand
this mark it found.
• When this curious sign appears on a broad flabby sensual
looking hand, especially one when the Line of Head is seen
curving downwards towards, or on the Mount of Luna (D);
such an indication with a
undoubtedly foreshadow
sensual and self-destructive character. large Mount of Venus will vicious
tendencies of a

Health Line

The Line of Mercury has been variously called the Line of Health or the Line of
Liver. It runs from the Mount of Mercury down the hand via Mount of Mars. As
the name suggests, it represents the health and well being of the person. The
Line of Health rises at the base of or on the face of the Mount of Mercury. The
Line of Life merely relates to the promised length of life from heredity and
natural causes, but the Line of Health denotes the effect of the class of life the
subject has led. The Line of Health is also known as the Line of Liver, and is an
indication of one’s health and overall well being. It can indicate the health of the
nervous system, liver and kidneys.
• As it grows across the hand and attacks the Line of Life, it

foreshadows the development of illness or germ of disease, which, at the date of

its coming in contact with the Line of Life, will reach the climax of its attack.

• If the line appears broken or frayed, it can be an indication of possible illness

or those illnesses that have come and gone. Also, it may denote illnesses in
partners who are close to you.
• People who have the ability to heal others physically, emotionally or spiritually
may possess this line.

Heart line and Head line fusing together

The normal position for the line is starting below the index finger and ending
where normally the heart line terminates at the edge of the hand below the little
finger, indicating average interests for the person and the intense side of the
nature is decided purely by the direction of any. The fusing together of the heart
line and head line has special significance in that both emotional as well as
reasoning nature and has to be studied from this line alone. This line is thought
to endow a person with an intensity of purpose or single-mindedness, the nature
of which is decided upon by exact position of this line on the hand and the
direction of any branches shooting from it, which is normally the case.
• Where ever such a line exists without any branches as a

singular mark, it indicates an extremely intense nature and special care is needed
for such persons.
Influence Lines

These lines originate from the Mars and the Venus. They are both horizontal and
vertical. Horizontal lines tend to move towards the Life Line, Line of Fate, Sun
Line, Line of Head or the Line of Heart. Normal position of the Lines of
Influence starts from the Mount of Venus. These lines appear on the Mount of
Venus either vertical or horizontally. There are no specific positions for these
lines. These lines originate from the base of the thumb, and radiate out into the
palm. The much sought after influence lines are the ones that show how and
where you will come into money. Where they connect with other lines, they
illustrate an important event. The presence of these lines reflects the extent to
which the native may be influence by others. Normally, these lines fore tell
trouble from the opposite sex. Self control and determination can prevent the
damage. These lines are found on the Mount of Venus either vertically or
horizontally, forming a sequence of squares or grids.
• A clear direct line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of

Mercury indicates great success in business or science.

• A line cutting the Line of Life and just cutting the Line of
Fate indicates opposition from relatives in business and
worldly affairs.
• A line from a star on the Mount of Venus merging into a
good Line of Sun indicates increase of fortune through the
death of a relative or close friend.
• A line from the Mount of Venus cutting a small upward
branch of the line of life and ending on the Mount of Saturn
indicates generally divorce or separation.
• A Line from the Mount of Venus cutting the root of the
second finger indicates difficulty in child bearing and womb
troubles in general.
• A line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter
ending in a Star indicates ambition of the subject crowned
with brilliant success.
• A line from the Rahu Kshetra cutting the Line of Fate and
the Life Line forming a hook reaching the Mars
indicates the death from burning, if a break occurs over the
Life Line in both hands without lines of repair like the Mars
Line or overlapping segments running with the Life Line.
• A line starting from a star on the Mount of Venus and
ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn indicates
unfortunate marriage; the partner may either die or become
mad. A line starting near the beginning of the life Line and
running close to it Influence of the mother more.
• A semi-circular line just crossing the Line of life indicates
sudden illness or even death of the native.
• A star at the end of a line of influence indicates influence of
others negative.
• Age at which evil take off is read from the Life Line and the
line itself.
• Cutting the Life Line and Fate Line indicates opposition
from relatives of opposite sex in business and worldly
affairs.
• Ending with Star indicate negative influence of others. Star
is present over Venus and distant from Life Line
indicating possibility of death of a parent at the age shown
by the star and a distant relative coming into the life.
• If an influence line beginning early and ending in a star,
beside it a line more distant from the life line which grows
stronger after the star indicates death of mother or father at
the age shown by the star and a distant relative coming into
the life. When an influence line begins deep and then grows
thin and has gradually grown thinner until it fades away
Influence strong in the beginning but gradually grows
weaker until it has no effect.
• Rising from a star on the Mount of Venus and ending in a
fork on the Mount of Saturn indicate unfortunate marriage
i.e., the partner may either die or turn eccentric.
• Rising from Life Line indicates influence of mother is more
over the personality of the bearer.
• Rising from Mount of Venus cutting the root of the second
finger indicate difficulty in child bearing, womb troubles in
general.
• Rising from the Mount of Venus crossing the Life Line and
ending on the Mount of Saturn indicate divorce or
separation.
• Rising from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter
ending in a Star indicate ambition of the subject crowned
with brilliant success.
• Rising from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Mercury
indicate great success in business or science.
• Semi-circular crossing the Life Line indicates sudden illness
or even death of the subject.
• The subject has to undergo the evil effects and agony, if the
influence lines cut any of the five major lines.
• These lines indicate the extent to which the subject may be
influence by others. The intensity of the influence depends
on how deep the lines are, if the line is deep then the
influence is more.
• Vertical lines represent favourable influences of the
opposite sex, till they do not touch the Life Line and are
widely separated. They give strength and willpower to the
subject.
• When the Lines are deep, indicates strong and wellcoloured Influence of others
powerful.
• While the squares are protective the grid
is extremely harmful keeping the possessor worried
all the time.

Intuition Line

This line appears on the outer palm at the base of the hand under the little finger.
It illustrates strong insight. The intuition line on the palm signifies individuals
who are able to read other people and situations instantly. They are highly
intuitive. This line is often very apparent on psychics and psychic mediums. Due
to their sensitivity, these individuals may have difficulty in a crowd, as they are
sensitive to other people’s positive or negative energies The Line of Intuition is
seldom found on other types of hand than those of the philosophic, the Conic,
and the psychic, but it is sometimes found on the Spatulas. It takes more or less
the formation of a semi-circle from the face of the Mount of Mercury to that of
the Mount of the Moon, or may be found on the Mount of the Moon alone. It
must not be confounded with the Hepatica, or Line of Health, but is found as a
distinct mark in itself. This line forms a curve-semicircle starting from below the
Rascette to the Mount of Venus, encircling the Mental Mars penetrating deep
into the Luna and touching the Rahu. This line starts from the Life Line, Line of
Mercury, Sun Line or the Line of Fate; it may form a straight line-segment.
However it may start from the Life Line as well moving to the Line of Head
through the Luna. Possessors of this line, often see the future events in advance.
It denotes an extra highly-strung sensitive temperament, also presentiments,
inspiration, clairvoyance of the highest kind, clear vivid dreams which often
come to pass, intuition as to how things should be done, and very often manifests
itself in inspired speaking and writing of the loftiest character. It is much more
often found on women's hands than on men's.
• An island at the beginning of the Line of Intuition may show

someone who sleepwalks.

• An island in the Line of Intuition will bring poor success.
• Any person with this mark may not succeed in his life. He

will not be able to carry any of his plans to a successful termination. These
people seem cut off from their fellow beings in some peculiar and extraordinary
way.

• Clear Line, high Mount of Moon indicates mesmeric, hypnotizing power.

• If heart line starts underneath the index finder, it means that you are happy with
your love life.
• If it falls between the two fingers, you tend to give away your heart to easy.
• If it is underneath the middle finger, you tend to have a selfish outlook in love.
• If the intuition line is broken, it may indicate that the individual is overly
empathetic and should be careful of their health.
• If the intuition line is not well pronounced or absent, it does not mean that the
individual is not intuitive or even psychic.
• If the Line of Intuition ends in a star, this person will have great success in life.
• If the Line of Intuition merges into the Fate Line, this person will have career
success.
• If this line is found as an independent curved line, from the extreme end of the
palm, over the lower Luna, moves to the middle Luna and then reaches the
extreme end of the palm over the upper Luna. It provides clairvoyance-power to
see Past, Present and the Future, without the knowledge of Astrology-Palmistry.
• If you have this line you are an extremely sensitive, intuitive person and may
have ESP (extra-sensory perception).
• In fact it a Siddhi paranormal power perfection, accomplishment, attainment,
success achieved by Sages, Saints, enlightened who do have this gift of nature,
with them. It represents the speed with which the sharpness of the intellectual
faculty is operative in a person.
• It indicates the possession of an intuitional ability of presentiments, strange
events, vivid dreams and warnings, and above all in a 'gifted Palm' the faculty of
clairvoyance.
• It indicates want of continuity of purpose.
• It is the most unfortunate mark ever to find.
• It represents the speed with which the sharpness of the intellectual faculty is
operative in a person.
• It shows an impulsive disposition in matters pertaining to occupation or choice
of career.
• One may have a psychic hand shape, which is another indicator of psychic
abilities.
• Starts higher up on the Mount of Moon indicates intuitive faculty of the subject
under control. Broken repeatedly indicates intuitive tendency by fits and starts
and cannot be relied upon.
• The curvier heart line is, the more emotional the person becomes.
• The length of the line must also be observed. A shorter intuition line means that
you are more concerned with the act of having a sexual relationship than in
romance.
• The straightness of the heart line indicates of having the ability to control your
emotions.
• Their lives generally close in suffering, poverty, or by some sinister tragedy or
fatality.
• They are isolated and alone, and they appear to realize their lonely position
keenly. They are gloomy, morbid, and Saturnine in character.
• They are terribly obstinate and headstrong in all their actions; they resent the
least advice or interference in their plans.
• They seldom marry, and when they do it is always a ghastly failure.
• This line gives insight or the sixth sense to the subject.

Lines of friends and foes

Vertical lines on the third segment of fingers represent friends and horizontal
lines on the middle segment of the fingers show foes/enemies.

Mars Line (Secret Affair)

The Line of Mars or Inner Life Line starts at a point of the Lower Mount of
Mars. It runs inside the Life Line and very closes beside it. The mars line
indicates extra vitality and a sort of second protection.
• If the Line of Mars ends on the Mount of the Moon with a

cross, dot, or star this person may die of alcohol or drug abuse.

• If the Line of Mars ends on the Mount of the Moon with a star, dot or cross,
and the Head Line ends in a star, this person will have a mental breakdown at the
time the star appears on the Head Line.
• If the Mars Line cuts across the Line of success which has a dot or cross at the
end of the line, the reputation of this person will be destroyed.

Marriage Line

Marriage Line is seen o the palms at the outer edge of the palm, below the little
finger. It is situated on the Mount of Mercury. This line starts at the outer edge
and proceeds towards the mount of Mercury which is located under the little
finger. There may be more than one marriage line present. In that case, the line
which is longer and most prominent will be capable of giving marriage
relationship. The other lines indicate love affairs which will not culminate into
marriage. Relationships are indicated by the little line or lines that are located
just below the base of the little finger. The Relationship Lines, also known as
Marriage or Love lines, may be one or several, and do not only indicate
marriages or partners, but relationships that are significant in one’s life. It
indicates one’s ability to handle relationship commitments. The marriage line is
also called the Love Line or Line of Union. In some hands such lines are in
multiple which does not mean that they will marry that many times. The Line, or
Lines, of Marriage may be found as very short marks almost on the very side of
the hand, or they may appear as quite long lines rising from the side of the hand
into the face of the Mount of Mercury, or, in some cases, going farther still into
the hand itself. Small lines found between the Line of Heart and the Mercury
finger, are the Lines of Marriage. Small segment lines from the Luna indicate
love affairs. Merging into the Luck Line may also materialize into successful
marriages. Mere presence of the line of marriage does not guarantee marriage. It
reflects more of attraction and love, as compared to sexuality. Sexuality is
determined by the Venus, girdle of Venus and down ward branches of the heart
line. Line of Marriage is a sign of love added by sensuality, sex desire, and
attractions. Its mere presence does not grant marriage. There are other signs on
the hand which help in justifying marriage.
• A black spot or dot present on the marriage line represents
premature death of the partner.
• A fork at the end of the Marriage lines might signify a
divorce. A fork at the end towards the palm means
separation (with or without divorce).
• A fork in the lines towards the back of the hand indicates a
long engagement.
• A line at the end of the marriage lines that cuts the line off
sharply means end to a relationship due to death or
divorce.
• A line which starts between the first two fingers and ends
between the last two fingers and appears in the form of a
semi circle is called ‘Girdle of Venus’. This line represents
excessive desire for sex, alcohols and drugs. Such a
person would live mostly in the unrealistic world. He/she will
be highly impulsive and emotionally imbalanced which ruins
the married life.
• A long line starting from inside the Venus mount and
reaching the Mercury mount cuts the marriage line below
the little finger. It is a sign of divorce.
• A shorter intuition line means that you are more concerned
with the act of having a sexual relationship than in
romance. The marriage line has a chain formation or there
are several small lines drooping and crisscrossing from the
marriage line. This indicates continuous problems after
marriage.
• A star on the marriage line also gives same effect. There
will be sudden and unexpected death of the partner due to
an accident or ill health.
• A strong line running parallel to the line of Fate touching
meeting the Line of Heart too mean the same thing. An
influence line from Luna merging with the Line of Luck is also indicative of
marriage. More close the line to the mounts more strong the desire. In fact those
who have a
line of heart running through the mounts are sex blind.
• All lines that cross the hand from the Mount of Mars and
rise up towards the Line of Marriage denote the
interference of people with the marriage. These lines give
the date of the interference when they cross the Line of
Destiny; they cause quarrels when they come from Mars;
from Venus they also denote annoyances, but not of such a
vindictive nature. As such an Influence Line runs parallel
with the Life Line, or turns away from it, so it can be judged
how long such an influence will last and with fair accuracy
the date when it will occur.
• Breaks in the lines that resume with an overlap show
separation with a later reunion.
• Broken but overlaying fragments of marriage line indicate
separation followed by reunion.
• But when the Marriage Line ends in a long, gradual curve
into the Heart Line, the death of the partner will come about
by gradual ill-health or illness of a very long duration.
• Coming over from the Mount of the Moon, there is always
something romantic about the union.
• Curving of marriage line upwards indicates person could
remain single throughout his lifetime or marry only at old
age. The proximity to the heart line indicates the age of
marriage, nearer to the heart line, the earlier the marriage.
• Fine Influence Lines seen joining the Line of Fate, relate to
persons who come into and affect the Destiny.
• For a happy marriage the lines on the Mount of Mercury
should be straight and clear, without breaks or irregularities
of any kind.
• For a successful married life both the bride and the
bridegroom should have a long little finger and well
developed mount of Venus. Marriage Line deep in colour
indicates betters the relationship.
• For a successful married life neither of the two should have
abnormal qualities or characteristics.
• For assessing these qualities, the lines in the hand are to
be examined.
• From the marriage point of view, the line on the Mount of
Mercury gives a very fair idea of the age at the time of marriage. Only long lines
relate to marriages, the short
ones to deep affection or marriage.
• Gradual slope of marriage line towards Heart line indicates
spouse will die after lingering illness.
• However the line shouldn’t be too deep or too wide as it
indicates a strain in the relationship and a dwindling of
affection. Moderately deep furrow of marriage line indicates
just a legal union or arranged by families Nearest to the
midpoint between the base of the fourth finger and the
heart marriage line indicates late marriage.
• If a still wider separation of the Influence Line and the Fate
Line appear as these two lines ascend the hand together,
the separation of interests and destiny of the two persons
will be still more marked as the years proceed.
• If an Influence Line approaches close to the Line of Fate,
and runs parallel with it for some time but does not join it,
some great obstacle will prevent a marriage ever taking
place.
• If an Influence Line terminates in an "island," the influence
itself will itself get into trouble, generally disgrace of some
character.
• If heart line starts underneath the index finder, it means that
you are happy with your love life.
• If it falls between the two fingers, you tend to give away
your heart to easy.
• If it is long, one will exhibit command and will not care for
other’s ideas.
• If it is underneath the middle finger, you tend to have a
selfish outlook in love.
• If the hands of both the bride and bridegroom contain
numerous small and long lines and appear like the web of a
spider, then all the bad qualities exist for both and as such
the alliance will not be successful.
• If the Influence Line has an "island" marked on it, the
influence will then be a bad one, or, at least, the person will
have had some scandal connected with his or her past life.
• If the Influence Line should cut through the Fate Line, and
appear on the thumb side of it, the affection will seldom last
as long, or be so happy.
• If the intuition line is broken, it may indicate that the
individual is overly empathetic and should be careful of their
health.
• If the intuition line is not well pronounced or absent, it does
not mean that the individual is not intuitive or even psychic.
• If the Line of Fate looks weaker or more uncertain after the
union is marked, then such a marriage has not brought
good or success to the subject.
• If the line of heart is too close to the finger or mounts, it
makes the possessor sex blind. How ever some lines
present over Luna, do foretell about more of sensualitysexuality as well.
• If the Line of Influence is very strong where it joins the Fate
Line, and if at about the same date a clear Marriage Line is
seen on the Mount of Mercury, the date of marriage may be
more accurately predicted by the place on the Fate Line
where the Influence Line joins it.
• If the marriage line goes straight and cuts the Sun line
below the ring finger, the marriage will ruin the social status
and reputation of the person. There will be financial losses
after marriage.
• If the marriage line is highly curved towards the Heart line
as if it is touching the Heart line, then the person’s spouse
will suffer from health problems which will mar the married
life of the person.
• If the marriage line is straight or slightly curved towards
Heart line, the person will enjoy good married life.
• If the vertical line is weak, it indicates some obstacles for
the marriage which delay the marriage. In few hands,
marriage lines may develop very late (in mid 30s or even
later) which indicate late marriage.
• If there are 4 or 5 short vertical lines on the mount of
Mercury, then they willingly serve others. So it is a good
sign for the couple to have medical stigmata in their hands.
• If there are few small signs on the line then the person
would have illicit affairs.
• If there is a cross or cut on the line then the marriage or the
engagement of the person would be broken.
• If, on the contrary, the Line of Fate looks better or stronger
after the Influence Line has joined it, then this union will prove of advantage to
the person whose hand is being
examined.
• In many cases a fine line may be found crossing the entire
palm, from the Marriage Line, and in such a case the
greatest animosity and bitterness will enter into the fight for
freedom and divorce. In such an example there is never
any hope of reconciliation.
• It is desirable to have a strong desire to serve others. Then
the couple will lead a harmonious married life. This can be
assessed by the presence of Medical stigmata on the
mount of Mercury.
• Lines that meet but don't cross show children that will be
born. Longer marriage line indicates long relationship.
Love, affection, delicacy should be in normal proportions for
a successful married life. These can be assessed by the
little finger and the mount of Venus.
• Marriage Line’s malformation or broken indicates
separation, death or divorce Shorter and weaker Marriage
lines can signify relationships that may not last or ones that
may end for a time and begin again.
• Mars is considered to be an inauspicious planet. It is an
aggressive planet. Thus, when a native has this symbol on
the mount of Mars of his palm he gets easily irritated and
furious over small issues. Such a person will always been
seen getting involved in violent activities.
• Numerous overlapping lines indicate affair(s). One may
have a psychic hand shape, which is another indicator of
psychic abilities.
• One may have one line, multiple lines or even no lines of
marriage.
• One will be always a master and will not follow others. So
much so if both bride and bridegroom have long index
fingers, one will not care for the other and chaos will
prevail. So it is desirable to have a normal index finger for
good married life or even a short index finger.
• Only the clearly formed lines relate to marriage, the short
ones to deep affection, or marriage contemplated, but
never entered into.
• People with the ‘girdle of Venus’ lines is advised better not
to marry. Such people will face severe troubles in the
married life which make them feel celibacy is better than marriage.
Relationships are indicated by the little line (or
lines) that are located just below the base of the little finger.
• Sloping marriage line towards the Heart line indicates
sudden death of the partner Strong and clear lines indicate
marriage. The characteristics of
that several light lines indicate the marriage line are several romances. The
closer the lines are to the base of the little finger, the later in life these
relationships will be. The couple should follow established norms, discipline,
discrimination and a
methodical approach to face any event in the life.
• So the lines in the hands of both the bride and bridegroom
should be limited. Then only the alliance will be fruitful.
• Sometimes a second marriage between the two is
indicated, or a love affair which takes long time to end up in
a matrimonial relation after many separations.
• Sometimes, one of the couple will go abroad and the other
lives alone in the native place.
• The couple should have mental peace. They should not be
preoccupied with tension, suspense, hopelessness and
pessimistic attitude.
• The curvier heart line is, the more emotional the person
becomes.
• The length of the line must also be observed.
• The marriage line is curving up towards the little finger.
This is an indication that the person’s life is not tuned for
marriage. The marriage line is curving up towards the little
finger. This is an indication that the person’s life is not
tuned for marriage. The straightness of the heart line
indicates of having the ability to control your emotions.
• The person on whose hand this Line appears will as a rule
meet his affinity when travelling or away from his home.
• The person will see hell on the earth. In some cases, it
indicates eunuch tendencies which make the person to
abhor marriage.
• The person’s spouse would be understanding and
supportive. If the Marriage lines are well defined and
longer, that can indicate a person has the ability to make
long-term commitments.
• These are fine lines that run parallel with the Line of Life,
but they must not be confounded with the Line of Mars, or "Sister Life Line,"
which commences higher up nearer the
Mount of Mars.
• These Venus Influence Lines are more often found with
those persons
temperament,"
passionate.
who have what is called the "Venus or who are intensely emotional and

• They should have a good thumb also. It should not be short, curved and stiff.
Then their married life will go smoothly.
• To asses this quality the index finger of both is an indicator for a successful
married life. The index finger (the finger of Jupiter) indicates ego.
• To assess these qualities, there should be a good fate line in the hands of the
both. The axial tri radius should be in its normal position.
• To assess this, the shape of the hand and fingers are to be examined. To have
the above qualities it is desirable that both the bride and the bridegroom should
have a square hand and square fingers.
• When any line from the top of the Mount of Mercury falls down into the
Marriage Line, it shows that there will be great obstacles to overcome in
whatever marriage the subject enters, but if the Line of Marriage is a good one,
then such obstacles will be overcome.
• When it is near the centre of the mount, it indicates of marriage at about 25 to
30 years.
• When it is three-quarters up the mount, then marriage takes place between 30
to 35 years and so on.
• When many of such lines are seen, the subject cannot live without love, and
will have many "affairs" at the same time.
• When marriage line is closer to the line of heart, the union is early.
• When the "island" is found about the middle of the Marriage Line, some great
trouble and separation will take place about the middle of the married life.
• When the "island" is found towards the end of the line, the marriages will most
probably end in trouble and separation one from the other.
• When the deep line is found lying close to the line of Heart, the marriage will
take place early in life, but the other marks I am going to explain later will give
more accurate dates as to when the event will occur.
• When the girdle of Venus is connected to marriage line the person will have
disturbed married life. There will be more than one or two disastrous marriages
in his/her life.
• When the line has a curve at the end, and if a cross or line be found cutting into
this curve, the partner will die by accident or a sudden illness of some kind.
• When the line has an "island" at the beginning, then the marriage will be for a
long time delayed, and the two persons will be much separated at the
commencement of their married life.
• When the line is clear and distinct, but has a lot of little lines dropping from it,
it foreshadows trouble and anxiety in the marriage, but brought on by the
delicacy and ill-health of the partner.
• When the Line of Marriage curves or droops downwards, the person on whose
hand this appears will outlive the other.
• When the Line of Marriage divides into the form of a fork, the two people will
live apart from one another, but when the fork turns downwards towards the
Line of Heart a legal separation may be anticipated.
• When the Line of Marriage is full of little islands, or linked like the loops of a
chain, the subject should be warned not to marry at any time, as such a union
would be full of the greatest unhappiness and continual separations.
• When the Line of Marriage itself, or an offshoot from it, goes into the hand,
and joins or ascends upward with the Line of Sun, it promises that its possessor
will marry someone of great wealth or distinction.
• When the line turns upward in the reverse direction, the possessor is not likely
ever to marry. When the line, which is otherwise well marked, appears about the
centre to break in two, it foreshadows a fatality or break-up in an otherwise
happy married life.
• When the marriage line has a fork, it indicates separation. This is confirmed
when the marriage line is cut by another line which starts from Life line or from
the middle of the palm. When the marriage line has an island or circle symbol, it
represents severe ill health to the partner. It is also an indication of separation
from the partner due to psychological mismatch.
• When the split or fork is seen at the end of the marriage line, there would be a
dispute or quarrel which leads to the separation of the couple. Generally, the
dispute arises because of the foolishness of one of the partners.
• When there is a break in the marriage line, the couple will live separately for
some time. It may represent legal separation in some cases.
• When there is a line starting from inside Venus mount and touching the Heart
line in a fork or split, it is an indication of emotional imbalance which leads to
separation of the couple. When there is a vertical line cutting the marriage line, it
indicates threat to the life of the partner. There may be sudden death of the
spouse.
• When there is another line much slighter in appearance lying close to the upper
side of the Marriage Line, it foretells some influence that will come into the
subject's life after marriage.
• When there is split or fork found in the beginning of the marriage line, the
couple will live separately for some time, immediately after the marriage.
• When this above-mentioned line bends downward and cuts the Line of Sun, it
denotes that the person on whose hand it is found will lose his position by the
marriage he will make.
• When this fork is more accentuated, and turns down more into the hand,
divorce may be expected, and especially so if one end of this fork stretches
across the hand in the direction of the Plain of Mars, or the Mount of Mars.
• When this line cuts a rising line from the Life line, there will be legal battle and
finally the divorce is proclaimed by the court. Relatives and friends will play
part in the separation of the couple.

Mercury (Health/ Business) Line

It starts at the base of the hand near the Line of Fate and runs upward till it ends
on the Mount of Mercury. The line of Health is known as the Line of Mercury,
the Line of Hepatica & the Line of Liver as well. It represents the health and
disease of the individual. It is an indicator especially of the state of the digestive
apparatus, the operation of the liver and various maladies which may arise from
the impairment of important function of these organs. The mercury (Business)
Line begins on the mount of Luna or branches from the life line. It is a sign of a
good business head. Mercury line runs from the bottom of the palm near the
wrist, up through the palm towards the little finger; purported to be an indicator
of persistent health issues, business acumen, or skill in communication. It is also
an indicator of personal health. Normal position of the Line is that it starts at the
base of the hand near the Line of Fate and runs upward till it ends on the mount
of Mercury. The other names for Line of Mercury are, (1) The Line of Health,
(2) The Line of Hepatica. 3) The Line of Liver. General functions of the Line
are, (1) It represents the health and disease of the individual. (2) It is an indicator
especially of the state of the digestive apparatus, the operation of the liver and
various maladies which may arise from the impairment of important function of
these organs.
• A chained Line indicates diseased liver and stomach.
• A cross towards the termination of the Line with a circle on

the Line of Head indicates blindness.

• A health line formed in little straight pieces denotes bad
digestion and stomach related problems.
• A health line in little islands with long filbert nails denotes
trouble to lungs and chest.
• A health line that is red in colour and heavily marked from
the heart to the head, denotes danger of apoplexy, brain
fever, etc.
• A health line touching the line of life at any point represents
delicate body and weak constitution.
• A star close to the Line inside indicates triangle Blindness.
• A straight deep Line indicates sign of a good and sound
constitution & robust health.
• Absence of the Line indicates not bad health.
• Bars on Line indicate constant headaches.
• Composed of many small lines indicates unstable condition
of general health and bad temperament owing to diseases
of the liver or gall bladder, sign of restlessness and
pessimism.
• Cross on Line indicates severe agonies and sufferings from
disease, in old age.
• Cut by several small horizontal lines indicates constant
headaches.
• Defects like breaks, islands, cuts, bars, Dark spots
presence are not good to have on this line.
• Ending with cross, a circle on Head Line
indicates blindness.
• Forked in the Quadrangle and one branch touches Heart
line indicates heart trouble at prime of youth. Island on the
Line indicates delicate health.
• Further, it is an excellent sign to be without this line
altogether. Its absence denotes an extremely robust, strong
constitution, and a healthy state of the nervous system.
• If a star appears where this Line meets Line of Head it
indicates mental disorder which might develop serious
complication
• If an independent cross is seen at any part of the Line it
indicates severe agonies and sufferings from disease, in
old age.
• If bars, crosses, dots, islands or other defects terminate or
are near the ending of the Line it indicates native unlikely to
recover from serious illness.
• If it continues further, it speaks of the trade, business, and
finances of the bearer.
• If it is restrained till the Line of Heart it represents the health
of the possessor and thereafter.
• If it is restrained till the tip of the Line of head, it generates
the power to see future-intuition, through dreams.
• If it looks deeper and more ominous as the wear and tear,
especially of the nervous system, began to make itself
manifest, or when the subject over-taxed his mental
strength.
• If it rises and seems like a branch from the Heart Line,
especially if both these lines are broad in appearance and
with the Health Line running down the palm coming in
contact with the Line of Life, it is a certain indication of
weakness or disease of the heart.
• If Line of Health originates from the Life Line and move up
to the Line of Heart, Its existence shows heart trouble.
• If the Health line is more prominent the nervous system is
weak.
• If the line begins on the Mount of Moon or branches from
the Life Line, it is a sign of good business heads. If a hand
has the Line of Health, the best position for it is to lie
straight down the hand, and not approach or touch the Line
of Life.
• If the Line is the forked in the Quadrangle and one of its
branches touches or runs towards the line of it indicates
heart under the Mount of Sun.
• If the Line is twisted or wavy it indicates chronic diseases
belonging to the ruling Mount.
• If the line of Mercury starts from the Life Line and goes up
to the Mercury, the bearer tends to get success in trade,
business, science, and engineering. With the over
developed Mount of Mercury, the possessor may turn into a
cheat-liar-fraud.
• If the Line runs deep into the Mount of Mercury and
branches rise from it indicates excellent health and great
success in business.
• If there is no line of Health you are probably blessed with
excellent health.
• It indicates Heart trouble at prime of youth, if an island on
the Line indicates delicate health.
• Line inside triangle and a star close to it
indicates blindness. Absence of the Line: Not bad health.
• Line of Intuition starts from the Life Line and travels up to
the Line of Head resulting into dreams, which foretells the
future which needs interpretation by the expert. It shows
that the bearer suffers from gas formation
and indigestion as well. This small segment is capable
to paralyses the body of the bearer.
• Line runs deep into the Mount of Mercury and branches rise
from it indicates excellent health and great success in
business.
• People whose mercury line starts on the Venus mount and
crosses through the life line usually work in the caring
business.
• People with this marking usually have their own business
and are successful.
• Rising from the Life Line indicates most unfavourable sign,
bad health.
• Star on Line indicates mental disorder which might develop
serious complication.
• Straight & deep indicates good and sound constitution,
robust health.
• Straight not joining with the Line of Life and with a well
formed Rascette indicates longevity very well assured.
• The Line of Health is one of the lines of the hand most
subject to changes. It is the thermometer of the life showing
its "rise and fall" as the case may be. I have seen this
mysterious line look deep and threatening during the early
years of a life, and completely fade away as greater health
and strength took possession of the body.
• The Line of Health, running straight down the hand but not
touching the Line of Life, indicates that though the
constitution may not be robust, it is wiry, and there is great
reserve resistance to disease.
• The Line of Mercury, or of Health, relating as it does to the
nervous system, and also to the mind (Mercury), lends itself
to the supposition that the all-knowing subconscious brain
is cognisant, even at an early age, of the force of resistance
in the nervous system. It may know how long this force will
last, when it will be exhausted, and consequently may mark
the hand long years in advance.
• The student should always observe the kind of nails there
are on the hand when thinking out the diseases indicated
by the Line of Health.
• Wavy Line indicates Chronic diseases belonging to the
ruling Mount.
• When found crossing the hand, and touching or throwing
branches across to the Line of Life, it foretells that there is
some illness at work which is undermining the health.
• When found heavily marked, and only joining the Heart and
Head Lines together, it foreshadows brain-fever, especially
when any islands are marked on the Line of Head.
• When found with a Line of Head full of little islands, or like a
chain, such a Health Line more clearly foreshadows brain
disease, severe headaches, etc.
• When it is completely absent the constitution is stronger.
• When the finger nails are short, without moons, and round,
and the Line of Health is strongly marked, he may be sure
that nervous weak action of the heart is decidedly threatened. When the nails are
long and almond-shaped, there is danger of weakness and delicacy of the lungs.
With the same shape of nails, and with islands in the upper part of the Health
Line, consumption of the lungs and
tuberculosis will make itself manifest.
• When the Line of Life looks very chained and weak, the
Health Line on a hand will naturally increase the danger of
delicate health.
• When the nails are very flat, and especially shell-shaped,
and the Line of Health is deeply marked, paralysis and the
worst forms of nerve diseases are threatening the subject.
• When this line is very red in small spots, especially when
pressed, rheumatic fever is indicated.
• When twisted and irregular, biliousness, liver complaints
and kidney trouble are seen.
• When twisted, irregular, and yellowish in colour, the subject
will suffer from biliousness and liver complaints.
• Where these two lines come together, if one is of equal
strength to the other, will be the date of death, even though
the Line of Life should pass this point and appear to be a
much greater length.
Money Line

Money makes the world go round. Money is a very powerful thing, it builds
empires and breaks down kingdoms, it allows for dreams to come true and it
takes others away, it makes some people happy and others completely miserable.
Today the pursuit of money is almost directly linked to the pursuit of happiness;
many will argue that money is happiness. But some of us have it and some of us
lack it. The native’s fortune is written in his palm. Some markings and
configuration of lines present on your palm are very helpful indicators of
financial fate. There are four main lines used in palmistry, such as, Heart line,
Head line, Fate line, and Life line. The money line itself isn’t one of these four
major lines, but it may interact with them, indicating an influence from one of
these factors. There isn’t one money line that all people have, but several lines
that may potentially exist, each indicating different aspects of the potential
wealth or lack thereof, depending on location. The Money Lines don't indicate
material wealth so much as they influence, in some hands, skill in acquiring cash
and how it can be done. Some of the lines associated with money start at the
base of the thumb, in the “meatier” part of the palm, and some of you might have
your money line in a totally different part of the palm. This doesn’t mean
anything bad, just that your destiny has something else for you. There are four
kinds of money line. 1) The first money line starts, at the base of your thumb and
extends to the bottom of the index finger, ending in a star. This type of money
line indicates that you have a natural talent for making money. In addition to
these four lines, the thumb also plays a role in palmistry. It’s angle when
extended from the hand, as well as how it’s bent, and different lines on it, give
further indications to your finances, including who will help you earn it, and
how it will be spent. This line can be seen running very close and parallel to the
Life Line, over the Mars and thereafter over the Venus as well. It protects the
bearer from diseases, accidents, mishaps, dangers nervous debility or unexpected
shocks and gives health, visor and vitality. It corrects many of the breaks and
defects in the Line Life. By and large it supplements the functions of the Line of
Life. It represents the vital force in man which offers greater power of resistance
to withstand any disease, nervous debility or unexpected shock.
• All breaks or bad marks indicated on the Line of Life are

minimized on the hands that have this Inner Life Line, or Line of Mars.

• Any broken Life Line with this Line of Mars behind it may indicate great
danger of death where the break appears, but a danger that will be overcome
through the vitality indicated by this Inner Life Line or Line of Mars.
• As its name implies, in character it denotes a robust and rather fighting
disposition, a person naturally inclined to rush into dangers and quarrels, and if
deeply marked and reddish in colour it increases all indications of accidents and
dangers shown on other parts of the hand.
• Deep or broad indicates a sign of great heat, violence and sexual passions.
• If running close and parallel to the Line of life on the Lower Mount of Mars
and the Mount of Venus It corrects many of the breaks and defects in the Line of
Life.
• If the Line indicates a passions. is too deep or broad with red colouring it

sign of great heat, violence and sexual

• If the line starts at the base of the thumb and goes all the way over to your
small finger, it means you will acquire wealth through some sort of inheritance,
or other family related windfall.

• If your thumb bends down easily and there are a lot of gaps between each
finger, then you are a spendthrift. It is highly difficult for you to save money.
• If your thumb is stiff and not bending down, there are no gaps between the
fingers then you are calculative in money matters. You will think twice before
you touch your purse.
• It is an excellent sign on the hands of soldiers, or in connection with all persons
who follow a dangerous calling.
• It is generally found on short, thick-set square hands or short hands, but when
found on a long, thin, and narrow palm; it indicates great vitality and resistance
to disease, a nervous, highly-strung, and rather irritable disposition.
• Other sister lines running parallel to this Line inside the Mount of Venus
indicates influence of other people over the life of the native.
• Sister lines running parallel inside the Mount of Venus indicates influence of
other people over the life of the subject.
• Terminating in a fork indicates super abundance of the animal nature,
intemperance of every kind. Terminating in a fork one prong of which enters the
mount of Moon and ends in a star indicates alcoholic intemperance.
• Terminating in a fork, one prong of which enters the Mount of Moon indicates
super abundance of the animal nature & intemperance of every kind.
• Terminating in a fork, one prong of which enters the mount of Moon and ends
in a star indicates alcoholic intemperance.
• This Line, which rises on the Mount of Mars, from which it derives its name,
when found clear and strong appears to back up and reinforce the Line of Life. It
indicates great vitality, power of resistance to illness and disease, and is not
found on all hands.
• When a branch seems to shoot off from this line and runs on to the Mount of
Luna, it foreshadows restlessness and an intense craving for excitement. With a
weak-looking Line of Mentality it is a sure sign of a craving for drink and
intemperance of all kinds, and at the point where it breaks through the Line of
Life, it generally indicates death brought on by the intemperance this mark
foreshadows.

Opposition Line

These lines can be found on the outside of the palm, between the heart and
headlines. These lines illustrate the opposing forces that we all must deal with in
life.
• Breaks one below the other under the Mount of Saturn

indicates inordinate vanity and untruthfulness, leading to disaster.

• First bracelet high on the wrist and convex indicates trouble in reproductive
faculties. It may be seen as a thick line between the Venus and the lower Luna.
• Four bracelets indicate octogenarians.
• One clearly marked & unbroken bracelet indicates longevity up to 28 years.
• Poorly formed bracelets indicate extravagant life dissipation.

Retirement Lines

People with earth hands find retirement very difficult and usually prefer to work
until the end.
• Air hand people on retirement like to get themselves

involved in activities such as study and groups.

• On retirement people with fire hands tend to join clubs and
community projects.
• People who have a water hand enjoy retirement and are
happy to lie around reading, watching television and other
such interests. Joints and Knuckles in Palmistry tell a lot
about a person.
• People with both top and bottom pronounced joints are
referred to as philosophical thinkers. They tend to analyze
information and think before they act.
• People with earth hands find retirement very difficult and
usually prefer to work until the end.
• People with smooth fingers are very receptive to
information and their environment. Information is processed
intuitively. When just only the bottom joints are pronounced
the individual conducts their life in an orderly way.
• Smooth knuckles are found on hands of people are very
meticulous about their appearance and their home. People
with uneven knuckles tend to have a more balanced and
calm approach to life.

Riches Lines

There are some mounts and lines in the palm which make any one fortunate in
financial matters. Riches Lines raise a person to wealth even if he is born in
poverty. It is a line which generally starts at the base of the palm and ascends the
Saturn mount.
• Business money indicators is a line that starts at the base

of the thumb and goes to the middle finger and it means that your future fortunes
will be made through your business dealings.

• Double fate lines, in some rare cases, make a formation of ‘M’ in the palm due
to the combination of Head line, Heart line and Life line. The symbol ‘M’
represents money after marriage. It is a sure sign of high earnings and growth
after marriage. Such persons will have a high income starting from 35th year till
55th year and become very wealthy. Good luck blesses them after their marriage.
• Regardless of how much money you are meant to accumulate, you have the
power to make whatever money your heart desires.
• Sun line can start as a branch from Fate line and should reach Sun mount. Sun
line gives success in financial matters.
• Sun Line is important for money.
• Sun line should be present in palm.
• Sun line starts at the base of the palm and ends on the Sun mount.
• Taking charge of destiny indicates true success and wealth as achieved by
belief and action, and we all have the power to take charge of our destinies.
• The final type of money line isn’t located on the base of the thumb, but on the
other side of the palm, and includes both the head line and the fame line.
• The head line is the horizontal line that goes across the middle of the palm, and
the fame line is the one that extends vertically from the bottom of the palm, up to
either the middle or ring finger.
• The money line will shine some light on path to wealth and abundance.
• The mounts of Sun, Venus and Jupiter should preferably be good in your palm.
These regions below the fingers should be wide and high.
• The mounts Sun represent success in all matters.
• The mounts Sun, Venus and Jupiter should be good in your palm.
• The next important thing for money is Fate line. It should be straight, clear and
in thick brown colour without any breaks. This will give continuous inflow of
money.
• These regions below the fingers should be wide and high. Sun represents
success in all matters.
• Venus gives luxurious life and Jupiter leadership qualities.
• Venus is supposed to give a luxurious life and Jupiter leadership qualities.

Simian Line

A simian crease, or fusing of the Heart Line and Head Lines, has special
significance in that both emotional as well as reasoning nature have to be studied
from this line alone. The normal position for the line is starting below the index
finger and ending where normally the heart line terminates at the edge of the
hand below the little finger. A very rare line, the Simian Line appears instead of
a heart and head line. In other words, the heart line and head line are conjoined
to form the Simian Line. This line is also called the simian fold or crease, or the
palmer crease. The peculiar line is thought to be a combination of the head and
heart lines on such hands that are separately marked on the rest of the hands.
• If one of these halves is larger than the other as decided by

the central placement of the head line or in this case the single transverse palmer
crease it shows greater development of that aspect of the nature.

• If there is a Simian Line on both palms, it can heighten its effects. Instead of
viewing the Simian Line as a negative attribute, look at it as being an enhanced
connection between one’s heart and mind.
• If this line is placed above its normal position it indicates an intensely
materialistic nature and interests.
• If this line is placed below its normal position it indicates an intensely
intellectual nature.
• In hands where such a line exists without any branches as a singular mark, it
indicates an extremely intense nature and special care is needed for such
persons.
• Individuals with a Simian Line are usually stubborn minded. They are ruled
either by their heart or their head. They view the world in black or white terms
there are little, if any, gray areas. These individuals may have difficulty dealing
with stress, or take things too personally.
• The direction in which any branches may be found shooting from this line have
a significant impact on the nature of this line resulting in suitable modifications
from the above defined results depending on the nature of the mounts on the
hand. For instance, if a branch from this line shoots to the mount of Moon lying
on the lower edge of the hand exactly opposite the thumb, it indicates an
intensely vacillating nature and emotional temperament.
• The upper half of the palm lying immediately below the fingers is considered
to represent the higher or intellectual nature and the lower half of the palm to
represent the materialistic side of the nature.
• This line can bring about much success. However, on the flip side, it can, at
times, have some bad connotations.
• This line indicates average interests for the person and the intense side of the
nature is decided purely by the direction of any branches shooting from it.
• This line is thought to endow a person with an intensity of purpose or single-
mindedness, the nature of which is decided upon by exact position of this line on
the hand and the direction of any branches shooting from it, which is normally
the case.

Tassels Line

It is a frayed line. This indicates confusion or chaos about a particular situation

or problem. They can also indicate a physical, emotional or spiritual decline. It is
often found at the end of the life line as individual ages. The fate line is also
known as the line of destiny, and it indicates the degree to which a person's life
is affected by external circumstances beyond their control. It begins at the base
of the palm.
• Breaks and changes of direction on fate line indicate prone

to many changes in life from external forces.

• Deep fate line strongly controls the fate.
• Starts at base of thumb and crosses life line indicates
support offered by family.
• Starts joined to life line indicates self-made individual;
develops aspirations early on. Joins with the life line around
in the middle signifies a point at which one's interests must
be surrendered to those of others.

Travels, Voyages & Accidents Lines

Normal position of the Travel Lines appears on the Mount of Moon. They are
the little hair like lines that leave the Line of Life towards the Mount of Moon.
Travels and voyages may be seen on the hand by the little lines that leave the
Line of Life and bend over towards the Mount of the Moon and also by the lines
found on this Mount. The travel lines are a major indication of the trips taken
throughout your life that have had or will have a penetrating impact on your life.
Travel lines are horizontal lines found on the percussive edge of the palm
between the wrist and the heart line; each line is said to represent a trip taken by
the native. They can also indicate your desire to travel. These are the horizontal
lines found on the edge of the palm on the Luna-Moon. Any branch of the Line
of Life travelling to Luna is the Travel Line. The Line of Head rising over to
edge of the palm, crossing the mental Mount of Mars and the Sun Line rising
from the depth of palmdomain of Rahu, also speak about the foreign overseas
travels. Sometimes off shoots of the Life or Fate to Luna have the same
interpretation.
• A thick and heavy upward off shoot of the Life Line to Luna

sends the bearer abroad.

• Accidents are generally marked by lines descending from
the Mount of Saturn and touching the Line of Life.
• Breaks indicate a delay in travels.
• Breaks on Travel lines indicate possible delay in your
travels.
• Descending lines are those that look thicker on the Mount
and taper as they come downwards.
• Ends in a cross indicate journey will end in disappointment.
• Ends in a square indicate subject protected from danger
during the journey.
• Ends with an island indicates journey in loss.
• If a square encircles the lines this is a sign of protection in
your travels.
• If the Line of Life apparently leaves its ordinary course and
sweeps over to the Mount of the Moon, the life will be one
continual round of travel. The person will settle nowhere,
and the end of the life in such a case will take place in
some land far distant from the place of birth.
• If the Line of Life has no line or branch leaving it and going
in an opposite direction, but keeps to the form of a semicircle round the Mount
of Venus, then such a life will be
remarkably free from change and travel, and the person will
remain all his life in the land of his birth.
• If the travel lines cross this means danger, or problems
within travel.
• Intersects Fate Line indicates travels will present a life
changing experience.
• Intersects Head Line indicates some danger to the head
during the journey.
• Islands or stars on the travel lines which can be found on
the edge of the Luna mount are indications of problems.
• Islands tend to indicate the holiday was not as enjoyable as
planned.
• Lines crosses Travel Line indicate danger or problems with
in travel.
• Sometimes the short line that joins the Life or Fate line at
the conjunction where a line shoots downward into the
Mount of Moon clearly suggests profitable and intellectual
foreign travels.
• Square indicates protection in travels.
• Stars on the travel line indicate great danger.
• Starting from the Venus & intersects Life Line indicates a
foreign trip, which will either be made under circumstances
of health or your health will be affected by a trip.
• The longer the line, the more important the trip is to the
native.
• The off shoot in lower direction, with the difference of the
Life Line to Luna sends the bearer abroad to enjoy and
meet the children.
• These Lines may also indicate the restless disposition of
the subject or any allergy resulting into shifting elsewhere,
that he might have developed because of delicate health.
• Travel Lines indicate the restless disposition of the native or
any allergy that he might have developed because of
delicate health.
• Travel Lines may also indicate travels and voyages of the
native.
• Travel lines that intersect the fate line show that travel will
present a life-changing experience.
• Travel lines that intersect the life line mean a trip will be
made under circumstances of health, or your health will be
affected by a trip.
• When a travel Line from the Line of Life ends in a small
cross the journey undertaken will end in disappointment.
• When falling on the Line of Head, they increase the danger
to the head itself.
• When the horizontal Lines on Moon cross the face of the
Mount and reach the Line of Fate indicate long and
important journey.
• When the Line ends in a square indicate subject protected
from danger during the journey.
• When the Line ends in a square, there will be great danger
to the subject on such a journey, but he will escape, as the
square is a sign of preservation from danger.
• When the Line ends with a small cross indicate journey will
end in disappointment.
• When the Line ends with an island it indicates the native’s
journey in loss.
• When the Line of Life itself divides, and one branch of it
leans over towards or on to the Mount of the Moon, it
denotes that the entire life will be full of change and travel.
In such a case it will not be possible, except by the use of
some gift such as clairvoyance, to tell accurately in
advance the dates of voyages that will be undertaken.
• When the lines enter the Line of Fate and ascend with
it indicate travels that materially benefit the subject.
• When the Travel Line crosses over near or on to the Mount
of the Moon and ends in a fork or a circle, there will be
great danger of the subject losing his life in undertaking
such a journey.
• When these fine lines of travel are seen on the Line of Life,
by referring to the map showing dates, it may be possible to
obtain a very clear idea of when these travels take place. There is always more
danger in travelling on water when the subject is found to be born in the
following dates:
• Between the 21st of June and the 21st of July.
• Between the 21st of October and the 21st of November.
• Between the 21st of February and the 21st of March. There is more likelihood
of danger from collision of trains and accidents on land when the subject is born
between:
• The 21st of April and 21st of May.
• The 21st of August and the 21st of September.
• The 21st of December and the 21st of January.
There will be danger from storms, tornadoes, thunder and lightning, is more
likely to occur when people are travelling whose birthdays fall between:
• The 21st of May and the 21st of June.
• The 21st of September and the 21st of October.
• The 21st of January and the 21st of February.

Union Lines

Union lines are short horizontal lines found on the percussive edge of the palm
between the Heart Line and the bottom of the little finger; believed to indicate
close relationships, sometimes but not always is romantic. Other names for
Union Lines are: (1) The Lines of Affection, (2) The Lines of Marriage, (3) The
Lines of Sexuality, Normal position of these Lines are placed horizontally at the
percussion of the hand between the Line of heart and the base of the Mount of
Mercury. General function of these Lines is: (1) They reveal the sexual 'potency'
of an individual. (2) They also represent certain vital aspects of sexpartnership.
• A single Line indicates deep affection relating to opposite

sex but normal sexual potentiality.

• Many Lines indicates presence of periodicity in the display
of sexual passion.
• If the Lines begin with forks indicates unusual affection.
• Long Line indicates affection continues longer.
• If the Line is thin in proportion to other lines in the hand
indicates the native has no real strong passion for sex life.
• If the Line starts deep and gradually grows thin indicates
steady decline of sexual vitality.
• If the Line starts thin and gradually becomes stronger
indicates increase in sexual vitality.
• An island on the Line indicates some unhappiness during
the course of affection.
• If the Line composed of islands indicates subject
possessing not enough urge to marry anyone.
• If a cross is seen on the line indicates serious impediment
to affection.
• If the Line ends in a star indicates affection (false) used as
a means of exploitation.
• A fork at its termination indicates separation of married
partners due to subject's faults.
• The fork at the termination is not wide indicates separation
of married partners due to external factors. If branches rise
from the Line indicates happy and prosperous married life.
• If worry lines run from the Mount of Venus and cutting this
Line indicates relatives often interfere with the married life
of the subject.
• If the Line slopes towards the Line of Heart indicates
widowhood or widower hood.
• If the Line curves upward indicates subject may not marry.
• If the Line is close to the Line of Heart indicates matrimony
may take place between 18 and 21 years. An upward
branch touching the Mount of the Sun indicates a brilliant
union.
• If the Line is broken indicates separation or divorce.
• A black spot on the Line indicates widow hood or widower
hood.
• Full of little islands or downward branches indicates subject
may not marry.

Vertical (Uncle and Aunts) Line

Vertical lines are found on the edge of the Venus, starting below the Rascette,
represents uncles and aunts, on the left hand of the male and vice-versa. These
lines represent uncles and aunts, on the left hand of the male and vice-versa.
Lines show impotency or inability to bear child and infertility. A thick line
running close to the Rascette represent defects of the genital organs. A black dot
on the Venus increases the impact further. Vertical lines are usually good
markings, representing positive energy. Do not confuse these lines with sister
lines. Some people may have several vertical lines in different sections of the
palm. They are an indicator of a person who could be in the health care or
medical profession. If they are found on the mounts or other lines, they lessen or
neutralize any negative qualities that might be lingering. If they cut through a
horizontal line, it is an indication that you have conquered trials and tribulations.

Via Lascivia

It’s a line connecting Venus and the moon in general. It may be found running
parallel to the Line of Mercury as well. It generally occupies a slanting position
rising from the inside of the base of the Mount of Moon and terminating on the
lower part of the upper Mount of Moon near the edge of the palm that is
percussion. It strengthens the strength of the Line of Mercury. It acts as a sign
which indicates the robustness of the health of the individual. Via Lascivia is a
horizontal line across the mount of Luna. This is a strange mark which takes the
form also somewhat of a semi-circle and connects the Mount of the Moon with
that of Venus, or it may simply run off the hand from the lower part of the
Mount of Luna into the wrist.
• Absence of the Line indicates no special significance.
• If the Line of Head is found weak-looking, full of islands and

descending downwards on the Mount of the Moon, insanity or the worst form of
degeneracy will sooner or later destroy the whole character and career.

• In both cases there is generally a tendency towards the taking of drugs such as
opium, morphine, especially when the hand is noted to be soft, full, and flabby.
With a firm hard palm the subject usually indulges in excessive drinking fits, and
when under drink seems to have no control whatever.
• In the past it was thought to represent promiscuous behaviour. These days it is
linked to people who have sensitivity to allergies.
• It indicates unbridled sensuality and passion.
• It is also a pointer to the robustness of the health of the individual.
• It strengthens the power of the Line of Mercury.
• Presence of the Line indicates super abundance of vitality and good health.
• The semi-circle Via Lasciva, which connects the Mount of the Moon with that
of Venus, indicates death, where it cuts through the Line of Life.
• This line is generally absent.
• This Line running from the Mount of the Moon into the wrist denotes the most
sensual dreams, desires, and imaginings.
• Well marked or clear line indicates super abundance of vitality and good
health.

4
Mounts in Palmistry
Mounts on the Palm

In palmistry the Mounts hold special significance and they are the origin for
various lines within the palm. Mounts are the extra raised pads of flesh in the
palm. A hand is the constant receiver of signals from the brain.
Fig: Mounts on the Palm
There are regions in a palm where extra transmissions of signals, bringing extra
blood supply are padded with extra flesh for protection. These areas are called
Mounts in Palmistry. Each mount in the palm is symbolic to a particular
planet in astrology, and represents the same qualities in a person. It is said in
palmistry that the particular features of the different planets are revealed in
the consequent mounts. The planet, which is said to be more prominent, is also
considered as more important in the palm. The mounts on the hand provide
someThe mounts on the hand provide some of the most insight in all of
palmistry.
We are able to see through the mounts how our intellects and emotions
intersect with major life events such as financialwith major life events such as
financial success, educational goals, and relationships. The significance of
any mount is best understood by what lines the mount intersects with.
Though the prominence of a mount over other mounts on the hand gives a
good idea of how certain qualities are distributed amongst the person, the
best way is to understand it through how the different main lines react with
the mounts. Most mounts give an idea of the qualities of a person, such as
their social behaviour, their level of aggression, or their popularity.
They are related to the influences of the planets, which also tell us a lot
about our physical and emotional makeup. The mount is considered bad
mount, which haswhich has Markings, such as,

(i) Horizontal lines

,
(ii) Crosses
(iii)
Grille

Mounts are regions in the palm which are raised flesh. There are numerous
elevations on a palm. Each elevation on the palm represents a planet and is
known as mount. Hand has eight segments or mounts. These mounts act as
a record of the planetary influencplanetary influences on us and our reactions to
these influences. The more elevated amount represents more influence of
the corresponding planet representing the mount. They are named after
several planets in our solar system. Each mount is of different shape and
heights as they have a different significance. Some people have a

strong mount of sun which makes them more successful. Whereas some may
have a strong mount of Venus. Understanding the significance of the mounts is
inevitable. Every mount has a central point. If it is situated at its place then the
characteristics of the particular mount will be apparent. But, if it is displaced
from its place then it is said that the planet adjacent to it has attracted it. Place a
pencil horizontally on the mounts and see through the gaps between the pencil
and the mounts. You can estimate which mount is highly elevated and
protruding out. Roll the pencil till the base of the palm to find out the best
elevated mount. To make them more visible, cup your hand just a little bit and
find one who is the largest or elevated Mount? It indicates the stock of the
career. The following are the twelve mounts in the palm
(1) Mount of Jupiter: The Mount of Jupiter below the index finger. Mount of
Jupiter in a palm depicts fortune, God power, leadership, and self-worth, love of
nature, honour, organization, inclination
optimism, ambition, integrity, compassion, expansion and justice. A well-
developed mount of Jupiter confirms the person to be well educated, of high
esteem and character, honourable and ambitious with healthy self-confidence
and optimistic attitude towards life.
(2) Mount of Saturn: The Mount of Saturn below the middle finger. It is one of
the most important mounts as it is indicative of extraordinary tendencies. The
mount of Saturn showcases the tendencies of discipline, hard work, resolution,
practicality, wisdom, and longevity, responsibility, gloom, stamina, patience,
reliability, caution, solitude and repression responsibility, very fortunate and
grows in their career manifold, rise in their life very high with their own efforts,
neglect their family, have suicidal tendencies, and fall in the category of
criminals such as dacoits, robbers, cheats, murderers etc. The mount of Saturn is
better when merged with the other two side mounts. If the middle finger is just a
nail longer than index or ring finger, it shows balanced Saturn qualities. (3)
Mount of Sun/Apollo: The Mount of Apollo or Sun below the ring finger.
Mount of Sun is the creator of the self. It endows physical self, energy, vitality,
creativity, confidence, authority, piousness and

towards religion, education, knowledge, generosity and compassion, self-

confidence, kindness and grandeur, a genius, famous, cheerful nature and work
in close co-operation with friends in a person`s life. Sun is the symbol of
success, power, and fame. Spine, fatherhood and children, illumination, light,
soul, charisma, personal magnetism, strength, ruler-ship, majesty, authority,
gold, dignity, originality, honour, fame, glory, fortune, extravagance, pride,
arrogance, vanity, fire, and energy. A healthy and well-developed mount of Sun
depicts a person enriched with all these attributes in a well-balanced ways. (4)
Mount of Mercury: The Mount of Mercury below the little finger. Mercury
embodies intellect, communication skills, nervous system, travels, wit,
shrewdness, versatility, reasoning, understanding, interest, education, grasping,
mind, materialistic prosperity, affluence. are able to sell themselves, have good
connection abilities, are interested in inventions and scientific works. In hands
dominated by negative aspects, it shows fickleness, superficiality, nervous
disposition with a hyper tendency to criticise, and lack of emotions in a person.
Normally developed mount of mercury is indicative of talent in communication
and thinking, with good amount of interests and business sense.
(5) Mount of Venus: The Mount of Venus below the thumb. Mount of Venus
bestows one with love, physical appearance, inclination for arts and beauty,
sense of aesthetics, luxuries in life, love for good food and wine, sensualities,
romance, compassion, are licentious, always covet for the opposite sex,
recognize the world properly and enjoy it, have a healthy libido, a strong sex
drive and less patience, and have faith in God and is weak-natured, unloved and
unwanted at home.
(6) Mount of Moon: The Mount of Moon or Luna opposite to the Mount of
Venus and little above the wrist. The mount of moon shows a person`s emotional
side and thinking patterns, maternal emotions, tendency to be artists, musicians
and psychic ability and make castles in the air. A well-balanced mount of Lunar
gives all round success in life, be it in business or personal. good
communication, skill quickness,

as well as writing and mathematical

imagination, creativity, instincts, harmony in sensitivity, intuitions,

relationships, beauty, are lovers of nature and beauty, religious, have A balanced
and creative life lays the foundation for a subject`s harmonious and
accomplished life.
(7) Mount of Mars: The Mount of Mars which is just below the Mount of
Jupiter but inside the Line of life and the Upper Mount of Mars which lies
between the Mount of Mercury and the Mount of Moon. Mount of Mars is
divided in two regions in the palm. The upper mars, also known as the active
Mars, which depict vitality, aggression, straightforwardness, leadership qualities,
dynamism, drive, good health, great energy, do not fall ill so easily, having good
immune system, remains strong, firmness, fearless and frank, powerful, fearless,
courageous, and reach greater heights or get complete success in life. The
negative qualities manifested by it are brutality, coarseness, foolhardy and
immaturity. A well-developed upper mount of mars represents the well-balanced
qualities of the planet. Lower Mars, or Passive mars, depicts inner strength,
stamina and courage. A well-developed Lower Mars shows that the person has
the calibre to go through the trying situations in life with aplomb.
(8) Mount of Rahu/Dragon's head: The Mount of Dragon's head is also a
significant part of the science of palmistry. Mount of Dragon's Head is situated
below the headline, surrounded by the mounts of Moon, mounts of Mars and
mounts of Venus. The fate line passes over this mount while going towards the
mount of Saturn. Hence the Mount of Dragon's head throw important light on the
future life of the individual.
(9) Mount of Ketu/Dragon`s Tail: Mount of Dragon`s Tail is also a significant
part of the science of palmistry. Mount of Dragon's Tail is situated a little above
the bracelets, dividing the mounts of Venus and mounts Moon and is near the
starting point of the fate line. The effect of this planet is more or less like that of
the Dragon's Head. The Mount of Dragon's Tail exerts its influence in the early
years of the age from the 5th year to the 20th year of age.
(10) Mount of Neptune: The Planet, Neptune covers an important place in the
study of palmistry, though its influences on the human beings are very little, but
it is significant one. The place of the Mount of Neptune, on the palm, is below
the headline and above the area of the mount of Moon. A man becomes an
eminent musician, poet or writer if this mount or its area is very prominent. If a
line is seen on this mount and this line meets the fate line a little ahead, the
person gets some position of great importance. (11) Mount of Pluto: The Planet,
Pluto covers an important place in the study of palmistry. Pluto is the eleventh
and final planet, which is considered as significantly important in the Science of
Palmistry. The Mount of Pluto is called 'Indra' in Hindi. Its area on the palm is
below the heart line and above the headline and is situated between the mounts
of Hershel and Jupiter. This mount is the regular feature and can be clearly seen
on the hand of every person. Its influence can be seen only in old age. Hence the
mount of Pluto is completely related with the future life of an individual.
If this mount is very prominent then the person passes his old age happily and
very successfully. He begins to feel happy from the age of 42 onwards and
remains happy in every way till his death. The influence of Pluto on the life of
individual is too little.

Mount of Apollo/Sun

Mount of Apollo is located at the base of the ring finger and on the upper side of
the heart line. It represents kindness, benevolence and affection. Mount of the
Sun (ring finger) has Apollo, with his lyre. The Mount of Mercury (little finger)
is the lawyer. Sun is the karaka of fame and respect. It represents self-
confidence, kindness and grandeur. The sun confers on people an aptitude for the
arts, peace of mind, dignity, a spirit of justice and clarity of thought.
• A Circle indicates fame and name.
• A cross symbol on it signifies that the native will have to go

through a lot of struggle to achieve his goals. He gets success but with lots of
obstacles. Loss of wealth and mental stress always keeps the native disturbed.

• A deep straight vertical line indicates wealth or fame or both or just one career.
• A Grille indicates great vanity and pride.
• A healthy looking, well-developed mount depicts a person enriched with all
these attributes in a well-balanced ways.
• A Square indicates great financial success.
• A Star indicates a mark of distinction and genius and industry combined.
• A Triangle indicates great aptitude for research.
• A well developed mount of Apollo represents a lovable, kind, merciful and a
cooperative individual.
• A Cross indicates inclined to be religious.
• An Island indicates dissipation of energy.
• An overdeveloped mount characterises a person who is too arrogant,
extravagant and vain. They consider themselves to be the sole centre of
existence and are self-cantered and manipulative to the extreme.
• An underdeveloped mount shows the person lacking in all these qualities.
• If it is flat, the person is cold and cynical, lacking appreciation of the finer
things in life.
• If it is overdeveloped, this person is brash, insensitive, and loves to hear the
sound of his/her own voice.
• If Mount of Apollo is flat or unpronounced, it can indicate a person who is dull
and not very outgoing. Making good decisions becomes difficult for this person.
• If Mount of Apollo is normally elevated, it can indicate an outgoing person and
someone who is flexible to changes.
• If the mount is well developed, the person is warm and optimistic, radiating
enthusiasm.
• Many confused lines indicate aim in life not quite clear even though talented,
diversified.
• Mount of Sun represents self-confidence, kindness and grandeur.
• Person with well developed mount of Sun becomes a genius and famous. They
are of cheerful nature and work in close co-operation with friends. This mount
when developed represents artistic side in us.
• Persons with no Mount of Sun leads a very ordinary life. They would be a
boring, dull, selfish and stupid fellow.
• Persons with over developed mount of Sun would be very proud, pompous,
extravagant, arrogant, a flatterer and never be successful.
• Persons with under developed mount of Sun would love beauty but such people
would not gain a success in this field.
• The cross on the mount of Sun is not considered auspicious in any respect.
• The people, in the event of the Sun Mount being badly affected, will have
several diseases such as problems related to the eyes, complaints of heat stroke
and they often suffer from fever. Such people have scarcity of water in them and
so they are seen having heart related ailments, pain in the legs, ailments of the
spine, tuberculosis and fatigue of the mind are also seen.
• This mount when developed represents artistic side in us.
• Three parallel lines indicate a favourable indication to achieve success in one's
career.
• Two lines Concentration on two different occupations.
• When the Mount of Apollo is over-developed, this is an indication of envy,
lack of control over one’s temper and always causing problems with friends,
partners and relationships.

Mount of Dragon's Head (Rahu)

The Mount of Dragon's head is situated below the headline, surrounded by the
mounts of Moon, Mars and Venus on the palm. The fate line passes over this
mount while going towards the mount of Saturn. Hence the Mount of Dragon's
head throw important light on the future life of the individual.
• If the area of the mount of Dragon's Head is prominent and

protruded then the person will certainly be very fortunate.

• If the centre of the palm is deep and the fate line proceeds
ahead in broken condition, then that person leads the life of
a beggar in his youth.
• If the fate line is broken on the palm but the mount of
Dragon's Head is prominent, the person will grow very
wealthy once but he will fall down equally quickly as well.
• If the fate line is deep and clear while passing over the
prominent mount, the person will be proved as a
benefactor, genius, religious-minded and will enjoy all
worldly comforts.
• If this mount changes its position and gets in the centre of
the palm, then the person faces extremely adverse days in
his youth.
• If this mount is less protruded the persons will be of restless
nature and will lose all wealth with his hands.

Mount of Dragon`s Tail (Ketu)

The place of the mount of Dragon`s tail is a little above the bracelets, dividing
the mounts of Venus and Moon. The Mount of Dragon's tail is one of the
significant parts of the palm. The place of the mount of Dragon's tail is a little
above the bracelets, dividing the mounts of Venus and Moon and is near the
starting point of the fate line. The effect of this planet is more or less like that of
the Dragon's Head.
• A child born with this sign on the hand has been seen to get

rich even though born in a poor family.

• A man can advance only when the mount of Dragon's Tail
is prominent, and fate line is clear and prominent. When the
Dragon's tail and the fate line both are simultaneously
prominent then only the man can get full success in life. It is
clear from this that the prominence of Dragon's Tail is very
necessary for a person.
• If the mounts on a man's hand are prominent and
developed in the correct way, then a person can rise fully in
life and gain complete success.
• If this mount is ordinarily prominent and protruded and the
fate line is deep and clear, the person will be fortunate and
will be able to enjoy all pleasures in his lifetime.
• If this mount is unusually protruded and the fate line is
weak then it exerts some contrary influence. In such case
the individual has to experience very hard days in his
childhood. The financial position of his family gradually gets
weaker and weaker and such a child has to face great
difficulties to complete his studies properly. Such a child
also remains sick in his childhood.
• If this mount is undeveloped and fate line is very prominent
yet he cannot mitigate his suffering from poverty in his life.
• The Mount of Dragon's Tail exerts its influence in the early
years of the age. This planet shows its influence from the
5th year to the 20th year of age.

Mount of Jupiter

Mount of Jupiter is present at the base of the index finger and is segregated from
the other mounts by the line of head. It depicts the extent of leadership,
authority, pride, honour and self-praise in an individual. It represents god power,
leadership, self-worth, and ambition, and religion, love of nature, honour,
organization and authority. The developed form of Mount of Jupiter reveals an
ambitious and dominating nature.
• A Black dot indicates loss of fortune and reputation.
• A Circle indicates success due to perseverance.
• A cross and a star indicate most fortunate marriage,

prosperity and happiness in marital life.

• A cross indicate happy marriage
• A large mount indicates a gloomy attitude.
• A single vertical line uncrossed by other lines life crowned

with success due to one pointed aim in life.

• A small line between the Heart and Head lines on this
mount indicates acquisition of wealth.
• A Square indicates protection from social disgrace.
• A Star indicates achievement of one's ambition.
• A triangle indicates success in public life, diplomatic ability
and cleverness, successful political career.
• A well-developed mount of Jupiter confirms the person to
be well educated of high esteem and character, honourable
and ambitious with healthy self-confidence and optimistic
attitude towards life.
• An Island indicates difficulties faced from external sources.
• An overdeveloped mount shows extremes in ambition or
ego, up to the point of being vain.
• An underdeveloped mount shows the person lacking in all
these qualities. The person is less confident, pessimistic
and has lesser prospects in life.
• Confused lines cross one another like a grille indicate
sensuality and licentiousness.
• If it appears over developed and higher than the others, this
may indicate someone who wants to dominate other people
is self-cantered and has a lack of compassion. If there
seems to be a flat or absence of this mount, this is an
indication that one’s self-confidence is low and there is a
presence of a lack of ambition.
• If it appears overly developed, this can mean an individual
who is stubborn to a fault, at times depressed, cynical,
mistrusting, too shy and too isolated from others.
• If it covers a wide area it shows he is generous.
• If it is high it suggests bossiness.
• If the fingers are squares combined with well-developed
mount of Jupiter, then the person is self-willed and cruel in
life in a way.
• If the fingers are very long and the mount of Jupiter is
developed then, the person will be extravagant and
licentious. They will develop the habit to spend much
comparing to the income.
• If the mount is over-developed, the individual could be
arrogant.
• If the mount of Jupiter is absent in a person, there is want
of self-respect in him. They get very little patronage from
their parents. They generally cannot develop the good
habits and are often found in the company of persons of
low ideas and of lower category.
• If the mount of Jupiter is in lower position, the person has to
face defame several times in his life. He earns the
reputation of a slanderous individual in society but gets
complete success in the line of literary pursuits.
If the mount of Jupiter is developed more than necessary
then a person is found to be selfish, proud and self-willed.
He also oppresses others through his qualities of audacious
leadership and authority.
• If the mount of Jupiter is less prominent or under
developed, then there is general deficiency of the superior
qualities in a person.
• The people with mount of Jupiter in hand are physically of
ordinary body and healthy, and have smiling faces. They
have the exceptional capacity to deliver lectures. They have
the great affection for reading and gathering knowledge.
They are kind hearted and great benefactors. They are
more inclined towards the attainment of respect and good
reputation rather than wealth. They have special qualities of
authority, independence and leadership.
• People with mount in Jupiter have soft corner for persons of
the other sex. Males with this kind of mount have very
cordial relations with beautiful and civilized ladies.
• If the mount of Jupiter is well developed and prominent,
then such a person is said to possess godly qualities. While
such person advances himself, he is helpful in raising
others as well. Self-respect conveys a grave significance towards them and they
do everything to safeguard their
self-respect.
• If the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn are equally prominent
and well defined and at the same time intermingled in one
another, then such a person is very fortunate and gets
special success in life.
• If the protrusion of this mount is general and good, the man
has a desire to ahead but he gets married in early age and
his family life is generally happy.
• When the fingers are pointed and the mount of Jupiter is
well developed, then such a person is found to be
superstitious.
• If this mount is flat, the individual could lack confidence.
• If this mount is normally elevated and prominent, this can
indicate an individual who has divine aspects, a strong
spiritual connection, is not self-cantered and has no
problem helping others. This person always has a pleasant
look, and no matter how difficult the situation, he carries a
positive attitude. He shows signs of good health and
respect and compassion for others.
• If this mount is normally elevated, it can indicate an
individual who is friendly and independent, and one who
believes that things happen as they should.
• If this mount is well developed on the palms of females,
instead of the qualities of leadership and authority, they are
prone to submit or yield to others.
• If you are confident the mount will be well rounded.
• Line of Fish
of Jupiter
knowledge and wisdom.
• Mount in Jupiter also indicates that people with this kind of
mount have the exceptional capability to change public in
their favour.
• People having Mount of Jupiter are generally learned.
These persons are always prepared to help others and act
according to the words given. Moreover these people are
benevolent and are highly respected in society. They are
highly calm and composed people. As a result they do not
get disturbed whenever they pass through any difficult
situation. Rather they try to come out of that situation. The indicates one of the
best signs on the Mount and is indicative of prosperity and fame, justices of high
courts and high authorities have well
developed mount of Jupiter.
• Persons with Mount of Jupiter indicate how you perceive
the world and how you want to be viewed by others. It has
a lot to do with your determination, ego, need for power and
control, accomplishment and leadership.
• Persons with no Mount of Jupiter give little respect to their
parents and elders and are found in the company of low
class people.
• Persons with over developed mount of Jupiter are selfish
and egotist.
• Persons with over developed mount of Jupiter are selfish
and egotist.
• Persons with under developed mount of Jupiter have
somewhat different qualities and lack the above qualities.
They have ordinary physique but smiling faces. They love
self respect and reputation and give secondary preference
to wealth. Their attitude is soft towards the opposite sex
and gives more attention to them.
• Persons with well developed mount of Jupiter are learned,
helpful, religious minded and have godly qualities. All the
Judges of various Courts are supposed to have welldeveloped Mount of Jupiter.
• The developed form of Mount of Jupiter reveals an
ambitious and dominating nature.
• The Mount in Jupiter points to the religiosity of the person.
• Two Stars indicate success due to unexpected luck.
• Two vertical Lines indicate success in life is not so assured
because of lack of one aim in life.
• When the mount of Jupiter is leaning towards the mount of
Saturn, then apart from the qualities of leadership and
authority, they have a proneness to remain busy with their
own works. But unfortunately they fail to achieve success in
life. As a result such persons gradually begin to become
frustrated.

Mount of Luna/ Moon

The Mount of Moon is situated at the base of the palm and below the Mount of
Upper Mars opposite the Mount of Venus or thumb. This mount is located
opposite the thumb at the bottom of the hand, near the wrist. The Mount of Luna
symbolizes qualities of awareness, perception, imagination, creativity, beauty,
emotions, creative thinking, and sensual pleasure. The Mount of Moon, also
known as the Mount of Luna, is located on the palm of the hand at its base, on
the little finger side of the hand. It is an indicator of intuition, creativity and
vivid imagination. The mount of Moon or the area of Moon is formed on the
palm on the left of the lifeline and above the bracelet and below the area of
Neptune where it joins the lifeline.
• A Circle indicates aptitude for literary pursuits.
• A compassionate, caring personality is suggested by a welldeveloped Mount of
Luna.

• A Cross indicates superstitious and dreamy disposition.

• A flat mount, on the other hand, denotes imagination and a sense of empathy.
• A flat or absent Mount of Moon can indicate a person who prefers to be at
home and one who might have a good imagination, but shares it only with
himself. It can also indicate someone devoid of imagination who exhibits
pessimism and lacks enthusiasm. This may be a closed down individual, who is
deep in his own thoughts.
• A Grille indicates tendency to worry and discontentment.
• A person goes on voyages several times if zigzag lines are seen on the mount
of Moon.
• A person is imaginative and makes castles in the air if the mount of Moon is
fairly developed.
• A Star indicates Imagination and literary fame.
• A Triangle indicates psychic.
• Building castles in the air is the basic nature of the person with developed
mount of moon. Such persons are too emotional.
• Horizontal lines starting from percussion indicates voyages and travels to
foreign country.
• If circle appear on Moon mount the person may die drowning in the water
during journey.
• If conch shell sign is found on the mount of Moon, then the person succeeds
with his own efforts but he invariably faces difficulties and obstacles. But they
believe in leading the life in a correct way and in co-operating and helping
others.
• If few horizontal lines appear on this Mount then a person shall go on voyages
many times in his life.
• If it appears overly developed, this individual may be letting his imagination
run wild, thus clouding reality. This individual draws himself into his own
fantasies.
• If the cross is located at the mount of Moon, then the native is always seen
living in his imaginary world throughout the day and night. Such a person is
always stressed and feels low on confidence due to unsatisfied desires. He fears
water too.
• If the mount of Moon is ordinarily prominent, then such a person is internally
very beautiful and quite understanding.
• If the mount of Moon is prominent and leans outside then, a person has love of
pleasures. Such persons become indulgent, licentious and aphrodisiac. They
have the tendency of chasing beautiful women uselessly. The main aim in their
life is sex-enjoyment and licentiousness. But this type of pleasure is denied to
them in life, most of the time. In addition to being licentious they are shameless
also.
• If the mount of Moon is very prominent, then such a person becomes a lunatic.
• If the protrusion of the Mount of Moon is visible in the on the upper side, he is
afflicted by diseases like rheumatism or colds.
• If there is a circle on the mount of Moon, then such a person will go out to
foreign countries on political reasons.
• If this mount is leaning a little downwards, such a person is physically weak.
• If this mount is more than necessarily developed, then that person is found to
be fickle-minded, suspicious, frustrated or nearly mad. He suffers from headache
all the time.
• If this mount is seen leaning towards mount of Venus on the palm. They cannot
distinguish between themselves and others and as a result go on getting defamed
in society.
• If this mount is well defined, this can indicate a person with excellent creative
power. This individual has a love of the arts and nature. It also represents one
who has great intuition or psychic abilities, is compassionate and helps any
friends in need. This individual loves the ocean.
• In fact the presence of the mount of Moon on a palm makes a man imaginative,
lover of beauty and emotional.
• Many confused and crossed lines indicate immoral and licentious.
• Moon being the planet of beauty persons with developed mount of emotional
and romantic.
• Mount of Moon represents imagination, beauty, emotions and creative
thinking.
• People with well-developed mount of Moon are creative and admirers of
aesthetic pleasure. They may be artists, musicians or writers.
• Person with well developed mount of Moon are lovers of nature and beauty.
Such persons are religious and have tendency to be artists, musicians and men of
letters.
• Person with well developed mount of Moon are religious and have psychic
ability. They remain in the dream world. They make plans but execution part
remains absent.
• Persons not having the mount of Moon on their palms are hard-hearted and
fully materialistic. Powers and money is the chief spirit of their existence. People
having fighting as trait in their lives have no Mount of Moon in their hand.
• Persons with fully developed mount of Moon are imaginative instead of being
materialistic. Love and beauty are their weaknesses. Since they always dwell in
the world of imagination, they are not able to understand the duplicity and
wickedness of the world and the human existence. Their love affairs or the Love
life is not happy.
• Persons with fully developed mount of Moon are lovers of nature. Such
persons generally remain in dream world rather than in actual world. Such
person cannot face the real world suddenly and are not able to face the
difficulties and struggles that come in the way of life.
• Persons with no Mount of Moon are hard-hearted and materialistic. They have
fighting as their main trait. Persons with over developed mount of Moon are
fickle-minded and suspicious by nature. They suffer from ailments like headache
or migraine.
• Persons with no Mount of Moon are hard-hearted and materialistic. They have
fighting as their main trait. and imagination the
Moon are delicate,
• Persons with over developed mount of Moon are fickleminded and suspicious
by nature. They suffer from ailments like headache or migraine.

• Persons with the mount of Moon is fairly developed hardly have any sense of
struggling. They try to flee from the adverse conditions, if faced. Gradually and
slowly frustration occupies their minds.
• Persons with under developed mount of Moon are imaginative and emotional.
They make castles in the air.
• Small vertical lines on the Mount of Moon indicate frequent abroad visits.
• The absence of the Mount of the moon makes a person, unfriendly and fully
materialistic.
• The inherent nature of the person, with a well-defined Mount of Moon is the
lover & admirer of beauty.
• The line from Mount of Moon reaching the Mount of Jupiter (portion just
below the index finger) reveals fortunate and fruitful journey. People with such
an indication on their palm earn great name and fame in other country.
• The Mount of Moon indicates foreign trips and if this Mount is well developed
with clearly marked lines on it, then all the wishes of the person will be fulfilled.
Also if a line or branch from the lifeline goes towards the Mount of Moon, the
person is likely to settle abroad.
• The people with the prominent Mount of Moon are the lovers of beauty and are
completely unaware about the complexities of the world. Such kinds of people
are often found to live a peaceful life and remain unconcerned with the
deceptions of the world. They make enormous progress in the field of art.
• The people with the prominent Mount of Moon can be successful as eminent
artists, musicians and the men of letters. They are full of religious ideas and
religion is the spirit of their living. They do not do anything under pressure and
they have clear and independent ideas.
• Well developed Mount also indicates psychic ability. They remain in the dream
world. They make plans but execution part remains absent.

Mount of (Lower / upper) Mars

There are two Mounts of Mars on the palm. Mount of Mars is divided in two
regions in the palm. One is upper Mars or also called the Positive Mars or Active
Mars or the Aggressive Mars. The upper mars, also known as the active mars,
depict vitality, courage, aggression, straightforwardness, leadership qualities,
dynamism and drive. The other is lower Mars which is also called the Negative
Mars or Passive Mars or Defensive Mars. The Upper Mount of Mars, or Positive
Mars, is situated below the Mount of Mercury and is positioned between the
Head Line and the Heart Line, below the little finger. It reflects temperament and
on the opposite side of the hand. The Lower Mount of Mars is situated below the
Mount of Jupiter and below life line and above the Mount of Venus near the
thumb. The negative qualities manifested by it are brutality, coarseness,
foolhardy and immaturity, inner strength, stamina and courage. The palm portion
between both the Mounts of Mars is called the Plane of Mars. There are many
similarities between the Upper and Lower Mounts of Mars.
• A Circle indicates trouble from opposite sex.
• A Cross indicates quarrelsome nature and trouble from

others.
• A Grille with an exaggerated Mount indicates Murderous
instincts.
• A Star indicates riches through courageous action mostly
through illegal means like smuggling, etc.
• A thick, well-developed, and firm Mars plane indicates a
highly energized person and a sociable individual.
However, there can be a negative side to this and it may
also be an indication of a rebellious individual who has no
regard for the law or others.
• A Triangle is an excellent indication for military career.
• A well developed mount of Mars represents an individual
who is courageous, fearless and powerful.
• A well-developed Lower Mars shows that the person has
the calibre to go through the trying situations in life with
aplomb.
• A well-developed upper mount of mars represents the wellbalanced qualities of
the planet.
• Ailments related to infuse in the stomach are also noticed
due to the malefic condition of the Mars Mount.
• Amongst, the diseases related to the Mars Mount Blood
Cancer and throat infections feature prudently.
• An overdeveloped mount of Mars shows the person to be
very courageous who thrives on adventures and
excitement.
• An overly developed mount denotes a stubborn, defiant
individual who is not one to enter into a give and take
situation.
• An underdeveloped mount depicts the person to be totally
lacking in courage, vitality, drive and virility.
• Blood related ailments encircle an individual in the event of
the malefic condition of the Mars Mounts.
• If a cross sign appears on the Lower Mount of Mars then
the person shall meet his death in war or while fighting with
others.
• If a zigzag line is found then the person is likely to die in an
accident.
• If it appears overly developed, this individual may be quick
tempered, over indulgent, egotistical and argumentative.
• If it is normally elevated, the individual has strength and is
courageous, well balanced and healthy.
• If the fingers are knotty and the mount of Mars is prominent,
a man certainly meets his death in war while fighting or by a
knife-thrust.
• If the mount of Mars is absent in his palm, a person can be
considered a coward.
• If the mount of Mars is quite developed and the palm is of
reddish colour, then such a person is certain to reach a
high position. Though such person has to face a number of
obstacles and hindrances in their way of life, they are able
to reach their goal in life. A bit yellowish palm however
shows a tendency towards crime. If the colour of the palm
is a bit bluish then such a person is a sufferer of
rheumatism. Such persons are ambitious and they always
keep their aim in mind. They go on moving forward
incessantly towards their goal. Such people can get special
success in dealing in medicines and drugs.
A person likes to be idealistic if the mount of Mars is
prominent and the fingers are angular. Ideals and principles
matter much in their way of living.
• If the other aspects of palm are not positive, but has an
overdeveloped mount of Mars, then these very qualities
may turn the person in brutal force and unnecessary
aggression.
• If there is a cross sign found on the mount of Mars, a man
will surely die in accident.
• If this mount is absent or flat, this is a sign of one’s inability
to express true feelings. There is an inability to avoid
confrontation and anxiety provoking environments.
• If this Plane has a dip in it, it makes a person calm, cool
and patient otherwise it makes a person bad tempered.
• If tucked into the crease of the thumb, indicates well
developed it represents courage and a fighting spirit. If it is
flat it indicates a cruel streak.
• In some individuals these conditions exist since birth while
in others (some) these situations arise in youth or in old
age.
• In the event of malefic Moon Mount water related disorders
are found in an individual and Scarcity of blood, lunacy
(insanity) and tuberculosis also come out prominently in the
event of a malefic Moon mount.
• Individuals whose Venus Mount is malefic suffer from
addition problems and ailments related to reproduction are
found to be seen.
• Many vertical lines
temper.
• Mars represents war.
• One vertical line indicates courage.
• People having prominent Mars zone have good health and
great energy. They do not fall ill so easily i.e. their immune
system remains strong.
• Person with well developed mount of Mars are powerful,
fearless and courageous. They have firmness and a
balance in life.
• Persons who have the Mount of Mars on their palms
become courageous, fearless and frank.
• Persons who have under developed mount of Mars shall
reach greater heights in life. He gets complete success in
life.
• Persons with mount of Mars cannot tolerate the least
injustice in their lives. Persons with mount of Mars, reach a or confused lines
indicate violent very high position in police or in army. Persons with mount of
Mars have in-born quality of administration and with the maturity of age such
leadership qualities are strongly
ingrained in that person.
• Persons with mount of Mars persons are competent leaders
of society.
• Persons with no Mount of Mars can be considered as a
coward and escapist.
• Persons with over developed mount of Mars then the
person would be a villain, and a criminal. He would lead in
all anti-social activities. They possess a rebellious streak.
• Square fingers with the mount of Mars prominent; denote
that the person will be too cautious in his life in dealing with
others. Such persons are clever and crafty. They are
conscious about their own good and keep a special eye
towards it. A person works with reasoning and
consideration
• The Lower Mars below the Mount of Jupiter and below life
line makes a person aggressive, hostile and evil natured.
• The Mount of Mars represents the tall, muscular and strong
physique of the individual.
• The Positive Mars situated below the Mount of Mercury
takes a person to the manufacturing side in business.
• The prominence of the Mount of Mars represents certain
evil effects also such that a person turns out to be a villain,
tyrant and a criminal if the mount of Mars is very prominent.
The prominent Mount of mars also points to the criminal
proneness of an individual. He is always ahead of all in
antisocial activities. He is quarrelsome by nature. He is in
the habit of getting his opinion followed by force. Such
persons are ready to fight on the slightest pretext. They
made the petty problems a big issue. They sacrifice
everything to obtain their rights and are perfect liars and
crafty persons. A man has more evils than good qualities if
the mount of Mars is leaning towards the mount of Venus.
However, there will be very high intensity of every feeling.
Such persons, if are inimical, they will be archenemies but
in case they are friendly disposed, they will be prepared to
sacrifice everything. They are either good friends or are
very good enemies. Such persons are ostentatious, fond of
pomp and show and pretentious display. They are adept at getting their work
done by giving false threats though they are cowards at heart themselves. In truth
such persons with prominent mount of Mars are impolite and harsh. The
visibility of the lines on the Mount of mars safely concludes that the person is of
extremely aggressive nature. Such a person happens to be either a commander in
the army or a
fierce dacoit.
• They are neither coward nor can be easily subdued.
Persons with mount of Mars are brave and have firmness
and balance in their lives.
• Triangle, rectangle or any other sign on the mount of Mars
are not considered auspicious. Such signs on the mount of
Mars clearly indicate the sickness of the man and diseases
of the blood. Moreover the presence of such signs denotes
that the person will remain sick throughout the life.
• When it appears under developed, absent or flat, it can
indicate that a cloud of uncertainty surrounds the individual.
There is also a lack of self-esteem and getting motivated is
difficult. This is also a sign of one’s inability to express true
feelings and having a tendency to withdraw when
uncertainty is there.
• When the Venus Mount is found to be malefic then lung
related ailments are seen and when both the Venus and
Mercury Mounts are malefic then throat related ailments
occur.

Mount of Mercury

Mount of Mercury is situated at the base of the little finger. It is an indicator of

business success, finances, practicality, shrewdness, verbal sharpness and
adaptability. It represents materialistic prosperity and affluence. It is confined by
the imaginary line between the third and fourth finger. It shows the extent of
oratory skills, affluence and spontaneity in an individual. It is an indication for a
Mercurial type. Just as Mercury is the planet of mentality, the Mount of Mercury
(located under the little finger) pertains to the mental aspect of the individual.
Spontaneity and communication skills are also indicated. A good Mount of
mercury has a long straight finger and the finger should reach the middle of the
first phalange of Apollo and has a fine strong hand, big elastic fingers, a big
thumb, a very good Line of Heart ending at the Mount of Saturn without
branches, a clear Line of Head and at times knots developed on the first and
second phalanges of all fingers. They have a small stature but well built,
elongated but pleasing face, youthfulness, light complexion, compactly built and
trim in appearance, forceful expression of countenance, tidy looking, face oval in
shape, expression changing rapidly showing quick play of mind, smooth skin,
fine and transparent hair of chestnut colour and curling at the end. They have
talent for commerce and business, keen observation and sound judgment, shrewd
enough to understand the value of money, crafty, inherently a , industrious, very
quick in the execution of plans, embodiment of quickness, physical and mental
talents, scientific diagnosis, teacher and born actor. pursuits, medical

good surgeon, profession, intuitive faculty of excellent lawyer and effective

However, they have bad early

childhood, not much learning, propensity to fall a prey to bandits and have
tendency to have nervous breakdowns, heart trouble, liver and digestive
disorder.
• A Black spot indicates failure in business.
• A Circle indicates accident - prone.
• A flat or absent Mount of Mercury can indicate a shy

individual who has trouble communicating with others and also someone who
will not achieve much financial success in life.

• A not so developed mount depicts a person who is unable to grasp things

quickly, and is at loss with communication.
• A short horizontal line indicates obstacles and failures in one's career.
• A Square indicates preservation from heavy financial losses.
• A Triangle indicates success in business and politics, which brings material
prosperity.
• A well-developed mount of Mercury represents an individual which is a good
speaker, is prosperous and is always interested in interested in innovations.
• An Island indicates Cheating disposition
• An overdeveloped mount represents a person with great deal of positive
energy, astute business acumen, and extremely restless creative energy
channelized into communication.
• If it appears overly developed, this can signify someone who tends to talk too
much and might not always be truthful. The individual can be greedy and overly
concerned with the acquisition of money and material goods.
• If it is flat, the person is shy, diffident or just plain dull.
• If it is overdeveloped, the person is a glib talker and a consummate liar.
• If the cross symbol is on the mount of Mercury then the person becomes clever
and selfish in life. Since Mercury is the karaka of intelligence, the native uses his
brain in malign strategies to fulfil his wrong deeds. He feels more inclined to
performing illegal activities and climb the ladder of success by manipulating
people.
• If the finger is knotty, then such a person is firm-minded.
• If the fingers of the hand are long and leaning back, ward with Mercury is
prominent, then such a person succeeds very well in cheating. Such people are
also become successful in the career of the cheaters.
• If the little finger is small, the person has sharp intelligence.
• If the mount has a square mark on it then such a person would be a criminal of
higher order.
• If the mount of Mercury is leaning outside the palm then he succeeds well in
business.
• If the Mount of mercury is leaning towards the mount of Apollo, then such
persons are able to get success in life easily and with least effort compared to the
others. Such mounts are seen in the hands of literary men and scientists etc.
• If the mount of Mercury is prominent and complete in itself, then such a person
gains full success in life.
• If the mount of Mercury is very much protruded then such persons are found to
be extremely materialistic. They are mad after money and the main aim of their
life is to accumulate money by any means.
• If the palm of any person is supple and the mount of Mercury is fully
prominent over it, then such a person amasses lakes of rupees by his own efforts.
• If this mount is absent on the palm, and then the person passes his life in
poverty. If the mount of Mercury is ordinarily prominent, then he is interested in
inventions and scientific work.
• If this mount is well defined, this can indicate an individual who has many
interests, is flexible and has very good communication skills. This person will be
successful in business or perhaps psychology and is someone who can read
people extremely well.
• If this mounts is well-developed mount it suggests an individual who likes to
travel a lot and take risks.
• In the event of the Mercury Mount being malefic, ligament (Tendon) disorders
are often found in such individuals. All those ailments which are caused by
ligament disorders are observed in people having malefic Mercury Mount. Bone
Marrow and Mental disorders, stomach ailments and digestion related disease
arise.
• In the event of the Mercury Mount being malefic, such people are complaining
of sleeplessness, afflicted in the vice of the disease of sleeplessness, ailments of
the throat are found in abundance. The throat ailments arise in such individuals.
• Many times gall bladder problems and nose related ailments are witnessed in
individuals du
• Mercury Mounts play an important role in exhaustion related problem. Several
individuals lack voice clarity in them. This is mainly due to ailment of the vocal
cord. All these ailments can arise due to the malefic condition (situation) of the
Mercury Mount.
• Mount of Mercury is the indicator of the wealth, prosperity and success of the
individuals.
• Mount of Mercury represents materialistic prosperity and affluence.
• Normally developed mount of mercury is indicative of talent in communication
and thinking, with good amount of interests and business sense.
• One single vertical line indicates unexpected financial gain.
• People who carry a good mount of Mercury are able mathematician.
• People who carry a good mount of Mercury are able to sell themselves, have
good connection abilities.
good communication skill quickness, as well as writing and mathematical

• People with prominent mount are expert in Psychology and know how to
influence others. They gain success in business. They are after money and their
main aim is to amass wealth.

• Person having well developed mount of Mercury would be interested in

inventions and scientific works. He will be of a warm and receptive nature.
• Persons under the influence of developed Mount of Mercury are able to
successfully complete any work they take in hand. These persons have sharp
intelligence and are able to understand the situations very well. They are
disciplined persons and hence any work they do in their life is done with careful
planning and complete anyhow, in spite of the obstacles coming in their way.
• Persons with greatly developed mount of Mercury are clever and crafty and
such persons are adept in cheating others.
• Persons with Mount of Mercury accompanied with long fingers, and then such
a person appears to be a lover of woman. They enjoy the company of the women
and are found to be accompanied by women most of the time.
• Persons with mount of Mercury very much prominent are fully materialistic do
not think of fair or foul means of gathering wealth and take special interest in
philosophy, science, mathematics etc. Wealth being their sole aim of in life they
do not hesitate to take the opportunity from others. Such persons also become
eminent pleaders, fine speakers and successful actors in their lives. Such persons
gain fame in literary pursuits also. They are found of journeying and wandering
is their hobby. Though materialistic fundamentally such persons gain full
success in their lives
• Persons with mount of Mercury very much prominent are generally found to be
experts in psychology. They have an exceptional capability to understand that
how to influence the person in their front. Such persons gain much success in
business.
• Persons with mount of Mercury very much prominent person is always in
search of right time and is considered clever in taking advantage of such an
opportunity. Such persons are successful speakers and to mould other in their
own favour.
• Persons with Mount of Mercury well developed and with a square mark on it
will be found to be a criminal of a very high order. Moreover such persons are
proved to be harmful for a society. They strongly believe in breaking the law and
are fickle-minded and are experts in indulging in anti-social activities.
• Persons with no Mount of Mercury pass his life in poverty and lack of means.
• Persons with no Mount of Mercury pass his life in poverty and lack of means.
Persons with over developed mount of Mercury are clever and crafty and are
adept in cheating. Sometimes the Mount of Mercury has few vertical lines that
are called the Lines of Affection/Union. These lines indicate the number of deep
emotional links or significant relationships in a person’s life.
• Persons with no Mount of Mercury pass his life in poverty and lack of means.
• Persons with over developed mount of Mercury are clever and crafty and are
adept in cheating.
• Persons with the little finger pointed and the mount of Mercury prominent, they
are found to be very clever conversationalist.
• Persons with the little finger tip flat and the mount of Mercury prominent; they
lend special efficiency in eloquence.
• Persons with the little finger tip square and the mount of Mercury prominent,
they have much reasoning power.
• Persons with under developed mount of Mercury would be a criminal of first
order. They believe in breaking the law. Such people are loner.
• Sometimes the Mount of Mercury has few vertical lines that are called the
Lines of Affection/Union. These lines indicate the number of deep emotional
links or significant relationships in a person’s life.
• They are after money and their main aim is to amass wealth.
• Three to six vertical lines indicates an aptitude for medical studies.
• Too much protrusion of the mount of Mercury is termed beneficial.
Mount of Neptune

The influences of Mount of Neptune on the human beings on earth are very
little. Since Neptune is situated at a very great distance from the earth, it exerts
very little influence on earth. But whatever little influence it exerts on a man's
life on earth, is the significant character of the Neptune is that it exerts a
permanent influence on the way of life of an individual.
• A man becomes an eminent musician, poet or writer if this

mount or its area is very prominent.

• If a cross is found on this mount. Such persons cannot
collect even the basic needs of life.
• If a line is seen on the Mount of Neptune and this line
meets the fate line a little ahead, the person gets some post
of great importance.
• If a line starts from the Neptune and cuts the Headline, then
such a person certainly becomes insane and the greater
part of his life passes in a lunatic asylum.
• If Mount of Neptune is developed more than enough then
such a person's life is full of grief and his family life is spoilt.
Such persons are found to be maniac, suspicious and
cruel.
• If the mount of Neptune is developed and meets the mount
of Hershel, then it has some s evil effects. Such person will
surely commit murder in the near future in order to obtain
wealth. Such persons are also careless about their own
works but repent after it has been completed. He passes
his whole life in poverty and destitution
• The area of the Mount of Neptune on the palm is below the
headline and above the area of the mount of Moon.
• The leanings of the Mount of Neptune have enough
significance in exerting permanent effect on the person. If
this mount has a tendency to lean more towards the mount
of Moon then the person is found to be of a person of low
calibre and of low mentality. Moreover he also indulges in
anti-social activities.
• The person with the leanings of the Mount of Neptune
towards Venus is socially irresponsible.
Mount of Pluto

The Mount of Pluto is called 'Indra' in Hindi. Its area on the palm is below the
heart line and above the headline and is situated between the mounts of Hershel
and Jupiter. This mount is the regular feature and can be clearly seen on the hand
of every person. The mount of Pluto just represents change, and understanding
what is going to change in the future can be very beneficial to a person.
Therefore, in most cases when dealing with the mount of Pluto, understanding
that its location is near the pink finger just below the base where the mount of
mercury is located, it is safe to say that the main lines that are likely to touch the
mount of Pluto are the heart line and the fate line. Respectively, the heart line
and the fate line are very different. The fate line represents career success and
failures whereas the heart line represents emotional stability and attachments.
However, these are the two that are most applicable to the meaning of the mount
of Pluto, which is indeed, change or transformation.
• If a cross sign is found on this mount, the person will die

before the age of 45 in an accident.

• If one happens to have a palm that shows the mount of
Pluto being intersected by the fate line, this will usually
mean a change of career. It could represent a small
change, such as a change in job duties, but because of the
grandiosity of Pluto, this usually means that something
even more important will be occurring such as a total
change in job direction. Think of going from accounting to
marine biology. This would show a complete 180 in terms
of career path, which is just what the mount of Pluto is there
to show.
• If the mount is not prominent, the person is considered
unlucky. His nature becomes irritable and troublesome. The
influence of Pluto though significant enough, its influence
on the life of individual on earth is too little.
• If the mount is too prominent, the person is found to be
rude, illiterate and prodigal and has to face difficulties at
every step in life; also he is not able to get any co-operation
from friends or members of the family.
• If this mount is very prominent then the person passes his
old age happily and very successfully. He begins to feel happy from the age of
42 onwards and remains happy in
every way till his death.
• If you have a heart line which manages to cross with the
mount of Pluto, because the secondary and more specific
definition of the heart line is about relationships rather than
general emotions, this can mean a change of relationship.
For some, this may mean a hard break-up or a rough patch
in their relationship in general. For others, this may mean a
divorce, or perhaps a marriage. Generally the person that is
having their palm read will be well aware of the state of
their relationship and will be able to accurately predict what
this intersection with the mount of Pluto really means in
specific terms.
• Mount of Pluto influence can be seen only in old age.
Hence the mount of Pluto is completely related with the
future life of an individual.

Mount of Saturn

Mount of Saturn is situated at the bottom of the middle finger popularly known
as Finger of Saturn. Mount of Saturn is segregated from the other mounts by the
heart line. It is one of the most important mounts as it is indicative of
extraordinary tendencies. Person with well developed mount of Saturn are
responsible and wise people. They are very fortunate and grow in their career
manifold. Such people rise in their life very high with their own efforts. They
totally get engrossed or involved in their work and sometimes neglect their
family. Saturn represents justice, analysis and wisdom. The Mount of Saturn
represents sanity, sobriety, introversion and karmic events such as good or bad
luck. Mount of Saturn is an indication for saturnine type. It is indicative of
extraordinary tendencies.
• A flat Mount of Saturn means the bearer is outgoing and

optimistic.
• A good long palm with bony elastic fingers has finger of
Saturn unusually long, straight and erect and a very strong
thumb. A good long palm with developed Mount of Saturn
has line of Heart deep, straight, thin and sword like ending
and a good Girdle of Venus. The physical features of a
person with developed Mount of Saturn is that he is tall,
slim with angular body contours, a cold appearance, lacking
in sympathy and social feeling, skin sallow, rough, dry and wrinkled cheek and
bones quite high with hair thick and black, straight and harsh and eyebrows thick
and stiff and narrow hairy chest with very high shoulders, stooping appearance
and neck long and lean. They are sad and sober, extreme prudence, love of
solitude and seclusion, cynical in outlook, sceptical, given to fatalism, fond of
occult sciences, and research conservative by nature and dislike of opposite sex,
reserved, hates pleasure and fun, serene, calm and enduring and spirit of
adventure. They are bilious type, prone to diseases and accidents of feet and
legs, vulnerable to the following diseases, such as, paralysis,
diarrhoea and elephantiasis.
•
• A well developed Mount of Saturn means the bearer has a
well developed sense of responsibility.
• A well developed mount of Saturn represents an analyst
retreated in himself to seek wisdom.
• Cross on the Mount of Saturn indicates loss of wealth.
Cross also indicates dental problems can arise over and
over again due to the effect of this symbol. Those who are
in business have to suffer from a lot of obstacles to get the
work done.
• Disorder or Paralysis attacks are also found to occur in the
event of the Saturn Mount being infected and person
becomes peevish (irritable) at times.
• If other palm features are indicative of an overall positive
personality, then saturnine people are responsible, wise
and stubborn, though subjected to over caution, solitude
and gloom.
• If overdeveloped and combined with long fingers are cold
and distant.
• If the middle finger is just a nail longer than index or ring
finger, it shows balanced Saturn qualities.
• If the mount of Saturn and the mount of Mercury both are
developed, then such a person becomes a successful
physician or a businessman. People with such finger never
lack money throughout their life.
• If the mount of Saturn is fully developed then the person is
highly fortunate and rises very high in life with his own
efforts.
• If the mount of Saturn is leaning towards the mount of
Jupiter then it represents a different feature. Such
inclination gives suspicious indications. Such persons get
respectable place in society and are held in high esteem in
the society.
• If the mount of Saturn is leaning towards the mount of Sun
then such persons are lazy, poor. Such person also has the
tendency to be dependent upon fate. They suffer from
frustration and they see the gloomy picture in every work.
They are not able to get any help from relatives and often
sustain loss in business.
• If the mount of Saturn is missing in the palm, then such a
person's life has no importance.
• If the Saturn qualities are absent and the middle finger is
shorter than required, then the person is totally lighthearted.
• If the tip of the finger is squares and the mount of Saturn is
prominent, the person makes spectacular progress in the
field of agriculture or chemistry.
• If the tip of the finger of Saturn is pointed and the mount of
Saturn is prominent, the person will be an imaginative one.
• If there are more than necessary lines on the mount of
Saturn then such a person are found to be coward and very
licentious.
• If this mount is absent in the palm of a person then he will
not be able to get special success or respect in life.
The finger of Saturn is called the deity of good-luck
because the fate line ends at the base of this finger.
• If this mount is protruded ordinarily, then the person has
more than necessary faith in fate and does not succeed in
his plans. Such persons have very few friends; they are
obstinate by nature and are non-religious.
• In case of saturnine people, the mount is actually raised in
the centre and has an independent existence. In that case,
the attributes of the planet are quite prominent in the
person.
• In case the negative saturnine traits are indicated, the
person is ambitious, cold and downright ruthless.
• Individual affected by the infected condition of the Saturn
Mount can even take the extreme step of committing
suicide. Apart from other reasons, the main cause of this situation is that the
individual get so much upset (annoyed)
with his illness that the desire to live in him is finished.
• Mount of Saturn is indicative of extraordinary tendencies.
Person with well developed mount of Saturn are
responsible and wise people. They are very fortunate and
grow in their career manifold. Such people rise in their life
very high with their own efforts. They totally get engrossed
or involved in their work and sometimes neglect their family.
• One Single fine vertical line indicates calm and serene
throughout the life and happy old age
• Person with good Mount of Saturn is unconcerned with
society, and one may expect an asocial nature from one
who possesses a very strongly developed mount. Its
meaning is greatly intertwined with the line of fate, which is
primarily concerned with one's course in life, i. e. career,
business, direction, and drive. Mount of Saturn represents
wisdom and discernment, just like the planet it is named
after.
• Person with well developed mount of Saturn are
responsible and wise people. They are very fortunate and
grow in their career manifold. Such people rise in their life
very high with their own efforts. They totally get engrossed
or involved in their work and sometimes neglect their family.
• Persons with developed mounts in Saturn, generally keeps
himself aloof from the worldly matters. Their sole aim is to
reach their goal. Hence they constantly make effort to move
forward towards their goal. He always remains engrossed
deeply in his work. As a result they hardly care about the
family and the other household activities. By nature they
are generally irritating and suspicious. With the advance in
age, they become more mysterious.
• Persons with highly developed mount of Saturn have
suicidal tendencies. They generally fall in the category of
criminals such as dacoits, robbers, cheats, and murderers.
• Persons with no Mount of Saturn have no importance in
their life. Such persons have very few friends in their life.
• Persons with prominent mount of Saturn are wizards. They
make extraordinary success in the fields like engineering,
science, literature and chemistry. They are found to have
developed a sound career graph. Such persons are thrifty
in their lives and believe in having more immovable property. Hence they work
hard for the increase of their property. They are not called as the connoisseurs of
arts. As a result they have less inclination towards music and dancing. They are
suspicious by nature from their early childhood and look with suspicion on their
own sons and
wives.
• Sometimes the mount of Saturn is found to be very much
developed then the person is prone to commit suicide in his
life. It is said that this mount is very prominent in the hands
of dacoits, cheats and robbers. The mount of such persons
is generally yellowish or pale. Their palm and skin are pale
compares to the other individuals. Irritability, which is the
chief feature of their character, is clearly seen in their
nature.
• Swelling spirit in the nerves is also observed in people
dominated by Saturn Mounts and in most of the situations
some ailment or the other is surely found in the feet of
these individuals. Several lane (infirm) people come under
this category.
• Teeth-Problems related to the teeth or the ears can be
noticed in the event of the Saturn Mount being infected.
The ailments of the Saturn Mount are of long duration, i.e.
they are the ones which run for a long time.
• The mount of Saturn is a measure of one's soberness and
studiousness. Those with well-developed mounts can be
expected to enjoy solitude and possess prudence and
patience in their expectations and actions. Where the
mount of Venus contributes to one's social virtues, the
mount of Saturn is unconcerned with society, and one may
expect an asocial nature from one who possesses a very
strongly developed mount. Its meaning is greatly
intertwined with the line of fate, which is primarily
concerned with one's course in life: their career, business,
direction, and drive.
• The Mount of Saturn is the indicator of the extra ordinary
forces; hence the development of this mount on the palm is
indicative of extra-ordinary tendencies in the respective
individual.
• The Mount of Saturn represents sanity, sobriety,
introversion and karmic events such as good or bad luck,
wisdom and discernment.
• The Mount of Saturn represents sanity, sobriety,
introversion and karmic events such as good or bad luck.

Mount of Venus

Mount of Venus is built around the base of the thumb and is located under the
thumb and surrounded and limited by the age line and is divided by the age line.
The Mount of Venus the physical body and how you feel in it. It represents the
actual manifestation of the concept of love. It reflects the presence or absence of
grace, charm, sensuality and beauty. Mount of Venus designated by the lovers, is
the
amount of love, a taste for form in art, architecture and sculpture, and for style in
literature; it also is also associated with the soul, with tenderness, kindness,
charity and grace, and in music with melody. It also represents a sense of
aesthetics, the luxuries of one’s life and the passion for good food and wine.
• A Black spot indicates a tendency to contract venereal

disease.
• A Circle indicates extreme sexual potential.
• A flat or absent Mount of Venus can indicate a person who

does not have a connection to family life, faces many troubles and might
possibly suffer from an illness or other hardship. It can also indicate someone
who easily criticizes others and who is not taken in by physical beauty.

• A flat thumb and the mount of Venus is prominent fills a man with thoughts of
kindness.
• A high Venus mount indicates a predisposition for hedonism, promiscuity, and
the need for instant gratification.
• A non-existent Venus mount indicates little interest in family matters.
• A person with a cross sign on the mount of Venus is not considered good in
terms of love life. The native is not able to tolerate the consequences that he has
to fact in this love life and often has to suffer from mental problems. Such
people can also become insane that further leads to controversies in his life.
• A Star indicates brilliant marriage.
• A Triangle Indicates highly tactful in love affairs.
• A very puffy mount of Venus may mean that the person will fear commitment.
They may have a lot of affairs and one night stands. It may be contradicted if the
same amount of Venus is supported with a strong head line and a steady thumb;
the person may channelize all his or her emotions in searching for the perfect
match and fall in love once and get married to the same person.
• Absence of the mount of Venus fills a person's life with troubles and miseries
and makes the person insensitive.
• Heavily developed Mount shows a strong sex drive and less patience in such
acts. They do not have any faith in God.
• If certain fine lines on it and another straight line on this mount indicate that
the person will have a lot of emotions and passions.
• If developed slightly more or less can make impossible difference to your life.
• If it appears over developed, this may indicate an individual who overindulges
and is promiscuous. It can also denote an individual who seeks instant
gratification.
• If the cross is placed directly on the mount of Venus then only the native has to
suffer from such traumas in his life. Even a slightest shift in the position of the
cross eliminates the ill-effects of the symbol.
• If the mount of Venus is fully prominent but his headline is not balanced, then
such a person gets bad name in love affairs and sex matters. The love life of such
individuals with the mount of Venus generally is guided by the sexual matters.
• If the Mount of Venus is highly developed, it is interpreted as, someone who
has over indulged in several of Venus’s factors which may include food, wine,
or even love.
• If the mount of Venus is leaning towards the mount of Mars, he is found to be a
victim of different rape cases in his life.
• If the mount of Venus is ordinarily prominent, then the person will have the
sense of beautiful pure love and will be sensitive. He does not behave delicately
in the sphere of love.
• If the palm is smooth and soft and the mount of Venus is very prominent, it
shows that the person will prove himself as a successful lover and an eminent
poet.
• If the tip of the thumb is square and the mount of Venus is prominent, then
such a person is considered to be wise and acts after careful consideration.
• If this mount is less prominent in any person's hand then he is coward and
weak-natured.
• If this mount is normally elevated, it can indicate an attractive and healthy
individual who is passionate about the arts and the finer things in life. It can also
represent someone who is well respected, influential and enjoys the benefits of
true friendships.
• In some cases the mount of Venus is absent and can lead the person to being
like ascetic, a person who renounces all material things or a mendicant or a
person who relies on charitable donations. It may also signify a person who
removes himself from all public interaction and lives a life in isolation and the
individual lacks all the senses of which Venus rules.
• It is often found that people with strong Mount of Venus get into many affairs
before they find the right pair. The main reason being they are emotional and
deal with heart and not with mind as a result they don’t realize their mistakes
easily.
• Many confused lines indicates passionate disposition.
• People who have a high or fleshy Mount of Venus is said to be beautiful and
very civil individuals. They are also highly influential with their personalities.
• People with prominent mount of Venus are found to be brilliant and handsome.
• People with prominent Mount of Venus generally suffer from the diseases of
throat. One of the chief character traits of such people is that, they do not have
any faith in God. In their lives they have a large number of friends and they
think love and beauty to be a perpetual thing in the world.
• People with well developed mount of Venus are beautiful and attract the
opposite sex.
• Person with prominent mount of Venus has very attractive face. Such people
are automatically attracted towards a person. They face difficulties smilingly and
are always alert about their duties and responsibilities. They at the same time are
socially responsible and care for the collective and public interests. They have a
natural inclination towards beautiful and artistic things, which is considered as
one of the essential traits of such people.
• Person with the mount of Venus is very prominent are found to be aphrodisiac
and licentious. Such persons are slaves of worldly pleasures.
• Person with well developed mount of Venus are licentious and always covet
for the opposite sex. Such people recognize the world properly and enjoy it.
People with well rounded Mount of Venus have a healthy libido. Heavily
developed it shows a strong sex drive and less patience in such acts. They do not
have any faith in God.
• Persons having the mount of Venus of a high order are beautiful and perfectly
civilized. Such persons are very healthy and are able to influence the man in
front of them by their personality. Such persons do not lack courage, which is
the basic feature of their character.
• Persons with highly developed Mount of Venus tend to generally suffer from
diseases that affect the throat region.
• Persons with no Mount of Venus are ascetic and are least bothered about their
family. Their life becomes full of troubles and miseries.
• Persons with no Mount of Venus are ascetic and are least bothered about their
family. Their life becomes full of troubles and miseries.
• Persons with over developed mount of Venus are smart, good looking and
civilized. They enjoy good health. With their good nature and civilized sense
they are able of influence others.
• Persons with prominent mount of Venus have the capability to recognize the
world and enjoy it properly.
• Persons with under developed mount of Venus would be weak-natured,
unloved and unwanted at home.
• Persons with very prominent mount of Venus are licentious and always desire
for the opposite sex.
• The absence of the mount of Venus in any palm led the person to be like an
ascetic or a mendicant or a recluse. Such persons generally do not have any
interest for family life.
• The effects of cross gets null and void if the hands of the native is soft or has a
complicated structure of lines.
• The minor lines and the influence lines will modify what the main lines
promise.
• The Mount of Venus is the biggest of all with hand oval shaped, beautiful and
of medium size with soft fingers with conic tips.
• The person is very attractive, handsome, graceful, shapely and well balanced,
medium height, white complexion tinted with pink, round face and white regular
teeth.
• The person with developed Mount of Venus has tendency to develop venereal
diseases, tuberculosis and heart and lung diseases.
• The person with developed Mount of Venus is sociable, elite, love of life, kind
hearted and sympathetic, gifted with grace of gestures, ease of manners and
elegance of deportment and fond of new clothes with bright colours
• Those with the strong influence of Venus have a lot of friends and friends for
life. They reach out to people and have an inborn passion for life. They have a
love for luxury and live life king size. They are known for gifting lavish gifts
and also fall in love very easily not only with people but also with things. They
are physically very demanding and passionate in their approach. They look for
people who are attractive and also have a strong personality.
• Too many of these lines may mean that the person will have a lot of affairs at
the same time. A flirt is the best word that can describe these people.
• Two or three vertical lines indicate inconstancy in love with great sexual
potency.
• Underdeveloped Mount of Venus shows poor health.
• Vertical line going to Mount of Mars Indicative of a love affair.
• While the tip of the thumb is conical and the mount of Venus is prominent,
then the person has artistic taste.

Mount of Health Ailments

There are two different situations of Mounts arising when we throw a glance at
the palm. The first condition resembles a pit while in the other one it is elevated
(raised). Contrary this, several times apart from both the above mentioned
conditions, i.e. pit like or elevated, there is another condition which is regarded
as normal condition. This pit like or elevated condition alone is the birth place or
place of origin of the mounts. In this order, we will first of all discuss the
condition of Mount Jupiter. Jupiter dominated people are very fond of eating.
Their digestive system begins to deteriorate because of excessive eating as a
result, stomach related problems like swelling of the liver, indigestion etc arise.
Obesity in Jupiter dominated people continues to grow due to the absence of
control on the diet which gives rise to several diseases. Ailment like diabetes and
dyspepsia can be diagnosed through Mount Jupiter. The problem of swelling
(inflammation) is found in abundance in Jupiter dominant individuals. Several
diseases arise because of this swelling also. Here it would not be improper to
mention that these ailments arise only in the event of unfavourable planetary
position of Mount Jupiter. Often, domination of bile is found in Jupiter
dominated individuals. Due to this very domination strong possibility exists for
occurrence of diseases like Gout (Rheumatism). Apart from this, the infected /
debilitate condition of Mount Jupiter gives rise to unconsciousness, liver and gas
related problems or ailments. The above mentioned ailments generally arise
when Mount Jupiter is debilitate or infected in any way. Several diseases arise
when the condition of Mount Saturn in the palm is unfavourable. Amongst them
the main ailments are gastric disorders and gout (rheumatism). These ailments
also occur in the event of the condition of Mount Jupiter and also affect the
individual when the condition of Mount Saturn is infected. Proximity of both the
Mounts to each other is also one of the reasons for this situation. If the condition
of the Saturn Mount is not appropriate in an individual’s palm then the
possibilities of his getting involved in an accident are more. He takes a long time
to recover. In other words, such an individual will be rid of the ailment in a
longer time period than usually taken and some mark or sign of the accident will
surely be found. For example, there will definitely be a limp in his walk
(movement), although he may have been fully cured.

Mount of Wealth Yoga

When the Venus mount is good, Fate line is clear and Head line is long and it
has a hook formation rising at the end, then you will become rich by your own
efforts and intelligence. When a line rises from Life line and proceeds towards
Saturn mount, it represents sudden gain of wealth or property. There will be
sudden promotion in the job. When there is a line rising from inside the Venus
mount and reaching Saturn mount, it represents wealth from spouse. In some
cases it represents inheritance from relatives. When there is a line rising from
Moon mount and reaching Saturn mount, the person rises in the life with the
help of others. It also represents wealth from ladies, either from mother or wife.
When there is a line rising at the middle of the palm, going to the Saturn mount,
the person faces a lot of financial problems till his middle age. There would be
financial troubles to his parents during his childhood. But he will achieve social
status and become rich by his own efforts from his middle age onwards.

Mounts of Trouble to Parent

When there is a line rising at the middle of the palm, going to the Saturn mount,
the person faces a lot of financial problems till his middle age. There would be
financial troubles to his parents during his childhood. But he will achieve social
status and become rich by his own efforts from his middle age onwards. When
Fate line is curved and going towards Jupiter mount, there will be growth seen in
the areas of politics, business and profession. This is an essential line that every
political leader should have in his hands. Two vertical lines parallel to each other
indicates consistent efforts bring success rather late in life. A number of lines are
indicative of illluck. Many lines climbing the Mount in the direction of Jupiter
like a ladder indicates a gradual rise in public recognition. A Grill indicates a life
of ill-luck. A Star indicates a high position achieved, but opposition too from
enemies. A Cross indicates accident and prone to childlessness. A Circle
indicates success in spiritual field and concentration and meditation of the
highest degree achieved. A Square indicates preservation from unexpected
misfortune. A Star within a Square indicates escape from assassination. A
Triangle indicates special aptitude for occult sciences.
Mounts of Overseas Trade & Travel

A well-developed Mount of Moon with horizontal line and welldefined Mount

of Mercury indicate successful overseas trade. Clear, straight, deep, and well-
defined lines are considered lucky where as broken lines reveals trouble and
obstacles in overseas Trade & Travel.

Mount of Richness

There are some mounts and lines in the palm which make any one fortunate in
financial matters. They raise a person to wealth even if he is born in poverty.
The mounts Sun, Venus and Jupiter should be good in your palm. These regions
below the fingers should be wide and high. Sun represents success in all matters.
Venus gives luxurious life and Jupiter leadership qualities.

5
Loops in Palmistry
The loop consists of many ridges or lines in-circling a point or includes a tri-
radius on the palm. The palm loops have a tendency of resembling lassos. These
are not full circles; instead they are half circles which have open ends. The
Hindu Palmistry concerns three types of Loops: (i) Shankh which resembles the
ulnar and radial loop; (ii) Chakra or whorl; and (iii) Shakti resembling the
composite. These are the ridge patterns recognized in the Hindu school of
palmistry. Loop: When the loop is found on one finger, the subject is happy; on
two fingers, it is not a favourable sign; and on three fingers it is a bad sign; on
four fingers it is not a good omen; and on five fingers it is not auspicious; but it
is a sign of prowess if found on six fingers; when placed on seven fingers subject
lives in kingly comfort; while on eight fingers one is as noble as a king; and on
nine fingers one must live like a king; on Mount of Jupiter, it indicates unsteady
spendthrift; on Mount of Saturn, it symbolizes many accomplishments of a sage
person with a scientific outlook; on Mount of Apollo, he will lose all his wealth
in business; and on Mount of Mercury, the losses will be in manufacturing.
Whorl: When the whorl is found on two fingers it indicates honours in the
courts of kings; on three fingers it is a sign that subject will become wealthy; but
on four fingers, the subject will become a pauper; on five fingers indicates a
hedonist; on six fingers indicates passion satisfied; while on seven fingers is a
sign of virtue; on eight fingers indicates one prone to disease; on nine fingers
predicts the rise of a king; on ten fingers is the sign of the highly spiritual man;
on the thumb, and on life line, the subject will inherit property; on Jupiter finger,
the subject will benefit through relations with friends; on Saturn the benefit
comes from the church, religion or on religious authority; on Apollo the whorl
indicates benefit through trade and one who enjoys prestige and happiness; on
Mercury it is a sign of benefits to be found in manufacturing, science and
authorship.
Composites: When composites are found on one finger such a person is very
happy; on two fingers the subject is an orator; on three fingers we find a very
rich subject; on four fingers subject is virtuous with the Shakti; on five fingers,
the subject is philosopher (vedantin); and on six fingers, such a subject possesses
high level thinking ability; on seven or more fingers, they are the sign of success
in life.
Fig: Loops on Palm

If the centre of a finger loop is pointed towards the thumb then it is known as a
Radial Loop and when this is pointed towards the Saturn, it is Ulnar Loop. The
Ulnar loop is the most common. The loop is found on the most typical finger
print taken on the hand. There are nine loops on human palm. These loops are
not common on the palms of every person. If you have loops, be assured that
you will know how your body real works. Most of our hands have at least one
loop somewhere. Although it can be very small but it is worth taking a close
look at your hand and see whether you can spot them. They have good
communication skills and all round capability. Each person has a Loop on palm;
Whorl or Arch on each fingertip, a Triradius on the Mount of Luna or beneath
each finger, and most will also have two other Whorls or Loops elsewhere on the
hand. Patterns can also be found on the second and third phalanges of each
finger. Loops can rise towards the fingertips, or fall towards the wrist. The
Common Loop moves towards the thumb, while the Radial Loop (Reverse
Loop) moves towards the percussion side of the hand. The Triradius (also called
the "Delta") can be used to pinpoint the exact centre of each mount. The Mounts
can then be seen as cantered, leaning, or displaced. The three types of Whorls
are the Spiral, the Bulls-eye, and the Double Whorl (also called the Double
Loop). The Spiral and Bulls-eye prints are quite similar in their interpretations,
the latter giving slightly more focus. Anywhere on the hand the Whorls highlight
and emphasize that particular region, making it an area of focus in the subject's
life. The Double Whorl is perhaps the most misunderstood of all
Dermatoglyphic markings. In general, interpret the Double Whorl as you would
the other Whorls, but because it is made up of two interconnected loops, there is
one major difference. Until the personality is developed there will be a strong
tendency towards exaggeration, manipulation, and subversive actions in the area
of life indicated. For example, a person with the Double Loop on both thumbs is
likely in early life to use deceit to help assert their will over others. Owners of
this print gravitate towards dramatic careers, and with daily effort can easily
attain great renown. The various Loops found on Palm are, such as, Loop of
Arch; Loop of Composite; Loop of Courage; Loop of Empathy; Loop of
Environmental Response; Loop of Heart Problems; Loop of Humour; Loop of
Inspiration; Loop of Vocation; Loop of Water; Loop of Medical Stigmata; Loop
of Memory; Loop of Music; Loop of Nature; Loop of Rajah; Loop of Vanity;
Loop of Seriousness; and Loop of Whorl or Double Loops.

Loop of Arch
This pattern can appear as a Flat Arch, or a Tented Arch. Pay special attention to
any Arch which rises very high. These people become deeply involved in
everything that they do.

Loop of Bee (small whorl)

Located at the centre of the Venus mount, the presence of the Bee indicates a
person who has a deep interest in music made by stringed instrument such as
violin, cello or a guitar. There is a belief that a small whorl in the centre of the
Venus mount is evidence of a special gift in stringed instruments. This is called a
bee loop.

Loop of Composite

This is a rare print. People with this Loop have trouble making mind and are
difficult to deal with.

Loop of Courage

The Loop of Courage is located below the start of the life line. The courage loop
is found on the thumb and it looks like a web. When a person has this loop, it
means that the subject has a great capacity for valour and bravery. This can be
both mental and physical. These people place a lot of emphasis on enjoyment in
life. They even at times try to introduce leisure activities into their profession in
order to enjoy life. To have both a courage loop and an empathy loop is
considered lucky. This loop belongs to people who are courageous and fearless.
The courage loop is quite uncommon and shows courage, bravery, and concern
for their fellow man over their own health and life. When there are a lot of X
marks in the cup of the hand they seek military, police force, or Special Forces
careers.

Loop of Empathy

This loop can be seen at the bottom of your hand between the Mount of Venus
and Moon, near the Life Line and above the wrist Rascettes. As the name
suggests, empathy loop indicates that the owner takes a special interest in others.
He or she is able to feel compassion for other people. The person who has this
loop is filled with plenty of kindness with a great interest on other people. To
have both a courage loop and an empathy loop is considered lucky. The
pronounced mount of the moon is often seen in those with strong psychic gifts,
clairvoyance and sensitivity. These people show remarkable care and concern
for others often to their own detriment, when they understand you they really
understand you because they feel what you feel. It can also show a propensity
for the visual arts.

Loop of Environmental Response

This loop normally originates from the thumb especially near the base of the
finger. The subject can at times have a high affinity for saving the world. They
are usually very sensitive to the movements and the magnetic shielding of planet
earth, but they are not aware of this. This will come to manifest many riches in
various ways that is a point of little importance to other people. The other feature
of these individuals is having fear that a given venue is not right for some
intended purpose such as a wedding or rally. The people will have the power to
locate things that are placed somewhere minus seeing them physically, for
instance, they might have the ability to locate a source of underground water
during the placement of wells. Funny enough, these individuals will have to
place their feet on the ground when recharging their batteries. As usual, it is
essential to look at a wide variety of hands so that you can get familiar with such
types of markings.

Loop of Heart Problems

Short nails are often found among people with a history of heart problems. Arch
fingerprints are also associated with people who have heart problems and high
blood pressure. The simian line is also associated with people who may have
heart problems. If the heart line also has pronounced chaining it may indicate
heart problems. A complete breaking up and fragmenting at the end of the heart
line often occurs in people before a heart attack. When you see people with
clubbed fingertips this is another sign.

Loop of Humour

This is found between the Apollo and mercury fingers and indicates a dry sense
of humour. It is a good sign signifying a sense of humour and a love for animals.
If you have loop of humour on your palm then you tend to value pleasure and
comfort over status and financial rewards. You take life easy and often prefer to
take jobs that you enjoy rather than those which are well paid. The loop means
that the subject likes the good things in life. These people can do boring work
even if the remuneration is low. Their major aim is to be happy in life. These
people like to take life with a pinch of salt. In some instances, one can have both
the loop of seriousness and the loop of humour. If that is the case for the subject,
then it is a pointer that the subject does not take life seriously and is capable of
achieving many goals in life. On top of that, it means that they have a clear path
towards success. There life is likely to be filled with happiness. The humour
loop shows a person with the ability to see the humour in many situations, they
like a good time. They work for the joy of it and are seldom found in mundane
jobs and will choose less pay for a job that is fun. Not interested in being the
most successful, but is a joy to be around, they have the ability to uplift those
around them. Though a bit of an anomaly, there are those who have both humour
and seriousness, these lucky folks will have drive and ambition with an uplifted
spirit and youthful exuberance.

Loop of Inspiration

Raising from the wrist up the centre of the palm it is often associated with poets.
Loop of Nature: This loop lies across the mount of Luna. People with this loop
have a strong connection to animals and nature.

Loop of Vocation

This is found between the Saturn and Apollo fingers and reveals a strong
dedication to work.

Loop of Water

Flows down towards the Luna mount and indicates a strong affinity to water.

Loop of Medical Stigmata

There is a pattern often found on the hands of medical people which is called the
medical stigmata. It is a small patch of vertical lines beneath the little finger.
People with this marking are drawn to medical or social work. It is very common
on the hands of nurses yet less common on the hands of doctors. This is
interesting because it shows that some doctors choose their career path for
money and prestige where as it tends to show that nurses are more emotionally
involved in this choose of career. A hand with the medical stigmata and many
fine lines will turn towards social work. People who work in the natural
therapies area also have this mark. An unusual marking called the St Andrew
cross is found on the hands of people who have saved the life of another.

Loop of Memory

The memory loop is found on about 10% of all hands. This is a common loop. It
is found on the outer side of the palm on the area close to the percussion. This
loop is located on, or close to the end of your head line on the mount of Moon.
Like its name suggests, if you have this loop you have a good memory.
Salespeople who remember people’s name, details of the product they sell,
prices etc will have this loop. The function of this loop is to help you remember
with clarity - past events. People with this loop can remember with great
accuracy a large number of figures and even dates of important events. If the
Memory Loop is found on the Luna mount, it means you have a capacity to read
other people’s minds in an accurate manner. People with uncanny memory will
often have the memory loop which shows in about 10% of the general
population. They remember the stories, which were there, the date, how they
felt, the music playing, and the weather and also have terrific numerical
memory. This can show up in a couple of places on the heel of the hand, near the
mount of Luna (more often seen on the female hand) for psychic gift and near
the mount of mars (more common on the male hand) for the accountant.

Loop of Music

This loop sweeps in from the thumb edge onto the mount of Venus. People who
have this are natural musicians. The music loop is located at the bottom of the
Venus mount. This loop belongs to those who are deeply interested in music. If
you have music loop on both of your hand, then you may choose to make music
as your career. The music loop is rare as well; it shows not just a love of music
but a gift as well. They often have unusual audio memory and will remember
conversations in detail. If this loop shows on both hands I see it as a past life gift
in this area and often shows on people with musical careers. This loop means
that the subject may like or work in music. Alternatively, the Music Loop may
be an indication or a dedication to a career or hobby. The loop is made more
feasible by the presence of the Bee. This is a smaller mark which is at home at
the very centre of Venus mount. The bee now shows that the individual has a
specific love for music played on instruments with strings. The people who are
most likely to have the Bee are those who play a viola or Bass guitar at a band.

Loop of Nature

The nature loop is found on the percussion of the hand, either near your Luna
mount, or underneath your heart line. It is usually owned by those who have a
strong love of nature and a special ability to communicate with plants or
animals. These people are inspired by being in a natural environment. This mark
is also seen in those who are very good with animals, and have a strong affinity
for the outdoors and outdoor sports and activities. The owners of this loop love
nature and outdoors in general. That is why the Nature Loop is very common
among veterinarians and gardeners

Loop of Rajah

The Rajah loop (the loop of charisma) is at the top of your palm between the
mounts of Saturn and Jupiter. It is a very positive sign because it represents royal
blood. Rajah loop reveals the person’s skill at influencing, leading and
motivating others. The Raja loop can often be seen on the hands of successful
politicians and religious leaders. This is a positive pattern which is quite unusual.
This loop is used to show the influence of how others affect the subject, leading
and even motivating other people. This loop can easily be located in the people
who are good at rallying people around them. This can be activists, religious
leaders and politicians. The other group of people is those who are leading in
their career fields. The Rajah loop means that the subject has a good influence
on other people. An extremely rare marking found between the Saturn and
Jupiter fingers. It indicates that there was royal blood in your family history.
Loop of Courage: Found in the thumb joint in indicates a person of great
courage. A very rare but very positive marking is the Rajah Loop; it shows
leadership skill, charisma, influence. It is often seen in the hands of politicians,
religious leaders, activists, some scholars (often with ring of Solomon), artists
and business leaders. It is a powerful mark but the influence may be positive or
negative. There is also some belief that a ring or pronounced whorl is evidence
of royal lineage (I have only seen this once and there was some speculation that
this person was an illegitimate child of royals).
Loop of Seriousness

The loop of seriousness is located at the top of your hand between the mounts of
Apollo and Saturn. This loop is more common than any other loop found on the
hand. This loop is far more common than the Rajah loop and is found on
approximately 20% of hands. If your palm displays the loop of seriousness, then
you are a thinker, a very serious, responsible and hardworking individual. You
don’t like to waste your time towards achieving your career goals. This loop
should be well-defined and large in order to reveal its full meaning. To have this
loop means that the subject likes a mission in life. They like to know the future.
If the loop of seriousness is located close to the Saturn mount then it is indicator
that the subject has psychological weaknesses. These people are driven, focused
achievers. They show the qualities of responsibility, and drive unless it is very
deep and dark colour when it can also point to obsessive behaviours where the
mission is more important than the people involved.

Loop of Vanity

This loop is rare. It consists of a large loop made of few lines together that
entirely encompasses your mount of Apollo. A person who has this marking has
a tendency to be overly sensitive to criticism. He or she is too sensitive about
what other people think or judge about him or his appearance. Its function is to
show that the individual has a great sense of selfconsciousness. People with this
loop on their palms are in most of the time thinking more about what other
people will say about them. They also listen to other people’s criticism about
them. This makes them to carefully evaluate their looks. A rare loop is the vanity
loop which shows in very self conscious personalities. They tend to worry about
their appearance and behaviours and how others might judge them, they take
criticism to heart and are always checking their hair, their clothing and general
appearance to avoid criticism.

Loop of Whorl or Double Loops

If there is a whorl pattern on your Luna mount, which is rare, then it is a good
sign signifying powerful imagination and ability to visualize. Some palmists also
believe that this is a sign of clairvoyance or psychic ability. But if there is a
double loops pattern on your Luna mount, then duality is at work. This duality
involves your gender identification. The Whorl can be a Spiral, a Bulls-eye, or a
Double Loop. Whorls are points of intensification, and should be noted
whenever they appear.

6 Marks, Signs & Symbols Palmistry

The word palmistry means the art or science of reading one’s nature and fate
from the Lines and lineaments; Markings, Symbols and Signs available on the
Hand. The Lines and Markings on the Hand are directly connected with the brain
and the flow of blood in the nerves, as the fluid in the body penetrates the
Fingers and, leaving its Marks, Symbols and Signs on hand palm, which runs up
to the brain. Thus, the Lines and Markings are connected with the thoughts,
ideas, vibrations of the brain and external influences transmitted through the
nerves to the cerebral fibres.
In addition to the various independent Lines on the Hand, there are sixteen types
of Markings, Signs and Symbols on hand palm, and most of which are
frequently found on Mounts and at other places on the Hand. Such signs are
known as Spots or Dots, Stars, Crosses, Islands, Net, Squares, Triangles,
Tridents, Grilles, Angles, Circles, Tasselled, Fish, Sister Lines, Chained Lines,
Descending Line, Ascending Line, Transverse Line, Downward Lines, Upward
Line, Wavy Lines, and Supporting Line.
Markings and Symbols in a Palm may be Positive or Negative; Interruptions and
Blockages in the normal flow of the palm lines, mounts and fingers. Few
symbols or markings like Triangles indicate positive energy or results and
symbols like crosses indicate negative results based on the line they are
positioned and yield those results based on where exactly they are placed.
Important Marks on a Palm in Palmistry are, 1. Squares, 2. Bars, 3. Triangle, 4.
Circle, 5. Star, 6. Cross, 7. Island. In addition to these marking, some other
symbols or Signs are available on palm, such as, breaks, chains, dots, grilles,
tassels, transverse lines, tridents, upward and downward lines and vertical lines
etc. Palm Markings can indicate warnings of difficulties, separations, traumatic
events or health problems. Some markings may indicate a period of recovery,
problem resolution, or an emotional healing period. However, their meanings are
dependent upon where they are located on the palm, as each area on the palm
represents a different part of your life. They can also enhance or diminish the
energies from those areas. In Hindu palmistry, our old treatises have laid down
other signs and markings which are found in the Hand and these are detailed
below. These are rare marks and are named Fish, Conch, Canopy, Flag, Tree,
Temple, Pitcher, Serpent, Lotus, Swastika, Moon, Ashtkon or eight sided figure,
Bow, Spear, Sword, and Spearhead. Signs of the Moon, the Sun, Jupiter, Saturn,
Mercury, Venus and Mars are seldom found on Hands. There are few other signs
too like that of damaru, bell (ghanta), square etc.
Fig: Markings, Signs & Symbols available on the Palm
Arrow

It Gives rise to a successful speaker and scholar.

Ascending Lines

Ascending Lines are good from any line from which they spring. From the Line
of Life they denote increased energy wherever they make their appearance. If
they run up to any particular Mount or part of the hand, they show that the
increased effort or energy will be in that particular direction.

Bars (Transverse Lines)

• A line running parallel to line of life always protect the bearer from imminent-
potential danger, since it turns into line of Mars.
• A number of bars cutting the Heart Line denotes repeated disappointments in
love-troubles of the heart and liver.
• Any Bars which touch the life line is generally indicative of sex and the one
which cuts the life line indicates health hazards, diseases and weakness of body
systems due to sexual intercourse.
• Bar-Parallel line results in repairing the main lines-adjoining line. It's a
negative and evil sign.
• Bars are formed by crossing secondary lines usually on the Mount.
• Bars on the flat hill are a sign of emotionally cold personality.
• Bars on the head line, they may represent problems that arise within
relationships, such as rejection and disillusionment.
• Bars on the hill of normal size overpower positive qualities. It is responsible
for and increase negative characteristics.
• Bars on the life line, these are physical events perhaps an actual barrier that
must be faced and overcome.
• Deep cross bar Lines on Life line indicates severe illness.
• Despite the place and shape they render negative information, showing a
person wastes lots of time and energy because he does not ponder over his
actions properly.
• If it cuts the line of head simultaneously surety of tensions, is indicated.
• If transverse lines are found across the Mount of Mercury, it indicates that the
bearer will use his/her talents of diplomacy and tact for deceit and guile for ill
gains.
• If transverse lines are found over Mars and Venus these lines show
opportunities of passions.
• In case it penetrates in to the great triangle (Rahu Kshetra), trouble is
associated with it.
• It reduces the strength of the line cut by it.
• It nullifies the positive qualities of any mount over which it is found.
• Though a person may have the markings of a heroic mount, these qualities can
be reduced, if it has a score of Bars (transverse lines). Bars are blockages and
often represent influences that arise outside the personality.

Begging bowl

Begging bowl gives rise to a loner or an ascetic.

Bow

Bow denotes a very noble man whose whole life is dedicated for doing well to
people. He receives a support of a beautiful and virtuous spouse and his fortune
shines after marriage. His married life remains peaceful.

Branched Lines

• Downward branched lines indicate pessimism, unhappiness, negative energy

and losses.
• There is an idealistic and positive attitude associated with Upward branched
lines.
• Upward branched overcome some of determination.
• Upward branched lines indicate hopefulness and a good outlook on life.
Downward branched lines represent times in which a situation has gotten out of
your control. lines can indicate that you have life’s roadblocks with your own
• Upward branched lines indicate someone who will be successful and achieve
their goals over a period.
• Upward branched lines signify of someone who does not think in a positive
way. Depending from which line the downward lines appear it lessens the
strength of that line and drains its energy.

Breaks
• A break in the Line closed by a supporting parallel line indicates a change in
the direction and quality of life. This may often be interpreted as a change in life
circumstances.
• A clear break in the Heart Line means loss of loved ones.
• Break having no supporting lines are indication of some physical trauma. The
extent of the experience can be accessed from the size and quality of the break.
• Break in the Fate Line denotes major change of occupation and misfortune and
loss.
• Breaks are signs that bring a serious and major change to one's routine work of
energy quitting the old way and taking a new path. This new path may be
negative or positive. This may be assessed by examining the quality of the line
that continues after the break.
• Breaks are usually diversions or distractions and depend on how and where
they are formed.
• Breaks going toward the thumb indicate a new direction in a career.
• Breaks in the major or minor lines of a Palm can represent both positives and
negatives, depending on which way they lay from the various lines.
• Breaks in the upward direction toward the edges of the hand suggest an
unexpected or unplanned journey.
• Breaks on Head Line indicate some fatal accident or injury to the head.
• Breaks on the heart line they are an indication of a clear break in affection (a
broken heart), emotional disillusionment or disappointment, and rejection.
• Breaks on the life line, breaks show travel, change of job, or divorce and on the
head line they represent a complete change in thinking, opinion, or attitude.
• If they are pointing to the base of the palm, it indicates an unexpected turn in
daily routine.
• Series of small breaks in the Life line indicates vitality impaired and delicate
constitution.
• These breaks can indicate that there is an interruption in your normal flow of
energy or signify a redirection in your life path.

Broken Lines

Broken Lines destroy the meaning of the line at the particular place where the
break appears, but if one line ends above the other, the break is not so bad and
the quality of the line will be continued. But if the Line beyond this Line of
Head is strong, forked, with good Mounts and hag upward Lines, it denotes a
successful career after that.
Butterfly

This symbol is considered to be auspicious. If this symbol is present on your

palm, you have the ability to form a great team. This ability will help you
achieve success in life.

Canopy

It is a rare mark. If it is found, it makes the man lord of all. This is symbol of
attaining spirituality to the maximum extent possible. This sign also gives
kingship of the whole continent. Such is the power of this sign. It can be found
on the hands of great yogis or kings.

Chain Line

• A chained Head Line indicates Fluctuating attention and lack of concentration.

• A chained Heart Line emerging from the Mount of Saturn denotes contempt for
opposite sex.
• A Chained Heart Line is a sign of flirtatious.
• Chain indicates a hard life full of struggle.
• Chained Fate Line at the start indicates difficult childhood often due to loss of
money or position of the subject's parents.
• Chained lines of palm relate to experiences in your love life.
• Chained Lines show lack of force or fixity of purpose, if are found on palm.
• Chains also indicate times of indecisiveness, health problems.
• Chains are representative of times of indecisiveness and also indicate problems
in the area of health.
• Chains denote the different obstacles you may face in your life. They signify a
difficult or not so privileged upbringing during childhood.
• Chains denote the many different obstacles one may face in life. They can
signify a difficult or not so privileged upbringing. Also, they may relate to
experiences in a person’s love life.
• Chains Fate Line when it crosses the Line of Heart it indicates trouble in love.
• Length of the chain correlates to the duration of time that all of these issues can
last.

Chariot
Again found on the hands of a king, who enjoy all sorts of comforts in life.

Children lines

Children lines vertically cross the relationship or marriage lines. They are often
very faint.
• Also, clear lines indicate a healthy child; longer lines than

the others indicate a child who is a favourite of the parents; uneven or barely
visible lines indicate a sensitive child and if that line begins with an island, it
represents a child who will have ill health in the early years.

• Broader children lines indicate males and narrower lines indicate female child.
• Each line can indicate a child or a potential one.
• The lines can also reflect an individual who might care for children throughout
life, e.g., as a teacher, a counsellor or even as a foster or step parent.
• When a child line does not cross the relationship line, it could indicate that a
child may come into a relationship later on.

Circle

Circle on the palm can be rarely found. The circle is an evil mark on the palm. In
most cases it is a sign of weakness. It is generally found on Mounts. It's a
negative marking.
• A circle has never been known to have appeared on the

Mount of Mercury.
• A Circle on Mount of Moon represents danger from
drowning or death by suffocating in water.
• A circle on the Head Line under the Mount of Saturn
indicates eye-trouble.
• A circle on the Heart Line shows weakness of the heart.
• A circle on the Heart Line under the Mount of Sun is a sign
of trouble with sight.
• A Circle on the Mount of Apollo denotes fame and name. A
Circle on the Mount of Mercury represents accident prone.
• A Circle on the mount of Jupiter indicates success due to
perseverance.
• A circle on the mount of Jupiter makes a good teacher.
• A Circle on the Mount of Mars indicates trouble from
opposite sex. A Circle on the Mount of Venus stands for
extreme sexual potential.
• A Circle on the Mount of Saturn shows success in spiritual
field, concentration and meditation of the highest degree
achieved.
• A circle on the Mount of Venus gives impotency.
• Anywhere else on the palm, it is an unfortunate marking.
• If it is situated on the hill of Apollo, it represents a great
success and even glory.
• If it touches any line, it brings inescapable misfortune to the
line it touches. The native would go round and round in a
circle without being able to break through and get free out
of life's hassles.
• If it touches any line, it brings inescapable misfortune to the
line it touches.
• It is considered fortunate only in case if it is found on the
Mount of Sun but only when a line follows the circle.
• On Life Line it shows blindness.
• On Sun/Saturn, it gives success, fame and glory.
• On the Mount of the Moon it threatens death from
drowning.
• On the Mount of the Sun the Circle is favourable, but in all
other positions it is unfavourable.
• The native would go round and round in a circle without
being able to break through and get free out of life's
hassles.

Conch/Shankha

It is a rare mark. It extremely rare and auspicious sign, these people incarnate on
earth to accomplish special divine purpose. They are extremely fortunate and
famous. If a Conch is found on palm, it makes the man lord of all.

Corn seed

It gives luxurious and comfortable life.

Crescent

A person who has this symbol on his palm is able to predict future incidents
because of his intuition. He has immense knowledge within himself. A person is
able to predict future incidents related to the field in which this symbol is
situated on his palm.

Crocodile
It makes the native extremely wealthy and courageous.

Cross

Crosses are an indication of long lasting problems and issues. They also
represent major changes in your life. Crosses on lines are considered negative
signs. They often represent challenges, hurdles and problems that beset everyday
life. Depending on their placement on the palm, they can be indicating positive
or negative changes. They even are a sign that few adversaries want to cause
harm to you. They also represent outside influences that are causing stress on
you. Crosses are also indicators of your state of mind and how you are going to
handle your spiritual life. Only clear cross can give information. Negative cross
represents failure and disappointment. Crosses are an
problems. They also represent
indication of long lasting

changes in one’s life. Depending on where they appear on the palm, they can be
an indication of positive or negative changes. They might even be sign that
adversaries may want to cause harm to the individual. They may also represent
outside influences that may be causing one stressors. They can be indicators of
how one is handling their spiritual side of life and mental state of being. This
Cross sign is the direct opposite to the Star sign, and has only one favourable
position, viz., on the Mount of Jupiter where it indicates some extraordinary
fortunate affection which will come into the life. On all the other Mounts it is
evil. The cross always represents trouble, disappointment and danger. It also
denotes change in life. It should always be considered an ill omen except when
found on the Mount of the Jupiter and when located between the Head and Heart
lines, known as the Mystique Cross.
• A big-prominent cross on Mount of Venus indicates some
great crisis or fatal influence of love in the life of the subject.
• A cross at the break of Line represents a most critical
change in the subject’s existence.
• A cross at the starting of the Life Line, one is prone
to accidents in early life.
• A cross below the Saturn indicates head injury caused by
animals, explosions, etc.
• A cross beneath Jupiter indicates injury caused as a result
of being proud and dogmatic.
• A cross between Fate and Life Lines but near the Fate Line
shows an event affecting the subject’s comfort.
• A cross on Heart Line may denote the death of a loved
one.
• A cross cut by a downward branch means infirmity from
which there is no recovery.
• A cross in a Quadrangle over the Physical Mount of Mars
shows cowardice.
• A cross in a Quadrangle over the Upper Mount of Mars
points to a fearfully violent temper.
• A cross in a Quadrangle touching the Heart Line shows the
influence of the opposite sex.
• A cross in a Quadrangle under the Mount of Jupiter points
to extravagant ambitions.
• A cross in a Quadrangle under the Mount of Mercury shows
deceiving and thieving sex.
• A cross is not a favourable sign except on the Mount of
Jupiter.
• A cross joined to the Lines of Life and Head at the start and
a cross in the middle of Head Line represents sudden
death.
• A Cross Mystique that lies in the centre of the Quadrangle
between Head and Heart lines indicates strong psychic
sense.
• A cross not touching either the Head or Heart Line
implies favourable circumstances.
• A cross on lower middle segment of the Palm indicates is
indication of miserable life and loss of money.
• A cross on mount of Venus enhances the tendencies of
troubles and quarrels with near relatives if lying close to the
Life Line.
• A cross on the Head Line indicates injury to the head. A
cross on the Head line found under Jupiter indicates injury
caused as a result of being proud and dogmatic.
• A cross on the Head Line under Mercury indicates
accidents due to scientific pursuits or experiments.
• A cross on the Head line under Saturn indicates injuries
caused by animals, explosions, etc.
• A cross on the Head line under Sun indicates injury to head
consequent on sudden fall.
• A cross on the Mount of Jupiter as well as on the Mount of
Venus implies a happy love affair.
• A cross on the Mount of Jupiter indicates early marriage
and good married life. It enhances the positive traits of
Jupiter.
• A cross on the mount of Jupiter indicates happy marriage.
• A cross on the Mount of Mars indicates quarrelsome nature
and trouble from others.
• A cross on the Mount of Saturn shows accident prone and
childlessness.
• A cross on the mount of Saturn when touching the line of
fate denotes danger of violent death by accident and also it
enhances the evil and fatalistic tendencies of the life.
• A cross on the mount of Sun denotes defamation, bones
related problem and bad relations with father. A cross on
the Positive Mars denotes the opposition from enemies.
• A cross on the Mount of Venus touching the Line of Life
shows troubles from some members of the family or some
intimate friend.
• A cross on the Negative Mars denotes accidents, violence
and even death from quarrels.
• A cross on upper segment of the Palm indicates the bearer
will face death of close relative or friend in the puberty, or
loss of money and at the same time, bearer suffers from
diseases which continues till the end of life.
• A cross presence by the Fate line denotes the opposition of
relatives in one’s career and further a drastic change in
destiny.
• A cross touching or over the Line of Head indicates some
accident to the Head.
• A cross touching the Line of Head denotes that the subject
will influence other persons in matters of love and
friendship. The influence will be good, if the cross does not
extend to the line either of Fate or of the Sun.
• A cross under the Mount of Saturn not touching any line
and the presence of a clear Line of Intuition denotes an
aptitude for occult science.
• A cross touching the Sun Line towards the Mount of
Mercury, denotes poor business capacity or success in
artistic effort.
• A cross touching the
Saturn, denotes pious
indications.
• A cross towards the end of the line indicates to unmerited
reverses in old age and ill health.
• A cross under the Mercury indicates accidents due to
scientific pursuits or experiments.
• A cross under the Mount of Jupiter indicates protection from
accident. If a cross is exaggerated, it indicates a dogmatic
and tyrannical nature.
• A cross under the Mount of Mercury indicates injury to
Head due to accident by hazardous business ventures or
scientific experiments.
Sun Line towards the Mount of disposition, subject to other
• A cross under the Mount of Saturn cautions against injuries
to Head from accident of a treacherous nature.
• A cross Under the Mount of Saturn touching the Line of
Fate points to fortunate life on account of religion.
• A cross under the Mount of the Sun shows accident to
Head from a sudden fall.
• A cross under the Mount of the Sun shows excess of vanity
and avarice.
• A cross under the Sun indicates injury to the head-eyes
consequent on sudden fall.
• A cross without break of the Line represents a serious or
disastrous change, particularly if found in the centre of the
Line.
• A large amount of crosses on the hand indicates good
psychic ability.
• A long Fate Line all crossed is an unfortunate sign
indicating obstacles. Fate Line ending in a cross indicates
death by violence.
• A person having cross on the Mount of Apollo is inclined to
be religious.
• A poorly formed cross under the Mount of Saturn, if found a
both hands means fortunate signs.
• A series of crosses on both hands means that versatility
may not be real use to the subject's poor health in old age.
• A series of crosses on one hand only means amiability and
talent.
• An irregular cross in the centre of the Triangle with
cross Lines on Saturn, it means a series of serious
misfortunes.
• Cross over the Line of Head at the intersection of the Fate
and Heart Lines represents
financial, monetary, money, pecuniary consisting of fiscal, economic, capital,
commercial, budgetary trouble due to love affairs.
• Crosses always denote troubles, disappointment, and
danger and when found on lines; the harm to the bearer
may be aggravated.
• Crosses near the Line of Liver, but not over it, but close to it
denote a serious change in the subject’s life.
• A cross inside this space between the Saturn and Rahu
quadrangle (Indra Kshetra) provides some sort of divine
power, making the bearer a devotee, visionary and the one who may look into
the future, if formed independently. Even if it is formed by the chance crossing
of the Line of Fate and a branch of either the Line of Heart or the Line of Head,
it
indicates to some mystery.
• If a cross is found on the Line of Head it foretells an
accident or injury to the head.
• If a cross is found on the Line of Heart, it shows the sudden
death of some loved one.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Mars (under Jupiter) it
shows violence and even death from quarrels.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Mars (under Mercury) it
shows great opposition.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Mercury, it shows
dishonesty.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Saturn, it shows violent
death.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Sun, it shows
disappointment in riches.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of the Moon it denotes a
fatal influence to the imagination. Such a man will deceive
himself.
• If a cross is found on the Mount of Venus it indicates some
fatal influence of the affections.
• If a cross is present by the side of the Line of Sun, it
represents disappointment in position and in getting fame.
• If a cross symbol is present on your palm, you will be
inclined towards spirituality and religion. You will have
strong faith and beliefs in religion. You will also have
knowledge about spiritual powers. These powers will
influence you in many ways. You will use these powers for
the welfare of mankind.
• If a cross symbol is present on your palm, you will have the
ability to face all kinds of challenges. You will be to face
those challenges with which this symbol is related to on
your palm. You will also be able to overcome all these
challenges and achieve success.
• If crosses are located high up, near the Mount of Jupiter,
the bearer will exhibit belief in mysticism only for their own
gain. Those with crosses further from the Mount of Jupiter
will care more for the principles and methods by which the mystical experience
was expressed rather than its
immediate application to them.
• If crosses are present at the upper angle and the cross
does not touch any line, it means a lost suit.
• If crosses are present at the upper angle of the Great
Triangle, it points to a criminal nature, law suits, scandal,
serious change in life, etc.
• If in the Great Triangle of both Hands has cross, the bearer
may patronizes murder.
• If it runs into the Fate line, it represents disappointment in
wealth.
• If the crosses are in centre of the Triangle under the Mount
of Saturn with long Fingers and first knot strongly marked, it
denotes scepticism.
• If the sign is deep on the Mount of Jupiter then bearer
receives money from in-laws.
• If there are many crosses in the Great Triangle, it means
continued bad luck.
• It indicates trouble, disappointment, danger and sometimes
crisis in the life of a subject, except, (1) Over Jupiter it gives
happy family life; (2) when located between the Head and
Heart lines (Indra Kshetra), below the Saturn, known as the
La Croix Mystique it gives happy family life.
• It often represents challenges to the subject, hurdles to be
overcome, problems that beset in his life.
• Its position further away from the base of the Jupiter finger
shows that the bearer will care more for the principles and
methods. It indicates that great affection will come into the
life of the subject.
• Its presence near the Mount of Jupiter shows that the
bearer will exhibit belief in mysticism only for personal
gains. It's good for the family relations, parents and happy
marriage.
• Line of Head separated from Life Line but connected with a
cross denotes serious domestic trouble or family law suit
ruining his position.
• Occasionally it can refer to a dramatic change in one's life
due to a crisis or hardship.
• One or two crosses touching the Sun line, if the Mounts of
Saturn and the Moon are bad and the Head Line slopes deeply on the Mount
denote danger of insanity of a
religious kind.
• Present over the peak of the Mount of Jupiter, it denotes
that great affection will come to life, especially when the
Line of Fate rises from the Mount of the Moon.
• Present over the summit of the Mount of Jupiter, bearer's
ambitions will be fully satisfied and there will be a sudden
rise in middle life and when the cross is present close to the
base of the finger, it will lead to late rise in life.
• The characteristics of a cross are opposite to that of a star
and it is seldom found as a favourable sign.
• The Crescent of Intuition is found on those with good E.S.P.
• The cross is on the lower side of the Mount of Jupiter and
close to the commencement of the Life Line, it will lead to
affection in the early part of life.
• The position of the La Croix Mystique is also quite
important. If located high up, near the Mount of Jupiter, the
bearer will exhibit belief in mysticism only for their own gain.
Those with crosses further from the Mount of Jupiter will
care more for the principles and methods by which the
mystical experience was expressed rather than it’s
immediate.
• They should always be considered an ill omen. The bearer
of such a symbol is purported to possess a greater degree
of mysticism, occultism, and superstition either over Saturn
or Jupiter.
• Two crosses at the beginning of the Life line in a woman's
hand show seriousness and immorality. If the Line of head
is far from the Life Line the danger is real, since she is
going to be more independent and bold.
• When a cross low down on Moon Mount it foreshadows
death by drowning.
• When in the centre of the Mount of Saturn, it increases
evils, the fatalistic tendencies of life and childlessness.
• When it touches the Line of Fate, the bearer may be dead
in an accident. It also indicates possibility childlessness as
well. Check down ward branches of the Heart Line,
Children Lines and the islands presents between the Venus
and the junction of the thumb.
• When on the apex of the Mounts of Jupiter, denotes that
great affection will come to life, especially when the Line of
Fate rises from the Mount of the Moon.
• When on the summit of the Mounts of Jupiter, ambitions will
be fully satisfied and there will be a sudden rise in middle
life and, when drawn at the base, late in life, respectively.
• When the cross is at the bottom of Mount, it indicates gout
or rheumatism, bladder, kidney, or womb trouble. When the
cross is on Mount of Venus, it indicates that the bearer will
face trouble due to his family members or relatives. One is
impatient lover.
• When the cross is on it he side of the Mounts of Jupiter and
close to the commencement of the Line of Life, such
affection will exert influence in the early part of life,
• When the cross is on proximity to the line of life, it tells of
trouble and quarrels with the close relatives.
• When the cross is on the fully developed exaggerate
Mount, it shows danger by bodily harm.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Sun, it indicate
frustration, loss of money, disappointment in the pursuit of
fame, art or wealth and failure, which is caused by bearer
himself due to own folly. One may be inclined to
religion. Artistic blunders also may mar the success of the
bearer.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of an exaggerate Mount, it
denotes violence and even death from quarrels.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Mercury, the bearer is
dishonest, swindler, deceiver and crooked. An individual of
such type has a dual-nature despite of having a good brain.
He is inclined to duplicity in a bad hand, but in a good hand
denotes diplomacy in business and social circles, pleasant
to all, talent for mimicry.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Mental Mars, the
bearer is wrangler and has lots of enemies and is prone to
injuries. It indicates quarrelsome nature-trouble from others.
It also depicts conflicts, violence and even death from
quarrels.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Moon, this is the
indication of unstable mind and intestinal diseases. Check
the presence of the Line of Mercury. One may face the
threat of drowning. It denotes a fatal influence of imagination. Such a person
deceives himself by always being in a dream world. It may result into frequent
journeys,
without gains.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Physical Mars, it
denotes dangerous opposition by enemies. The bearer is
brave and winner in the war but prone to injuries, even
death.
• When the cross is on the Mounts of Saturn, its mere
presence is indicative of misfortunes, accidents, troubles
and major diseases in life.
• When the cross is over the apex of the Mount, it means
intestinal trouble.
• When the cross is over the Mount, it denotes
disappointments on journey.
• When the cross is quite large & close to the Life Line, it
shows only love.
• When the cross is small & close to the Life Line, it indicates
troubles and quarrels with near relations and loved ones.
• When the cross is under the Line of Head, it shows
fatal influence of imagination, a deceiving nature.
• When the Mount is prominently and marked with Lines, it
denotes great trial or fatal influence of affection.

Crown
It makes the native an emperor.

Descending Lines

Descending Lines are the reverse and mean loss of power.

Diamond

If there is a symbol of diamond on your palm, you are interested in exploring

new subjects. You try to gather information about new subjects. If this symbol is
present in your palm, you have the ability to perform all kinds of tasks. It helps
you become successful in life.

Dots on Line

Dots are not always well pronounced on the palm. They can be very tiny. Dots
can represent concerns about ill health, relationships or another type of
destructive experience. They can also represent significant and monumental
events that have created crisis in a person’s life. They might also be warning
signs of danger in an individual’s life’s path. Dots have been known to disappear
when unfortunate circumstances and issues are solved. Their appearance is not
permanent. Dots are full stops, and indicate a distinct interruption to the flow of
energy. They are traditionally considered to be a sign of crisis. They certainly
represent significant events.
• A Black dot on the mount of Jupiter indicates loss of fortune

and reputation.
• A blue spot on the Line of Life mark the date of the trouble.
• A bluish spot indicate typhoid, malarial or cerebral fever.
• A deep black dot indicates a dangerous wound.
• A number of dots indicate unsatisfactory state of health, like

a Tape-Worm.
• A very deep black dot at the termination of a broken line
indicates sudden death, often by assassination, if repeated
in both hands.
• Dot on the head line, they represent intellectual crisis.
• Dot on the Life line indicates acute illness or accident. A
black dot at the termination of the Life line indicates sudden
death.
• Dot on the life line, dots indicate retrenchment, failure,
demotion, and so on.
• Dots on the Line indicate a minor casualty.
• On the heart line, the crisis is emotional.
• Red dots, if many indicate feverish disposition. Black dots
always indicate grave diseases or other serious troubles,
• White dots, when confirmed by ominous signs on the Line
of Head indicate injury to the head or eyes.
• With a dry skin and a prominent or much rayed Mount of
the Moon, it indicates grave nervous trouble like, gout.

Downward or branched lines

The downward or branched lines can represent times in which a situation has
gotten out of control for the person. They can indicate pessimism, unhappiness,
negative energy and losses. They can also signify someone who does not think in
a positive way. Depending from which line the downward lines appear it lessens
the strength of that line and drains its energy.

Drooping Off Shoots

Lines that droop from any larger line indicate a disappointment in life. Along the
Line of Heart, it denotes disappointment in love-illicit relations-flirtation or an
unfortunate event in which the individual became too emotionally involved.
Along the Line of Head, it may signify the obstruction of one's ideals or
disillusionment.
• Along the Line of Head, it may signify the obstruction of

one's ideals or disillusionment.

• Along the Line of Heart, it denotes disappointment in love
or an unfortunate event in which the individual became too
emotionally involved.
• Downward branches drooping from Heart Line towards the
Line of Head indicates attraction towards opposite sex.
• If many small lines are drooping down on the Head line
then the person gets easily discouraged and is very timid.
• Lines that droop from any larger line indicate a
disappointment in life.
• Little lines drooping from the Life line indicates weakness
and loss of vitality.

Elephant

It gives the native a throne of a king or makes him a king.

Fish

• A fish is generally found on the Life Line and Fate Line. It is always
considered a positive sign. It reduces the negativity of the hand.
• A person is positive about a field with which this symbol is related to on his
palm. Such a person may be inspirational for others. His insight improves
significantly.
• If fish appears on a line facing upward it denotes the success achieved by the
person more than desired i.e. this marking gives more than expected, but when
facing downwards it gives less than expected.
• Indicates prosperity in life when found on the Mount of Jupiter.
• It is a most fortunate sign, when found on the end of the Life Line at the
Rascette.
• It is called Machh Rekha and denotes power and fortune for the subject.
• It is linked to spirituality and religion.
• This symbol is considered to be auspicious.
• When this sign is found on a woman’s Hand, it indicates wealth, a good
talented husband, position, son, etc.

Flag

It is a rare mark. This sign has been found on many Hands. It indicates a strong
will and character as also wealth and prosperity. Flag denotes an impeccable
character of the native, in front of which victory always bends its head like a
servant do it in front of his master. No work is difficult for these people.

Forked lines

Forked lines are generally good and increase the quality of the special indication.
When at the end of the Line of Head, the fork gives more of what is called a dual
mentality and less power of concentration on any one subject.

Garland of flowers

It makes the native reputed.

respectable, honourable, wealthy and

God’s foot

It shows the native towards god.

Great Triangle

The Great Triangle is formed by the lines of Head, Life, and Health. The larger
this triangle is the better will be the health, for the reason that the Line of Health
will be further removed from the Life Line. The views of life will also be
broader and the field of action as it were less limited. When the upper angle
(made by the Head and Life Lines) is acute, the subject will be more nervous,
timid, and sensitive.

Great Triangle
A Cross in the Triangle indicates an argumentative person. A Star indicates great
success. A Grille in the triangle indicates hidden enemies. A Circle in the
Triangle indicates problems with the opposite sex.

Grille

A grille is a combination of Lines in a crisscross manner, often found on

Mounts, Thumbs and Fingers. Grilles is a large number of small squares are
formed, which in themselves are sign of protection, if found independently. The
grille is a point at which the energies of the hand dissipate or escape out. This
symbol is considered to be inauspicious. It provides mental stress and tensions to
a person. Such a person may be stressed all the time. However, he may be very
patient. He may be very aggressive in life. The Grille is very often seen on the
Mounts of the Hand. It denotes difficulties and obstacles in connection with
whatever the Mount represents, and a lack of success in whatever quality or
talent the Mount symbolises. They signify negative indications and represent
problems and adjustments. A grille on any part of the palm disperses energy. A
grille may represent bewilderment and insecurity at times in one’s life. Grilles
signify interruptions in a person’s advancement. They can also signify
beginnings or hindrances, with respect to life’s ventures. One may also be
continually exhausted by various anxieties and annoyances. Grilles signify
interruptions in a person’s advancement. They can also signify beginnings or
hindrances, with respect to life’s ventures. You will also be continually
exhausted by various anxieties and annoyances. It represents obstacles relating
to that particular mount. This represents a destructive force. Grilles chain down
the virtues of the Mounts and allow the evil instincts to take and maintain the
upper hand.
• A bunch of Lines on Venus Mount results in confusion.
• A Grill on the Mount of Saturn shows a life of ill-luck. A

Grille on the Mount of Apollo denotes Great vanity and pride.

• A grille on a bad hard palm shows lasciviousness and unhealthy curiosity.

• A grille on any part of the palm disperses energy and it represents
bewilderment, insecurity at times in your life.
• A Grille on mount of Moon denotes uneasiness, disappointments, and
annoying.
• A Grille on mount of Venus represents impulsive in passion.
• A Grille on the exaggerate Mount, denotes a decided murderous instinct.
• A grille on the first finger on second phalange indicates perfidious instincts,
notoriety.
• A grille on the first finger on the third phalange means a thoroughly corrupt
nature, often prison.
• A grille on the first phalange of first finger means prison, convent life, the
characteristic of persecuting fanatics.
• A grille on the fourth finger first phalange indicates stuttering black magic,
thieving instincts and all the worst features of the Mount of Mercury.
• A grille on the fourth finger second phalange indicates prison, also silliness in
the conduct of one’s affairs.
• A grille on the fourth finger third phalange indicates implies stupidity, thievery.
• A Grille on the Mount of Jupiter denotes enhancement of egotistical qualities.
• A Grille on the Mount of Jupiter represents domineering spirit, exaggerated
vanity, loose morals, and egotism.
• A Grille on the Mount of Mars indicates murderous instincts.
• A Grille on the Mount of Mars represents Haemorrhage, great danger of violent
death.
• A Grille on the Mount of Mercury represents a person who is unstable and has
no principles towards life.
• A Grille on the Mount of Mercury represents prognostic of violent death
during, or on account of some swindling enterprise on, the part of the subject, an
unprincipled man.
• A Grille on the Mount of Saturn represents lack of luck in life, especially in old
age, often imprisonment and misfortune.
• A Grille on the mount of Saturn represents misfortune, troublesome nature and
indifferent tendency.
• A Grille on the Mount of Sun denotes failure to attain the status of a celebrity.
• A Grille on the Mount of Sun represents an almost insane vanity, folly, desire
for fame.
• A grille on the second finger on first phalange indicates insanity peculiar to
misers.
• A grille on the second finger on Second phalange forebodes ill luck.
• A grille on the third finger first phalange indicates insanity of the worst type.
• A grille on the third finger second phalange indicates most envious disposition.
• A grille on the third finger third phalange indicates poverty, envy, deserved
humiliation of all kinds.
• A grille with a fine Line of the Sun denotes poetical imagination, often found
on literary women’s Hands.
• A grille with a star on, the Mount of Saturn means danger of partial apoplexy
or paralysis.
• A series of crossed or confused Lines at the upper part of the Mount of Moon
mean chronic diarrhoea. If very heavy, denote intestinal trouble of gravest
nature.
• A small grille shows melancholia, nervous trouble, troubles of womb
• Confused lines cross one another like a grille on the mount of Jupiter indicates
Sensuality and licentiousness.
• Grilles signify interruptions in a person’s advancement. They can also signify
beginnings or hindrances, with respect to life’s ventures.
• If a grille appears on a mount, it thwarts the qualities of the mount.
• If a grille appears on the mount, it saps or thwarts the qualities of the mount.
• If a grille appears on the mount, it saps or thwarts the qualities of the mount,
e.g. such a Grille on the Mount of Apollo will forever put off the attainment of
any true success in life.
• If found around the termination of the line of Head, below Mercury over
Mental Mount of Mars or the juncture of Luna with it, it may foretell Cancer.
• If grilles are found throughout the entirety of the hand, the power of its bearer
is constantly drained by vexations and imagined slights.
• If grilles are found throughout the entirety of the hand, the power of its bearer
is constantly drained by vexations and imagined slights.
• If it is found on the Mount of Jupiter, It represents domineering spirit,
exaggerated vanity, loose morals, and egotism.
• If it is found on the Mount of Mars, it represents haemorrhage, great danger of
violent death. With an exaggerate Mount, denotes a decided murderous instinct.
• If it is found on the Mount of Mercury, it represents prognostic of violent death
during, or on account of some swindling enterprise on the part of the subject, an
unprincipled man.
• If it is found on the Mount of Moon with many confused and crossed Lines
with a sloping, starred or chained Line of Head denote a tendency to insanity. If
it is found on the Mount of Moon with many confused and crossed Lines with a
chained or islanded Line of Heart mean inconsistency in love affairs, often
downright immorality.
• If it is found on the Mount of Saturn, it represents Lack of luck in life,
especially in old age and often imprisonment and misfortune.
• If it is found on the Mount of Sun, it represents an almost insane vanity, folly,
desire for fame. It will forever put off the attainment of any true success in life.
• Many confused and cross Lines at the bottom of the Moon Mount denote
bladder trouble or disease of kidney.
• The Mount grilled all over on thumb with a grille near the nail means a
husband or wife in so danger of death by the said wife or husband.

Island

Islands are depicted as little ovals on the main lines. The Island is never a
fortunate sign. Wherever it makes its appearance, it reduces the promise of the
Line or Mount on which it may be found. The Island is a negative sign. Islands
indicate unfavourable interruptions in life. They indicate stressful periods, either
in career or by some person causing mental stress due to bad relation. They also
indicate fearfulness and weakness in health, in particular, inherited heart disease
or a disturbance or breakage of your energy. It is important to look closely at the
island to be sure that it does end and the lines continue. It’s a general sign of
weakness and shows trouble-difficulty-pain-negativity and losses elsewhere.
This is a most dreaded and unfortunate-negative sign. The presence of an island
on any Mount weakens its qualities. This is a most dreaded and unfortunate sign.
It relates only to the Line of the portion of the Hand on which it is found. It is
interesting to note that frequently it relates to hereditary evils. The presence of
an island on any Mount weakens its qualities. It is found also many times on the
Mount of Venus and on the Marriage Line. An island symbol is formed on the
lines on your palm. It looks similar to an island formed in the middle of a river.
Such a symbol can be present anywhere on your palm. It can be present on any
line.
• A Line forming an island on the Mount of Venus and

crossing the Marriage Line denotes misfortune and disgrace to the marriage.

• A line going to the Line of Heart and terminating in a fork with an island on the
Line of Fate shows guilty intrigue resulting in scandal and divorce.
• A Line on the Mount of Venus running into the island denotes disgrace and
trouble from indulgence in passion.
• An island across the Fate line between the Mount of Venus and the Line of
Heart and the island ending in a fork denotes divorce due to the subject having
gone astray with other women.
• An island at a lower portion of the Mount of the Moon, means bladder and
kidney troubles.
• An island at close of Fate line is terrible sign of loss and misfortune in old age.
• An island at the beginning of the Fate Line is a sign of some mystery in the
birth of the individual.
• An island at the commencement of the Life line indicates constitutional
weakness.
• An island at the start of line of Mars shows a tendency to somnambulism.
• An island at the starting point of the Sun Line denotes success helped by guilty
love.
• An island at the termination of the Fate Line indicates career would end in
despair and may also indicate tragic death.
• An Island if posited on the mount of Saturn brings misfortune.
• An island on a Fate line with a star on the Mount of the Sun means the
paramour will be an artist or literary man.
• An island on any of the Mounts weakens the qualities of what the Mount
expresses.
• An Island on mount of Moon weakens the power of the imagination.
• An Island on mount of Venus leads a person to unwanted affairs and passion.
• An island on the Fate Line denotes, in the case of women, illicit relations with
a man.
• An island on the Fate Line indicates misfortune, loss or adversity.
• An island on the Fate line with a star on the Mount of Jupiter, points to a guilty
love affair in a much higher position then the subject.
• An island on the Fate line with a star on the Mount of Mercury means the
paramour will either be a businessman, medical man or scientist.
• An Island on the Heart and Fate Lines implies guilty love that will stop at
nothing.
• An island on the Heart line under the Mount of Saturn indicates a love affair
which interferes very seriously with the subject’s prospects.
• An island on the Heart line under the Mount of Sun may bring on serious eye
trouble, weakness of heart, etc.
• An island on the Fate Line denotes loss, trapping of subject in scandal and
being cheated.
• An island on the Life line indicates illness or loss of health.
• An island on the Line from the Mount of Venus cutting the Line of Union
indicates divorce pronounced against the subject, who has some guilty love
affairs.
• An island on Moon weakens the power of imagination.
• Island presence in the beginning of the Life line means hereditary illness.
• An island on the Line of Head means chronic neuralgia.
• An island on the Line of Head under the Mount of Saturn implies head injury
through accident or serious deafness.
• An island on the Line of Mercury means a serious illness.
• An Island on the Mount of Apollo denotes dissipation of energy.
• An Island on the mount of Jupiter weakens the pride and ambition.
• An Island on the mount of mars makes a person weak by health and spirit and
cowardice.
• An Island on the Mount of Mercury indicates cheating disposition.
• An Island on the mount of Sun weakens the talent for art.
• An island on the Mount of Venus to the Heart Line implies guilty love affairs
fraught with most serious consequences.
• An island on the Sun line denotes loss of position due to some scandal.
• An island on the upper portion of the Line of Mercury, it denotes delicacy of
throat and chest or throat and bronchial troubles.
• An island on throughout the islands on the Line of Head points to brain trouble
resulting from overwork.
• An island present at the start of the Line of Head means inherited brain trouble
of the respiratory organ.
• An island present over the Line of Head, speaks more of the trauma, mental
tension, and agony, than the disease itself, which can be cured by a good doctor.
• An islanded Head Line sloping to the Mount of Moon indicates unusually
melancholic escapes from society. An island on the Head Line under Saturn
indicates deaf and dumb.
• An islanded Head Line widely separated from the Line of Life shows an
excessive irritability of temper.
• Any Line that forms itself into an island or that runs into one is a bad sign for
that Line or particular part of the hand on which it is found.
• Big island present at the termination of the Line of Head, below the Mercury
illustrates illicit relations, normally at the age of 32-33 years or young age. Such
people are found to maintain mistress, concubine or kept, which leads to trouble
and grief in older age.
• Broken island shows miscarriage and abortion.
• If a circle is found below the Sun blindness is indicated. The eyes of the
possessor may be struck with some external object.
• If a line forming an island stops at the Heart Line, it means disgrace and
trouble from loved ones.
• If a lot of islands are present on your brain line, you may experience some
weakness. You may suffer from mental stress or problems. You may also be
irritated.
• If an Island is situated on the Line of Fate, it indicates mounting debts and
misfortune.
• If an Island is situated on the mount of mercury it denotes that a person will
hardly succeed in business or higher studies.
• If it is posited on the Line of Heart, it indicates heart disease.
• If on the Line of Head, it represents headache.
• If the island resembles a triangle, it will represent lungbreathing trouble or
Asthma.
• If the Line of Heart has an island or some other line touching it below the Sun
indicates the defect or eye trouble is certain and confirmed.
• If the Luck Line stops at the junction of the mount of Saturn and the Mount of
Sun indicates the death of spouse or earning member, confirm only when the
signs are repeated on both the hands and it shows liver trouble as well. The
bearer should adhere to balanced diet, regular exercise, walking and Yogasana.
• In case the branch moves and rises over mental Mars, sexual relations are
developed with someone near to the possessor.
• In case the Line of Head is double or branched-forked, it may not trouble the
bearer, that much. It just reflects timely and momentary sexual relations, which
are not permanent in nature. The possessor may suffer from eye trouble.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn indicates diseases and illness.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn with numerous lines over Mars
indicates upset stomach, arthritis.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn, associated by the defective Line of
Heart below the Saturn indicates the bearer may suffer from hernia, Arthritic,
male hormonal imbalance.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn, with any defective line, below the
Mount of Sun indicates the possessor may suffer from the weakness of eyes-
vision.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn, with raised Luna or Venus, associated
with any defect below the Mercury indicates liver trouble and eye trouble and
wound in the hands.
• Island found below the Mount of Saturn, with raised mount of Luna or Venus
indicates defect pertaining to sperms or breathing may be diagnosed.
• Island found below the Mount of Sun indicates eye trouble.
• Island found in any other position over the Mount of Venus points to a person
easily led and influenced by the sport of fancy and passion.
• Island found on Mars implies a weak spirit and cowardice.
• Island found on Mercury makes a person too changeable to succeed,
particularly with regard to business and service.
• Island found on the Life line and a star on the Mount of Saturn means lower
limbs are likely to be affected. An island on the Life line and a star at the
junction of the Head and Liver Lines denote sterility and difficulty in child
bearing (in case of women).
• Island found on the Life line and wavy Liver-Mercury Line; biliousness or
indigestion.
• Island found on the Life line denotes grave illness, brain trouble or smallpox.
• Island found on the Life line with a star on the Head Line, serious illness.
• Island found on Venus with a cross associated with island, means advantageous
marriage opportunity missed.
• Island indicates all the hereditary evils like inherited heart disease if heavily
marked on the line of heart.
• Island on Life Line which ends the line itself is dangerous and can lead to
situations like suicide.
• Island on Life Line which ends the line itself is dangerous and can lead to
situations like suicide.
• Island on mount injures the qualities of the mount on which it is found.
• Island on the junction of Venus and the thumb shows birth of son.
• Island on the Line of Fate, it is a period in which the individual finds himself
surrounded with mounting debts, losses, suffering, deception in love if
connected with the Line of Heart, that peak, greatest, maximum, at the widest
point of the island. These misfortunes will last to the extent that the island is
long.
• Island on the Line of Head and manifest it as headaches.
• Island on the Mount of Jupiter indicates ambitions and career ruined by the
mad actions of relatives or close friends. Generally, weakens pride and ambition.
• Island on the Mount of Saturn brings misfortune to the subject.
• Island over the Line of Head under the Saturn indicates, (1) Disease of gall
bladder or throat, troubled spouse or trouble due to issues pertaining to wealth;
(2) Piles, wound in the legs, gas trouble, eye trouble, boil, sore, ulcer, abscess
tumour and eruptions in the breast, pain during delivery of child and excessive
bleeding, sugar, and (3) Falling from a height.
• Island over the Line of Heart speaks more about the grief, pain, and sorrow
than the illness. One who is diagnosing the

and restrain from

unless until the
hand should be doubly sure saying anything with certainty,

defect is shown on both the hands and indicated by the defective Line of
Mercury, the presence of which is inauspicious, in itself.

• Island present at the termination below the Mercury indicates the bearer suffers
from defective liver, which is observed only after the age of 52-53 years.
• Islands indicate unfavourable interruptions in life. Islands indicate stressful
periods, either in career or by some person causing mental stress due to bad
relation. They also indicate fearfulness and weakness in health, in particular,
inherited heart disease or a disturbance/breakage of your energy.
• Islands on life line shows the period of disease. They mean that a person is
disappointed and diffident if they are shown on the other lines. This signifies the
hereditary evils such as heart trouble or intemperance with spirits. It is generally
formed on the lines. It indicates a period of stress, weakness and breakdown. It
represents mounting stress if posited on the line of head.
• Islands on Mounts of Jupiter indicate ambitions and career ruined by the mad
actions of relatives or close friends. Generally, weakens pride and ambition.
• Islands on the Heart line mean one guilty intrigue for every Line.
• Islands on the Line of Fate, it shows heavy loss in worldly matters, worry, and
anxiety about the subject's destiny.
• Islands on the Line of Head, it shows weakness of the brain, danger of brain
illness.
• Islands on the Line of Health, it shows serious illness. If it is on the upper part
of the Line and with small round fingernails, it shows throat and bronchial
troubles; with long nails, it shows delicacy of the lungs and chest; with short
nails without moons, it shows bad circulation and weak action of the heart; and
with very flat nails, it shows nerve diseases and paralysis. Islands on lower down
on the Line of Health on the Mount of the Moon, it indicates a grave tendency
towards kidney and bladder troubles.
• Islands on the Line of Heart, it shows weakness of the heart, and especially so
when under the Mount of the Sun.
• Islands on the Line of Life it shows delicacy or illness at that particular date
where it appears.
• Islands on the Line of Sun, it shows loss of position and generally by some
scandal.
• It represents mounting stress on the line of the head, and manifests itself as
headaches.
• It represents mounting stress, deep anguish and anger, victim of rape and
unable to open her heart.
• Large Island at the termination of the Line of Head means severe in testis
trouble.
• Presence of large island below the junction of the mount of Saturn and the
Mount of Sun indicates the bearer may become silent-quite-mad. It represents
the presence of blood clot-tumour, which may lead to paralysis, if the lines
around the island are thin, as compared to the Line of Head. The spouse of such
people is normally intelligent blessed with understanding, sharp and greedy.
• The defective Line of Mercury is inauspicious.
• Two islands forming the figure 8 at starting point of the Fate Line is a sign of
Gift of second sight and intuitive abilities.
• Two islands giving the figure of 8 at the starting point of Fate line may mean
the gift of second sight or somnambulism.
• When a line forming an island bars the Fate Line, it denotes a bad influence
upon the position, finance and general fate of the subject.
• When a line forming an island cuts across the Health Line, it means disgrace
due to mental power and ability.
• When the Heart line is marked heavily with islands, it indicates a heart disease.

Lines

The lines on the palm should be clearly marked, a good pink or reddish colour,
and they should be free from breaks, crosses, holes or irregularities of all kinds.
When very pale in colour they show lack of force and loss of energy, and often
poor health. When extremely red they indicate excessive energy and a rather
violent disposition. When yellow in colour they denote a tendency to biliousness
and liver complaints, and tell in consequence of a melancholy morose nature.

Lion

It makes the person extremely brave and courageous. He is always full of

energy.

Lotus

It is a rare mark. It is a rare, but lucky sign and extremely rare sign found on
hands of an emperor and the person who really enjoys his life. It also reflects
purity of character and spiritual nature of the person. It is indicative of greatness.
A plough is also good.

Markings of Diseases

While observing the lines, observe them in both the palms. If the above
indications are found in both the hands, then the above conclusions can be
confirmed. If the above indications appear in only one palm, then we can say the
person is prone to that disease. If the heart line has ridges below it and appears
wide, it is an indication of accumulating fat into the heart's valves which may be
closed.
Asthma: The space between the head line and heart line is narrow under the
middle finger and one or two lines starting from the Mount of Venus move
towards the head line - indicate asthma.
Cancer: Malformation of ridges below the ring finger under the heart and
headlines represent cancer virus has set into the body. In the next stage, the
entire hand is filled with cob web formation of thin and crisscross lines.
Distinguished Success: Distinguished success in the direction of business,
scientific pursuits and in the power of expression are indicated with the
following markings: A branch from the Line merging into the Head Line
indicates success through mental calibre. If the line is deeply marked on the
Mount of Sun with pronounced Mount of Jupiter and Mercury indicates aptitude
for fine literary work. Cut by a Line of Union indicates loss of position due to an
unsuitable marriage or a disgraceful entanglement. An island on the Line
indicates serious loss of money or reputation. Bars cutting the Line indicate
constant impediments to success. Breaks in the Line indicate versatility that
brings neither money nor fame to the subject. An island on the Line in the hands
of bad indicates Jupiterian or Apollonian Sign of losing money through bad
conduct and a scandal in private life. Dots on the Line indicate menace to the
reputation of the subject. If the Line ends in a dot indicates indication of a
brilliant success. If the Line begins with a star and ends with a star it indicates
brilliant success throughout life. A cross at the end of the Line indicates
protection from evils of all sorts. An island at the end of the Line indicates later
portion of life dull and insipid. A fork at the end of the Line indicates native's
talents in more than one direction. A well marked trident on the end of the Line
indicates celebrity - wealth from mental efforts. If the Line ends in a tassel
indicates talents fritter away in so many directions and accomplishments nil. A
star at the termination of the Line indicates success due to the assistance and
good-will of others. If a star be seen on the Mount of Apollo indicates certain to
achieve great renown
Eye troubles: If the heart line has an island formation or a circle under the ring
finger, it represents eye weakness and sometimes blindness. Heart: aches: If the
heart line has breaks, it represents heart attacks.
Kidney troubles: If there is a grille or cross on the lower part of the Mount of
Moon, it represents kidney troubles. Mental ill health: Any breaks and chains in
head line represent mental ill health.
Teeth problems: If the heart line has fine vertical lines cutting it under the
middle finger, it represents the problems to gums and teeth. Headaches: Minute
dots in head line represent tensions and headaches.
Tensions: If the head line has islands, it tells about mental tensions and memory
loss. Intestinal
Ulcer: Malformation of ridges and some thin lines parallel to the health line
under the head line represents bacterial infection in intestines and if strong leads
to intestinal ulcers. Female problems: Crisscross or horizontal lines on the
Mount of Moon indicate weak uterus and discharge problems for women.
Venereal diseases: A star at the junction of the Head line and Health lines
indicate venereal diseases. The same thing is indicated by island on the lower
portion of Mount of Moon.

Markings of Wealth Yoga

The signs or Lines about wealth as expressed by Saint Germain are,

(i) Bases of fingers on a fair alignment,
(ii) Strong thumb,
(iii) Fine Mounts of Jupiter, the Sun and Mercury, (iv) Straight line of head,
(v) Fine line of Fate ending on either the mount of Jupiter or

the Mount of Sun,

(vi) Long line of Sun,
(vii) Clear line of liver,
(viii) Well proportioned hand and thumb,
(ix) Line of life straining into mount of Jupiter or throwing

branches into it,

(x) Same start of line of head,
(xi) A fine line running from tip to base along the first finger, (xii) Well shaped
and long lines of fate and Sun;
(xiii) Mounts of the Sun, Mercury and Mars excellent and

Sometimes the line of fate ends on the mount of Jupiter. (xiv) A star on the
mount of Jupiter and another star at the
end of a fine line of the Sun,
(xv) A clear line of Fate from Rascette to the mount of
Saturn, or, better still terminating either on the mount of
Jupiter or on the mount of Sun,
(xvi) A perfect line of liver,
(xvii) Two straight sister lines to the line of the Sun on the
mount of that name,
(xviii) The lines of Head and Heart normal and especially long, (xix) All the
mounts, except Saturn and the Moon, very much
in evidence and for intellectual or artistic people only, a
fine mount of the Moon desirable.
(xx) The lines of the fate and the sun starting from inside a
well formed triangle,
(xxi) Long first phalange of the thumb, fine, straight line of
head and mounts of the Sun and Mercury predominant,
with all well marked mounts of Mars,
(xxii) Often branches of the line of fate ending on the mount
of the Sun or the same line terminating and the mount of
Mercury in excellent shape.
(xxiii) Sometimes fortune comes by inheritance. It is said, (xxiv) A star on the
first bracelet of the Rascette,
(xxv) Also a cross within an angle or triangle at the same
place.
(xxvi) The Lines of Fate, the Sun and Liver are to be analysed.
In addition, there are certain signs at certain places
which indicate fortune.

Markings of successful Marriage or Love Life

For a successful married life, the general characteristics of both the bride and the
bridegroom are that they should have long life span, normal cleverness, good
fortune and love towards life mate and family members. To assess these
qualities, the life line, head line, the fate line and the heart line of both are to be
examined. If both have a good life line without faults, a moderate head line, a
good fate line and a good heart line without faults, the married life will be
happy. The heart line should be more specific than the head line in the hands of
both the bride and the bridegroom. Then only they will be able to love each
other. An island on the Marriage Line will show an unhappy marriage. When the
Marriage Line ends in a Star it indicates the marriage will end in an explosive
situation. If there are branches on the underside of the Marriage Line it shows a
marriage of heartbreak. If there are branches that uplift from the Marriage Line
it. A black Dot on the Marriage Line shows widowhood. A break in the Marriage
Line may indicate the sudden death of a partner. When the marriage line ends
with a Star on the Mount of Mercury it shows death of partner. When a Marriage
line is cut at its termination by another line it shows the death of a partner.

Markings on Lower Mount of Mars

A cross on the Lower Mount of Mars protects against a risk of sudden death. A
grille indicates someone with an argumentative nature. A triangle will indicate
fame will come from a brave deed. A star shows someone who will achieve their
goals through their own hard work.

Markings on Mount of Apollo (Sun)

A Star on the mount of Apollo in palmistry is a very good sign that indicates
wealth and prestige. A triangle on the Mount of Apollo indicates good luck. A
cross is not a good sign and may indicate the failure of dreams. A circle is very
rare and indicates fame.

Markings on Mount of Moon

A star on the Mount of the Moon in palmistry shows someone who has a very
vivid imagination. A circle on the Mount indicates a warning against travel on
water. A cross indicates someone who tends to have exaggerated views in life. A
square will give you protection against danger in travel. A grille is a bad sign
and may indicate illness.

Markings on Mount of Pluto

A triangle on the mount of Pluto adds to your powers in the occult. A grille
indicates strong psychic powers. A line of intuition indicates a true psychic.

Markings on Mount of Neptune

A circle, star, or triangle on the Mount of Neptune indicates great artistic and
musical talent. However, a cross or grille is not a good sign. It indicates someone
who may have problems with drugs or alcohol.

Markings on Mount of the Moon

This position of the Fate Line indicates that the destiny or fortune of a subject
will be subject to the influence of exterior factors other than private efforts.
When another Line starting from the Mount of the Moon joins the Fate Line, it
indicates that the husband or wife will greatly influence the destiny and career of
his or her partner or persons of the opposite sex will greatly help the subject in
his destiny or career. In case this Line joins the Line of Heart, it indicates a
happy and prosperous marriage, consequent upon some romantic love affair.
When a Line from the Mount of the Moon travels by the Fate Line, it indicates a
healthy and helpful influence which will aid the subject.

Markings on Mount of Venus

A cross on the Mount of Venus in palmistry indicates the person will find true
love in their life. A triangle on the Mount of Venus shows a person who will
marry for money. A star at the base of the Mount of Venus indicates trouble in
finding true love in life. A grill on the Mount of Venus is a sign of sensuality. A
island on the Mount of Venus indicates a loss of opportunities. Small circles on
the Mount will indicate adultery. A square will act as protection in love. This is
not a good position for the Line of Fate, as the subject will be swayed by
passions and affected by the love of the opposite sex in a most unfavourable
way.

Markings on Plain of Mars

In such a case, the destiny of a subject has been shaped by the subject himself
without much help or influence from insiders or outsiders. Such a Line indicates
a hard life full of struggle, starting from the Plain of Mars indicates generally a
period of 20 years (exact years to be measured) and the time wasted up to this
period as a negative existence and without any career. In this case, the Sun Line
and other signs are to be checked. From the starting point up to the Mount of
Saturn, the shape and strength of the Line should be checked. If such a Line has
upward branches and is forked at the end, a prosperous, happy and successful
life is indicated. Saturn and Mars are enemies of each other in astrology. Such a
person will have to struggle hard in life to achieve success.

Markings on Plain of Mars

Many fine lines on the Plain of Mars shows a person with a sudden temper. A
double trident indicates a person gifted in the arts. A cross shows a person who
tends to argue a lot.

Markings on the Bracelet Lines

A star in the middle of the top Bracelet will forecast a legacy. A cross in the
same position indicates problems early on in adult life. A Bracelet line that is
chained indicates a life of struggle. A Bracelet line with lots of islands shows a
person who worries about life.

Markings on the Line of Success

Islands on the Line of Success indicate serious problems such as a major loss of
money. Dots on the Line of Success indicate loss of name. Cutting bars on the
Line of Success cause setbacks in your career.

Markings on the Mount of Mercury

A star on the Mount of Mercury indicates a successful professional career. A

cross under the Mount will protect your job or business against any bad luck. A
cross on the mount indicates diplomacy. A square on the Mount of Mercury
indicates someone who would be a good teacher. A triangle shows someone who
gets on well with other people. A grill is not a good sign and indicates nervous
problems.

Markings on Worry Line

An island on the Worry Line shows a tragic love affair that ends in shame. A
fork at the end of the Worry Line and crosses the Heart Line indicates a marriage
breakdown. A Worry Line from a star on amount of Venus shows quarrels with
relatives.

Markings on wrist of Hand

Such a Line, found long and without any bad marks or faults, when it runs to the
Mount of Saturn and is supported by a good Line of Sun rising from the Plain of
Mars and running parallel to the Line of Fate, indicates brilliant success, high
social position, fame, wealth and happiness. Such persons having a Line of this
shape make their career with their own efforts. But when this Line starts from
below the Rascette, it is unfavourable and indicates grief. If the Fate Line runs to
the Mount of the Sun, it denotes renown in fine arts or literature. When it runs to
the Mount of Mercury, success in business is denoted. In case it runs straight to
the Mount of Saturn and then curves to the Mount of Jupiter that is a sure sign of
very extraordinary success in life.

Markings Transverse

These are negative symbols and they take away the strength and deplete positive
energy of the line or mount they are found on. They create obstacles wherever
they appear. It also indicates that you may be using you skills for bad purposes.
Triangles: Triangles are very lucky markings and indicate huge success. They
signify that the individual has an ability to analyze situations effectively and has
the brainpower to accomplish multiple things. When they appear on specific
lines, they strengthen the qualities of that line. They can also be symbolic of
someone who is spiritual or psychic. For example, a triangle on sun line
indicates huge fame at national or international level.

Mirror

It gives the native an honest and transparent nature.

Moon

It denotes courage and honour.

Mountain/Parvata

It makes the person very valorous and courageous.

Mystique Cross

Mystique Cross between Head & Heart Line shows a great interest in occult
matters.

Oval
People have many misconceptions w. r. t. this sign. When found on the lower
phalange of the Thumb, it indicates wealth and overall success in life. If located
at the base of the thumb then it denotes a son. If located in the beginning of
Indira rekha (Fate line), it signify the death of parents in the early age. I
remember, few people have pointed out that, this sign is present on my palm,
while some were also of the opinion that it is a fish sign. To those people who
were calling it a Yav, let me remind all of them that my parents are still alive. If
this sign is found on bandha rekha then it declares that the person will die on a
holy place.

Ox/Bull
It makes the native a landlord who is also a farmer.

Peacock feather

It denotes that the person will get inheritance from his maternal side. Persons
having the Fate Line from the Mount of the Moon have a marked personality,
are popular with people and attain striking success in their profession.

Pitcher

It is a rare mark. The Swastika, Ashtkon, bow and lotus all are rare but are signs
of fortune and if found make the man wealthy as a prince.

Plank

It makes one a beacon of his family.

Pond

Makes one extremely prosperous, but this native also suffers a lot because of
troubles in stomach, intestines and gas etc.

Ring of Apollo

The Ring of Apollo, which is a very rare marking, signifies that a blockage
exists in creativity. This marking might actually block the positive effects of the
traits associated with the Apollo finger. If you have this marking, do not be
discouraged. Some palmists believe that with a change to a positive outlook,
focusing on creative projects and broadening your horizons, this line can
dissipate.

Ring of Saturn

Ring of Saturn: Normal position of the Ring of Saturn is that it rises between
the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn. It encircles the finger of Saturn and terminates
between the finger of Saturn and Apollo. The Ring of Saturn is a semicircle-
shaped line located at the base of the middle finger. This ring is not commonly
found. The Ring of Saturn may indicate an individual who is unhappy, a hermit,
overly serious in nature and not living life to the fullest. This person may be
consumed with a pessimistic outlook on life. You may refer to this person as
always being down n the dumps. General functions of the Ring of Saturn are
that,
• Absence of the Ring of Saturn indicates no special

significance. (
• If a person has a Ring of Saturn with a head line that slopes
low on the Mount of Moon which is large and grilled it will
show this person will have a great imagination.
• If the Ring of Saturn is composed of two lines that form a
cross on the Mount of Saturn it is not a good sign as it may
indicate this person has a suicidal tendency.
• It indicates want of continuity of purpose.
• It shows an impulsive disposition in matters pertaining to
occupation or choice of career.
• Presence of the Line indicates no one occupation long
enough to make it successful.
• When there is a Ring of Saturn and the Fate Line has a dot,
cross or star it indicates this person’s career may be ruined
through lack of concentration.

Ring of Solomon

The Ring of Solomon is also referred to as the Ring of Jupiter. It is located at the
bottom of the Jupiter finger (index finger) on its mount. This ring can appear in a
semicircle formation or in a straight line. It is a small line appearing as a semi-
circle, embracing the Mount of Jupiter and ending near the beginning of the Life
Line. It represents King Solomon from the Bible and Jupiter, the king of the
gods during Roman times. People who possess this ring have strong leadership
qualities and are usually found in positions of authority. They are well respected,
intelligent and philosophical individuals who are extremely tolerant and
thoughtful of others. The general functions of the Ring of Solomon are that,
• It indicates a love and flair for occult sciences
• It suggests spiritual help from one who is deeply involved in

spirituality.
• Absence of the Line indicates no special significance
• A well marked Line indicates strong leanings towards the

occult and the esoteric sciences.

RISING OFF SHOOTS

Rising offshoots are the inverse of the drooping offshoots. They represent
periods of sudden inspiration, fruition, and happiness. It will draw upon the
qualities of the mount that it is directed to.
• An offshoot springing from the Line of Head and nearing

the Mount of Mercury is a sign of scientific prowessperhaps an invention or a

discovery or a synthesis of concepts that have long been drifting through the
individual's mind, but had hitherto been dissociated.

• An offshoot springing from the Line of Head and nearing the Mount of
Mercury is a sign of scientific prowess and perhaps an invention, or a discovery,
or a synthesis of concepts that has long been drifting through the individual's
mind, but had hitherto been dissociated.
• Little lines rising from Life line indicates increased power, gains and success.
• Off shoot facing Sun indicates success, fame, brilliance, wealth, name and
glory.
• Off shoot to Saturn indicates good luck and to Jupiter devotion to Almighty
and religion-administrative success.
• Offshoot to Mercury indicates monetary gains.

Serpent
It is a rare mark. The sword, spear and sword are signs which are not auspicious
but troublesome in life. The serpent denotes opposition and enemies.

SISTER LINES

They support the line along which they follow, some sister lines are quite
common, such as the Line of Mars, which accompanies and strengthens the
constitution denoted by the Line of Life; The Line of Apollo is a sister line for
the Line of Fate, as it serves a similar function and accentuates the fulfilment
one feels in the course of their career.
• A double or sister Fate Line is an excellent sign and

indicates two distinct careers

• A sister Line of Head running parallel to the main Line This
signifies a nature very difficult to understand, sometimes it
is genial and pleasant, and at other times cruel and hateful.
• Crossed by little sister lines which are fine and do not cut
the Life Line into two indicates innumerable worries.
• It increases the power of the brain and helps doing various
jobs.
• Sister Lines increase or double the power of any line, and
when lying close together at the Line of Head, they give it
great power and promise.
• Sister lines protect and heal lines that are broken, crooked,
frayed or side by side. Lest a line exist with several
negative markings, sister lines will be the guiding hand that
shall shield the bearer from the brunt of life's assaults.

Small lines

When the entire hand is covered with a network of small lines, it denotes a
highly nervous disposition and usually great mental worry and lack of decision.

Snake

It is a very unfortunate sign, as these kinds of people are full of bad qualities.

Soft brush/ Chamar

It denotes the royal powers at the disposal of the native. Spear: It gives the
native lasting victory.

SPOT (DOT)

Spots or dots leads to temporary arrest of the qualities of lines and the mounts
over which they are found. These signs appear not only at birth but even
afterwards during the course of life. They are generally small, deep indentation
in the skin, whose colour is generally found to be red, bluish black or white. The
shape is usually round, elongated or irregular. They may come and disappear
after showing their impact. It's a negative possession. The spot is a sign of a
distinct event or malady, though it often comes in groups that denote a chronic
disorder. The Spot is a sign of temporary illness or disease. Different colours of
spot have different meanings:
• A Black or Blue spot represents a nervous illness.
• A black spot in Great Triangle (Rahu Kshetra) indicate

Riches.
• A black spot on Life line indicates a grave disease or
serious illness.
• A Black spot on the Mount of Mercury represents failure in
business.
• A Black spot on the Mount of Venus shows tendency to
contract venereal disease.
• A bluish on spot Life line indicates typhoid, malaria, etc.
• A bluish spot on the Head Line indicate when the line,
forms part of a Triangle and the Mount of Mars is
prominent, it shows criminal tendencies.
• A Bright Red spot on the line of head signifies a shock or
injury from some blow or fall.
• A bright red spot on the line of health represents illness and
fever and on the line of life represents nature of illness or
fever.
• A Dark permanent spot over the Mount of Mercury leads to
blindness and eye trouble.
• A dark spot on Head Line generally indicates, with the
Mount of Saturn most prominent, toothache; with the Mount
of Venus most prominent, deafness; with the Mount of the
Sun most prominent, a disease of the eyes, especially with
a star at the root of the third finger.
• A dark spot on Head Line with narrow and highly colour
lines of Life and Liver denotes a tendency to fever.
• A deep black dot on Life line indicates a dangerous wound.
• A deep dot on the Line of Heart under the Mount of Mercury
indicates love sorrows.
• A deep dot on the Line of Heart under the Mount of the Sun
indicates love sorrows or trouble caused by some
celebrated person which is harmful.
• A deep dot on the Line of Heart with a poor wavy Liver Line
indicates heart palpitation due to poor digestion.
• A deep or black spot at the termination of the Sun and
Heart Lines indicates imminent danger of blindness.
• A dot is not considered good if posited on fingers.
• A dot on heart line informs about curable heart disease.
• A dot on the third phalange of Jupiter finger indicates
murder of self.
• A dot or spot on head line indicates headache or migraine.
• A dot under the Mount of Jupiter indicates a loving
disposition.
• A large black spot like a lentil over the Mount of Mercury
indicates the movements of a subject’s body are interfered
with through illness or accident.
• A long red scar, lengthwise, on the Line of Heart: Danger of
apoplexy.
• A number of dots Life line indicates unsatisfactory state of
health.
• A red dot on Life line indicates a feverish disposition.
• A red spot within the Triangle indicates pregnancy for
females.
• A spot of red colour on the line of health represents illness
and fever.
• A spot on a prominent or much rayed Mount of Moon
denotes grave nervous trouble.
• A spot on Life line indicates dry skin.
• A spot on the Mount of Mars denotes dangerous opposition
of enemies.
• A spot on the Mount of Venus indicates great trial or fatal
affection and involvement of police in female dealings.
• A spot over the Mount of Jupiter indicates a ruined position,
loss of fortune or reputation, temporary arrest of
administrative qualities and capabilities.
• A spot over the Mount of Mars indicates a wound in a fight.
• A spot over the Mount of Mercury indicates failure in
business enterprises.
• A spot over the Mount of Moon indicates a disease of the
nervous system from hysteria to raving madness.
• A spot over the Mount of Venus indicates a serious disease
connected with a love affair.
• A spot over the Mount of Saturn indicates certain evil
possibilities.
• A spot over the Mount of Sun indicates danger of losing
reputation and social standing.
• A spot over the Mount of Venus indicates impotency
temporary, which can be cured easily.
• A very deep black dot at the termination of a broken on Life
line indicates Sudden death often by assassination, if on
both Hands.
• A white dot on Line of Heart indicates success in love
affairs.
• A white spot in the in Great Triangle (Rahu Kshetra)
indicate anaemia or a tendency to fainting fits.
• A white spot on Head Line indicates discovery or invention.
• A white spot on Head Line under the Mount of Mars
indicate success in literary or scientific undertaking.
• A white spot on Head Line under the Mount of Saturn
indicate success in one’s career.
• A white spot on Head Line under the Mount of the Sun
indicate literary success.
• A white spot on the Head Line indicates success in
intellectual and literary activities.
• Below the Mercury a dark and deep spot shows blindness.
• Below the Sun spot indicates poor eye sight.
• Black or bluish dots on the Line of Heart indicate great
malarial fever.
• Deep spot into the Great Triangle (Rahu Kshetra) indicate
trouble from others tough, due to the quarrelsome nature of
the bearer.
• Dots on Line of Heart: Love sorrows, palpitation of heart.
• Dots on the Life line indicate a minor casualty.
• If a dot found on a head line it indicates head injury or brain
fever.
• If a dot lies on life line it indicates temporary illness of
weakness due to disease.
• If it is found on all the other Lines it appears to have less
significance.
• If it is found on the Line of Head, it shows shock or injury.
• If it is found on the Line of Life, it shows sudden illness.
• If it is found on the Line of Health, it shows fever.
• If it lies close to Life Line it shows troubles and quarrels.
• If spot found on a line, it typically signifies a temporary
illness corresponding to the line, e.g., a spot on the Line of
Head indicates some violence to the head or brain fever.
• Pale and white Line of Head with black spots and Life Line
forked at the start indicate very serious brain disease.
• Spots on a Line weaken it and arrest its growth.
• The Head Line wavy or discoloured with a bluish spot on a
wavy Liver Line shows health trouble due to malarial
infection.
• White dots when confirmed by ominous signs on the Head
Line denote a head or eye injury.

Square

The square is one of the most interesting and benefic sign. Squares are usually a
positive sign on the palm and indicate protection, especially when they appear
around line breaks. They symbolize good luck from outside forces, for example,
one’s guardian angel, guru or spiritual guide. Squares are a sign of protection
and good fortune wherever they are found. They represent some environmental
or personal factor that assists or protects the subject in most situations. It has
special significance when turmoil, such as instance, difficulties will arise but the
bearer will persevere and the crisis will be averted or thwarted. Damage may be
reduced covering an area that is experiencing

chained, broken, or dotted lines. In this to a minimal one or prevented all

together. Squares are a positive sign on the palm and indicate protection,
especially when they appear around line breaks. They symbolize good luck from
outside forces, for example, one’s guardian angel, guru or spiritual guide. But, a
square can represent a time period of being boxed in or imprisonment if it is on a
line that has no break in its path. The Square is an interesting sign and is usually
called the mark of preservation’. Basically, it shows escape from danger at that
particular moment when it appears. A square is a protector. It is always found
near the negativity. It is a trump card and it gives winning position. This sign
denotes that a crisis will turn away even if the difficulties arise in life.
• A square after perturbations in a line signifies repair.
• A square can represent a time of being boxed in or

imprisonment if it rests on a line that has no break in it.

• A square can represent a time period of being boxed in or
imprisonment if it is on a line that has no break in its path.
• A square if touches Life Line and posited on the Mount of
Venus gives arrest, hospitalization and foreign travels. This
square improves the quality of semen and stops sudden
ejaculations, defends from lever related problems and
improves the relations within the family.
• A square in a quadrangle normally shaped shows an
extremely quick temper but a kind heart.
• A square in Triangle not touching the main Line gives a
warning of a most serious danger.
• A square is deemed to be placed at its best when it
appears after a triangle.
• A square on mount of Moon improves the power of
imagination. It defends from drowning and death, hysteria,
etc.
• A square on mount of Venus denotes that the person will
fall in danger but always manage to escape.
• A square on or close to the Heart Line indicates some
preservation from physical harm or sorrow caused by
disappointment in love.
• A square on or near the Life Line denotes a sign of
preservation from grave illness or trouble or rapid
recuperation.
• A square on the Fate Line means protection from loss of
money or failure in business or in profession.
• A square on the Mars denotes a violent temper held in
check ‘by reason. If the Mount is below normal, then it
implies protection against bodily harm.
• A square on the Mercury denotes protection from heavy
financial loss and from a restless and mercurial
temperament.
• A square on the Moon denotes protection against bad
markings on the Mount such as power of imagination,
travel, disappointments, bladder and kidney troubles, water
disease and dropsy.
• A square on the Mount and a star within a square mean
escape from assassination.
• A Square on the Mount of Apollo denotes great financial
success.
• A Square on the mount of Jupiter indicates protection from
social disgrace.
• A square on the mount of Jupiter is a defence against
diseases such as throat related disease or any danger from
poison etc. Such people get benefited through their In-laws.
• A square on the mount of Jupiter signifies ambition of the
person. It also indicates that the bearer of this marking on
this Mount can impart knowledge very well to others hence
he can be an excellent teacher.
• A square on the Mount of Mars defends a person from
danger through enemies. It gives a person of cooperative
and harmonious attitude.
• A square on the Mount of Mercury improves image and
defends from a conspiracy.
• A Square on the Mount of Mercury represents preservation
from heavy financial losses.
• A square on the Mount of Saturn and a Fate Line running
through it up to the third phalange of the second Finger
means protection against a disastrous possibility.
• A square on the mount of Saturn denotes a defence from
fatality. This square is a defence to them from urinary
disease, hernia, teeth and kidney related problems.
• A Square on the Mount of Saturn shows preservation from
unexpected misfortune.
• A square on the mount of Sun provides denotes for fame
and building up of the status. It saves a person from image
loss and improves eye-sight.
• A square on the Mounts of Jupiter represents sober sense
guiding one’s ambitions and preservation from social
failures, capacity to command and protection against
intoxication of success and ambitions.
• A square on the Sun indicates business ability protecting
the artist from being exploited. Also protection against
intoxication due to good financial success and desire for
fame,
• A square on the Venus denotes when on the lower part of
the Mount of Venus and close to the Life Line but not
touching, it protects from imprisonment or cloistered life.
• A square protects subject from fatality that shadows his life.
• A square represents that a person overcomes the obstacles
in the sphere this line is responsible for.
• A square shows escape from dangers at that particular
moment where it appears.
• A square under the Mount close to the Fate Line means
lucky escape from accident.
• A square with red dots on the corner implies preservation of
life from fire.
• A Squire in the Quadrangle is a good sign and indicates
outstanding success.
• If a square in a quadrangle touches the main Line,
protection against imperfection of that Line is indicated.
• If a square is found on the Sun Line, it implies preservation
or rescue from attack against the subject’s reputation and
against money losses.
• If the Head Line has this mark, enclosing any portion of it, it
denotes that the danger to brain would be averted.
• If the Life Line is overlapping, it denotes recovery from
severe illness.
• If the presence of a square around breaks into the Line of
Fate, it saves him from financial loss or disaster or loss of
position and failure.
• If the square touches the Fate Line on the side towards the
Mount of the Moon, it denotes danger of accident during
travel.
• If the square touches the Fate Line within the great Triangle
towards the Mount of Venus, it denotes danger from
accident in home life.
• If there is defective Quadrangle this will cause restlessness
in the person.
• It enhances the power of writings and speech.
• Life Line broken in a square means recovery from a great
illness.
• Running Head Line through a square means the
intelligence of the subject will save him from the worst
consequences of a grave accident or misfortune.
• Squares are a positive sign on the palm and indicate
protection, especially when they appear around line breaks.
• St. Andrew’s cross within a square on a Life Line means
great danger will be visited, but its consequences will not
be harmful.
• The one instance in which the square denotes negative
influences is when it is found on the upper portion of the
Mount of Venus near the life line, where it denotes
detention or incarceration.
• The square on the line of life, surrounding the place of
break is called limited. It is a symbol of freedom's limit. It
usually means imprisonment or represents the person is
trapped in the circumstances. And he does not know what
to do.
• The square which sits just under the index finger is a
common sign found among people who work in the
teaching profession. It doesn't always mean that the person
is a school teacher. It is in fact found also in people who
teach anything, whether it be paid or voluntary.
• When a clear psychic cross in the Quadrangle is not
touching any line this person will be a very gifted psychic.
• When a square is found close to the Fate Line and under
the Mount of Saturn, it indicates a lucky escape from some
accident.
• When a square is outside the Life Line and touches it from
the plain of Mars, it denotes imprisonment or seclusion from
the world.
• When a square is under the Mount of Saturn, touches the
Fate Line, it denotes preservation from accident.
• When Head Line runs into a square, it indicates
preservation from accident or violence by the subject's
presence of mind.
• When in the centre of the Mount of Venus, the subject will
fall into all kinds of danger through passions but will
manage to escape.
• When it is on the Line of Fate, it means preservation from
loss, and so on with each quality represented by the
different lines.
• When it is on the Line of Life it means preservation from
death.
• When Life Line passes through a square, it denotes
protection from death even if this Line be broken at that
point.
• When on the Mount of Venus inside the Life Line,
indicates preservation from trouble brought on by passions
but the subject will manage to escape.
• When running Head Line under the Mount of Saturn, it
denotes preservation from some danger to the head.
• When the Fate Line runs through a square, it means that
one of the greatest financial disasters will be averted.
• When the Heart Line runs through a square, it denotes
some heart trouble brought on by affection. When in Heart
Line, the square is under the Mount of Saturn, it denotes
some fatality to a person of the subject’s affection.
• When the square is found on the Mounts, it denotes
protection from any excess arising through the qualities of
the Mount.

Star

The star is the most important indication of luck to be found in your hands. But
only when it is found on the upper mounts of Jupiter, Mercury or Apollo, at any
point along the Apollo line or at the top of the Fate line. Stars in hand are
considered of adequate importance in the study of palmistry. Stars are not visible
on the palm on the first view. Palmistry states that a careful study of an
individual's hand will reveal that there are a number of stars on the palm. But
their results vary based upon the different locations of origin. Stars in hand are a
sign of excellent and unexpected brilliance in one's life. The Star is with only
one exception a most fortunate mark to possess. Stars on the palm usually
indicate success and good fortune in the area they appear. However, a star
appearing on the life line can represent turmoil. The star is a sign of great
importance and is quite auspicious except when on the Mounts of Saturn and the
Moon. The effects of stars at various places are detailed hereunder. The addition
of a single branch or ray to a cross transforms it into a star, although stars of six
rays in shape are not in frequent. They should be studied with utmost care. These
marks assist in determining behaviour of a person and they are also important in
forecasting and predicting future.
• A Star at the termination under the Mount of the Sun can

imply success due to the assistance and goodwill of others.

• A Star in the Quadrangle under the Mount of Saturn shows
a brilliant career.
• A Star on the Line of the Sun within the Quadrangle points
to catastrophe or a great calamity or distress.
• A Star under the Mount of Mercury means great reputation
as a scientist, businessman or engraver.
• A Star under the Mount of the Sun points to great fame, in
art and literature.
• A badly formed solitary star on the Liver Line points to
troubles in love, resulting from an act of violence.
• A line that ends in a star signifies the greatest
accomplishments possible; however, the star often carries
with it an unpleasant price.
• A sign of star on the index finger shows that the person is
quite positive by nature. In a nutshell palmistry suggests
that the sign of stars on the palm need thorough study.
• A star and Cross over the Mount of Jupiter indicates a most
brilliant union. It results in good fortune as well as an
excellent reputation. One has both wealth and popularity.
His material and spiritual wants are easily fulfilled, while he
can rise up in the ranks, when it comes to his work and his
career. He need not sacrifice family life to reach there. He
can achieve the right balance in life to be truly satisfied.
• A star appearing on the life line can represent a huge
turmoil.
• A star at the base of the Mount of Jupiter indicates a person
with strong ties with rich and influential people. You tend to
move in circles above your own social class and status, and
your friends and acquaintances are only too happy to lift
you up to their level. You are an ambitious person, and
although somewhat a social climber, you know how to put your contacts to good
use to elevate yourself in life. With this kind of sign on your palm, you are
almost certain to end life better than you started it. It also means you will have
happiness in your old age.
• A star at the beginning of the Line of Heart shows great
trouble to parents in childhood.
• A star at the end of a branch of the Line of Heart going
down into the Mount of the Moon shows hereditary
madness of the erotic form.
• A star at the end of a sloping Head Line on the Mount of the
Moon points to death by drowning or often suicide by
drowning in a sudden fit of insanity.
• A star at the end of a sloping Line of Head on the Mount of
the Moon points to death by drowning or often suicide by
drowning in a sudden fit of insanity. Line of Head sloping
almost or close to the Rascette and terminating in a star
may mean a brilliant fortune. A star on the Line of Head
rising from the lower part of the Mount of Venus or from the
Line of Life and terminating on the Mount of the Moon and
a dark spot on the Head Line all point towards delirium
tremens or drunkenness at its worst; also dangerous kidney
trouble.
• A star at the end of the life line denotes some shock and a
warning. It also indicates some personal injury where life is
affected.
• A star at the start of Head line means inherited brain trouble
of the respiratory organ.
• A star at the start of Line of Mars shows a tendency to
somnambulism.
• A star at the termination of the Health Line or Line of
Mercury, one tends to find it difficult to save money or build
a store of wealth. He always seems to spend faster than he
earns. He will marry to one who has the opposite tendency
in respect of him. One may prefer taking risks in life and act
as a gambler, without preferring to be a looser. It indicates
poor health conditions. One will not be as robust as the
average person and the slightest of microbes-infections will
initiate the trouble. It indicates delicate constitution and one
prefers the life of a city with amenities-facilities. The bearer
may act like a snob and prefer mixing with the people of his
own status, sometimes looking down on others. One has to modify his behaviour
against such an attitude, since shunning the wrong person often gets him into
trouble. Avoidance of superiority complex will help in becoming
more successful in work and in life.
• A star at the termination of the Line of Fate and another at
the termination of the Life Line imply paralysis generally
followed by paresis
• A star at the termination of the Line of Heart and another at
the Mount of the Moon shows a tendency to suicide.
• A star at the termination of the Line of Heart, on the Mount
of Saturn points to misfortune.
• A star at the termination of the Sun Line illustrates
recognition, name, fame, wealth and reputation. One will
achieve success in the field of entertainment-films, TV,
stage, and creative writing etc. He turns into a celebrity and
become famous. One will be successful in whatever field he
choose for work, provided he does not shirk hard
labour. He would love to work-performing. He gains
popularity as a conversationalist and becomes a confident
public speaker speaker-orator. More he practice and
sharpens his skills, better he becomes, (i) if the line ends in
a star: It denotes great fame, but this often results in the
bearer suffering the loss of his private sphere to his
successful public sphere; (ii) if at the termination under the
Mount of the Sun, which implies that the success comes
due to the assistance and goodwill of others;(iii) if on the
Sun line is within the Quadrangle it points to catastrophe,
great calamity or distress.
• A star attached to the Apollo line indicates a major win of
money.
• A star close to the Liver Line but inside the triangle points to
blindness.
• A star connected by a Line of Influence with the Mount of
Venus or the Line of Life indicates hysteria or insanity, often
of an erotic character.
• A star connected or formed by the Lines of the Sun and the
Mount of the Sun, it denote great fame but through talent
and work.
• A Star connected or formed by the Lines of the Sun and the
Mount of the Sun when not too high denote great fame but
through talent and work.
• A star found over the first phalange of Saturn finger shows
murder.
• A star in the centre of a Triangle means riches and success
in general after a great struggle.
• A star in the Triangle, at the end of the Line from the A star
on Mount of Venus indicates great sorrow.
• A star is formed of three of more lines cutting across each
other at a point represents tensions and misshapenning but
a line that starts after a star signifies great
accomplishments.
• A star mark on the lines of travelling shows that the person
will die away from his house at a place of pilgrimage. In
such cases such individuals should not go for travelling in
distant places, as suggested by the palmists.
• A star on a single, double or treble girdle of Venus denotes
general venereal disease leading to death.
• A star on Line of Fate points to danger or disaster on the
dates marked.
• A star on Line of Intuition indicates riches after great trouble
and enjoyment of exaggerated influence of love of the
opposite sex.
• A star on Lines at the beginning of the Line means
hereditary illness.
• A star on mount of Moon is a sign of celebrity status.
• A star on mount of Venus represents extraordinary success
in all affairs of love and on mount of Luna is a sign of great
celebrity status.
• A star on mount of Venus represents success in love
affairs.
• A star on Mount of Mars indicates implies a weak spirit and
cowardice.
• A star on Mount of Mercury indicates makes a person too
changeable to succeed, particularly in anything in regard to
business and service.
• A star on Mount of Saturn indicates brings misfortune to the
subject,
• A star on Mount of Sun indicates weakens talent for art.
• A star on Mount of Venus found in any other position points
to a person easily led and influenced by the sport of fancy
and passion.
• A star on Mount of Venus, cross-wise Island, means
advantageous marriage chance missed.
• A star on mounts enhances the benefits of the
corresponding amount.
• A star on the Apollo mount indicates the person has talents
which will bring the owner fame and fortune. It is often
found on the hand of successful actors.
• A star on the Fate Lines is a bad sign as there is
uncertainty in career.
• A star on the first Finger first Phalange indicates most
fortunate event in life.
• A star on the first Finger second Phalange with a straight
downward Line from the first phalange
chastity.
• A star on the first Finger third
indicates immodesty.
• A star on the first phalange with an exaggerate Mount of
Venus or a much rayed Mount means immorality.
• A star on the Fourth Finger First
indicates success as speaker but not financially.
• A star on the Fourth
indicates notoriety obtained
Mount of Mercury.
• A star on the Fourth Finger Third Phalange
indicates eloquence, wit.
• A star on the Girdle of Venus single, double or treble girdle
denotes general venereal disease leading to death.
• A star inside the Quadrangle, Indra-Kshetra, (i) under the
Mount of Saturn shows a brilliant career; (ii) Under the
Mount of the Sun points to great fame, in art and
literature; (iii) Under the Mount of Mercury means great
reputation as a scientist, businessman or engraver.
• A star inside the Triangle, Rahu-Kshetra, (i) A star in the
centre means riches and success in general after a great
struggle; (ii) A star in on both Hands, in the centre of the
Triangle implies violent death; (iii) A star near the Liver Line
and inside the Triangle means blindness; (iv) A badly
formed solitary star points to troubles in love, resulting from
an act of violence; (v) A star inside the Triangle, at the end
of the line from the Mount of Venus shows great indicates

Phalange
Finger Second Phalange

Phalange from worst features of the sorrow. (vi) A star on both sides of the line
from Venus shows sorrow due to the death of a relation or close friend.

• A star on the head line indicates poor decision making ability or an injury to
the head.
• A star on the Head line indicates some kind of emotional setback or trouble.
• A star on the junction of the Head and Liver Lines could mean danger in child
bearing or sterility.
• A star on the Line and a star on the Mount of Saturn mean lower limbs are
likely to be affected.
• A star on the Line and wavy Liver Line indicates biliousness or indigestion.
• A star on the Line indicates grave illness, brain trouble or smallpox.
• A star on the Line of Head implies a wound on the Head. If it is on both Hands,
there may be a fatal wound.
• A star on the Line of Intuition indicates riches after great trouble and
enjoyment of exaggerated influence of love of the opposite sex.
• A star on the Line of Voyage shows danger of shipwreck.
• A star on the line rising from the Life Line and terminating on the Mount of the
Moon and a dark spot on the Head Line point towards delirium tremendous or
drunkenness at its worst; also dangerous kidney trouble.
• A star on the Line with a star on the Head Line indicates serious illness.
• A star on the Liver Line means childlessness, sterility and troubles connected
with child bearing, for women only.
• A Star on the Mount of Apollo is a sign of distinction and genius.
• A star on the mount of Jupiter enhances the honour, power and position of a
person.
• A Star on the mount of Jupiter indicates achievement of one's ambition.
• A star on the mount of Jupiter signifies great honour, power and position on the
mount of Sun it indicates wealth and position but without happiness.
• A Star on the Mount of Mars indicates riches through courageous action mostly
through illegal means like smuggling, etc.
• A star on the mount of Mars represents that through patience and luck the great
honours would be achieved.
• A star on the Mount of Mars under Jupiter, it gives great distinction and
celebrity in martial life or in some one decisive battle, which gives renown to the
rest of the career, like a Wellington at Waterloo.
• A star on the Mount of Mars under Mercury, it gives honour won by the
mentality fighting the battle of life.
• A star on the mount of mercury represents success in science, the power of
eloquence whereas on the mount of mars it denotes that through patience,
resignation and luck the great honours would be gained.
• A star on the mount of mercury represents the power of eloquence.
• A star on the Mount of Mercury, it gives unusual success in commerce,
business, science, or great eloquence, according to other indications of the hand.
• A star on the Mount of Saturn it is the one unfavourable sign of this particular
mark, and on this Mount it gives distinction, but one to be dreaded. Such a
person will be the plaything of destiny, a man cast for some terrible part in the
tragedy of life. Such a man's life will end in some terrible disaster, but one which
will cause his name to be on everyone's lips. A king perhaps, but one crowned
by doom.
• A star on the mount of Saturn represents great success or distinction through
some terrible fate.
• A Star on the Mount of Saturn shows a high position achieved, but opposition
too from enemies. Two Stars on the mount of Jupiter indicates success due to
unexpected luck.
• A star on the mount of Sun gives wealth and a good position in the society but
without happiness.
• A star on the Mount of Sun, it gives riches and glory, but generally associated
with a public life.
• A star on the Mount of the Moon it is a sign of great celebrity arising from the
qualities of this Mount, viz., through the imagination or inventive faculties.
• A star on the Mount of the Moon, a star indicates fame in literary, artistic or
dramatic pursuits, provided the Thumb and Head Lines are strong.
• A Star on the Mount of Venus stands for brilliant marriage. Star on the Life
line indicates sudden death - poisoning at the age signified.
• A star on the Mount of Venus the Star on the centre of this Mount is also a sign
of success, but in relation to animal magnetism and sensuality it gives
extraordinary success with the opposite sex.
• A star on the Mount with strong Line of Fate, Line of Head and Line of Sun
indicates an excellent combination providing the fulfilment of all desires of the
bearer.
• A star on the second Finger first Phalange indicates most extraordinary for
good or evil. If on both Hands indicates danger of assassination.
• A star on the Second Phalange indicates catastrophe.
• A star on the second phalange of the Thumb gives a lot of wealth to the subject.
• A star on the short Line at the Mount of Jupiter terminating at the Head Line
denotes fatal pride, especially if it is connected with the Line of Fate.
• A star on the short Line of Head at the Mount of Jupiter terminating at the
Head Line denotes fatal pride, especially if it is connected with the Line of fate.
A branch of the Line of Head from the Head Line ascending to the root of the
first Finger and ending in a star is an indication of successful ambitions.
• A star on the start of the Line of Fate and another at the Mount of Venus may
mean that one of the parents should have died by that time.
• A star on the start of the Line of Heart and another at the Mount of Venus, one
of the parents will die at that time.
• A star on the termination of the Line of Fate and Life Lines, separately, implies
paralysis.
• A star on the termination of the Line of Fate and the Mount of Saturn points to
misfortune.
• A star on the Third Finger First Phalange indicates genius, if not insane.
• A star on the Third Finger Second Phalange indicates good talent.
• A star on the Third Finger Third Phalange indicates extravagant love of raise.
• A star on the Upper Mount of Mars confers good will power, patience and
success. And when on the Mount of Mercury with a straight and good Finger,
blesses the person with success in his career.
• A star on the lines of the Mars the sign of stars is unfavourable.
• A star or stars on the Heart Line point to danger or disaster.
• A star over the exaggerated Mount points to homicide committed through
jealousy or grave danger.
• A star over the Head Line implies a wound on the Head. If it is on both Hands,
there may be a fatal wound.
• A star over the middle of Life Line indicates that a disaster, health trouble,
illness could happen when one is around the age of 40 years. He should take
extra care of his health. His early and later years may be the happiest and
problem free. If he successfully get past middle age, he will have a blissful
retirement and old age. In fact this star will arrest the health-vigour and vitality,
when ever and where ever it appears over the Life Line. One may overcome the
impact if Mars & Venus are good. He should avoid non-veg, wine and mixing up
with the women, too frequently. He should practice Yoga and resort to
meditation, regularly in the morning.
• A star over the Mount of Jupiter with a good Line of Head suggests acquisition
of status and honour. You are a person obsessed with family honour and the
acquisition of money in an attempt to gain status and social power. You are not a
person to be trifled with, and you tend to have little patience with frivolity.
• A star over the Mount of Mercury signifies that one may become a victim of
dishonesty, cheating and fraud and betrayal. It's wise not to be overly trusting,
especially over the strangers. He may have friends who just want to extract out
of him. He may not be able to distinguish between a true friend and the foe or
the one is just making him a fooltool. He has to live more warily, cautiously,
carefully than others. (i) A star over the Mount of Mercury, at the apex of the
Mount, denotes normal success in commerce, business, science, etc.
• A star over the Mount of Mercury, on side of the Mount, denotes association
with distinguished people in life.
• A star over the Mount of Moon, on the apex, denotes drowning or death by gas,
inordinate use of drugs, etc.
• A star over the Mount of Moon, on the lower part with the chained and
yellowish Lines of Heart and Life indicates implies dropsy, water disease.
• A star over the Mount of Physical Mars, on the apex, implies great distinction;
celebrity will be attained from marital life, bringing renown to the rest of the
subject’s career. One will attain success in the army or police with brilliant
colours and honours. However, one's life will tend to be full of challenges and
obstacles. He will work harder and still away from the goal. He should learn to
be happy with whatever he has, to avoid dissatisfaction. He may be benefited by
meditation. He should learn to be happy with his lot; otherwise he will be
constantly dissatisfied.
A star over the Mount of Mental Mars, over the peak, denotes patience,
resignation and fortitude; the greatest honour will be gained.
• A star over the Mount of Saturn brings death when seated over the Mount.
• A star over the Mount of Saturn off the Mount on either side or cutting into the
finger shows contact with persons of distinction through some terrible fate.
• A star over the Mount of Saturn on the apex shows terrible fatality, dreaded
distinction; also denotes end of terrible, disastrous life. It represents a plaything
or child of fate, a king without a crown.
• A star over the Mount of Sun, on the apex of the Mount, denotes brilliancy of
position and glory but associated with public life without happiness and wealth.
• A star over the Mount of Sun, on the side of the Mount, indicates contact with
rich and healthy people but without gain.
• A star over the Mount of Venus at the base of the Mount indicates towards
misfortune due to the opposite sex.
• A star over the Mount of Venus at the base of the Mount towards the Rascette
with a sloping Line of Head indicates disease,
• A star over the Mount of Venus over the Mount touching the Line of Life
shows trouble for a loved one or family member.
• A star over the Mount of Venus suggests misfortune caused by the opposite
sex. One tends to be unlucky in love, since he is never content-satisfied. Betrayal
or double crossed in love, may turn him to revenge to sooth jealousy, causing
misfortune, which is not advised. He should keep his temper under control to
avoid bigger losses.
• A star over the Mount of Venus, at the peak, shows successful and favourable
relations in affections and passion, with success in all love affairs.
• A star over the Mount of Venus, found near the second phalange of the Thumb,
indicates Marriage or liaison that will be the subject’s whole life.
• A star over the Mount of Venus, in the middle, denotes death of a close relative
or close friend.
• A star over the Mount of Venus, placed by the side, indicates success in the
arena of love, contacts with distinguished persons.
• A star over the normal Mount indicates that there may be a danger of
assassination, if seen on both the hands.
• A star sign appears along with an island on the Mercury Line indicates fragile
health and even bankruptcy.
• A star when on both Hands, in the centre of the Triangle implies violent death.
• A star with a drooping Head Line on an exaggerated Mount and a bad Mount
of Saturn points to suicide by drowning, if found on both Hands and with other
indications.
• A star with a fine Line of the Sun and several parallel Lines on the Mount
indicates great wealth and generally fame or at least a high social standing.
These Lines are called Lines of Reputation.
• A star with a good Line of the Sun indicates great fame due to genius or hard
work, often wealth.
• A star with a triangle on the Mount of Saturn indicates depravity.
• A star with curved Lines indicates immorality.
• A Star within a Square on the Mount of Saturn shows escape from
assassination.
• A star without a good Line of the Sun indicates fame after many risks taken
and not generally a desirable character; wealth comes too late to ensure
happiness.
• A Stars on both sides of the Line of the Sun: Sorrow due to the death of a
relation or close friend.
• All Lines joining the star from different Mounts or Lines will give the subject
the advantage of that Mount.
• An island on the Line and a star at the junction of the Head and Liver Lines
denote sterility and difficulty in child bearing, in case of women.
• Any line that ends in a star shows immense accomplishments in life.
• At the starting point of the Line of Fate means toes of fortune or great trouble
to parents in childhood.
• Head Line sloping almost or close to the Rascette and terminating in a star may
mean a brilliant fortune.
• If a person has a mark of star on the Life line, he is assumed to die abruptly in
his youth.
• If a person has a sign of star on the thumb, it indicates that he is patient and
successful.
• If a star found in line or mount of Saturn, these stars can signify misfortune,
emotional problems and lack of confidence in career.
• If a star is found at the end of a line, it can indicate fame and great
accomplishments. It also indicates success in relationships.
• If a star is found on the Jupiter mount it indicates good fortune, marry into
money and reach a position of importance in life.
• If a star is situated on the hill it means a person is good and can obtain most in
the sphere the hills responsible for. The best thing is a star situated on the hill of
Jupiter. In this case the person will be honourable and respected for his success.
• If Star is present, it shows accidents, death, trouble, scandals.
• If the Head line continues to run after a Star then there is a possibility of
insanity instead of death.
• If the star is situated on Guru Parvat, you become successful in religious works.
In case the above star is found on the side of the Mount of Jupiter, it indicates
good social contact with people of high position.
• If there is a mark of star on the mount of Dragon's head his fortune always
favours him. He gets full fame and honour in his life.
• If there is a mark of star on the Health line then that person remains weak in
health throughout his life and dies in miserable circumstances. Again stars in the
palm are favourable in numerous cases.
• If there is a mark of star on the line of Moon then that person suffers from
physical ailments and sickness. These people suffer from diseases throughout
their lives. Palmists suggest that the sign of star on the palm has several contrary
results also.
• If there is a mark of star on the marriage line then that person faces many
obstructions in his marriage life and his family life cannot be termed as happy
one.
• If there is a mark of star on the mount of Dragon's Tail then that person's
childhood is spent very happily and he does not require any material benefits in
his life.
• If there is a mark of star on the mount of Jupiter then that person certainly
achieves full success in his life. These individuals attain wealth, respect, honour
and high designation in the course of their lives. They always ascend to progress
and achieve respectable positions and a great success in the society. They earn
good name in the society in spite of having humble beginning.
• If there is a sign of star on the Head line then the person suffers from disease of
the nerves. These people are also prone to get affected by mental disorders.
• If there is a sign of star on the mount of Saturn, then such individuals get rapid
rise in fortune. They move ahead towards their aims and get fame and respect in
their respective lives. They gain success with little effort in work.
• If there is a star mark on the mount of Sun then those persons get full benefit of
wealth in their lives. Materially they do not lack anything, and they remain
healthy, both physically and mentally. Those people having star on the mount of
Sun are found to lead a peaceful family life.
• If there is a star mark on the mount of Mercury then those individuals become
successful businessmen and entrepreneur. Though they can also be a successful
poet or writer, but they mainly achieve success in business sphere.
• If there is a star on the Sun line then that person gets extraordinary success in
business and gets many opportunities to acquire wealth in his life.
• If there is a star on the Heart line then he suffers from diseases related to heart.
• If there is a star on the mount of Venus the individual gets successful in all his
love affairs. A star mark on the mount of Mars specify at the person is
courageous and patient. He also leads a disciplined and ordered life. He gets full
fame honour in his life.
• If these are a symbol of a star on your palm, you have unusual abilities and
skills. You will be able to use your skills and abilities in a field related to the
position of the star on your palm.
• Star on mount of Jupiter it shows fulfilment of desires. If Star is present on
Luck/Sun Line it shows gains/fame at that point of time.
• The Line of Head ending in a star over the Mount means that the imaginative
faculties will be ruined, resulting in insanity.
• The presence of a star on the Life Line shows a fatal accident at the age
denoted on the line itself.
• The star is a symbol of good and sudden brilliance in a person's life. A line that
ends in a star signifies great accomplishments. Stars on the palm indicate success
and good fortune in the area/mount/line they appear.
• Three close stars on the Life Line show that the subject is loved-admires by the
opposite sex, which ends in disaster.
• Three close stars on the Life Line show that the subject is much loved by the
opposite sex but it ends in disaster.
• Two stars near the nails means captiousness of a fault finding nature or a
critical attitude.
• Two stars on the first and second phalanges indicate death on the scaffold.
• Two stars on Second Phalange Good Hand indicates possible murder victim.
• Two stars on Third Phalange indicate eloquence, wit.
• When a star is found in some areas, the star can signify misfortune. It can also
signify emotional problems and lack of confidence in one’s career.
• When on the apex of the Mount of Mercury denotes normal success in
commerce, business, science, etc. When by the side of the Mount of Mercury
denotes association with distinguished people in life.
• When on the side of the Mount of Sun indicates contact with rich and healthy
people but without gain, A star with a good Line of the Sun on Mount of Sun
indicates great fame due to genius or hard work, often wealth. A star without a
good Line of the Sun on Mount of Sun indicates fame after many risks taken and
not generally a desirable character; wealth comes too late to ensure happiness.
• When the star and cross are found together, the person marries into a rich
family and gains high position.
• When the star is found on the apex of the Mount of Sun, it denotes brilliancy of
position and glory but associated with public life without happiness and wealth.

Swasthik

Swasthik is a very auspicious sign, which denotes righteous and virtuous path of
the native. These people sit on the highest possible posts. He is even worshipped
by the people, what more can I say.

Sword
This mark is reserved for the Vidhya sthan (Sun’s mount) only and is an
unfortunate sign which denotes struggle and challenges in life.

Tassel

It's a general sign of weakness. Tassels, also known as frayed lines, indicate
confusion or chaos about a particular situation or problem. They can also
indicate a physical, emotional or spiritual decline. It is often found at the end of
the life line as individual ages. A tassel line can often be found at the end of the
lifeline; as the individual weakens and deteriorates with age, so too does the line.
Such is the case with the Line of Head, where it denotes a weakening of mental
clarity and approaching senility or old age. Tasselled Lines are not good signs.
They weaken any indication the line itself denotes, and at the end of a Life Line
they foreshadow loss of all nervous energy.
• A tassel like formation at the end of the Life line indicates

complete breakdown in health at the far end of one's life.

• A Tassel on the Line of Head, it denotes a weakening of
mental clarity and approaching senility or old age. A Tassel
on the at the termination of the Line of Heart it results in
deteriorating heart condition or emotional trauma that has
left the individual very feeble and unstable..
• A Tassel on the termination of Life Line, it shows money
losses, weakness and deterioration of health conditions,
with age.
• Tassel on the Line of Heart denotes deteriorating heart
condition or emotional trauma that has left the individual
very feeble and unstable.

Temple

It is a rare mark. Persons having this mark attain high positions and sometimes
become prophets. A very rare marking which reflects that the native would
achieve the highest possible post in the world; these people could even become
the president of the whole country.

Transverse Lines
A transverse line marks indicate an evil sign that nullify the positive qualities of
any mount on which it is present. These are negative symbols and they take
away the strength and deplete positive energy of the line or mount they are found
on. They create obstacles wherever they appear. It also indicates that you may be
using you skills for bad purposes. Though a person may have the markings of a
heroic mount, these qualities can be reduced if it has a score of transverse lines.
Transverse lines found across the Mount of Mercury, indicates that the bearer
will use their talents of diplomacy and tact for deceit and guile for ill gains.
When the Line of the sun, in its upward course, is barred by several transverse
lines, there are obstacles in the career of art. Many lines climbing the Mount in
the direction of Jupiter like a ladder shows a gradual rise in public recognition.
Two lines on the Mount of Apollo denote concentration on two different
occupations. Three parallel lines on the Mount of Apollo denote a favourable
indication to achieve success in one's career. A short transverse line on the
Mount of Mercury represents obstacles and failures in one's career.

Tree

It is a rare mark. It enhances the powers and parameters of any line it is found
on. Give great results when found on Indira Rekha (fate line), Atma Rekha (life
Line), bandha rekha (Heart line) or kamala rekha (sun line). In short a very
positive sign. These Lines fork into different branches and also ascending
branches are termed the Lines of the Tree. These are found on the Hands of
persons of fame and wealth and they bestow honour and happiness on them.

Triangle

Triangles are very lucky markings and indicate huge success. Triangles are
positive marks. They indicate talent, creative ability, and energy, and enhance
the qualities of any line or mount on which they appear. It denotes mental
flourish and success corresponding to the location of the mark. The triangle will
never reach the great heights of success, but it possesses balance and will not
carry with it the backlash that so often accompanies the star. The Triangle is a
curious sign and is often found clear and distinct on the different parts of the
Hand. It should be noted that a Triangle formed by chance by the crossing of the
Lines should not be interpreted as a Triangle. A separately formed Triangle
without any Line for a side is the proper sign. The triangle is a very distinctive
sign. Tiny triangles can hardly ever occur. They represent the way a person
thinks. Any person who has triangles is apt to see the essence of a problem.
Triangle is a good sign. It encourages success in research and creative work.
Triangle formed by combining many lines is a Great triangle because it consist
information from many different lines which opens many options to earn money.
• A Triangle becomes more significant when it appears as an

independent entity-mark, not the figure formed by chance crossing of lines or

composed of intersecting lines.

• A Triangle between Lines of Life and Fate means military renown.

• A Triangle found alongside a line will naturally take on significance dependent
upon the line.
• A Triangle in quadrangle shows aptitude for study of deepest science.
• A Triangle is a mark of brilliance on the Head Line. Over the Line of Head a
Triangle attributes success of the children in studies or the field of their choice.
Below the Line of Head a Triangle shows success of children in viceswickedness
or just negativity.
• A Triangle is an excellent indication for military career. A Triangle on the
Mount of Venus stands for highly tactful in love affairs.
• A Triangle on Mount of Jupiter indicates diplomatic cleverness, a subtle
disposition.
• A Triangle on Mount of Life Line, (i) near the termination of the Life Line
shows loquacity and falsehood. But with good Lines of the Head and Heart
shows tact and eloquence; (ii) near the termination and a short and pale Line of
Heart indicates harmful. (iii) At the end of Life Line if short, but Head and Heart
Lines long not harmful.
• A Triangle on Mount of Mars implies excellence in military type tactics.
• A Triangle on Mount of Mercury indicates a politician’s shrewdness.
• A Triangle on Mount of Moon shows wisdom.
• A Triangle on Mount of Saturn points to interest in ocular science.
• A Triangle on Mount of Sun indicates an artistic success and gain of wealth
and popularity.
• A Triangle on Mount of Sun shows science assisting art to success.
• A Triangle on Mount of Venus indicates calculated love.
• A Triangle on Mount of Venus represents success in love and popularity
among opposite sex people, etc. A Triangle on the Mount of Saturn gives
inclination for mystical & occult sciences and name and fame through them.
• A triangle on sun line indicates huge fame at national or international level.
• A triangle on the Head Line under the Mount of Mercury shows success in
scientific researches. They signify that the individual has an ability to analyze
situations effectively and has the brainpower to accomplish multiple things.
When they appear on specific lines, they strengthen the qualities of that line. A
triangle is symbolic of someone who is spiritual or psychic.
• A Triangle on the Head Line under the Mount of Mercury shows success in
scientific researches.3. Rascette:
• A Triangle on the Mount of Apollo denotes great aptitude for research.
• A triangle on the mount of Jupiter indicates success in public life, diplomatic
ability and cleverness, successful political career.
• A Triangle on the mount of Jupiter signifies good managerial power and a
recognized status in the society. It denotes success in the organizational affairs.
• A Triangle on the Mount warfare, presence of mind in crisis and dangers.
• A Triangle on the Mount of Mercury denotes success in business, finance and
money.
• A Triangle on the Mount of Mercury represents success in business and politics
- brings material prosperity.
• A Triangle on the Mount of Moon represents a scientific implementation of
imagination.
• A Triangle on the Mount of Sun denotes success and fame in the field of Arts.
• A Triangle presence increases the strength of the mount or the line.
• A Triangle with a cross inside denotes a large fortune by inheritance.
• At the termination of the Line of Life a Triangle describes the habit of useless
talk and falsehood.
• If Triangles is found upon the Mount of Apollo, it would denote an artistic
success.
• It denotes success corresponding to the location of the mark.
• One with a triangle will never reach the great heights of success, but maintain
balance and will not carry with it the backlash that so often accompanies the star.
management of people and

of Mars denotes science in

• The triangle is a very positive sign and gives strong results when it stands as an
independent sign.
• Triangle on the Mount of Saturn shows special aptitude for occult sciences.

Trident

A trident on the palm is a very lucky marking. It always increases the qualities of
the lines or mounts it appears on. It's commonly known as trishul and is a most
propitious marking wherever it may lie.
• A trident a sign of extremely good fortune when found on

the Pithru of Vidhya sthan, i.e. should be searched only on the mount of Jupiter
or Sun. It straightaway gives fame and celebrity status.

• A trident on the Mount of Jupiter: It foretells success in ambitions, pursuits and

attainment of aspirations, Conveyances, property, etc.
• A trident on the Mount of Sun: It indicates power through the Sun and fame in
public life or literature.
• Heart Line with three forks forming a trident on Jupiter is a sign of good
fortune.
• If a trident found on a mount, the trident carries with it great flourish of the
properties of that mount in conjunction with its neighbouring mounts.
• If a trident is on Buddha Parvat in your palm, you will have
• If a trident is situated on the fortune line, it will make sure that your fortune is
not affected by these problems.
• If a trident rises from a line, it will expound the qualities of that line and draw
additional power from the mounts or lines that branch on either side head
towards.
• If you have a trident on your palm, it will protect you from coming problems in
the near future. It will keep you safe and protected.
• If you have a trident on your palm, you have a magnetic personality which
attracts others.
• It can even have a positive effect on the neighbouring mounts.
• It is believed to bring good fortune in threes and the person will be happy,
healthy and wealthy in life.
• One with a trident must resort to the devotion of Bhagwan Shiv.
• The trident commonly known as trishul is rarely found on Mounts, while on the
Lines it is considered a fortunate sign.
• The trident is such a powerful symbol that it eclipses the star in beneficence.
• Those having trident at the termination of Line of Head between the Mount of
Mercury and the Sun are genus scientists, engineers, and researchers.
• When a trident is found on the Mount of Jupiter, it foretells success in
ambitions, pursuits and attainment of aspirations, conveyances, property, etc.
• When a trident is on the Mount of the Sun, it indicates power through the Sun
and fame in public life or literature.
Upward Branch Lines

Upward branched lines can indicate that you have overcome some of life’s
roadblocks with your own determination. They indicate someone who will be
successful and achieve their goals over a period.
They indicate hopefulness and a good outlook on life. There is an idealistic and
positive attitude associated with these lines.

Vertical Marks

Vertical markings are a benefic sign. If found on the mounts, they heighten its
positive qualities and assist in annulling any poor signs also located on the
mount. They are the opposites of the aforementioned transverse markings.
Vertical markings upon the Mount of Mercury will bring a great deal of tact and
loquaciousness to serve for pleasant communication and friendship. It will
emphasize science and business skills. Two vertical lines on the Mount of
Mercury are often the symbol of a Doctor or Biologist. Near the Rasset, they
indicate brothers or sisters on the right hand of male and uncles and aunts on the
left hand of the male.

7
Fingers Palmistry
In palmistry, fingers hold special significance in the study of human behaviour
as well as capabilities. In the science of palmistry, it is said that a person's
fingers are easy to study and easiest to decipher. A quick look at the fingers
requires observation of knots and finger shapes. Upper knot in a finger (just
below the nail) depicts idealism or philosophy. Hands with prominent upper
knots deal more in ideas and abstracts. A lower knot depicts material drive. The
person with dominant lower knots has material inclinations or dominant view of
practical side of life. Ideally, equal development of both knots is desired. A
difference between the dominant and non-dominant hands shows a difference in
attitude between career (active hand) and family (passive hand). Whenever a
Palmist reads a palm, he not only reads the palm alone but also read ‘Fingers’ in
a hand. Personality traits such as strength of character may be found from the
way the fingers are set into the palm. Shape, Setting, Phalanges and Length of
Fingers and Personality are inter-linked along with intelligence of a person.
Examining each finger on active hand, right or left, whichever is used to write,
will give an idea of what a person could be. Fingers in general represent our
thoughts. Fingers have four essential traits which are read together i.e. (A) Shape
of the fingers, (B) Setting of the fingers, (C) Phalanges of the fingers, and (D)
Length of fingers.

Flexibility of Fingers

Flexibility of the Fingers is an indication of the overall flexibility of your mind.

Try to lightly push them back towards your wrists. Stiff fingers will barely move
an inch. Flexible fingers will move almost all the way back; four inches or more.
Stiff fingers indicate stubbornness and significant mental willpower. Once you
make up your mind about something, you are not open to changing it. Flexible
fingers indicate an impressionable and spontaneous mind. New ideas are
welcome, and you may change your mind with each new viewpoint pointed out
to you.
Fig: Types of Fingers of the hand Spacing of Fingers

Spacing of the Fingers is also important to note the way fingers are spaced apart.
With your hand in a relaxed position, examine how some fingers stand apart
from others and how some stick close to the adjacent fingers. If your middle
finger and the index finger stick close together, it shows that you will gain
authority and rank through your own goals and dreams. If they stand apart, then
your position will come from other means. An art related life is shown when the
ring finger sticks close to the middle finger. Your fate will also aid in your
success. An independent mind is signified when your little finger stands apart
from the ring finger, with a great deal of space between them.

Shape of Fingers

The fingers shapes are important indicators in palmistry. Each of them reveals a
different portion of an individual’s character, emotional state, spirituality and
health. They can give insights into an individual’s knowledge, intellect,
ambition, balance, creativity and communication with others. Their analyses can
also help predict one’s future or future outcomes. Palmists consider their shape,
length, width, placement, flexibility, horizontal or vertical lines, markings, nail
shape and whether or not there are half-moons on the nail. Each is divided into
three sections, called phalanges. The fingers also contain vertical and horizontal
lines. Horizontal lines reveal one’s life obstacles and difficulties, such as, past,
present and future. Vertical lines pertain to health issues. They may also indicate
you are suffering from a lack of sleep. Also, these lines can cross each other.
This represents obstacles that have been overcome. The shape of the fingers
would normally correspond to the shape of the hand, but most hands represent a
mixture of finger types. This mixture helps to create a person a diversity of
qualities and talents. The shape of the finger nail is also used to determine the
type of fingers.
(i) Pointed Fingers: Pointed Finger is a finger that has almond shaped nails. A
Pointed finger shows an artistic nature. People having pointed finger tips have an
insightful and fragile personality. These fingertips are associated with artists,
writers, poets and daydreamers. Pointed fingers represent spiritualism. Such
people are more of imaginative type and cautious. They are flexible by nature.
They love nature and its beauty. This person will be very imaginative but will
not have ability to carry out their plans so well. These people have a sensitive
and fragile personality. These finger tips are associated with artists, writers,
poets and daydreamers. (ii) Conical Fingers: Conical Finger is a finger that
tapers from the base and bears round and thimble like cone at the tip. Conical
Fingers always have oval nails. The Cone-shaped finger represents an
imaginative quality. Those who have conic finger tips are said to have a flexible
disposition and they are good negotiators. Emotional security is important for
their peace of mind. Individuals who bear such finger types are said to have a
balanced reasoning and imagination and this means that they can imagine and
carry out their plans very well. Conical fingers denote sensitivity and such
people take care of their looks and appearance more. These people have a
flexible disposition and make good negotiators. Emotional security is important
for peace of mind. A conic shaped finger with prominent lower joint will show
an emotional person with practical disposition. The length of finger and the base
where it is established in the palm is also indicative of the powers carried by that
finger. A finger with its base established quite low in the palm considerably
loses its influence.
(iii) Square Fingers: Square Finger is a finger that has an equal length all the
way from the base to the tip. Square Fingers have square nails. There are some
instances that the finger will end in a half rounded square. One who has such
type of ending in the index finger will depend on reasoning alone and has no
imagination at all. People who have this type of fingertips tend to be careful and
methodical thinkers. These people take a rational view of life. However, people
with this type of finger also lack creativity. A Square finger represents a down-
to-earth quality in respect to the attributes of the finger. People having Square
fingers are business minded, rational, practical and down-to-earth. They are
conventional and conservative in behaviour. A square finger with smooth upper
joint will depict the inclination of person for practical reasoning and love for
arts. If a person had a square type of ring finger, they would generally be
artistically inclined, however if they also had a pointed index finger, then their
occupation would probably not be art related. People who have these fingertips
tend to be careful and methodical thinkers. These people take a rational view of
life. However on the down side they tend to lack creativity.
(iv) Spatulate Fingers: Spatulate Finger is just like the square finger, it will be
much wider at the tip, and this will give it the shape of classic spatula. Spatulate
Fingers have spadeshaped nails. One with such fingertips will be executing their
plans without any contemplation or conception as they will bear very little power
for reasoning. Nails broaden at the tip. The Spatulate or Spade-shaped finger
represents inventiveness. People with Spatulate fingers are realist, adventurers,
and travellers and prefer outdoor life. They value work and have good command
over many subjects and have in depth knowledge over the matter. Scientists,
engineers, technicians and high-end workers have such fingers. These are the
people who tend to be dynamic thinkers. They are usually inventors, explorers
and pioneers in new industries. They are actionoriented people who tend to be
dynamic thinkers.
(v) Straight Fingers; Straight fingers represent a person who is honest, direct
and clear-headed. A person with straight fingers is considered honest, diligent,
energetic and judicious by nature. They do well in life.
(vi) Knotty Fingers: People with knotty fingers are extremely practical and
great planners. They are straight forward many a times. Knotty fingers and joints
tend to reflect an argumentative, analytical nature. This only applies if the knots
are not due to arthritis. If your joints are generally smooth, then you may tend to
be passive, letting other control you, but at the same time quite impulsive which
may sometimes lead to carelessness. If your top knuckles are smooth and your
middle ones are internally rough, then you are a person whose intellect and
practicality work well together. A strong instinctive drive is a characteristic of
welldeveloped knuckles.
(vii) Crooked Fingers: Crooked fingers show a devious and malicious quality.
(viii) Stiff Fingers: Stiff fingers indicate stubbornness and significant mental
willpower. Once you make up your mind about something, you are not open to
changing it.
(ix) Flexible Fingers: Flexible fingers indicate an impressionable and
spontaneous mind. New ideas are welcome, and you may change your mind with
each new

Setting of Fingers

(i) Evenly Set Fingers: Evenly set fingers are very rare but whenever such
setting is seen in hand, it predict that such people are one of their and extremely
successful people. People with evenly set fingers are rare but when found
indicate confidence. These people always go on to be successful in life. (ii)
Uneven Set Fingers: Uneven setting of fingers and especially, if the mercury
finger is very low, it shows that such people lack confidence. If setting of the
fingers is arch-shaped, it shows that the person is well balanced and thoughtful.
An uneven setting indicates a person with a lack of self confidence, especially if
the little finger is very low set.

(iii) Archly set fingers: A person with an archly set

Finger will have a well balanced personality.

Phalange of the fingers

Size of Phalanges: Self confident people have long first phalange of the Jupiter
finger, if the individual has a long second phalange, then they have extra
ordinary ambitions. Similarly, if the third phalange is longer than the rest, it
transforms to too much arrogance and pride.
Length of Fingers

The finger length represents a person's style of approaching and dealing with
life. This corresponds with the astrological triplicate of cardinal, fixed and
mutable orientations. Finger length shorter than palm length show someone who
is subjective and sees the world from his own perspective, who likes to initiate
action and who is good at starting things. Shortfingered people are cardinal or
dynamic in outlook, and operate in singular bursts of activity. Fingers longer
than the palm show someone who has an objective view of the world around
them, and who likes to plan ahead. Long-fingered people are fixed or steady in
outlook, and operate in a sustained and consistent manner. Fingers about the
same length as the palm show someone who is flexible and multitalented, and
who tends to go along with the crowd. People with same-length fingers are
mutable or variable in outlook, and operate in cycles of activity and inactivity.
One may have an Earth hand with short fingers, showing a down-to-earth but
dynamic character, such as a Capricornia might have. One may be an Air hand
with same-length fingers - someone who is witty and talkative but also
changeable, the way a Geminian might be. Knowing the correct astrological
associations will help in assessing the basic character when reading the hands.
The table below shows the quadruplicates and triplicates of the astrological
signs. For palm reading of any person, one should keep in mind that a person’s
dominant hand should be used for palm reading and in most cases; right hand of
a person depicts the change in direction in life whether it is a goal or career.
Palm reading for money line is same for right hand as mentioned above. The
overall length of your fingers is measured relative to the size of your palm. A
difference between the dominant and non-dominant hands shows a difference in
attitude between career (dominant hand) and family (passive hand). The length
of your fingers is relative to the size of your palm. On average, the longest finger
is about seven-eighths the size of your palm, and if it is just as long as your
palm, then your fingers are considered long. Short fingers are shorter than seven-
eighths of the palm. The overall length and size of a person's fingers can denote
a common personality. In relation to the fingers, the thumb is normally higher
than the bottom joining of the index finger. The index finger however reaches a
third of the way up the nail of the middle finger. The ring finger normally
reaches just above the nail of the middle finger and the little finger should reach
the top joint of the ring finger.

Long Fingers
• A long fingered person is analytical and academic and goes in details of the
things.
• A long index finger indicates a natural leader. They are used to responsibility
and have high standards for themselves and others. They tend to be drawn to
selfreflection whether it is keeping a journal, therapy, or an interest in astrology
or palm reading.
• A long middle finger is found on a person who takes rules seriously. They
respect not only the letter of the law, but also the intent behind it. They are
serious, and can sometimes be called boring.
• A long pinkie finger indicates good communication skills and a natural ability
with money.
• A low-set pinkie can indicate the need for a supportive father figure.
• A short finger mate will just be troublesome for Long fingers person as she or
he will be "marching to a different drummer."
• If you have exceptionally long fingers, you like to do a lot of thinking about
life and what you could do to make it more interesting.
• Long and slim fingers signify emotional nature of a person. Long and heavy
fingers show more of physical activities.
• Long and uncrossed with twisted fingers indicates talent for evil purposes.
• Long fingers person are interested in the details of stories and events.
• Long fingers person are mentally active people with neverending interesting
ideas.
• Long fingers person are seeking more contact with the outer world and more
information from all others around you.
• Long fingers person like to mentally take ideas and things apart, and put them
back together again to better understand them before taking action.
• Long fingers person love details, are outer-directed in taking action, and need
more data than short-finger people before forming your opinions.
• Long fingers person trait drives short-finger people "crazy". Since there are
more long-finger women than men, that explains a lot.
• Long fingers signify a detail-oriented idea person. They think things through
completely and tend to be critical of small details.
• Long fingers signify a detail-oriented idea person. They think things through
completely and tend to be critical of small details. Short fingers signify a
physically-oriented big picture person. They focus on real world items; usually
in an overall manner.
• Long pinkie finger indicates good communication skills and a natural ability
with money.
• Long thumbs indicate high levels of self discipline and perseverance.
• Long-finger people are thinkers, but not great on taking action. If you have
long fingers, you might consider doing the following, such as; choose friends
and a mate with fingers long and straight. Your long-finger friends and mate will
understand you much better than short-finger people. Interesting discussions,
planning, and analysis of actions and ideas are delightfully discussed between
long-finger people. It would be good if some competition develops to stimulate
more action to avoid just talking and thinking. Life with a mate whose long
fingers are similar in length to yours will provide many hours of interesting
discussions for you both.
• Long-finger people may delay taking action where needed and miss out on
many opportunities in life! Long-finger people should make sure they initiate
getting started on those plans and just don't go over and over them in their head
endlessly without doing anything about them.
• Low-set pinkie can indicate the need for a supportive father figure.
• The index and ring fingers are compared to each other. If the index finger is
even a fraction longer, it is considered long. The ring finger must be 1/8 inch
(1/2 cm) longer than the index finger before it is considered long. The line drawn
between these two fingers should be about halfway up the final joint on the
middle finger. If more than half is above, the middle finger is long; less than half
and it is considered short. The pinkie finger should reach the joint line of the ring
finger. If the pinkie starts low (first joint is less than halfway down the ring
finger), you will need to adjust for this when measuring. The thumb is usually
measured against the index finger. Most thumbs end between 1/4 and 1/2 way up
the first section of the finger. The index finger is usually considered the most
important in a palm reading. It is sometimes called the "mirror" finger as it
describes a person's self-image.
• The middle finger, called the "wall" finger, represents your attitude towards
authority and mental boundaries.
• The pinkie finger measures a person's communication and financial skills.
• The ring finger can only be long, it is never considered short. A long ring
finger shows a need for attention and high self confidence.
• Your thumb is used as a measure of your willpower and self-control.

Short Fingers

Short fingers signify a physically oriented big picture person. They focus on real
world items; usually in an overall manner. The short fingered people don't need,
or want, as much information from the outer world as do long-finger people.
Short-finger people operate more on their intuition rather than seeking data and
information from others.

• A short index finger indicates a lower self-esteem. They may hide behind a
persona they create and have trouble expressing their true feelings and thoughts.
They are more likely to suffer from health issues that stem from self neglect such
as smoking, alcoholism or unhealthy eating habits.
• A short middle finger indicates a free spirit who marches to the beat of their
own drum. Alternative paths seem highly attractive.
• A short pinkie finger indicates a difficulty in expressing yourself. Developing
the ability to communicate effectively may seem more difficult, but will greatly
help to relieve frustration.
• If the fingers are short & stiff, it shows this person to be very resistive to any
changes to present state of mind.
• If you have exceptionally short fingers, you are action oriented, and you don't
spend a lot of time thinking and talking about what you are going to do before
you take action.
• If you have short fingers, it would be wise for you to guard against being too
impulsive.
• If you have short fingers, you might consider choosing friends and a mate with
fingers short and straight like yours. Your short fingered friends and mate will
understand you much better than long fingered people. S
• Short fingered people have similar likes for peace and quiet areas where they
can putter around doing whatever pleases them at the moment.
• Short thumbs indicate a lower ability to stick things out when they get tough.
• Short-finger people are action oriented and don't need or want lengthy
explanations from other people, especially from long-finger people. The
challenge for short-finger people is not to jump to conclusions and take action
without studying the situation first.
• Short-finger people are free spirited people with a "live and let live" attitude.
They are not ruled by conventional rules of others. They don't like to listen to the
opinions of others, and they feel free to chart their own course in life based on
their own unique views.
• Short-finger people are more directed internally than people with long fingers
and they don't need or look for advice from others. They do just fine using their
own personal resources.
• Short-finger people who normally hold and display their hands relaxed with
open fingers that are not rigid, feel safe and secure in the present setting.
• Stiff short fingers tell the world, "Don't bother me. I don't need your help."
• When the short-finger people hold fingers tightly together, with the palm open
and flat, it is a sign that the person feels unsafe and not receptive to new ideas.
The fingers need to be "closed" in order for the person to feel safe and secure.

8.1 Name of Fingers

There are five fingers in a hand and each finger has a relation with planet. In
palmistry, each of the five fingers reveals a specific aspect of our personality.
While the detailed study of each finger in particular can be a science in itself, the
purpose of this article is to offer some general information about the meaning of
each one.

Index Finger

Index Finger is also known as Finger of Jupiter or Fore Finger or First

Finger or Tarjani. Index finger is related with the Planet, Jupiter. Index Finger
indicates ambition, selfesteem, desire to lead, desire for recognition in a person
and ego of the person. Index finger also indicates fortune and career. Its length is
considered normal if it reached the middle of the first phalange of middle finger.
Jupiter stands for guidance and ambition. This is the finger that shows the
direction our life is taking and our sense of purpose.
• A bend at the end of the index finger towards middle finger

reveals a troublesome stress that is blocking some expression of the leadership

qualities.

• A bend toward the thumb (rare) indicates a need for more inner personal power
than is normally available and demonstrated.
• A healthy well balanced index finger reaching till the bottom of the nail of the
middle finger represents balanced ego.
• A long and strong index finger indicates that the Jupiter energies are available,
abundant, and used freely to express our strong sense of leadership.
• A long Jupiter finger with a square top will imply that the holder has good
morals and a charitable disposition.
• A person may be fickle mined if they have average length Jupiter finger, and a
flat upper tip.
• A person with a badly bent index finger will not be a strong leader without
some help.
• A person with a bent index finger tip will use her or his personal power
indirectly. He or she will not be direct in making requests or demands without
some other authority.
• A short index finger indicates a lower self-esteem. They may hide behind a
persona they create and have trouble expressing their true feelings and thoughts.
They are more likely to suffer from health issues that stem from self neglect such
as smoking, alcoholism or unhealthy eating habits.
• A short Jupiter finger may reveal a lack of purpose or a feeling of inadequacy
in social settings, while a very long one could show that we identify too much
with the role we play in society.
• A twist shows that there is even more stress.
• A very long forefinger with a pointed upper tip means that the subject is quite
superstitious and is obsessed with religion or spirituality.
• An extreme case of this long index finger with a long pointy tip might cause a
person to be a gentle leader that few people can understand and appreciate.
• For the fingers to be evenly spaced above the Jupiter mount is indicative of
success.
• Generally, the index finger is said to indicate the personal power and ability to
lead others.
• If a person has short index finger he likes to work alone or becomes self
employed. He becomes shy; afraid he will fail and inclined to have self-doubts.
• If a person’s index finger is longer than the other two fingers in question, they
look forward to achieving their goals and stay focussed when it comes to
realizing their dreams.
• If all the fingers are stiff then this person has problems in communicating with
others.
• If Index finger is long the Jupiter is considered strong and vice versa.
• If index finger leans towards thumb it shows quest for independence.
• If it is longer than the normal it makes a leader and director.
• If it is shorter it tends to make you back bencher and let others control you.
• If it leans towards middle finger, then morbid disposition is present.
• If only the left-hand index finger is longer and stronger, then this shows that
the Jupiter energies are expressed mainly in private life and not on the job and in
public.
• If the finger leans towards the middle finger, then this person has a high degree
of pride.
• If the forefinger reaches the nail of the middle finger in length, then the person
is said to have a balanced ego.
• If the index finger is equal to the middle finger (napoleon index) then the
person is said to have high ambition of power. However, a short index finger
shows timidity.
• If the index finger is unusually small, this individual is said to take sudden
decisions without thinking things through.
• If there are lines in the top joint this can mean the subject can be envious or
come across evil-disposed people in their life.
• If there are lines running between the top and second joints in a man it
indicates the bitterness of his tongue. In a female hand a star that is placed in the
joint near the mount of Jupiter means that the subject is lascivious.
• If there are lines running between the top and second joints in women this
means that she may have problems in love relationships but will have many
friends. Once she is married, these problems will not trouble her and she will
enjoy a happy marriage, is on the cards.
• If this long index finger tip is conic shaped, then the leadership skills will be
not extreme and will fit most average daily needs.
• If this long index finger tip is pointy, then the leadership skills will often be
emotional.
• If this long index finger tip is spatulas shaped, then the leadership skills will be
extreme and out of the ordinary. This person may upset some people with radical
new ideas and ways of doing routine things very differently.
• If this long index finger tip is square, then the personal power skills will be best
applied in practical applications.
• If you have a gap in between the middle and Jupiter finger then this person has
an independent mind.
• Interestingly, it is observed many women have a large index finger on their left
hand but a small index finger on their right hand. This indicates that at home
they are the leader and express strong personal power. However, out in public
they do not express strong Jupiter energies of personal power, authority,
leadership, confidence, pride, and ambition.
• It shows absolute tyranny when it shoots above the middle finger.
• Long index finger indicates a natural leader. They are used to responsibility
and have high standards for themselves and others. They tend to be drawn to
self-reflection whether it is keeping a journal, therapy, or an interest in astrology
or palm reading.
• Long Index Finger shows you have a natural ability for leadership and a sense
of strong personal power. You will be most successful and happiest when you
work in a job or career where you can use your personal power and leadership.
• People with long Index Finger have desire to dominate over others and keen to
advance in life. Smaller index finger makes a person less ambitious and a
follower of others.
• Pointy finger tips indicate a high degree of sensitivity, spirituality and possibly
psychic abilities.
• The finger depicts the subject's feelings of how he project's him or herself to
the outside world.
• The index finger reveals a lot about one’s ability to use personal power to get
things done. We unconsciously use the index finger in gestures to express our
personal power by pointing, poking and wagging.
• The Jupiter energies associated with the index finger are personal power,
authority, leadership, confidence, pride, and ambition.
• The Jupiter finger in most cases is an association of the subject's drive in life.
• The Jupiter finger is known as the “Tarjani”, and is associated this finger with
the ego.
• The longer and stronger the index finger, compared to the ring finger, the more
we use it to express strong feelings about our personal power, confidence, pride,
and ambition.
• The successful leader with leadership, confidence, pride, and ambition will
have an index finger that is proportionately longer and stronger than the ring
finger.
• The successful major corporation CEO with strong leadership will usually have
a strong dominant index finger on the right hand.
• When the finger is extra ordinarily long, the individual will be proud, cruel,
and licentious.
• When the upper zone of the index finger is bent toward Saturn, this indicates a
need to rely on rules and established laws in order to use personal power.
Without some other authority available as backup, outgoing leadership and
assertiveness powers are weakened. There will be a lack of aggressive energy,
and she or he may never “pull the trigger” to get any action.

authority, leadership, strong personal power,

Middle Finger

Middle Finger is also known as Second Finger. Middle finger is related with
Planet, Saturn. Middle Finger indicates Responsibility. The Middle finger is also
called the finger of Saturn. It represents the traits of Saturn in a person. The
middle finger, or Saturn finger, is the serious and wise one of the five fingers.
This is the finger that forces us to ask tough questions, such as “Since we are all
going to die, what’s the sense of living?” It compels us to be structured and
disciplined. Middle finger is the finger of Saturn. It conveys the sense of
discipline and responsibility in a person. It is usually the longest finger in the
hand.
• A long middle finger is found on a person who takes rules

seriously. They respect not only the letter of the law, but also the intent behind it.
They are serious, and can sometimes be called boring.

• A person who has small middle finger is careless and prefers generally not to
work.
• A short middle finger indicates a free spirit who marches to the beat of their
own drum. Alternative paths seem highly attractive.
• With a short Saturn finger, i.e. shorter than the palm length, we may lack
discernment, be thoughtless and say the wrong thing.
• If a person’s ring finger and the index finger are of the same length, then just
like the balance in length, they love balance. In short, they are the peacemakers!
They hate conflict and wish to maintain peace between friends, family and even
strangers. They are well-organised just like their mind is. However, people often
mistake them for being docile but there is a fiery mind within Line of Sun.
• If middle finger is in balance with the rest of the fingers then a balanced nature
is said to be achieved. If middle finger is too long, then the effects and
gloominess is enhanced. In case middle finger is too short, the person is
downright frivolous.
• If Middle Finger is normal i.e. longer than other fingers but not much long,
then that person has enough sense of responsibility. They treat others seriously
and believe in getting ahead.
• If middle finger leans towards Apollo (ring) finger, then the gloomy aspect in
the nature of the person is lessened out considerably with the effect of Sun.
• If middle finger leans towards the index finger, a tendency for superstition is
indicated.
• If the middle finger is long it indicates a person who treats life very seriously.
They believe strongly in getting ahead. People with short middle fingers are
careless and generally prefer not to work Most people tend to have a middle
sized middle finger, meaning they are somewhere in between.
• If the middle finger is remarkably long, such people prefer seclusion and
remain aloof from others. They live in their own world. They get involved in
some anti-social activities also.
• With an extremely long finger, we may lack spontaneity and warmth and be
too rigid.
Apollo Finger

Apollo Finger is also known as Ring Finger or Third Finger. Ring finger is
related with Planet, Sun. Ring Finger indicates Fame, Intelligence and
Creativity. This finger is also called the Ring of Apollo and Ring of Sun. This
ring indicates about a person’s desire for name and fame and it makes a person a
leader or head of the organization. It also relates to intelligence. The ring finger,
or Sun finger, allows us to shine and share. It is the finger of passion, courage
and charisma. The ring finger denotes the person's love for aesthetics, arts,
romantic disposition and emotional flairs. It shows creativity, artistic flair and
love of beauty. The creativity, artistic and appreciative of beauty of an individual
is directly proportional to the length of the finger. Exceptional artistic gifts are
being shown by a bent ring finger.
• A person may be said to have a low sense of self esteem

and depends on others for support if the Apollo finger is longer than the Jupiter
finger. Such people are very creative but their creativity may not be recognized.

• A person uses his natural creative ability well if the ring finger is straight.
• A person who has short top phalange prefer technical subjects like sciences
while one with a long top phalange feels the beauty of art, poetry and writing.
• A person with small ring finger does not desire for fame and ostentation and
does not take any risk.
• A ring finger that is extremely long acts as the mark of a reckless gambler. The
ring finger can either be straight or curve in a certain direction.
• A ring finger with same length as the index finger shows a desire for wealth
and recognition through artistic means.
• A substantial and long Apollo finger helps one to come up with a business or
wonderful home and family including being artistic, musical, and creative in
other different ways. Problems usually result if the Apollo finger is longer than
the Jupiter finger. This is because the person may lack both confidence and
leadership qualities.
• A very long ring finger just equal to the middle finger in length, shows
tendency to take risks.
• Apollo Finger much shorter than the middle finger indicates that this person
will be having a high level of timidity. They will be unsure of all things that they
will be doing; this is the case especially when the index finger does not reach the
nail of the middle finger.
• For people whose middle finger equals the index finger, they will be having a
lot of desire to control other people, that is, they will be striving for power at all
costs. This is typical in most women and is associated with the theory of the digit
ratio.
• If a person has a longer ring finger longer than their index finger then he/she
are blessed with a charming personality. Such is their prowess that they can talk
yourself out of given situation and leave scot-free! People are obviously
charmed by them and they wish to follow them everywhere. They are quite the
risk taker and are seemingly good at solving problems too. Given their skill-set,
they are mostly likely to pick professions like engineering, detectives, police,
army or special arms forces.
• If an average finger has same length as the Jupiter finger, then the person has
self esteem that is without selfishness and can exhibit love to others but not to
the point of selfsacrifice. The person is balanced in that he is very creative,
worldly wise and ambitious.
• If Apollo finger is short, one will be quite quiet and seeking to shun anything
that may make them popular, thus they will be working behind the scenes. If one
wants to get famous and does not have a long Apollo finger, then they may be
straining for no reason as it will be very hard to become famous.
• if one has Apollo finger that have grown uniformly above the mounts, then
they will be very successful in life. However, this will be quite odd and is very
rare either.
• If ring finger curves towards the little finger, then the person undermines his
creative ability consciously.
• If ring finger curves towards the middle finger, it indicates that the person
neglects his creative talents and is stuck on routine.
• If the finger of Apollo is larger than the forefinger, then the subject will be
egocentric and proud of themselves. These individuals struggle and ensure they
get the best jobs. They will be found to be in charge of many people, having a
range of responsibilities. Due to their desire to take up progression in their
careers they tend to flatter the senior managers, in order to gain any promotions
that arise in the workplace. The extreme ego is so strong that they cannot
imagine working under other people; if this is the case they work extra hard to
get promotion and get a chance to rule others. Despite the low opinions society
holds of them and the frequent insults, they opt to carry on and ignore their
enemies’ effort to bring them down. Having a forefinger that is much smaller
than the Apollo finger, means this person is rather clever and has the ambition to
excel in life.
• If the length of the ring finger reaches the bottom of the nail of the middle
finger than the person is endowed with balanced emotions.
• If the ring finger is long the person will have a creative nature. They will go
well in the field of art or fashion design. Sometimes this long ring finger is
associated with people who have a gambling problem. Short ring fingers are
extremely rare.
• If the ring finger is longer than the bottom of the nail of the middle finger in
length, it indicates a good disposition.
• If the ring finger points towards finger Saturn, then it means that one has karma
in metaphysics.
• If the ring finger reaches the bottom of the nail of the middle finger in length,
the Apollo finger indicates a spontaneous disposition and lack of caution.
• In case the Apollo finger reaches longer than that, it depicts a spontaneous
disposition and lack of caution. If the finger is short enough, and is unable to
reach the nail bottom of middle finger, it shows that the subject has difficulty in
expressing himself or herself.
• Long Ring Finger also denotes about risk taking habits such as gambling or
speculative tendencies of a person.
• Long Ring Finger denotes creative nature. Such people go well in the field of
fashion designing and Arts.
• Long Ring finger will be considered only when it is longer than index finger.
• Majority of the people with a long ring finger have a tendency of risking their
assets and career.
• Majority of the persons with spatula ring finger have the ability to move
audiences and even make them feel their emotions deeply.
• People with Apollo finger equal to index finger, they will get famous all over
the globe. Examples of individuals with equal fingers are French leader
Napoleon Bona Prate and former American president, Abraham Lincoln.
• Star on the crease of the Jupiter finger and the mount means that this person
will sometimes have a bad temper. They will also be quite lucky at work, always
getting on better than others.
• The Apollo finger has been associated with one’s ability to become famous.
When it is longer than the others, the subject is most likely to become a celebrity
more so in the field of creative arts. However, when it is abnormally longer than
the others, it shows that the individual will be eager to get famous at whatever
the cost that they may have to pay.
• The Apollo finger that is very short may lack a sense of humour and is of less
interest in a family. He loses money, not influenced by views of other people,
may become rich but may have problems in relationships. The point on the hand
just below this finger is termed as the amount of Apollo. The skin ridge patterns,
lines, and marks show whether the person will be happy in his /her old age-they
indicate that a person will reach old age. They also give information concerning
the home of a person, his sense of humour and style, love of family, animals and
life in general.
• The bottom of the ring finger is related to creativity in the material world. The
phalange shows a more materialistic approach to life it is extremely long. In
most cases the person wishes to succeed and wear fancy clothes and even buying
costly things. The person values comfort and pleasure and he cannot live in a
small apartment.
• The finger shows that it is not easy for the subject to express themselves if it is
very short and not able to reach the nail bottom of the middle finger.
• The middle phalange of the ring finger is associated with a person’s intellectual
to appreciate creativity and love of detail. A person who likes thinking about the
possibilities of the story not considered by the author and loves to discuss plot
lines and plot holes in movies and stories always tends to have a long second
phalange. A person with a short second phalange do not care so much about the
details of the story but they enjoy it without analyzing.
• The person is creative and artistic if the Apollo finger is longer than the Jupiter
finger.
• The person is said to posses’ innate dramatic and acting ability if the shape of
the ring finger is like that of a spatula.
• When it is the same as the Saturn finger, then the person is a good actor and
singer.
• When one has a crooked index finger, they will be lacking respect. On the
other hand, the palmists argue that one with a curved index finger will be a
person with a large number of hobbies, which is a positive attribute.
• When ring finger is short, we lack passion and may feel shy or insecure.
• When the fingertip is wide, then the person is musical but if it has a thick pad
underneath, the person is excellent as far as craft work, pottery, gardening;
sewing, cooking and other similar crafty works are concerned.
• When the Sun finger is particularly long, we will do anything to attract
attention and may use our charisma to manipulate others.
• You can as well predict a subject’s fate by looking at the inclination of the
finger, if it inclines towards the middle one; it is a show of morbid vanity. But
inclination towards the small finger is indication of the person’s full reliance on
art for income. On the other hand, there is a lot that can be learnt if the fingers
have got spaces at the base. One will be said to be unconventional if they have
fingers that can fall off so easily, but is they are close, one is said to have
stiffness ion intercourse with other people.
Little Finger

Little Finger is also known as Small Finger or Fourth Finger. Little finger is
related with Planet, indicates Wit, Communication Professionalism. The little
finger communication capabilities and business acumen. Little Finger is called
the Finger of Mercury. It represents wit and eloquence and one’s ability to
communicate. Little Finger is of normal length if it is up to the end of the first
phalange of ring finger. If it is below that point it is considered small. It stands
for communication as well as sexual expression.
• A long little finger is indicative of talent within. Such people

are able to express themselves very well and they put forth their point of
contention well. Such people have good I.Q. level and come up as good writers
and speakers.

• A person with small little finger cannot speak out his mind and suffers from an
inferiority complex. Such people cannot control their words or emotions.
• A short Little Finger indicates childlike behaviour and low intelligence level.
In some cases a person becomes a victim of child abuse. Such people lack the
ability to influence others. Thick base of the little finger makes a person
interested in material and sensual world and person prefers an easy and
comfortable life.
• Ideally it reaches the bottom of first phalange of ring finger. In case the little
finger is longer, it shows very sharp business skills (shrewdness) or sense of
communication.
• If the little finger bents towards the Apollo finger, that means there is a
combination of commercial activities with arts.
• If the little finger is low set it indicates the person as a child had a problem with
one of their parents. In some cases it indicates they were a victim of child abuse.
• If the little finger is shorter than required, then the person has trouble in
grasping, talking or writing. The agility in thinking or action is also considerably
low.
• If the little finger sticks out from the hand it may indicate the person is
involved in a relationship they do not want to be in.
• If the upper portion of the little finger projects beyond the third phalange, he
proves to be very famous. Moreover

Mercury. Little Finger power, Health and depicts a person's these people are
very wise and learned person. They are also capable to attain some high position
by their own talent and efficiency. On the contrary people having too long little
finger succeed well in the life. Hence, it has been surmised by the eminent
palmists that it is not only the structural kind of hands, but also the formation of
hands and fingers should be given worth importance in order to make a proper
judgment.

• Little finger if stands apart from the Ring finger then you tend to be
independent.
• People with a very small Mercury finger are very often naive and may display
a lack of interest in their surroundings.
• People with long little fingers have a high I.Q. They make good writers and
speakers and have a strong sex drive. A short little finger reveals emotional
immaturity.
• People with sharp wits and linguistic flairs have beautiful little fingers.
• The bearer of a Mercury finger that is proportionately very long could be an
excellent communicator, but may also be inclined to lie or cheat.

Thumb

Thumb is the 'Signature' of our being. A mere look at one's thumb can assess
volumes about that person. The control of the thumb occupies a huge part of our
brain; therefore the thumb is extremely important to our personality. It relates to
self control and will power. The phalange closest to the palm represents our
logical thinking, while the nail phalange denotes our willpower. Variations in
size and shape of each phalange indicate how the person uses will and logic to
make decisions and control her environment. The thumb reading is an important
aspect of assessing someone’s traits and characteristics. The thumb can reveal a
lot of details about an individual’s personality and temperament. As the other
fingers on the hand have three distinct phalanges, or sections, the thumb is
unique in that it has only two phalanges. The thumb is in itself more expressive
of character than any other member of the hand. "The thumb individualises the
man." Medical science has proved that there is such a thing as a "thumb centre"
in the brain and any pressure or disease in that part of the brain shows its effect
in the thumb. Thumb will show a person’s drive and how they apply that. There
are two sections, the top which shows willpower and the bottom which shows
just how much you will push to get what you want. Thumb represents the whole
hand and utmost importance is given to it in identifying a person. Thumb
indicates life energy and will power of a person. First phalange should be shorter
than the second phalange because will power must be less than the logic. A
decision must be based on the logic not on whims and fancies. The Thumb
represents the three great worlds of ideas, viz., Love, Logic, and Will. Love is
represented by the base of the Thumb which is covered on the hand by the
Mount of Venus. Logic is the middle phalange, and Will is the top or nail
portion. When these divisions are found large, the qualities are increased; when
small, they play a smaller role in the life of the individual. There are two distinct
classes of Thumbs, the supple-jointed and the firm-jointed. The former of these
divisions is the Thumb bending outwards and supple at the joint underneath the
nail. This denotes a nature pliable and adaptable to others, very broad-minded,
rather unconventional, and not obstinate in its views of life. The "supple-jointed"
thumb also denotes generosity of mind both as regards thought and money. In all
ways these people are more extravagant than people who have the straight firm-
jointed thumb. In other words they "give more" even in what they think as well
as in what they do.
• A person with no or weak intellect or character will have a

very ill formed thumb.

• A high set thumb indicates about meanness in money
matters whereas low set thumb denotes generosity.
• Pointed tip thumb indicate creativity and intelligence.
• A wide thumb makes a person obstinate.
• A square part of the thumb makes a person clever in legal
matters, a true leader and a realist.
• A large well-made thumb is the outward and visible sign of
a strong-willed, determined person.
• A long thumb is a good indication in a hand because it
makes a person capable of taking good decisions but very
long thumb is not considered good.
• A person with ordinary being will have a non-effective
thumb shape. Ideally, a thumb should never be placed too high, or too close to
the fingers. More the distance is there with the index finger's base, more
developed the individual is. Unlike the three phalanges that every finger has, a
thumb is divided in two phalanges. Ideally, the length of
both the phalanges should be equal.
• A person with waist-type thumb has less physical power,
but in arguments they are powerful.
• A stiff thumb shows the person who holds on to his attitude.
In short, the person is of a very definite character. It's a very
interesting observation that the thumb with clubbed look
(more flesh at the top of top phalange) yields to possibilities
of violent temperament. Either the person knows it
intuitively and is too controlled in his behaviour, or he ends
up in prison, rarely in few cases.
• A thick top joint shows a person who is blunt. The tapered
tip shows a subtle way of doing things.
• A thumb close to the side of the hand shows a stingy
person.
• A thumb if straight makes a person tough, rigid,
determined, reliable but such people have no friends due to
their rigidity. More flexible thumb makes a person less
trustworthy & spendthrift. Due to their flexible nature they
have more friends but cannot be managers of head of any
organization as they do not stand to their words. They are
not capable of achieving long term goals. They only know
how to enjoy life and are never serious in life. Hence, it can
be safely said that less flexible thumb is the best thumb.
• A thumb standing very far out from the hand (almost at right
angles to the palm) is not a good sign for ordinary success.
Such people go to extremes in everything they do and are
generally fanatics in religion, social reform, or whatever line
of thought occupies their attention.
• A thumb with a naturally wide spacing shows a person with
leadership capabilities and a natural ability to get things
done. They have loads of optimism and confidence to set
an example of them. The thumb with a middle angle with
the index Finger (mild spacing) shows capacity for both the
qualities.
• A thumb with the nail joint supple (bending backwards or as
it is also called "double jointed") indicates that they are
generous, adaptable to others, extravagant, and impetuous in their actions and
decisions. They promise things quickly and are more often heard to say "Yes"
than "No"; but if they have time for reflection, they very often go back on their
promises.
• A woman with a long thumb in comparison with the rest of
her hand will control her environment and take charge of
her life, but if her thumb is short, her environment will
control her and she will often feel overwhelmed.
• Each of the two thumb phalanges has a specific role to
play.
• First Phalange of Thumb denotes 'will power' or
determination factor in a person. If the first phalange is well
developed, it shows a brilliant ability for that person to carry
out his tasks. In an overdeveloped first phalange, or extra
long section as compared to the lower phalange, it denotes
that the person is highly stubborn and inflexible.
• If a favour should be asked of the man with the supplejointed Thumb, one
should remember that he is more
inclined to give in on the impulse of the moment, and if one
does not press one's point home at once, he is likely first to
promise, and later, on reflection, change his mind.
• If are smooth jointed, he would, while having the same
desire for idealist and for everything intellectual, be
impulsive and inspirational, would lack a sense of detail and
a love for detail in his own work, would be visionary, artistic,
emotional. Such a person would be suited to artistic work,
such as painting, making designs, models, etc., but could
not be trusted to perform anything requiring detail, research
or science, and would be utterly useless in any position
where discipline or control of others were required.
• If the fleshy pad at the base of the thumb is flat and cold,
this is a sign of low energy levels. They are also less social
with others, but can be considered survivors.
• If the fleshy pad at the base of the thumb is full and firm,
this is a sign of lots of energy and warmth.
• If the fleshy pad at the base of the thumb is full and hard,
this person is tough, both physically and emotionally. They
find it hard to relax and open up.
• If the fleshy pad at the base of the thumb is full and soft,
this person enjoys the finer side of life, and is not very active. They love
pleasurable things like food and drink,
and have a hard time finding the motivation to exercise.
• If the thumb base is semi-raised and neither soft nor firm, is
it average. This can be considered a sign of normal energy
levels.
• If the top is very narrow it indicates a sign of weakness.
• If you have a strong thumb with the palmistry markings
shown, you will achieve more successes than people with
weak thumbs and none of these palmistry markings. This is
true for both physical and mental successes. In palmistry
the thumb reveals how effectively you shape, control, and
dominate all of your activities in life.
• Individuals having a "stiff-jointed" thumb, on the contrary,
cannot easily adapt themselves to others. They are distant
and more reserved with strangers. They are more selfcontrol than the type of
people with the "supple jointed"
formation, and is not so generous or extravagant.
• Large thumbs show a strong personality. Small thumbs
show the person is gentler.
• Long thumbs indicate high levels of self discipline and
perseverance.
• Long, broad thumbs belong to people who push hard and
succeed. Long, narrow thumbs belong to people who want
to succeed but don't have the driving force.
• Second Phalange of Thumb gives more information about
the nature or temperament of the individual. Here the logic
is the guiding force behind every action. If will is necessary
to carry out the tasks, logic is utilized to think and plan the
actions. An ideal thumb will have both the phalanges in
equal length. A shorter top phalange will show the lack of
drive to carry the task, while a shorter second phalange will
show lack of proper reasoning behind every action. There
may be some reference to the Third phalange in a thumb.
That is essentially the mount of Venus.
• Short thumbs indicate a lower ability to stick things out
when they get tough.
• Small, broad thumbs belong to people who lack
determination. Thumbs that have an exceptionally wide top
belong to aggressive people.
• Spacing of the thumb with our fingers also divulges a great
deal of information. A narrow spacing, or thumb placed making a less angle with
fingers shows a person who likes to follow things up. They like to think over the
details and consider taking each and every step cautiously. They do not like to
take much risk in life, and hence leadership
capabilities are considerably low in them.
• Stiff thumbs indicate a strong personality that can
accomplish things based on willpower alone. They may
indicate a strong desire to stick to rules, and a low
tolerance to people with lower self-control. Average thumbs
flex an inch or two. Bendy thumbs can flex almost to the
wrist. They indicate spontaneity and adaptability. But this
comes with a tendency to be easily distracted and a need
for support from others to stick to tough plans.
• The fleshy pad at the base of the thumb describes a
person's energy levels and basic physical nature.
• The longer the thumb, the more the power of will rule the
actions; the shorter the thumb, the more brute force and
obstinacy sways the nature.
• The man with the stiff-jointed Thumb on the contrary, is
more likely to refuse at first and on reflection to agree to the
proposition; but it he does make up his mind, he will stick to
his judgment or opinion, and the more he is opposed the
more determined he will be to hold to his view.
• The nearer the Thumb approaches the side of the hand, or
the more it looks tied down or cramped to the palm, the
more the subject is inclined to grasp or hold.
• The person with shorter and more thick-set the nail
phalange have no control over themselves and under the
least opposition will fly into a blind rage of fury. This curious
formation has been called the "Murderer's Thumb" because
so many who have committed murder in a mad fit of
passion have been found with this curious formation.
• The right thumb deals primarily with activities in your outer
world, like on the job, and with co-workers, casual contacts
and neighbours. It reveals how easily and effectively you
get results doing things with people outside your family and
closest friends.
• The second joint, if delicately shaped, almost "waist like,"
indicates tact, diplomacy, and gentleness, also subtlety in
argument; but if this part of the thumb be full looking or
equal in size to that of the nail phalange, it denotes the person who cares nothing
for tact but will speak his mind
plainly, and with brutal frankness.
• The shape of the first phalange is also important. An extra
fleshy first phalange is an indicator of the person who is
crass and blunt. The thin first phalange indicates weakness.
The width of the first phalange indicates aggressiveness.
An overtly wide top shows that the person is too
aggressive, and vice versa. The supple thumb, which
bends itself in the arc, is the indicator of a person who is
flexible and has no qualms about changing his ideals and
opinions.
• The supple-jointed Thumb is more impulsive in its desire to
give than is the stiff-jointed class, whereas the latter type
demands reflection before he even gives an opinion.
• The Thumb end zone, which is very flat and extremely thin,
reveals a person who has exhausted a lot of life’s
energy. She or he has little reserve energy and
determination left for taking action to achieve much more in
life than is already achieved. Because so much energy has
been expended in the past, there is now a weakened will
power to tackle anything new. This thin area shows that the
reserve stores of determination and will power have
become depleted to overcome life's normal obstacles.
There will be a tendency to give up easily when obstacles
are in the way. People with a very thin thumb end zone find
it very hard to tackle new problems and strive for any new
successes.
• The true miser has always a thumb cramped towards the
hand, and the nail phalange as a rule slightly turned in, as if
the mind wanted to grab hold or retain.
• The more ordinary is the thumb the more ordinary is the
person.
• This thin end zone on the thumb may be caused by
disease, malnutrition, or over-stressed lifestyle. In any
case, much help and big changes are needed to improve
the present situation. The challenge for a person with a thin
end zone is to identify and eliminate in life whatever is
draining so much life energy, determination, and will
power. All aspects of life such as diet, rest, activities, bad
"friends", etc. should be reviewed for possible changes to
improve rebuilding the life energies in body, mind, and
spirit. Once the life energies are rebuilt, the thumb end will become thicker and
the person will achieve more
successes and enjoy life much more.
• Thumb opening also gives an indication of the personality
of a person. If opening of the thumb is sixty percent it
indicates that the person is careful. If it is ninety percent
then the person takes risk but remains judicious. If it goes
beyond ninety percent to say 120 percent, the person is
more prone to risk and the risk remains uncalculated and
rash.
• Thumbs that are big, strong, and straight reveal a person
who gets excellent results in most endeavours. Even if
there are some negative indicators in the fingers and palm,
usually strong positively marked thumbs will override any
negative indicators.
• When the thumb looks as if it were "tied in" close to the
hand, the person is timid, easily frightened by both people
and circumstances, narrow-minded in his views, and
miserly in his habits. It is a well-established fact that the
thumbs of all misers are "tied in" and cramped-looking.

8
Nail Palmistry
Nails are windows to a health. Nails protect the delicate nerve centres in the tips
of our fingers. When our nerve centres are operating in a healthy way, our nails
appear smooth textured, pink, and clear. Nails covering the tip of the finger
constitute a significant part in the science of palmistry. From the scientific point
of view the nails performed two important functions. (i) The first and the
principal one is that the nail protects the tip of finger, so that the fingers do not
get damaged or hurt by a blow from outside. Moreover in protecting the
fingertips the nails also enhances the beauty of the fingers. (ii) The second is that
the natural electricity of the environment enters the body through the nails as the
nails are good conductors of electrical energy. At the same time the rays of other
planets also enter the body through these nails, which is helpful in making the
individual working smoothly.
Fig: Different Types of Nails on Fingers

The nails are also good conductors of electricity. The natural electricity present
in the atmosphere enters the body through these nails. Also the rays from other
planets enter our body through the nails and help us to work effectively. Fine
and healthy people tend to have fine and healthy nails. The more the nails appear
fluted the more problematic a person’s nervous system is. Fluting naturally
occurs more with aging. Colour, lines, Markings and moon on nails reveal
quality of blood and circulation of oxygen level in bloodstream. Even doctors do
check nails for diagnosis of blood level. Nails can even determine how fortunate
a person is. Nails are very important in the life of a human being, because at the
top ends of fingers are provided plenty of nerves which are very sensitive. Nails
are classified with respect to their colour and spots and are of the following
types, such as, 1. Short Nail. 2. Extremely Short Nail. 3. Large Nail. 4. Short and
Flat Nails. 5. Short and Thick Nail. 6. Broad and Square Nail. 7. More in Width
and Short in Length Nail. 8. Long and Thin Nail. 9. Long and Slightly Bent Nail.
10. Narrow Nail. 11. Swollen and Projected Nail. 12. Round Nail. 13. Small and
Triangular Nail. 14. Yellow Nail. 15. Blue Nail. (a) The types of nails described
above have the following effects:
• Beau's Lines on Nail: Beau's Lines are deep grooved

lines that run horizontally, as opposite to the ridges, which run vertically. These
lines show up when growth at the area under your cuticle is interrupted by injury
or severe illness. There are many reasons appearance, such as, diabetes,
circulatory indicates for their diseases,

peripheral artery disease or heart attack, high fever, pneumonia, scarlet fever,
mumps or measles, low blood pressure, low calcium levels, malnutrition, shock
and surgery.

• Big Half Moon on Nail: In some cases a big half Moon which covers almost
half the nail is visible. In such cases the contrary of the above results.
• Black spots on Nail: If a person has black spots on his nails then he is likely to
meet with great calamity in life. Black spots on nails are an indication of
impurity of blood. One is soon to get sick with small-pox, malaria, fever or any
other disease connected with the impurity of blood. Black, bright dots on
thumbnail indicate that the person is full of lust and criminal minded. Black spot
on nails indicates impurity in blood and disease connected with impurity of
blood as malaria, typhoid, fever and smallpox etc. This sign appears on nails for
some time and it disappears itself. It indicates great calamity and misfortune of
the person. Black spot on thumb suggests person may make a crime in near
future. Black spot on Index finger indicates loss. Black spot on Middle finger
indicates death of old member in family. Black spot on Apollo finger defame the
person and in case of Little finger, it indicates failure in achieving once aim in
life. Generally, black spots on nails indicate anxiety, fear, sadness; white spots
indicate happiness in life. Blue spots indicate bad luck and yellow spots
indicates death. If there are black spots or dots on the nails, such subjects have
criminal and sensuous tendencies. They may suffer from skin and blood related
diseases.
• Blue Nail: If the nails are blue at the root, the subject is weak hearted and
suffer from bronchial diseases.
• Broad and Square Nail: Subjects with this type having pink colour and round
shape at the side are pure hearted and guileless. They speak what they have in
heart. If they miss pinkish colour of the nails, they are not completely guileless.
• Central Nail Canal: Sometimes the middle ridge splits the nail and gives it a
fir tree appearance. It is often a sign or severe arterial disease. In some cases, it
could suggest malnutrition or repetitive trauma.
• Clubbed Nail: The tip of the finger nail swells like a drumstick and the nail
looks like a dome in case of the clubbed nail. Its colour is often bluish. This
condition results from low oxygen levels in the blood and could be a sign of lung
disease. When more than three digits present a clubbed nail, the illness may be
severe or advanced. Nail clubbing can be associated with pulmonary and
cardiovascular diseases (80%), gastrointestinal troubles, such as an inflammatory
bowel disease (about 5%) or an overactive thyroid (about 1%).
• Flared Fingernails: Flared nails are fan shaped, narrow at the base and wide at
the top. They have the same desire to share and accomplish as the broad
fingernails, but the narrow base lacks the nerves resistance to carry out their
actions peacefully. Their analytical nature allows them to excel in research and
detailed work, but they may be prone to impatience, defensiveness and anxiety.
They also tend to be overcritical. People who bite their nails tend to be more
self-critical and critical of others.
• Half Moon at the base of Nails: Half moon is situated in the base of nails and
it indicates progress in life. Effect of half moon on different fingers is mentioned
below, such as, (i) Half Moon on Index Finger: A half moon on the index
finger indicates promotion and some good news. Any person having such half
moon on Index finger, it indicates promotion in service or some other good news
to be heard. (ii) Half Moon on Saturn Finger: Half moon in the finger of
Saturn indicates that the person shall get benefits from machinery related
industry and also there is the possibility of getting money. Any person having
such half moon on Saturn finger, it indicates benefit from machinery or any
other monetary benefit unexpectedly. (iii) Half Moon on Apollo Finger: Half
moon on the finger of Apollo indicates that the person shall soon rise in status.
Any person having such half moon on Apollo finger, it indicates promotion, rise
in status name and fame in society. It is one of the fortunate signs on nail. (iv)
Half Moon on Little Finger: Any person having such half moon on little finger,
it indicate success and profit in business dealings unexpectedly. Half Moon in
the little finger indicates profits in business dealings. (v) Half Moon on Thumb
Finger: Half Moon on the thumb base indicates progress and auspiciousness.
Any person having such half moon on base of thumb, it indicate all kind of
success, auspiciousness, progress, gain, monetary benefit, growth in all field of
life.
• Hard and Narrow Nails: Persons having Hard and Narrow Nails are generally
quarrelsome in nature. Once they make up their mind they shall do anything
even if it is wrong. They stick to their decisions. The individuals having hard and
narrow nails generally are of argumentative nature. Once they make up their
minds, they will surely do it whether it is right or wrong but they don't care for
it. On the other hand they stick to their decision. Like the short and wide nails,
the persons having hard and narrow nails are not good to trust such persons.
• Horizontal White Lines on Nail: Any acute illness can produce transverse
milky white lines. In addition, those lines might be caused by an excessive build-
up of metals in the body (classically arsenic) or chemotherapy. The time of event
may be determined from the location of the lines on nail.
• Lack of moon on Nail: The moon (or Luna) is always present on the thumb.
When the moon is absent on other fingernails, it shows that aerobic capacity and
circulation aren't optimal. It could also be related to anaemia or malnutrition.
• Ladies’ Hands Nails: Ladies with their pink nails-pinkish and slightly
projected are fortunate ones. They are materially prosperous. Contrary to this, if
the nails are rough, spotted and without lustre, tending to yellowish or whitish
colour, the subjects are poor and addicted to corruption. Their lives are always
full of scarcities, worries, mental agonies and they have their lives with
uncertainly. Ladies with very short nails on their fingers of hand, are of irascible
nature. It will not be too much to say that ladies with such nails are like
Mahakali. They always want to keep their spouses under control. The husbands
of this type of ladies should behave their wives carefully and politely. The
children also are under control of this kind of ladies. They are ladies with good
character. If the nails are short with their colour pale, the subjects are violent
liars and are crooked to the core.
• Large and Broad nails: These nails are equal in length and width. Subjects
having such nails are serious by nature and perfectly plan their work and thus
achieve success in any field. Those nails are as wide as they are long and cover
well the extremities of the fingers. They offer an excellent shield for the nerves
system. The larger the nail, the more protected you are from outside influences.
These people are able to stay peaceful most of the times, even in tiring
situations. They may also have a calming effect due to their excellent nerves
system. People with large broad nails are more open and frank and those with
very short nails are more critical, argumentative, and nit-picky.
• Long and Curved Nails: Persons having Long and Curved Nails are not of
good character and do have affairs with many women. They get bad names in
their lives several times. Being in illegal relationship is the basic trait of their
character. They get bad name many times in their lives.
• Long and Narrow nails: People with long and narrow fingernails love beauty
and order.
• Long and Slightly Bent Nail: The married life of such persons is not happy
and smooth. They are extremely concupiscent and unstable in their thinking.
They are excessively interested in opposite sex.
• Long and Thin Nail: Such subjects are of insatiable mind and weak in
physical strength. They even doubt upon themselves.
• More in Width and Short in Length Nail: Nails wider in proportion to
Length persons get angry quickly. They complete any work they have started
without leaving it midway. These are analytical persons. They are highly
successful in literature, music and lectures. They enjoy arguing with others.
These subjects with less length and more wide nails thin skin, though maintain
good health, are under excessive mental tension due to their habit of arguing
with others.
• Nail Pitting: Nail Pitting looks a bit like the surface of the Moon, with all
kinds of tiny craters. Pitting is related to skin conditions. If the pits are random,
it may indicate psoriasis, a skin condition that produces scaly patches. If the pits
look like a geometric grid, it may be alopecia aerate, a condition that causes
round patches of hair loss. They can also reveal eczema and rash on the skin or
in the mouth. They may also result from nail injuries.
• Nail Plate Separating from the Skin: There are many reasons why a
fingernail would become loose, including trauma, injury or infection, thyroid
disorders, psoriasis, eczema or blistering from an autoimmune disease. Also, a
loosening fingernail may be a reaction to drugs, solvents, nail hardeners or
acrylic nails.
• Nail Ridges: Nail Ridges are vertical indentations going from the bottom of
the nail out to the fingertip. They are very common and indicate anxiety, stress
and are sometimes an early warning of rheumatic and arthritic disorders.
• Narrow Nail: They are weak and suffer from poor digestive system. If this
type has brittle nails, they suffer from nervous and liver disorders. Narrow nail's
subjects are parasitical by nature.
• Pale/Yellow Nail: This type of person is cheats to the core, liars, and even
gamblers. They are always dogged by poverty.
• Perfect nails: People having perfect nails possess high ideals, are good
intentioned and are always desirous to move forward. Ethic and moral principles
and high ideals are the spirit of their living and working. They achieve success in
every phases of life. Perfect Nails are little longer than wider and have a natural
lustre. They are men of high ideals and good-intentioned. They would be
successful in their lives. Such nails are structurally little longer than wider. They
have thirty natural lustres; hence appears bright in comparison to the other kinds
of nails.
• Red Nails: Red fingernails could be caused by a heart disease, Systemic lupus
erythematosus, an autoimmune disorder, enigma, i.e. an abnormal growth due to
the dilatation or new formation of blood vessels and malnutrition. If they are
dark red, it could be polycythemia, i.e. an abnormal increase in the number of
blood cells, and if they are cherry red, carbon monoxide may be the cause.
Several red spots on nails indicate that the person is of wicked nature.
• Red Spots on Nail: Sometimes red spots are visible on the nails. It indicates
bad omen and the person is likely to get murdered soon.
• Round Nail: Persons having rounded nails at the tip are quarrelsome and take
quick decisions. They know how to act on the decision they have taken. This is a
good type. These subjects are kind, frank, well mannered, diligent and prudent
people with enough self-reliance. Persons having rounded nails at the tips are
firm-minded and have strong conviction on themselves. These people can take
very quick decisions. Very much adaptable, with the rapid changing situation,
the individuals having rounded nails are blessed with ready wit. Such persons
know how to act on the decision so taken.
• Extremely Short Nails: This type of nail is short both in length and width.
Such nails often are visible with knotty fingers and look like a dot at fingers end.
Such subjects are mostly stupid and easily excited, but if this type of nail appear
in female's hand, she would be a disciplined, strict and with masculine
characteristics and likes to rule over her spouse.
• Short and Flat Nail: Persons having such nails are scary by nature. Usually
they suffer from heart ailments and usually their death is also caused by heart
ailments.
• Short and Heavy Nail: These subjects always hide their mistakes and throw
blames on others. They are critic by nature.
• Short and Pale Nails: Such nails reveal the wickedness of the individual. Such
a person tells lies at every step and will even deceive his own family. He cannot
be trusted. Individual having short and pale nails are said to have a wicked
personality. Deceit, treachery and sham are the basic characteristic traits of the
individual having short and pale nails. The person having short and pale nails
indicates that he tells lies at every step and will deceive his own family members
at the time of need. Such a person can never be trustworthy. They are not
socially responsible at all.
• Short and Rectangular Nails: A person having Short and Rectangular Nails
on his fingers is a heart patient and dies of heart attack.
• Short and triangular nails:
• Short and Triangular Nails: Short and Triangular Nails are generally wide at
the upper tip and narrow at the lower end. Persons with such nails are lazy and
hesitant to work. They like loneliness and do not like others to interfere in their
matters. Persons with short and triangular nails often evade to work. Those who
have Short and the rectangular nails is said to be a heart patient. Laziness and
idleness are the basic nature of the individuals those who are having short and
triangular nails. The palmists according to the structural difference have placed
the short and triangular nails in the seventh category. Generally these kinds of
nails are structurally broad at the upper tip and narrow at the lower end.
• Short and Wide Nails: Persons having Short and Wide Nails believe in
quarrelling, criticizing and interfering in other's works is their sole aim in life.
They are stubborn in nature. The individual having short and wide nails stoutly
believe in quarrelling and are always at odds with others. They take immense
pleasure in criticising others and interfering in others' work. People having short
and wide nails are extremely stubborn and obstinate in nature. Once they have
decided, they never move from their decision, even if it is bad.
• Short Nail: Short nails reveal that the man is uncivilized. Such person might
have been born in a high family, yet he would be narrow-minded, weak and of
wicked tendencies. The subjects with short nails whether square or small lack
patience. They are exciting, obstinate and narrow minded. They are weak
structured, having mean characteristics, etc. Such subjects suffer largely from
nerve diseases and heart disorders.
• Short nails on Knotty fingers: Persons having Short nails on Knotty fingers
are quarrelsome. If such nails are found in the fingers of a female, then she must
be dominating her husband and also quarrelsome.
• Short nails: The man with short nails though is a highborn he will reveal his
unsophisticated nature. The person having short nails by nature is narrow-
minded, weak and full of wicked tendencies. The persons having such nails are
of quarrelsome type. Such persons are always at odds with others even because
of unimportant reasons. Such nails on the fingers of a female, reveals that she is
completely overpowering her husband. She always wins over her husband with
her argumentative nature. This is because un-sophistication is the basic nature of
the person having short nails. The nails, structurally short disclose that the
individual concerning is uncivilised.
• Short or Small nails: They are very short or small nails compared to the size
of the finger. They are not efficiently protecting the nerves endings of the
fingers. Therefore, these people will be more vulnerable to external influences
and are likely to lose their temper if something doesn’t go the way they want.
• Small Triangular Nail: These are subjects who love seclusion and are
scholarly and academic. But few besides these qualities are lazy and careless
also. If apprised of their potential, they can prove to be very useful persons.
• Spoon Nails: Spoon nails are concave nails that look scooped out. They may
be a sign of iron deficiency anaemia, thyroid problems, diabetes, Systemic
Lupus Erythematosus (SLE), i.e. disorder, Raynaud’s disease, a chronic
autoimmune i.e. a disorder causing

discoloration of the fingers, protein deficiency or exposure to petroleum-based

solvents.

• Square nails: Square nails reveal the weakness of the persons. Such nails show
that the man is coward and timid. Being very much nervous and coward the
person having square nail always remain subdued. They can never express their
wishes, desire or the aspirations. As a result they always remain submissive most
of the time.
• Swollen and Projected Nail: The fingers covered under this type become
thick and hard under the nails and can turn easily. They are drug addicts and
have suicidal tendency. They mostly suffer from tuberculosis or other lungs
related diseases.
• Terry's Nails: Terry's nails, Terry's half and half nails, look opaque, but the
lower part is white, indicating enema and anaemia while the top part has a dark
band. These nails imply renal or liver disease, as well as congestive heart failure,
diabetes or malnutrition.
• Thin and long nail: Persons having thin and long nail are fickle-minded. They
do not possess the capability to stick to their decision. They often vacillate even
during the time, when the decision has already been taken. Further, people with
this type of nail do not have the capability to take independent decisions. As a
result they depend on the others heavily and they act on the advice given by
others. In the science of palmistry these individuals with thin and long nails are
defined as frail and generally they are weak in body. Persons having Thin and
Long Nails are weakbodied and fickle-minded. They cannot take independent
decisions and act on the advice given by others.
• Vertical Brown Lines on Nail: Vertical lines on nails are symptoms of
muscular problem. Those vertical lines form because of increased melanin, i.e.
the substance that gives the skin its colour, and are associated with Addison's
disease, i.e. a disorder where the adrenal glands do not produce enough
hormones, breast cancer, melanoma, a type of skin cancer, and trauma.
• White flecks in the nails: Stress depletes calcium in the body, which shows up
in the form of white flecks in the nails. Wherever you see flecks (some medical
studies diagnose these flecks as zinc deficiency), you must apply both a time and
stress factor to the meaning of that particular finger. Your nail takes
approximately six months to grow out. If you see white flecks in the middle of
the nail on your middle finger, it may mean that three months ago you may have
experienced a stressful situation in your career or work. If the white fleck is on
the very tip of the index finger, then about six months ago, you may have
experienced a blow to your self-esteem. A white crescent at the root of nail is a
good sign. Such subjects are always progressive.
• White nails: They can be caused by anaemia, enema, or vascular conditions,
such as low haemoglobin in your blood). Other conditions may include renal
failure, cirrhosis, diabetes and chemotherapy. In some rare cases, white
fingernails may be hereditary.
• White Spots on Nail: White sports indicate some obstruction to the circulation
of blood and also indicate some future diseases. If such spots are found on the
nails then it has to be concluded then that the man is likely to get sick soon. If
there are white spots like half-moon or fullmoon, then it is a sign of defect in
blood circulation. White spot on nails indicates obstruction in circulation of
blood and future disease. If a white spot remains stable at some place on nail,
then it indicates stature and love for kinsfolk. If there are several white spots on
nails, it indicates faulty digestive system. White spots on the nails are indicative
of obstruction in blood circulation. If the spots are lustrous white, this indicates
mutual and assertive love. White Spots on Thumb: White spot on thumb
indicates finding love. White Spots on Index Finger: A white crescent on the
nail of the index finger generates the circumstances conductive to progress and
profit. White spot indicates profit in business in case of Index finger. But, if
there is a black spot on the nail, this indicates a sudden loss of wealth and deficit
in business. In case the dots are white, the subject’s gains in business and
commands respect. White Spots on Middle Finger: A white spot on the nail of
the middle finger with a crescent make the subject to undertake voyages, bring
wealth and gain prosperity. White spot indicates journey in case of middle
finger. If there is a black spot or black dot, some near and dear helps to resolve
the problems and helps in troubles. And if there is a projected spot with parish
yellow shade of the nail, the subject is rewarded according to the efforts made,
but such a case harms the wife and brother of the subjects. White Spots on Ring
Finger: If there is a white crescent on the nail of Apollo, the subject achieves
success in mechanical and machinery work and rise in life. If there is a white
spot or dot, the person takes interest in religious activities. If there is a black
spot, the subject may suffer from allegations or blames and loses respects of
others. White Spots on Small Finger: A crescent on the nail of small finger
indicates gain in business field and success in achieving aim in life.
• Vertical Lines on the nails: The lines on the nails show their real effect.
Vertical lines on the nails indicate nervous disorder. Vertical lines on the nails
indicate nervous disorder. Vertically curved and unlevelled lines indicate
disorders of blood pressure and blood. This also indicates damage to the nervous
system. Whenever horizontal lines are visible on the nails, it should be
understood that disease is finding its way into the body.
• Wider Nails: The individuals having Wider Nails become easily angry even
because of minor reasons. But these people are firm and extremely consistent.
They consistently linger to their work once they initiate it. They never leave it
until it is completed. These persons do not like others to interfere in their work.
In a way they also suffer from a kind of loneliness.
• Yellow nails: They are often related to a respiratory condition, or anything that
slows down the growth of the nail such as diabetes, protein imbalance, nerve
injury, burn injury and jaundice.
• Yellow Spots on Nail: If yellow spots are visible on one or more fingers, it is
certain that the man will meet his death on the near future.

9
Hands Palmistry
This study of hands can be traced back to the very earliest, most enlightened
forms of civilization. It has been practiced by the greatest minds in all those
civilizations, minds that have left their mental philosophies and their monuments
for us to marvel at. India, China, Persia, Egypt, Rome and all in their study of
mankind have placed the greatest store in their study of the hand. The hands are
the immediate servants or instruments of the brain. There are more motive and
sensory nerves from the brain to the hand than to any other portion of the body
and, whether sleeping or waking, they continually and unconsciously reflect the
thought and character of the mind or soul of the individual. Hand is an important
part of the science of palmistry. The different part of hands is useful to
determine different aspects of human life and character. It is said "God caused
signs or seals on the hands of all the sons of men, that the sons of men might
know their works." However there are certain kinds of hands. Every kinds of
hand are unique in its form and structure, personality, character individual. The
structure of the hands varies from person to person. Thus the structural
difference determines difference in the behavioural aspects of human character.
The wrist joined the hand to the arm. The forepart of the wrist is called 'palm'.
According to the science of Palmistry there are five kinds of hands: - very small
hand, small hand, ordinary hand, long hand, very long hand. Both the hands
should be examined together to see if they accord. When they do, the indication
of the mark is better decided. When something is marked on the left hand and
not on the right, the tendency will be in the nature, but unless it is also marked
on the right hand it will never bear fruit or come to any result. When the two
hands are exactly alike, it denotes that the subject has not developed in any way
from what heredity or Nature gave to him. It must be remembered that we use
the left side of the brain more than thereby delineates

as well as the the difference of future of different we do the right, and the nerves
cross and go to the right hand. Consequently, it is this hand which denotes the
developed or active brain, the left only giving the natural tendencies or
inclinations. To be scientific and accurate the student of this subject must always
keep this rule before his mind and not be led away in his judgment by some
"marvellously good line" that the subject may proudly call his attention to in the
left hand, for such a mark will have no actual result unless it is also found on

the right hand.

It will, then, be seen from these observations that without looking at the lines of
the hand, one may be able to obtain certain details of character that are more
trustworthy than those given by the face, and that these rules. If you write with
your right hand then your 'active hand' is right hand. If you write with left hand
then your 'active hand' will be left hand. First, find out which one is your active
hand. Observe the mounts and lines in the palm of your active hand. Recognize
them correctly with the help of pictures. Then select the options given in the
following table. There are many often conflicting interpretations of various lines
and palmer features across various schools of palmistry. These contradictions
between different interpretations, as well as the lack of empirical support for
palmistry's predictions, contribute to palmistry's perception as a pseudoscience
among academics. In most schools of palmistry, hand shapes are divided into
four or 11 major types. Hand shape is believed to indicate character traits
corresponding to the type indicated.

9.1 Types of Hand

(A) The division of palmistry that deals with the study of the shape of the hand
and fingers is known as chirognomy. Along with the lines, mounts, markings,
hand colour, skin texture and flexibility, the shape of the fingers and hands give
clues as to what type of characteristics an individual may have. Eight of the
basic hand shapes studied in palmistry is Very Small Hand, Small Hand,
Ordinary Hand, Long Hand, Very Long Hand, Spatulas, Conic and Mixed Hand.
However, this is only one system used to categorize the hand shapes.

(i) Very Small Hand: The Very Small Hand is very small hand. It is coarse and
clumsy with thick and heavy palm. Fingers and nails are short. Thumb is also
very short and thick. The palm carries few lines and there is very little to be seen
on the palm.
Personal Characteristics: The persons with very small hand are narrowing
minded and have suspicious nature. They remained obsessed about their
personal gains and even go on quarrelling for the pursuit of petty gains. By
nature those people having very small hand are very selfish. Their own narrow
and selfish ends receive top priority. Cheating, cunningness and opportunism are
the three basic part of their personality. Cunningness, being the basic nature of
their personality, they always aim to bring people down in the eyes of others.
They are generally harsh and unfriendly to others. Since their sole aim was the
pacification of their own selfish ends, they always exploit others. Bereft of
public responsibility, these people having very small hand do not contribute
anything to the society. Such people display a lack of enthusiasm and have no
imagination. They are concerned only with daily existence. This person is
largely intolerant of a nasty situation, and can get violent when provoked. They
possess a certain low cunning instinct. These are people without aspiration.
Simply they eat, drink, sleep, and die.
Profession: The persons having this type of hand are mainly labourers and are
involved in violent sports, like boxing. (ii) Small Hand: In the second category
comes the small hand. This hand is slender with smooth fingers. The palm is
medium sized, and the nails long and tapering. The thumb is small, elegant and
graceful.
Personal Characteristics: The people having small hand are generally lazy.
Emotions and imagination generally guide their way of living. Generally the
people of small hands have high dreams. They nurture the idea of doing much,
most of which was the fruit of their lofty imagination. But at the same time their
utter idleness prevented them to materialize their imagination into reality. As a
result a result of their idleness they can never put their plans into practical use.
They are fond of false and exaggerated talks and appreciation. The people
having small hands love to dwell in the false but colourful atmosphere around
them. They also indulge in creating such atmosphere around them. Hence they
act in such a manner that this illusory and suspicious environment prevails
around them. Although they have sharp brains, they are likely to be ignorant that
how to make use of opportunities. Consequently they repent when the time has
passed and they could not make best use of it. Although becoming competent
and able enough to do something worthy, they do not generally make much
progress in life. This is a most beautiful but rare hand. This is considered as one
of the unfortunate hands. They take decisions by emotions. Such people are
visionary. They are weak by nature and always need energy and strength. They
think much more than required. Such people lead a very confused and
indiscipline life. They are gentle, quiet, confiding and trustworthy. They are
purely visionary and idealistic by nature. They are very religious by nature and
love music, etc. They are generally parasite by nature meaning thereby that they
are always dependent on others. Such people are ruled by planet Moon. They are
hyper-sensitive. These hands are similar to the hands of ladies.
Profession: People with this hand are magicians, clairvoyants and religious
saints.
(iii) Ordinary Hand: The palmists have categorized the ordinary hand as the
third kind of in the science of palmistry. This hand is considered as the most
useful hand. This hand as a whole comprises square palm, square fingers and
nails. This hand carries a large thumb. The majority of such people is male i.e.
around 80%. They are target oriented people. This is one of the best hands.
Personal Characteristics: The people having ordinary hands are full of
practical wisdom and astute insight. Due to the exceptional insight they know
how to talk with people and how to behave with person. Highly social, such
people have all these points in their mind. Ready wit is another key feature of
these people. Since they have the capability of storing all points in their mind,
they also carry practical wisdom while dealing with other persons. They are
highly responsible and get appropriate respect in society. Being wise and
insightful, these people give proper thought and time to everything before doing
it. However their lives are full of struggle and hindrances. But they are able to
achieve success. Generally they also develop the habit to overcome the
obstructions and hindrances. They also managed to gather facilities from the
struggles. In general their health remains good, all the same. One of the
significant characteristic of the people of ordinary hand is that they are very
much adaptive. They have the capacity to mould themselves according to
conditions prevalent. Hence they never face obstructions and hindrance owing to
the fault or idleness. It is the situations and circumstances which bring obstacles
in their way but they are very much able to overcome this. Such practical and
logical. They are honest, punctual and precise in manner. They lead most
disciplined life. They avoid imaginative ideas and love practical things. They
respect the authority or the rule. They respect law and order. They follow the
customs and trends. They are determined in opposition but are not quarrelsome.
They prefer reasoning to instinct, peace to war. They are methodical and
systematic in work and habit.
Profession: They are fond of exact sciences and practical studies. They are
generally in agriculture or commerce. Such people love home and homely
duties. They are honest businessmen, true friends, principled people and true in
promises. Such people are mainly businessmen, scientists, doctors, engineers,
executives, lawyers or technicians. (iv) Long hand: Long hands comprise the
fourth category in the different kinds of hands, according to the palmists. This
hand is long, narrow, and slender, with tapering fingers and long almond-shaped
nails. It lacks beauty, energy and strength. The width of the palm is less in
comparison to length. The nerves in the hand are prominent and visible. They
have a very strong theory in any matter but the practical side is weak. They offer
very strong arguments on any matter. They prefer knowledge than money.
Personal Characteristics: People having long hands are highly responsible and
prove generally useful to the society. The basic trait of their character is that
their personality represented that they are neither very happy nor are full of
anxiety. Though this basic trait clearly indicates their confusion, they are
however very practical in their dealings with others. In spite of their confusion
they are clever and promising. Their fundamental nature is to delve deep into the
bottom of any problem placed before them. But their finding and conclusion
they make in this connection generally is found to be completely correct in the
end. Their estimation regarding any unknown person, his character, his
efficiency and the way of his working etc generally turn out to be entirely correct
in future. It has been opined by the palmists that these people are highly
important in the society for the purposes of collective people are most

reliable, orderly, interest. Such hands are found mainly in India. People with
such a hand are likely to be students of a particular subject. They are philosopher
kind of people and are religious by nature. They study mankind and they play
their own way. They like to be distinct from others; they love mystery in all the
things. Such People are generally egotistical. The joints of fingers are developed
whereas fingers are smooth and pointed.
Profession: Such people are generally teachers, thinkers, philosophers and
world leaders.
(v) Very Long Hand: Very Long Hand comprises the fifth category in the
different kinds of hands in the science of palmistry.
Personal Characteristics: Persons having very long hands are not of any
special use to the society. They are highly emotional and hence like to live in the
imaginary world. Since they dwell in the imaginary world, when it breaks, they
faces obstacles in the real world. Hence they get perturbed when they face
struggles and when they are placed in such situations which they are not
accustomed with. Unlike the person having ordinary hand, these people are not
strong or competent enough to fight out the obstacles or hindrances coming by
their way.
(vi) Spatulate Hand: The fingers of this hand are flattened like a spatula. The
most characteristic feature is the large and broad thumb. It is extremely broad
near the base and tapers towards the fingers. It is usually found crooked and
irregular. Personal Characteristics: The most striking characteristic of the
Spatulate Hand people is of their independence of spirit. The same spirit makes
them explorers and discoverers. They follow their own rules of engineering and
machines to seek the unknown. They have a quest for knowledge. They are
energetic. These people are highly individualistic. Such people break all the
rules of set mechanism if they are in the field such as singer or actors, doctor or
preacher because they have their way of looking at things.
Profession: People artisans, creators astronauts, and engineers.
(vii) Conic Hand: This hand is considered as the artistic hand. The fingers are
generally smooth and nails are of the shape of with this hand are mainly
inventors,

and genius, explorers, navigators, cones, hence the name. This hand has some
mixture of square hand i.e. the palm is bit broad, thick and large and thumb
huge. Personal Characteristics: Conic Hand people by nature are impulsive
emotional.
and artistic instincts. They are sensitive and

They are dreamers. They are clever, quick in thoughts and ideas. They have not
patience. They tire easily. They cannot carry long term plans. Such hand is
mostly found in Bengal territory. Such people love art and craft. They have
superb communication skill. They are sensual by nature. They are easily swayed
by the people they come in contact. They carry their likes and dislikes to
extremes. They are generally short-tempered but soon calm down. They are
generous and sympathetic but selfish also where their own comfort is concerned.
Profession: People of such hand are mainly painters, sculptors, musician or
poets i.e. all creative fields. Such hands are generally pink, soft with many lines
on palm. If the hand is less flexible, they rise to a good height.
(viii) Mixed Hand: The mixed hand is most difficult to define. It is a
combination of all types of hands described above. This hand is a mixture of
different classes such as artistic, useful or practical hand, philosophical and
elementary, psychic or conic hands.
Personal Characteristics: It is very often found having all the fingers different
from one another, as for example one pointed, one square, or spatulas, and so on.
Sometimes the palm may be of one type, say spatulas, with all the fingers mixed.
Such persons are always versatility itself, but so changeable in purpose that they
rarely succeed in making much out of any talents they may possess. They can
generally do a little of everything but nothing well. They can talk on any subject
that may crop up, but never impress their listeners with depth of thought on any
subject.
(ix) Flexible Hand: The degree of flexibility in your hand indicates your
emotional and mental health. In short, a flexible hand, a flexible mind, a stiff
hand, a stiff mind. Emotionally, those people with limber hands adjust well to
their environment. Stiff hands indicate those who have a rigid outlook on life. A
flexible hand that can bend backwards in a graceful arch indicates a mind that
can respond quickly. These people can act, think and feel all at once.
• A moderate flexible hand is the most common. People with

this type of hand tend to be balanced and in control of themselves.

• An extremely flexible hand indicates a person who is easily led by others.

• A firm type of hand indicates a strong type of person. These people are
conservative with their money and feelings.
• Persons whose hand seems to slip from yours when you grasp theirs hand
while greeting, are deceptive and treacherous. They may smile at you with their
lips, but instinctively they regard you as their prey and will only use you for their
own object.
• The impression of a remarkable hand; even in shape alone one may read by the
rules of this science the following clearly-marked characteristics:
• A soft, fat hand is the indication of an indolent and more or less lazy person.
• A firm hand is the sign of an energetic, reliable nature.
• A very thin hand denotes a restless energetic disposition, but one that is given
to worry, and fretting and is generally discontented.
• A thin hand that feels listless in one's grasp denotes a weak constitution that
has only sufficient energy to live.
• A cold, clammy hand is also a sign of poor health, but generally that of a very
sensitive and nervous person.
• A person, who keeps his hands closed while talking, is distrustful in his nature,
has little self-reliance and can seldom be relied on by others.
• A person, who gives a good firm grasp of the hand, is selfconfident, energetic,
and generally reliable.
• When all the fingers (especially if the fingers be long) are seen always
clinging, sticking, as it were, or folding over one another it denotes very doubtful
qualities in the nature of their possessor and a decided tendency towards thieving
and general lack of moral principal.

10
Palms Palmistry
Palm is the space bounded by the wrist on one side and the base of the Fingers
on the other. In breadth, it is bounded by the root of the Thumb to the percussion
of the Hand. A bunch of bones nearly 14 when joined together give a shape to
the palm. These bones are very small. The finger part of the palm is made of
three bones and thumb made of 2 bones and the upper part of the fingers and
thumb is protected by nails. The palm extends from wrist to the base of the
fingers and thumb. The whole portion from the wrist to the first phalange of the
fingers and thumb is called the ‘Hand’. There are many lines on the palm thin or
thick, big or small, fine or rough which indicate the life force of an individual.
The clear and deep lines indicate success while broken and thin lines indicate
negativity and failure in one’s life. The palm consists of four prominent lines
which are,

(i) Life Line,

(ii) Head Line,
(iii) Heart Line
(iv) Fate Line.

• The upper half of the palm lying immediately below the fingers is considered
to represent the higher or intellectual nature.
• The lower half of the palm represents the materialistic side of the nature.
• If one of these halves is larger than the other as decided by the central
placement of the head line or in this case the single transverse palmer crease it
shows greater development of that aspect of the nature.
• If this line is placed below its normal position it indicates an intensely
intellectual nature;
• If it is placed above its normal position it indicates an intensely materialistic
nature and interests.
• The direction in which any branches may be found shooting from this line have
a significant impact on the nature of this line resulting in suitable modifications
from the above defined results depending on the nature of the mounts on the
hand. For instance, if a branch from this line shoots to the mount of Moon lying
on the lower edge of the hand exactly opposite the thumb, it indicates an
intensely vacillating nature and emotional

consists of many Mounts. These

temperament. Palm are normally bulging

positions on the Hand, and are found at the base of Fingers and are called
Mounts of Jupiter, Saturn, the Sun and Mercury. In addition, below the Thumb is
the Mount of Venus. By the side of the mounts on hand Thumb, we find the
Lower Mount of Mars, whereas below the Mount of Mercury on the percussion
and approximately opposite the Lower Mount of Mars, we have the Upper
Mount of Mars. The Mount of the Moon is found below the Mount of Venus and
the percussion. The mounts are eight in number. In addition to Mounts, Palm
also consists of Plain of Mars. The palm proper bounded from the base of the
Mounts to the third angle of the Triangle and from the Line of Life to a normally
placed Line of Liver, excluding any Mount, is called the Plain of Mars. This
portion also includes a Quadrangle and a Triangle. There are four Major Lines
and many other main Lines on the Hand. Other Lines are called minor or
Influence Lines. All Lines are not perfect. There are many defects and
malformations in the Lines, which are to be analysed carefully. The defects or
obstructions in a Line give adverse results and signify defects in the flow of the
current, thereby producing a defective operation of the qualities of the Line in
question. When a Line is broad, shallow, wavy, etc., it denotes that the current
cannot f low in a regular way but spreads in a hotchpotch way.

Palm Skin

• The skin texture on the hand shows the persons natural refinements.
• f the texture is soft and delicate it will indicate a refined and sensitive person.
• Transparent skin is found on saintly type people.
• Thin skin is found on the hands of overly sensitive people. Often those with
thick skin are stubborn and insensitive. Course skin is found on the hands of
earthy people.
• People with a satin, smooth type skin are very artistic and often have a love of
nature.
Palm Colour

• Red colour palm indicates robustness. A red handed guy will be passionate,
quick-tempered and ardent. A red line will indicate much of the same, but it will
be modified by the function of the line, i.e. a red of Life Line will indicate a
vigorous, robust health coupled with an active nature, while a red Line of Heart
will denote overflowing and heartfelt emotions.
• Yellow colour palm is indicative of melancholy and morose character. Pink
hue in the palm denotes a hopeful, sanguine, enthusiastic and bright nature. One
may consider it to be a less extreme manifestation of a red hand or line. This is
the optimal colour for any line in a healthy and well-adjusted person.
• White colour denotes a lack of interest in the outside world and those with
whom the bearer may associate. White hands are egotistical, consequential in
selfishness and a lack of sympathy for others. It is also a symbol for general ill-
health and weakness. Black colour line denotes a trait of a person as grave,
haughty, distant, and vengeful.

Palm Type

There are four types of palm namely Wide, Too Wide, Narrow, Square.

Wide Palm: The wide palm indicates good health, stout body and evenly
balanced structure of the body. The wide palm consists of good proportion of
palm fingers.

Too Wide Palm: Such palm is more thick and heavy than the wide palm with
exaggerated Mounts of Venus, Moon Mars, Jupiter and Mercury. Such people
have violent and rash temperament, deceiving instincts and vicious imagination
towards others which even include their near and dear. Narrow Palm: Narrow
palm means a palm which is longer than its width. Little space is left therefore
for development of Moon, Mars and Mercury mounts. Such people lack good
imagination, good IQ level and cheerfulness. They are generally escapist and run
away from responsibilities.

Square Palm: Such palm is generally equal in length and breadth. Such people
are practical and active in nature. They do more of physical activity than mental.
They are good organizers and managers. Such people have strong Mars and
Jupiter.
11
Face Palmistry
In the horoscope of a person, the most influencing planet will shape the body
and face of the person. Since face is the mirror of the person’s inner feelings, the
planet will clearly show up in the face of the person. By knowing the face type,
we can understand the important qualities of a person and how the person reacts
in certain situations. The person when knowing about himself/herself can have
an idea regarding his/her strengths and weaknesses and can learn how to use
those qualities to achieve success in the life. This will improve his/her
professional life and personal life to the maximum extent. Thus there are seven
faces according to seven planets in the universe.
Face of Jupiter: Jupiter planet influence makes the person to appear tall and
stout. Such a person possess broad forehead, clear curved lines separating the
nose and cheeks and inclination to baldness near the temples. The face will be
generally of square or rectangular type. Jupiter faces are highly diplomatic and
hence we find them as advisors and lobbyists to Government. They excel as
Political leaders, Judges, top level business magnets and religious gurus. They
are best leaders and diplomats. Their statements and decisions always influence
large crowds of people. They try to preserve the culture, law and religion of the
land. On the negative side, they try to get name, power and money out of others’
work. Some of them involve into big scams.
Face of Mars: There are two types of Mars faces. The positive Mars face
belongs to a person who will have a muscular body, thick eyebrows and sharp
sight. They bear medium height. Generally there would be a scar or cut on the
head portion. If we keenly observe we can find out that the head is broad at
temples and becoming narrow at the chin, thus the face gives a triangular
appearance. However, the area at the chin will be slightly triangular and in most
cases it shows up as rounded or square shaped. Positive Mars faces are endowed
with physical strength and courage. They are quick and action-oriented. They get
into action without wasting time in brooding. It is highly difficult to satisfy these
people’s sexual needs. On the other hand, negative Mars faces can be found by
their clear triangular formation towards chin region. In this case, the forehead
will be generally short. It means the gap between the hair line and the eyebrows
will be short. The body and the face will be thin. There will be a scar or mark of
a wound present on the head. Negative Mars face represents a person with anger
and headstrong nature. They are impulsive and take decisions without adequate
thinking. They express their opinion very strongly to the extent of hurting others.
This will spoil their married life. Suicidal tendencies show up when they are in
bad mood. They do not hesitate to kill others upon slightest provocation. Often
we see criminals in this category. We see both positive and negative Mars faces
mostly in the Police or Defence Departments, Sports people, Body builders and
Fighters.
Face of Mercury: When Mercury is strong in the horoscope, the person looks
young and playful. He/she will have upright rectangular face, generally with
long nose and chin. He/ she will be of short height. The person walks briskly and
he/she will be fond of short journeys. We find Mercury faces in all types of
businesses. They take lead in the areas where communication is important. Such
people are seen in Mass media, Publishing, Teaching, Writing, ad-agencies, and
in some cases as business advisors. Such persons are mentally active and hence
most suitable for mental work. They are endowed with strong memory and good
communication. They will have two different personalities in them but only one
is exhibited to the world and the other one is hidden always. On the negative
side, they become cunning and tell lies. They can analyze any situation very well
but when coming to their own they cannot come to any conclusion.
Face of Mixed Types: It is rare to find the pure type of faces, since other planets
modify the influence of the main planet considerably. Hence most of the times,
the main planet becomes obscure in the face of the person and the Face Reader
will end up with wrong analysis.
Face of Moon: If the planet Moon is most prominent, the person’s entire body
will be of fatty nature and round shaped. The face will be full and round. There
will be wide gap between the two eyes. The stomach will be very much round.
The cheeks will be full and there will be usually double chin. The nose will be
short. The skin will of pale colour. In some cases, we see bald head. He/she
bears medium height. We see most of the Moon faces involving in business or
individual professions like doctors, restaurant owners, vegetable vendors and
travel agents. Some of them show interest in Politics and become politicians.
Such people are domestic and much attached to home and parents. They take
pride in their family history. They like good food and drinks. They can become
better cooks. They are fond of travelling. Since they love water, most of them
own houses at the banks of rivers or ponds. On the negative side, they become
over-imaginative which leads to impractical nature. They change their moods
and decisions very often. Most of them maintain a second lover/wife. Face of
Saturn: If Saturn is the prominent planet in the horoscope, the person looks tall
and lean with bony appearance. The face will be upright rectangular with thin
and bony appearance. The cheeks go inside. He/she will have deep set eyes and
thin neck. The nose will be prominent, thin and protrudes down. The face looks
cruel and gives an impression of melancholic nature. Where to find: Saturn faces
are seen in Labour Unions, Health Departments, hard labourers like Rickshaw
pullers, farmers and people who involve in low category jobs. They are serious
about the work and disciplined in the office. They do any work with much
patience, tenacity and they make deeper study of any issue. Such people like to
be alone avoiding the people around them. The negative qualities are that these
people see life from dark side. They do not make friendship easily. They feel
that there must be strict and strong punishments to even small mistakes.
Face of Sun: If Sun is most influencing in the horoscope, the person will have
round shaped face with bald head and eye troubles. He/she will have strong
bones, wide shoulders, and reddish complexion and will be of short to medium
height. We find Sun faces working in Government offices or if they work in a
private company, they will be in an executive position. We see most of the Sun
faces in Politics and Government offices. Sun faces always want to be in an
authoritative position. They do not want to be subordinates to anyone. They
yield easily to praise. They pardon others’ mistakes if others kneel down before
them. On the negative side, they are boastful, lazy and want to earn money by
illegal manipulations.
Face of Venus: When Venus is the influencing planet, the person will have
attractive face and body. The face glows and the eyes radiate beams of light. The
eyes appear to be full and prominent. The region below the eyes will be shiny
and full. The person will be of medium height, with curly lustrous hair and good
skin tone. Where to find: Venus faces are found where artistic activity is
involved. They are sociable and crave for appreciation from others. Hence we
find most of the actors, artists, and some business people come into this
category. They are highly attractive with a rich and royal look. They are fond of
friends, pleasures and luxury. They love beauty, fine surroundings, cloths,
ornaments and decorations. Coming to negative qualities, they change their
opinion in love and are not reliable in love matters. Most of them involve into
multiple sexual attachments and hence will have loose morals.

Lines over the Forehead

The first line over the forehead represents Saturn, followed by the lines of
Jupiter and Mars respectively. The line just above our right eye brow is the Sun
Line while the one just above our left eye brow is Moon Line.
The place in between the Sun and Moon-Lunar Lines & the eye brows, is the
residence of the Venus Line and just below the Venus line, the Line of Mercury
is present.
• A branch from the Mars line goes towards the Sun line, it

shows promotions in Job or profits in business.

• A line rising up from Saturn Line is not considered
auspicious. It could be vertical line or slanting line on left
side or right side. There may be several lines forming the
shape of V, U, L, I, K, H or W. Depending on the place
where it is found, struggle of different nature is predicted.
• A line which very straight, in isolation with any other line,
very short in length, discontinuous-broken at several
places, badly formed, will indicate decline in the qualities
represented by the corresponding planet of that line.
• A sign of bow, trident and Vajra-thunderbolt on forehead
makes one dearest to the virtuous women.
• A trident is present between eyes brows; the native would
definitely loose one of his body parts.
• A very long and deep tilted Saturn line makes the native
highly passionate, sexy and a bad character. The
serpentine line with Mars line will make one a criminal.
• Bow like formation of Jupiter and Saturn lines makes the
native courageous but he would do bad deeds.
Jupiter line is long and thin, the native would be fortunate
and beautiful.
• Branches in Jupiter line makes one a liar, who will do bad
deeds.
• Forehead has blue nerves forming vertical line on the
Venus and Mercury area and the shape of the forehead
resembles half moon, it would make the person happy and
rich.
• Forehead has only one long serpentine line and there are
two (2) vertical lines over Mercury, the person would be a
good speaker-orator and would remain in midst of women.
• Four (4) clear lines on forehead give native a good
character and intelligence.
• If a line is short, isolated, discontinuous on several places,
badly formed, and then it shows the decline in the qualities
represented by the corresponding planet.
• If Saturn Line is short in length, Jupiter line is discontinuous
in the middle, Mars line is long, slanting and is bending on
one side, Venus line breaks in the middle and one small
line is cutting the Venus line from right side, the native will be arrogant,
disposed to anger, passionate, sexy and
voluptuous with wretchedness.
• If sun and moon lines are formed nicely, native would not
lead a bad life, his life would be average in terms of
everything, even if Saturn and Mars lines are discontinuous
at several locations and the Jupiter line is short.
• Jupiter and Mars lines are broken; the native would be
financially destabilized.
• Jupiter and Saturn line meets each other; the native would
be hanged till death.
• Jupiter and Saturn lines are serpentine, the native would be
a liar and selfish and if they both touches each other, he
would be quarrelsome.
• Jupiter line gets divided in two parts leads to
financial instability. A short Mars line is present at the
middle of forehead may also show this effect.
• Jupiter line is serpentine; the native would be very greedy.
• Jupiter line is short, Mars line is deep and well cut, Saturn
line is wavy and discontinuous from lower segment and
wavy Sun line gets discontinuous from middle; such a
person would be a fool, thief, arrogant and disposed to
anger.
• Jupiter line is thick and long, Saturn line is thin, the native is
dangerous for others.
• Many branch lines from Venus line to Moon line shows bad
financial position of the native.
• Many small broken lines on forehead make the native suffer
a lot.
• Mars line is bends towards Moon line with a dark spot on
Mars line, Saturn line is long and deep, Jupiter line is short,
and the bearer is ruthless and selfish.
• Mars line is discontinuous from middle, Sun line is long the
native would be rich, generous and intelligent. These
natives give happiness to others.
• Mars line is short, Saturn line is straight and Jupiter line
bends a little, the possessor is fortunate.
• Nicely formed Saturn line gives the bearer a good vision,
serious nature, thinking mind and reasonable.
If Saturn line is discontinuous at several places, Jupiter line
is long and straight, Mars line have just one cut in the middle and Venus line has
a cut in the middle portion, the
native would be minister, soft spoken and easy going.
• Presence of a trident between Sun and Jupiter lines will
help the native in acquiring divine powers. If a line cuts
Jupiter line over the Sun line, the native will have some
Siddhi.
• Raj Yoga is formed, if both Jupiter and Saturn line have a
half moon over them and the Sun Line and Moon Line are
well connected, and then the native would be empowered
with administrative abilities and Raj Yoga.
• Saturn and Jupiter lines have half moons, Saturn line short
and both eye brows meet, makes the native rich, highly
passionate-sexy and a liar.
• Saturn line deep, Jupiter line short, Mars line deep & thin,
Sun line bent and two (2) lines should cut it. One is
disposed to anger, quarrelsome, highly sexed and will get
an injury from a weapon.
• Saturn line has depth, with lot of hairs between eye brows;
the native would be desperate for marriage and would be
rich.
• Saturn line is deep-well cut, slightly bent, Jupiter line long,
bent from both sides and Sun line breaks-discontinues in
the middle, the native would be beautiful, happy,
knowledgeable, generous, famous and respectable.
• Saturn line is long and Jupiter Line is serpentine, the bearer
would be dominated and afraid of spouse.
Two (2) lines cut a straight Saturn line and Jupiter, Mars
lines gets discontinuous from middle, the native may lose
his properties and wealth.
• Saturn line is long and Mars line is serpentine, the native
would have high status.
• Saturn line is of the bow shaped, Jupiter line resembles a
serpent-irregular-wavy-curved, Mars line is long, Sun line
has a branch, and Venus line gets discontinuous from
middle, the native would be courageous, but disturbed with
wanting nature. He may not be successful in life.
• Saturn line is straight and gets discontinuous from lower
part, many bow like signs on Jupiter line, Mars line has a
branch attached to it, Sun line is serpentine, Venus line is
deep and discontinuous from middle; the native would be virtuous, intelligent,
generous, religious, teacher, famous
and would love to travel.
• Small sun line and long Venus line makes the native clever
and fortunate.
• The forehead has four (4) lines. Venus, Saturn lines gets
cut by the remaining two (2) lines, the native would be easy
going, intelligent and of sound character.
• The height of forehead is equivalent to the height of his
nose and the breadth of forehead is double the length of
nose and if one has well developed ears, the possessor will
be an ideal person.
• The lines are not visible over the forehead which is very
smooth and slanting, in addition to the visibility of nerves in
case of excitement, makes one an intelligent person.
• The lines originating from Mars lines repeatedly cut Sun
line, the unfortunate would face financial troubles.
Mars and Saturn lines gets discontinuous from middle and
Jupiter line gets bends downward from the middle segment,
the native would have vision and would be fortunate. Both
Jupiter and Saturn line meet each other after being
discontinuous, the native will destroy his life.
• The downwards orientation of forehead with visible nerves,
makes the possessor unhappy and entangled with vices.
• There are many Half Moons like lines present above Saturn
line, line of Jupiter is long and serpentine, and the native
would always feel insecure, afraid of something and
unhappy. One should remain careful w. r. t. water as they
may get harmed from water.
• There is only one single long line on the forehead with the
shape of a bow; the native is good natured with love for
traveling. But, he might be involved into bad deeds.
• Three (3) main lines of Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are clearly
visible on forehead and are straight, easy going and
clear, the native would be very fortunate.
• Two (2) vertical lines become visible while
laughing, between the eye brows, makes the native
fortunate & endowed with virtues.

12
Date and Timing Palmistry
The most correct way to tell time by the hand is to divide the Line of Life into
periods of eleven years, and also divide the Line of Fate into sections of eleven
years. The Line of Head may also be divided into sections of eleven years. This
division into periods of eleven is the most natural one of all, as the entire nature
changes every eleven years. Long experience has proved that, by dividing the
hand in the manner shown in the accompanying illustrating Figure, the best
possible results as regards to dates are obtained. It has been made by the
renowned palmist, the following curious observation concerning the most
important years in people's careers, which is now publish in this book. This is the
curious system, which embrace everybody and every day of every month that
people can be born on. It is based on a strange law of periodicity that after years
of study, it has been found extremely accurate and wonderful in its meaning.
Time and date of the events taking place on Life Line, Fate Line and Head
Line: The following method is more scientific and logical for calculating time
and date of the events taking place in human life. This method proved to be more
accurate than any other method, in telling the past and future of people. Steps 1:
Mark the centre point “A” on the nail phalange (First phalange) of the thumb.
Step 2: Mark the centre point “B” on the base of thumb by approximation or by
measurements with a scale.
Step 3: Join points A & B and extend this line up to the end of “mount of
Venus”.
Step 4: Find out the life line. Mark the point “C” on the outer face of the palm
from where the line of Life commences. Mark the point “D” on the outer face of
the palm or on the outside of the wrist where the line of Life ends.
Step 5: Join the points C & D. The intersecting point on the prolonged line A-B
and C-D will be point at “O”. Now draw a “semicircle” on inside of palm with
point “O” as a centre. Now, there is a semi circle on the palm with the line CD as
base and point “O” as the centre.
Step 6: Divide this arch of the half circle on palm into three equal segments
making three angles of 60 degrees each. Join these points on the arch with point
“O”. These radii cut the line of Life at 33 years and 66 years of age, while the 0
year of age is at point C, the commencement of the line of Life and 99 years (the
expected span of human life) at point D, the termination point of the line of Life,
as shown in the diagram.
Fig: Timing of events on Life, Fate and Head Line

Step 7: The in-between the time and date readings can be taken by dividing the
line of Life by the radii at equal intervals, using a protractor from a geometry
box. It is approximately 1.82 degrees is equals to one year on the line of Life.
Counting for age of the events marked on the horizontal lines of Head and Heart
will start from the starting point C on the line of Life, between the index finger
and thumb, towards the end point D on the wrist,. For the events marked on
Vertical lines of Fate & Sun this will be in reverse order, that is from the point D
at the end of line of Life towards the starting point C on the line of Life.
Generally, every event shown by any other line is marked on the line of Life,
Generally, every event shown by any other line is marked on the line of Life; we
can read the age on the lines of Head, Heart, and Fate too using the same
method, as explained here. You have to consider the total age of 99 yrs. from the
start point to the end of these lines.
Step 8: Find the line of Fate. The age 0 yr. to 99 yrs. will be from the middle of
the first bracelet to the middle of the base lines of the middle finger as shown in
the diagram below. Join the middle point on the first Bracelet and the middle
point on the base of middle finger to the centre point O. Measure the angle
between these lines standing at centre point O. Say it is equal to 132 degrees.
Then Radii drawn at 12 degrees interval will cut the line of Fate at 9 yrs.
interval, counting from the bracelet towards the middle finger.
Step 9: For Head and Heart lines: The age 0 yr. to 99 yrs. will be percussion to
percussion of the palm in the alignment of the actually marked lines on the palm
as shown in the diagrams below.
Step 9: Join the deemed points of start and termination on percussion of the
palm for the line of Head to the centre point O. Measure the angle standing at
centre O, between these two lines. Say it is equal to 88 degrees. Then Radii
drawn at 8 degrees interval will cut the line of Head at 9 yrs. interval. Start
counting from the thumb side.
Similarly, for the Heart Line; join the deemed points of start and termination on
percussion of the palm for the line of Heart to the centre point O. Measure the
angle standing at centre O, between these two lines. Say it is equal to 66 degrees.
Then Radii drawn at 6 degrees interval will cut the line of Head at 9 yrs. interval.
Start counting from the thumb side.
People born on the 1st, 10th, 19th, and 28th of any month, and especially in the
months of July, August, and January, will find their lives the most eventful in the
1st, 7th, 10th, 16th, 19th, 28th, 34th, 37th, 43d, 46th, 52d, 55th, 61st, and 70th
years of their age. People born on the 2d, 11th, 20th, and 29th of any month, but
more especially in July, August, and January, will find the their lives the most
eventful in the 2d, 7th, 11th, 16th, 20th, 25th, 29th, 34th, 38th, 43d, 47th, 52d,
56th, and 70th years of their age. Those born on the 8th, 17th, and 26th of any
month,[Pg 115] but more especially in the months of January, February, July,
and August, will find their lives the most eventful in 8th, 17th, 26th, 35th, 44th,
53d, 62d, 71st, and 80th years of their age. People born on the 3d, 12th, 21st, and
30th of any month, but more especially in the months of December and
February, will find their lives the most eventful in 3d, 12th, 21st, 30th, 39th,
48th, 57th, 66th, and 75th years of their age. People born on the 4th, 13th, 22d,
and 31st, especially in the months of July, August, and January, will find their
lives the most eventful in 1st, 4th, 10th, 13th, 19th, 22d, 28th, 31st, 37th, 40th,
46th, 49th, 55th, 58th, 64th, 67th, 73d, and 76th years of their age. People born
on the 5th, 14th, and 23d of any month, but especially in the months of June and
September, will find their lives the most eventful in 5th, 14th, 23d, 32d, 41st,
50th, 59th, 68th, and 77th years of their age. Those born on the 6th, 15th, and
24th of any month, but especially in the months of May and October, will find
their lives the most eventful in 6th, 15th, 24th, 33d, 42d, 51st, 60th, 69th, 78th,
and 87th years of their age. Those born on the 7th, 16th, and 25th of any month,
especially in the months of July, August, and January, will find their lives the
most eventful in 2d, 7th, 11th, 16th, 20th, 25th, 29th, 34th, 38th, 43d, 47th, 56th,
61st, 65th, 70th, 74th, and 79th years of their age. And Those born on the 9th,
18th, and 27th of any month, but more especially in the months of April,
October, and November, will find their lives the most eventful in 9th, 18th, 27th,
36th, 45th, 54th, 63d, 72d, and 81st years of their age.

13
Yoga Palmistry
All the individuals of the universe have of their own in their hands. The
combination of varied lines coupled with the combination of the stars contours
the different types of yoga in hand, which determines the future as well as the
traits of the individual. Palmistry speaks about a number of combination or yoga
in hand. Followings are the different types of Yoga in Palmistry, but not limited
to, as mentioned here:
Gaj Laxmi Yoga, Amla Yoga, Shubh Yoga, Budh Yoga,Wasi Yoga, Vehsi
Yoga, Bhaskar Yoga, Gandharva Yoga, Vasumati Yoga, Parashachatussagar
Yoga, Chatussagar Yoga, Rog Yoga, Napunsak Yoga, Chandra and the Mangal
Yoga, Sati Yoga, Kulata Yoga, Indra Yoga, Marut Yoga, Gandhi Yoga, Adhi
Yoga, Shakat Yoga, Daridra Yoga, Durdhara Yoga, Kemdrum Yoga, Anfa
Yoga, Sunfa Yoga, Ashubh Yoga, Ubhay Charik Yoga, Parvat Yoga, Akhand
Samrajyapati Yoga

Adhi Yoga: If the line of Moon is developed and reaches the mount of Mercury
and the same time one of its branches touches the mount of Saturn then the
person has Adie Yogi Yoga. A person born with this combination is extremely
modest and humble. He is found to be clever, cautious. Being very much
adaptable with the changing situation, such individual has the capability to work
with the needs of the time. Such a person enjoys his whole life happily. He is
never at the loss of the material comforts and the pleasure in his life. But in spite
of being extremely cautious and clever such individuals sometimes is deceived
by their enemies and cheated by them. In such cases such individual has to lose
something important in life. This combination emphasizes on the line of Moon
and point to be considered is that the inclination of the line should be towards
the mount of Mercury but one branch of it should reach the other mount. Such
combination is considered auspicious only if the above condition is satisfied. Or
otherwise the Adie Yogi can give contrary results.

Akhand Samrajyapati Yoga: If in both the hands of a person, the fate line joins
the mount of Saturn after forming a mark of fish at the bracelets, the Sun line is
long, narrow and thin and at the same time if thin line coming out from the
mount of the Moon and touches the mount of Mercury and if the mounts of Sun,
Saturn and Venus are fully developed then the person is said to have Akhand
Samrajyapati Yoga. A person who is born with this combination enjoys all sorts
of pleasures in his life. Such individuals often provide their good services to the
society and become famous by good works. Such individuals with Akhand
Samrajyapati Yoga can prove himself as the high level social reformer. Being
very brave and courageous they can also be a leader of the nation. They have
also an exceptional capability to lead the nation to a proper direction. It is
important that in both the hands the mounts of Sun, Saturn and Venus are
developed and the line of Sun and the line of Saturn should be clear and strong.
The person's palm should be reddish and should be long and not wide.

Alma Yoga: If the mount of Moon is developed-the mount of Sun and mount of
Venus are also quite bulging and at the same time the Moon line goes towards
the mount of Mercury then the person has Alma Yoga in his hands. The Alma
Yogi on the palm of an individual is considered auspicious. A person having
Alma yogi is considered wise, clever and famous. Such a person is wholly
successful economically. But whatever success or progresses he makes; it is by
his own efforts. He goes abroad in his life on business tours. Such individuals
are found to be materially successful. He also has relationship with other women
and s also found to be materially happy in such relationships. In nutshell, the
individuals with Alma Yogi palm are considered fortunate.

Amitmayu Yoga: When the mounts of Mercury, Moon, Jupiter and Sun are
developed and well defined in both the hands and the Life line is faultless, long
and clear then the person is said to have Amitmayu Yoga. One who has this yoga
is found to achieve enormous success by his works. He makes all his progress by
his own efforts. He craves for material pursuits and in a way he never lacks any
pleasure in his life. As a result his domestic life is full of happiness. Such an
individual lives an economically well of life and live a happy and healthy life for
more than hundred years. Individual with such Yoga is considered as the man of
lakhs and he is found to be successful materially. The Amitmayu Yoga is
considered as one of the palmistry.

Anfa Yoga: influential Venus area and at the same time the Sun line and the
Fate line establish relationship ahead then such a combination is called 'Anfa
Yoga'. A person having Anfa Yoga has a very impressive and magnetic
personality. With this impressive personality such individual can convince many
people in his own favour. He is socially responsible and has the capability to
work for the public interest. Such a person adheres to his own thinking and has
the firm conviction on himself. He is wise, virtuous and gentle. He wants to be
honoured and gives respects to others. However such individuals get enough
respect from the society. This combination is there because of the union of the
Venus, the Sun and the Saturn. Hence the different planets have different effects
for the Anfa Yoga combination. Sometimes the influence of the planets brings
mixed result for the individual having Anfa Yoga combination. If there is Anfa
Yoga combination in the palm and the mount of Venus and are the most
developed then it shows that man will come into the direct contact of a number
of women. Such a man has also the capacity to enchant the hearts of others. If
the mount of Saturn is fully developed and line of Saturn is also influential, then
such a man is very lucky. Such kind of individual is found to have a popular
family and leading a happy family life. He has s the s exceptional capability to
influence others by his words. He is well adept in the art of convincing others in
his own favour. He gets the facility of vehicle throughout his life. He also keeps
contact with fair ladies in various ways. Such a person is virtuous, wealthy and
bestowed with a son. The mount of Sun and the Sun line are prominent and
strong, and then the person is found to have special interest in the field of
business. Such individual are also found to be adept in the subjects of fine arts
including poetry, music etc. Such a person best combination in the subject of
Yoga in

In the Anfa Yoga, a person has a wide and gets special success in service and
very soon he is able to get higher post. Physically such people are very strong
and have an attractive and impressive personality. Through his impressive
personality such individual can influence others. He becomes very much famous
& influential person in the society and also achieves success. Such individuals
are found to have spent a happy family life throughout.

Antardrishti Yog or Combination of Insight: When the Head line is narrow

and long and reaches the mount of Moon then it is said to be the Antardrishti
Yoga. Antardrishti Yoga is considered as the combination, which determines the
insight of an individual. The Antardrishti Yoga is an important aspect of the
science of palmistry because it indicates to the nature of the individual.
Individual having this combination has the exceptional capability to read the
mind of others and can know about their feelings. The Antardrishti Yoga is
considered auspicious on the palm of an individual.

Anveshan Yoga or Inventor's Combination: When there is white mark on the

head line then the combination is said to be the Anveshan Yoga. The Anveshan
Yoga is also considered to be the Inventor's Combination by the palmists. The
Anveshan Yoga is considered important by the palmists and individual with such
combination are inquisitive by nature. A person having this combination makes
researches and invents new things and gets success.

Ashubh Yoga: If the sun line is broken and there is no Mount of the Sun then it
is called 'Ashubh Yoga' in the palm. A person having Ashubh Yoga is lascivious
and is found to be full of wrath. By the circumstantial pressures he is bound to
live an ordinary life. He himself is a deceiver and relies on earning money by
cheating others. Such individuals have to face difficulties in every step of his life
and cannot make any progress. Hence the whole of his life remains unsuccessful.

Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga or Unnatural Death Combination:

The Aswabhavik Mrityu yoga is considered detrimental to the healthy and happy
existence of the individual. A person who has the mark of cross on the life line
on both of his hands then the combination is said to be Aswabhavik Mrityu
Yoga. One who has the Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga dies an unnatural death.
However the palmists consider the Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga very detrimental to
an individual's life.

Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga or Unnatural Death Combination: The

detrimental to the

Aswabhavik Mrityu yoga is considered healthy and happy existence of the

individual. A person who has the mark of cross on the life line on both of his
hands then the combination is said to be Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga. One who has
the Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga dies an unnatural death. However the palmists
consider the Aswabhavik Mrityu Yoga very detrimental to an individual's life.

Baggy Yoga or Combination of Luck: The Baggy Yoga is considered an

important aspect to determine the fortune of the individual. When the Fate line
reaches the prominent mount of Sun then the combination is said to be the
Baggy Yoga or Combination of luck. The Baggy yoga determines the future of
the individual. Hence it is an important aspect of the science of palmistry.

Baggy Yoga or Combination of Luck: The Baggy Yoga is considered an

important aspect to determine the s fortune of the individual. When the Fate line
reaches the prominent mount of Sun then the combination is said to be the
Baggy Yoga or Combination of luck. The Baggy yoga determines the future of
the individual. Hence it is an important aspect of the science of palmistry.
According to the palmists, a person having this combination is considered very
lucky.

Bhagyoday Yoga or Combination for Rise: The combination is called

Bhagyoday yoga if the fate line originates from the wrist line and goes up to the
phalange of the finger of Saturn. The Combination determined the success and
the progress of the individual. The individual having such combination of
Bhagyoday Yoga achieves enormous success, most of which is due to his luck.
The Bhagyoday Yoga is an important subject of research for the palmists.

Bhaskar Yoga or the combination of sun: If the Sun line is related with the
line of Mercury, the line of Mercury has relationship with the line of Moon and
the mount of Jupiter and at the same time the line of Jupiter are long and
prominent then it is said that the individual has Bhaskar Yoga on his hand. The
palmists have provided several illustrations regarding the Bhaskar or the
combination of sun if found on the individual's hand. He is never found to have
suffering from the economic problems. Such individuals want material
prosperity and he is capable to achieve that. Individuals having Bhaskar Yoga,
knows more than one art and source of his income are also more than one.
Physically such person is well built and strong. They generally have an
impressive personality. His enemies always fear him and he is well versed in
making friends. He is a true connoisseur and has interest in music, literature and
other fields of art. He gives money and respects to artists and thus gains respect,
honour and fame in the society. Such a person has a magnetic attraction by
virtue of which he can attract a god deal of followers. He also has a number of
male and female friends.

Buda or the Business Combination: The Bud yogi or the business combination
of hand is considered auspicious by the palmists. The Bud Yogi or the Business
Combination of hand is a significant aspect in the study of palmistry. If the
mount of Mercury is developed in itself in the right hand and a bow marked line
reaches the mount of Mercury from the mount of Moon and at the same time this
line should not be broken or chained or should not be very thick, then it is
considered as the Bud Yogi or the Business Combination of hand. One who has
the Bud Yogi, he gets success through business. He also becomes happy
materially by his own efforts. He never lacks wealth or honour. Physically he is
always strong. He has a robust appearance and at the same time has an
impressive personality. He spreads his business abroad by his efforts. Such a
person has the exceptional capacity to take quick decision and has a healthy
mind. He is very clever and wise and destroys his enemies. It is to be noted in
this yogi that the person has a developed mount of Mercury. It should be reddish
and should be on its own position. It should neither be out of the palm nor be it
inclined toward the Sun. Such individuals blessed the Bud Yogi or the Business
combination of hand is auspicious and can make enormous s progress in the field
of business only.

Chandra and Mangal Yoga: The Chandra and the Mangal Yoga is the
combination of the Moon and the Mars. If the line of Moon proceeds to meet the
Mars or the Fate line and the Moon line join faultlessly then the person has
Chandra-Mangal Yoga. A person having such Yoga is always found to be happy
and prosperous economically. He knows the art of earning and usually makes
enough progress and wealth in life. He behaves with trick with his relatives and
partners and has relationship with many women. Generally such individuals
have the tendency to keep illicit relationship with other women apart from his
wife. It is to be observed particularly in ChandraMangal Yoga that both the lines
and correct and that both the lines have joined but the shape of a chain.

Chatussagar Yoga: If all the mounts of the palm are developed and all the lines
are prominent, straight, simple and clear then such a hand is said to have
Chatussagar Yoga. Persons who have this yoga become famous by their own
works. They also get success in leading society and the nation by their own
efforts. Such persons are successful and happy economically. They have a
powerful voice and by their speeches they can influence people. Such people go
abroad by own efforts and by their own services achieve enormous success.
These people are quite satisfied from their families and lead a happy and
peaceful domestic life.

Chikitsak Yoga or Physician's Combination: When the mount of Mercury is

found to be developed and prominent in both the hands and they have three
vertical lines on them then it is called Chikitsak yoga or a doctor's combination.
Individual with this combination is an expert physician or a doctor. But the
palmists have opined that the results of the Chikitsak Yoga are possible only if
the combination is found in both the hands. Deirdre Yogi Yoga: The Deirdre
Yogi is considered as the combination of poverty. If all the mounts in the palm
of a person are weak, the mount of Moon has points and at the same time the
Little finger has a sign of a star then it is called Deirdre Yogi or the combination
according to the science of palmistry. A person born with Deirdre Yoga
combination spends the whole of his wealth by his evil doings, though he is born
in the house of a multi millionaire. Such individuals lead an extravagant life. As
a result after a certain period of time he has s nothing and he is compelled to lead
the life of a very poor man. The whole of his life becomes very ordinary in all
aspects. Apart from these the Palmists have also mentioned the several other
combinations as Deirdre Yoga, which should also be taken into consideration
while making the study of the hand. If the Sun line and the Fate line are very
weak and broken, then the individual has Deirdre Yogi in his hand and is not
supported by fate in his life. If the mount of Venus is depressed and contains
more than necessary obstructing lines, then the individual is found to face
obstacles in his way of progress. If the Tiark of star is found on the first
phalange of the finger and the fate line is weak, then it is also called Deirdre
Yogi and the person is found to live in utter poverty. If of the hand are short and
their tops are line is moving out of the palm such individual also becomes poor.
These combinations found on an individual's hand is called Deirdre yogi.
Dharmik Yoga or Religious Combination: Any line starting from the bracelets
and reaching the mount of Jupiter and at the same time to the top of the fingers is
pointed then the combination is said to be the Dharmik Yoga. The Dharmik yoga
is considered as an important subject of the subject of palmistry. Such
individuals take special interest in the field of religion. The individual with this
yoga reaches the height in religious field. He writes religious books and becomes
famous and at the same time he can achieve great honour.

Durdhara Yoga: If the mount of Venus, mount of the Sun and the mount of
Saturn are depressed and the Sun line is broken then it makes Durdhara
considered auspicious. A spends his early life with a great difficulty but his fate
rises after the thirty sixth year of his life. A number of hindrances seem to arise
in his life in his early age. But after the s age of thirty six his fate rises
miraculously. Success will come in his way of even with his least efforts. The
first thirty-six years are spent in great misery, difficulty and tension but the age
after thirty sixth years is full of happiness and prosperity. He earns wealth,

Yoga. The Durdhara Yoga is person having 'Durdhara Yoga' reputation, fame
and respect in full after this age. Such individual is never at the loss of material
comforts throughout his life once his fate begins s to rise.

Durmaran Yoga Combination of Unnatural Death: A triangle on the region

of Dragon's tail and the mount of Sun if found undeveloped then it is said to be
the Durmaran Yoga Combination. Such combination is considered inauspicious
by the palmists. People with such combinations die an unnatural death.

Ekpad Yoga or Combination of a Lame: The Ekpad Yoga is also called the
combination of lame according to the science of palmistry. The Ekpad
Combination is formed the health line has a triangle and from the triangle a line
goes to the mount of Moon. A person born with this combination is lame by one
leg. Such a combination is considered extremely inauspicious.

Netra Nash Yoga or Combination of Eye-Trouble: Netra Nash Yoga on an

individual's hand can create enough trouble into an individual's eye. If the line of
Dragon's head has contact with the Moon line then the combination can be called
as the Netra Nash Yoga. Those individuals, who have this Yoga, have weak eyes
and suffer from eye troubles.

Moksha Prapti Yoga or Combination of Salvation: The mount of Jupiter is

developed and the line of Jupiter reaches up to the mount of Sun then the
combination is said to be the Moksha Prapti Yoga. The palmists consider such
Yoga auspicious. It is said
that the person with the Moksha Yoga attains salvation after the death. The
individual born with the combination of Moksha Prapti Yoga on his hand is
considered to have the godly benediction. Such a person has full faith on God.
He is a great devotee, virtuous, benign, and truthful. Such individual is also
found to have a good family background.

Gaj Laxmi Yoga: If the fate line that is initiating from bracelets in both the
hands of any person, goes up to the mount of Saturn and the mount of Sun is
developed at the same time and if the hand has a slim, extended and reddish Sun
line and further, if along with these particular signs the Health line, Head-line
and Fate lines appear prominent then that kind of palm is said to have Gaj Laxmi
Yoga. Study of Gaj Laxmi Yoga is considered as a complicated process. This
yoga is regarded as auspicious. It is said that the person who is having Gaj
Laxmi Yoga receives high respect and gets acknowledgement for his work even
though born in a common family. A person with that Yoga lacks nothing
economically and materially. Moreover, those persons have a gentle and a
sensible personality. They achieve success in every venture of their life and
become famous in for their work in the society. Whatever work he does, he
accomplishes success and prosperity. It needs to be mentioned that a person
bestowed with Gaj Laxmi Yoga achieves everything by their own efforts. Such
persons are also kind hearted. They attain more success if they engage
themselves in trading or business related work in foreign countries. Their fame
in their field of work remains eternal. These traits of a person are applicable, if
the Gaj Laxmi Yoga is in both the hands. The results will vary if that yoga is
found only in one hand. Thus, Gaj Laxmi yoga palm is considered propitious if
present in both hands.

Gandharva Yoga or combination of the musicians: The Gandharva Yoga is

termed as the combination of the musicians. If the mount of Venus in both the
hand is fully developed and it has a mark of square on it, and at the same time,
the Sun line and the mount of Sun are prominent and clear, then it is called
Gandharva Yoga or the combination of the musicians. A person, who has
Gandharva Yoga, becomes successful as the famous musician or singer. Such
persons dedicate the whole of their lives in accomplishing various forms of art.
Nevertheless they get complete success in the field. They also have chance to
travel in abroad and make success in the field of art in the foreign countries.
They crave and love for the material pleasure and never at the loss of material
comforts. The mount of Sun and the Sun line should fully developed and
prominent in order to experience the good results of the Gandharva Yoga.
Besides, the mount of Venus should also be developed in both the hands. Such
persons do not have any economic obstructions in his life.

Gandhi yogi Yoga: If the Fate line is fully developed, all the mounts in the palm
are also developed in themselves and at the same time the line of Mercury has its
full length then the person has Gandhi Yogi trait in his hand. A person having
Gandhi Yogi is very learned and clever speaker. He has the capability to
convince others in his favour. Moreover his learning is also recognized by the
other people. Such people are found to be healthy and strong physically. They
have a robust appearance and an impressive personality. He has high and
sublime thoughts in his heart. He has no interest in the petty worldly matters. He
is also a big-hearted man. He becomes famous by his works. This yogi will be
recognized only when all the mounts are fully developed and are situated at their
respective places. If the mounts are scattered here and there then the person does
not get the benefit of this yogi. Thus the Gandhi yogi is considered auspicious if
the mounts are developed or otherwise this Yogi gives contrary results.

Indra Yogi Yoga: In Indra Yogi, a person is strong, clever and adept in warfare.
Such an individual has the tendency to live the life of a king. Leading life in
extravagant grandeur is the main aim of the individual having Indra Yogi. Such a
person is found to be clever in conversation. Moreover he has genial and
pleasant nature for which he becomes popular in his surroundings. As is seen by
the study of the palmist, his fate rises after twenty eighth years of age. In the
science of palmistry, this Indra Yogi is termed as the Raja Yogi. The individual
experiencing this yogi, dies prematurely. But such a person becomes famous and
achieves enormous success in the short span of his life. His honour spreads far
and wide. Gradually his name becomes famous internationally. Materially such
people do not lack anything. Such persons get full respect, reputation and fame
in their lives. However the Indra Yogi is considered auspicious in the hands of
the individual.

Kanoon Yoga or Lawyer's Combination: When the line of Saturn and the line
of Jupiter are developed or if any line starts from the wrist line and reaches the
mount of Jupiter then the combination is said to be the Kanoon Yoga. The
combination of the Kanoon Yoga determines that the individual will be a lawyer.
One who has this yoga is a successful lawyer or a good judge and knows law
thoroughly well. The combination makes the individual to lead a disciplined and
ordered life.

Kemdrum Yoga or Combination of misery & struggling with difficulties

and hindrances: If the mount of Sun and the mount of Venus are undeveloped
and the Sun line is broken then such a combination in the palm is called
Kemdrum Yoga. One who is born with this combination always remains
miserable. He has to live his life struggling with difficulties and hindrances. He
may have other good combinations but this combination destroys all other good
combinations. Being not far sighted, such person often commits mistakes. They
are found to repent later on but commit the same mistake repeatedly.
Economically he remains very poor and changes the means of his livelihood
frequently. They are always found to be dependent on others. Though the
Kemdrum Yoga is not considered auspicious, yet there are several combinations
which can break the evil chances of the Kemdrum Yoga. The palmist's have
provided several combinations which can break the evil traits of the Kemdrum
Yoga. If the Sun line is fully strong, clear and straight then it can at least change
the contrary results brought Kemdrum Yoga. If a branch line from the Sun line
reaches the mount of mercury, then it is considered helpful to avoid the evil
effects of Kemdrum Yoga. The mount of Venus is prominent and is enlarged in
area and it has no other lines or net and if the mount of Moon is fully developed
and a line coming out of it reaches the mount of Mercury, then it is also
conducive as the palmists have opined. Four full and clear bracelets are
considered most auspicious by the palmists in order to avoid the evil effects of
the Kemdrum Yoga. In fact the combination of Kemdrum is full of misery. From
the book "Samudrik Sudha" it is known that if a person has full Rajya Yoga and
prominent rise in fate, he s could s have lose all these good effects if he has
Kemdrum Yoga. As a result and those auspicious combinations also start giving
results of inauspicious combinations in case ifs Kemdrum Yoga is in its full
swing.

Kshay Rog Yoga or Tuber Culosis Combination: The combination of Kshay

Roga Yoga is found if there is a circle on the mount of Moon and at the end if
the Moon line cuts the circle. The combination of Kshay Roga Yoga is not
considered auspicious on the individual's hand. Generally persons having the
combination of Kshay Yoga die due to tuberculosis.

Kubadang Yoga or Combination of a Honchback: The combination of

Kubadang Yoga is found on the palm if the lines of Saturn, Moon and Dragon's
head join together to make a triangle. One who is born in this yoga, his back
protrudes out and his chest goes in. Such individuals are also physically weak
and frail throughout the life.

Kulata Yoga: The women who have these combinations are not faithful to their
husbands. They have illicit relationship with other persons and cannot lead a
happy domestic life with husband. The marked feature of their character is
infidelity with their husband. There are several combinations to denote the
Kulata Yoga. The mount of Venus is quite developed and the Heart line is
chained indicates the faithlessness of the individual. If there are two parallel
lines leaning over the Heart line and at the same time if there is a mark of an
island on the Heart line then s it is s considered as the Kulata Yoga. Sometimes
there is a net on the mount of Venus and the Heart line is extremely weak. If
both the hands have this combination then it is considered as the Kulata
combination, otherwise it cannot be called as Kulata combination. There is a
point in the triangle formed by the Heart line, Headline and Health line is termed
as Kulata yoga. Sometimes there is neither the mount of Venus nor the mount of
Moon in both the hands. There is a mark of a star on the thumb or on the first
phalange of the thumb. Both these conditions on a woman's hand indicate her
infidel. Mark of the star on the first phalange of finger, excessive horizontal and
vertical lines on the mount of Venus, loss mark at the root of the thumb, mark of
star on the mount of Venus etc are some of the significant trait of the Kulata
Yoga or the combination of an unfaithful wife. If the Life Line and the Heart
lines are different and lines are wide then it can be considered as an important
trait of Kulata yoga. The Health line goes parallel to the Mercury line and if the
mount of Venus is ordinarily developed, the fingers are soft and pointed, if there
is a white mark on the Heart line and if there is no cross on the mount of Jupiter
but there is a cross on the mount of Venus then all these traits indicate that the
woman is a Kulata or infidel. The Head line is leaning below and joins the Life
line proceeding ahead, if there is an island on the line of marriage, if the thumb
is long and the Heart line is dual are also considered inauspicious. Sometimes
the Heart line is narrow and reaches the mount of Jupiter, sometimes smaller
lines come out from the Fate line and reach the Heart line or if the Heart line and
the if the fate line join under the mount of Jupiter it indicates that the woman is
unfaithful to his husband and family. A line coming out of the mount of Venus
reaches the mount of Mercury s , the Heart line and Fate line join together and
have become chained or if Lines coming out of the mount of Venus cut across
the Health line, Life line and Head line then it is considered harmful to the
married couple. If there are marks of two or three stars near the mount of Venus
on the Life line, if there is a benedictory mark (Swastika) or there is mark of
half-moon on the mount of Moon, it is considered utterly inauspicious. If the
Fate line has ended near the bracelets of star on the mount of Venus and if the
heart line and head line join forming an arch then the woman is s found to have
illicit relationship with other men apart from his husband. If any of the above
mentioned combination is found in the palm of a man or a woman then certainly
that person has illicit relationship with a person of opposite sex. But an
important feature of Kulata combination is that his love is mostly remained
secret. The palmists have provided enough importance to the study of Kulata
combination on an individual's hand.

Mahabhagya Yoga or Combination of Greatman: If a person is born during

line is complete in length, that developed and prominent at mounts of Moon and
Jupiter the person has Mahabhagya Yoga. The palmists have provided several
facts regarding the results of the Mahabhagya Yoga. According to the palmists,
one, who has Mahabhagya Yoga, has the exceptional quality of leadership. He
also has good ideas, which makes him different from his fellow human beings.
Who comes in contact with such a person thinks he is quite lucky. Economically
such an individual is very affluent. His always gets the co-operation of his
friends and family in the way of his progress, although most of his success
comes from his own efforts. If a woman has this combination then she gets
married with a very high level person. Such a woman is well-behaved and gets
respect in the society.

Mart yogi Yoga: If the mount of Venus is fully developed and it has no
obstructing lines and at the same time the mount of Jupiter is also very clear and
has a mark of cross on it and the Moon line is strong, straight and clear then such
a person has Mart Yogi in his hand. A person is well adept in the art of
conversation and is very able to convince people in his own favour. He is large-
hearted, takes pleasure in helping others. Economically such persons remain
happy and successful. They were never at the loss of the material pleasure. They
spread their business and achieve enormous success by his efforts. Such person
has the exceptional quality to take quick decision. They lead a disciplined life
and know the value of time and utilize it properly. Such persons can claim
whatever they wish for. While studying this yogi it should be taken care that the
mounts of Venus, Jupiter and Moon are fully developed in themselves and the
lines of Venus and Moon do not fall short in any way. If the conditions stated
above are satisfied then, the Mart Yogi hand is considered auspicious and
enough favourable for the individual.
Napunsak Yoga or the combination of Impotency: The Napunsak Yoga is the
combination of impotency, according to the palmistry. The mount of Venus is
suppressed and has a spot on it indicates that the individual has Napunsak Yoga
or the combination of Impotency. One who has such combination has weak
chromosomes or dead chromosomes due to which he does not get any issue.
Such yog is considered inauspicious for the individual.

Parashachatussagar Yoga: If the mounts of Sun Mercury and Saturn are

suppressed and the entire are away from their places then the Parashachatussagar
Yoga is formed. However, one who has such a combination suffers
economically. He craves for mental satisfaction and comfort but cannot be able
to achieve them properly. Such an individual always makes efforts to attain
success by removing difficulties but all his efforts end in vain. He lives his life in
utter poverty.

Parvat Yoga: Parvat Yoga is the combination of Mountain. One, who has this
yoga in hand, is found to be a self-made man. He achieves success from every
field whatever he wants to chose in life. In the field education he achieves
enormous success. He is found to have helped the poor, orphans and the
sufferers during his youth. The individual having this yoga is lascivious, in spite
of having such good qualities. He has illegitimate relationship with many women
besides his own wife. He achieves praise from the society and never lacks the
material comforts. Such individuals have the exceptional capability of
administration. If such a person tries, he can become a Sarpanch (village-
headman) or a Municipal Commissioner or member of the District Board.
Although such persons cannot prove themselves as successful politicians, they
can hold the respectable position in the legislative Assemblies.

Poorna Ayu Yogaor Combination for Full Age: The combination of the
Poorna Ayu is found if the Life line is fully developed and prominent and at the
same time goes up to the bracelets from its origin and there is no cross or point
or spot or line over it. According to the palmists such person having the
combination of Poorna Ayu enjoys full age with good health. Some experts have
also pointed out several other combinations as Poorna Ayu Yoga, apart from the
abovementioned combinations. If there are three complete bracelets and the first
bracelet is chained and the Life line touches the bracelet or if Fate line and Life
line have relationship, the individual is found to have all the combination of the
Poorna Ayu Yoga.
Raj Yoga: One who is born with these makings on the Palm is expected to rise
to the highest level of power.
(i) In Raj Yoga, there is excellent Line of Head, i. e. a straight line of Head
rising from Jupiter free from defects, terminating below the junction of Mercury
and Sun finger, a small fork or trident at the termination of Line of Head,
increases its strength multi fold. Small branches of the Line of Head in upward
direction towards the Line of Heart, without cutting or resting over it, or moving
straight to the base of fingers, through the mounts, increases its strength further-
many fold. Such lines are found on the hands of Scientists, Inventors,
Discoverers, the people who can see future and thinkers-people born with two
Lines of Head. They make progress for family and the nation.
In case of Raj Yoga, one would become an administrator, supervisor, manager,
and faculty head acquiring senior position in the organisation, where he is
working and employed.
(ii) In Raj Yoga, the junction/joint of Life Line and the Line of Head should be
small. It should not deviate from its path, suddenly. Branches to fingers, circular
Life Line, more than one Fate Line, presence of Sun Line, developed mountains,
pink colour palm, fingers straight and beautiful, broad and heavy hand, presence
of special Luck Line awards the possessor with power-might.
(iii) In Raj Yoga, the Mounts of Jupiter, Saturn, Sun and Mercury are well
developed.
(iv) In Raj Yoga, luck Line and Sun Line are deeply carved from the Rascette to
the Mounts of Saturn and Sun respectively.
(v) In Raj Yoga, line of Head originates over Jupiter and reaches the Juncture of
Mount of Luna and the Mount of Mental Mars and terminates just below the
juncture of the Mounts of Sun and the Mercury.
(vi) In Raj Yoga, Line of Head runs independently without joining the Life Line
with a gap of one to two mills meters or is just joined at the beginning.
(vii) In Raj Yoga, Line of Head having three forks at the termination resting over
Mount of Mental mars, Luna and the Mercury. Such people generally do
discoveries-researchinnovations.
(viii) In Raj Yoga, All the ten fingers (-including thumbs) have circle on the
third phalange.
(ix) In Raj Yoga, Physical Mount of Mars is well built and placed.
(x) In Raj Yoga, Heart line reaches the Mount of Jupiter without breaks.
(xi) In Raj Yoga, Line of Heart has three forks at the termination, directed to the
Mounts of Saturn, Jupiter and slightly deviated towards the Physical Mars. Such
people head sects, are orators, public figures, admired by the people of all walks
of life-faith.
(xii) In Raj Yoga, Jupiter ring is well marked, without cutsbreaks.
(xiii) In Raj Yoga, Small upward lines originating from the Life Line pointing to
the Mount of Saturn.
(xiv) In Raj Yoga, One with nicely carves Line of Mercury, reaching the Mount
of Mercury, will be able to create-head a business empire.

Roga Yoga: The Roga Yoga is related with the health and physical strength of
that individual. The Roga Yoga of an individual can be understood from several
features imprinted on the hand. The Roga Yoga delineates the weakness,
premature death, undeveloped body of an individual. If any of this condition is
available on the hand then it is considered as Roga Yoga. If the life line is thin
and faint and is inclined below. Again if the Heart line touches the mount of
Saturn, and if there is a cross mark in the middle of the Head line and the Life
line is broken, then it indicates that the individual will have premature death.
The life line is very thick and has become full of chains below the mount of
Jupiter indicates that the respective individual had weakness in the childhood
although he is found to shed well enough during his youth and later. Hereditary
Disease is also the part of the Roga Yoga in an individual. If there is a mark of
island at the place from where the Life line starts then the person has hereditary
disease. If the life lines is broken it indicates that the person has weak body and
he will remain weak throughout his life. If there is a point in the beginning of the
life line, then it points to the accident in childhood. If many branches come out
of the middle of the life line and proceed in the region below and appears
broken, then it indicates to the undeveloped body of an individual. When the
Health line is wide and in the end it has become a bunch or has broken, it
indicates that the individual will be weak in his old age. The heart line goes
below the mount of Saturn and then appears suddenly or if the Head line touches
the bracelets, it indicates that the individual will have sudden death. The Life
line, Head line and the Heart line are joined completely at the beginning point
and have become full of chains, indicate that the individual will be assassinated
somehow. The mark of red colour on the Head line indicates head injury in the
near future. There is a mark of circle on the mount of Moon or a triangle on the
mount of Moon or a point or a triangle or a star on the mount of Mercury, and
then it indicates the Roga Yoga in an individual. Death during travelling is also
Roga Yoga. It is indicated if the travelling lines are broken and are wider than
necessary. The line of Mars in both the hands has branches or there is a mark of
Star in the beginning of Life line then it indicates that the individual will be
affected with cancer. Epilepsy is Roga Yoga and is indicted if there is a cross
over the Heart line or the Health line appears of different colours. If two vertical
lines on the Heart line or the Mount of the Moon are found then it indicates that
the individual will be affected with paralysis. The Head line if appears like a
stair case and it is leaning towards the Health line or if the Head line is joined
with the Health line or there is a cluster of lines at the point of their meeting it
indicates that's the individual will be affected with mental disease. The hand is
soft and there is sign of an island on the Life line then it indicates that the
individual is asthmatic. There will be blindness in the Roga Yoga too, if there is
a square on the Life line or there is a spot on the Heart line or there is a cross on
the Heart line or there is a cross on the Health line or there is a big black spot at
the starting of the Sun line then the individual will be blind in the near future.
The Heart line is wide and weak and if the nails are a little bluish in colour then
it indicates that the individual is anaemic. If the mount of Moon is very
developed and protruded, then it indicates that the individual will be affected
with colds most of the time. If the mount of Moon is and the whole of it is being
cut by a single line is divided into two by it or there is a cluster end of Life line,
then the person is said to be affected with arthritis or Gout. Unconsciousness is
also the result of the Roga Yoga. If the Health line starts from and the Head line
is proceeding towards the Heart then the person has repeated fits of the
unconsciousness, according to the science of palmistry. If the mount of Jupiter is
weak and below it there is a point on the Head line it indicates that the person
will be deaf. Tuberculosis is the result of the Roga Yoga. The nails are long, thin
and curved and there are many small islands on the Head line indicate that the
individual has the proneness to be affected with tuberculosis. The mount of
Moon is excessively protruded and it has more than one cross or points on it
indicate dropsy. Dropsy is one of the important results of the Roga Yoga. If the
Head line has a black mark and the Life line has a star mark in the beginning
then the organs of a person tremble a little. Diphtheria is an important result of
Roga Yoga. The Life line and the Head line are broken and the mount of Saturn
has a cross mark or a rectangle below it then it indicates that he will be affected
with diphtheria. The broken heart line with flabby and plump hand indicates that
the individual will suffer from obesity. Hysteria is s indicated if the hand is
ordinary and there are marks of stars (more than one) on the mount of Moon. If
the Life line is broken and one part of it is related to the mount of Venus then it
points to the fatal diseases which can affect the individual. The Head line is
narrow and the Health line is way-ward or s like s staircase, then it indicates that
the individual is suffering from Indigestion. Loss of Memory is an important
aspect of the Roga Yoga. If the Head line is broken at many places the person
has loss of memory. Many lines come out of the Life line and proceed below it
indicates that the individual has several diseases owing to gastric. If a line
coming out of the Life line reaches the mount of Saturn and there is either a
mark of a triangle or marks of two stars, then such a person suffers from
pleurisy. Pleurisy, according to the palmists is the result of the Roga Yoga. The
first phalange of the second finger is quite there is a mark of star at the end of
Fate line. If there are very minute spots found on the mount of Mars then the
person suffers from the diseases of the private organs, which is also an important
result of the Roga Yoga. The Roga Yoga only indicates that whether the person
is physically strong or weak or whether he will be affected with death like
danger or any fatal diseases.

Sahityik Yoga or Combination of a Man-of-Letters: The Sahityik Yoga on an

individual's hand can be determined, when the mount of Jupiter, mount of Moon
and the mount of Sun are found developed and prominent and along with it the
Moon line goes up to the mount of Mercury. The individual with the Sahityik
Yoga is found to have special knack for the study of literature. Such individual
with the combination of Sahityik Yoga becomes a successful Man-of-letters.
They attain great fame and success in the field of Literature.

Sainik Yoga or a Soldier's Combination: The triangle on the Mount of Mars in

both the hands indicates Sainik Yoga. The Sainik Yoga is also known as the
Soldier's Combination. Such individual established their career in field of armed
forces in Military and attains enormous success and reputation in the Military
Services.

Sarp Dansh Yoga or Snake Bite Combination: The combination can be called
as the Sarp Dansh Yoga when there is a girdle of Venus and it contains a
triangle. Sarp Dansh Yoga is considered as one of the significant yoga in the
palmistry. One, who has this combination, dies due to the bite of a snake.

Sati Yoga: If in the mount of Jupiter is full all the fingers are long, beautiful
then the woman is said to have Sati Yoga. The woman with this combination of
sati Yoga follows a true and devoted life to her husband. She gives full
cooperation and pleasure to her husband. According to the palmistry such
women is considered a virtuous lady.

Shake Yogi Yoga: The shake Yogi is an unfortunate combination in the hand. A
person with Shake Yogi remains illfated in his life. He keeps on struggling in his
life, since obstacles and hindrances seem to arise in his every step of progress. In
spite of his efforts, individual with the Shake Yogi combination cannot make
advances in life. They have to live an ordinary life and cannot attain any
reputation in the society. Persons having shake yogi have to suffer most of the
time in his life. But if his mount of Jupiter and Mount of Mercury are developed
and the mount of Jupiter has a cross mark, then he can somehow escape from his
ill fate. In nutshell Shake yogi combination is considered unfortunate and utterly
inauspicious in the study of palmistry.

Shatadhik Ayu yoga or Combination for Living more than hundreds years:
The combination of Shatadhik Ayu Yoga is considered as an important subject
for the science of palmistry. When the Life line from its origin reaches the
bracelets encompassing the entire Mount of Venus then the combination is said
to be the Shatadhik Ayu Yoga. However it should be noted that it is necessary
that such a combination should be visible in both the hands or otherwise the
Shatadhik Ayu Yoga is not possible. One who has this combination lives for
more than a hundred years. Throughout his life such individual experiences an
uninterrupted happiness.

Shubh Yoga: If the right hand has a developed mount of Saturn and clear Fate
line then the palm of the persons can be called as Shush Yogi. Shush yogi is
considered the most auspicious. A person who has 'Shush Yogi' in his palm
becomes a famous orator and can fascinate the public. He has the exceptional
capability to amuse people by his oratory. Such a person having this yogi is
capable of getting from the public whatever he desires. His speech is enchanting
and he is adept in the art of getting favor from the public. Such a person has a
fascinating and splendid personality. But such person has a rise in fate away
from his birth place.

Sunfa Yoga: If the mounts of the Sun, the Saturn and the Mercury are
developed and along with those three respective lines are clear and unbroken
then the person is said to have Sunfa Yoga in his hands. A person who has Sunfa
Yoga is laborious in his life. He is found to have earned enough wealth and
success due to his own laborious efforts. Due to his efforts he also earns a
respectable position in the society. He has caution and cleverness in all of his
works. Being far-sighted all his decisions are correct. Moreover he is also
blessed with the quality of ready wit, for which he has the capability of taking
quick s decisions. Such an individual always leads a happy domestic life. This
yoga is possible due to the influence of the planet Mercury. The planet of
Mercury is found to have influenced the Sunfa Yoga combination. The line of
relationship of the Saturn, the Mercury should be considered important in the
Sunfa Yoga. If there is the Sunfa Yoga in the palm and the mount of Mercury is
more developed and clearer than such person is found to have interest in the
subject of arts. Such kind of individuals has proneness to cling to the social
traditions and the individuals and is found to be responsible enough. Such person
is found to be clever and wise. Physically they are robust and have an impressive
personality. If there is Sunfa Yoga in the palm and the mount of the Saturn, then
the influence of Saturn is found to be extreme on this combination. If the Saturn
line is especially prominent and straight then the person is considered wise. Such
individuals have enough chance to get success in politics. Such a person does not
worry about wealth in his life. He is very much determined about his aim. He is
adept in keeping his own secrets and at the same time he does not reveal those
secret until he gets his aims completed. His behaviour is simple, straight but at
times mysterious. If there is Sunfa Yoga in the palm but the mount of Sun is
specially developed and the line of Sun is prominent then that person becomes
an honoured high officer. With the influence of Sun the Sunfa Yoga is found to
be successful in the field of administration. He is well-versed and has the
capability to settle properly the responsible tasks. Though they began their
careers from a lower post yet they are capable to attain big post by their efforts
and labours.

Ubhay Charik Yoga: If there is a mark of square on the mount of Sun and top
part of the finger of Mercury reaches the last phalange of the finger of Apollo
then the person is said Ubhay Charik Yoga. The Ubhay Charik Yoga auspicious
on the hand. A person, who is blessed with this yoga, is farsighted as well as
understands the circumstances properly. Such person has the exceptional quality
of ready wit and can act according to the needs of the changing time. Such a
person is just and is honoured in the country for his objectiveness. Physically
such persons are strong and robust in appearance. They have firm conviction on
themselves and cling to their aim till the end. If he gives words to anyone then
he tries to fulfil his promises. It is necessary to have a full square on the mount
of the Sun in this combination. The smaller the square the more auspicious and
favourable the result is.

Vasumati Yoga: If the fingers are without knots and long and the mounts of
Sun, Saturn, Jupiter and Mercury are developed at their own places then it is
called Vasumati Yoga. Such person enjoys complete material happiness in his
life. He never lacks wealth in his life. Such a person earns wealth by his own
efforts and earns reputation and fame in the society. His name becomes an
important name in the society by his own efforts. It is necessary in this
combination that the mounts of Jupiter, Mercury, Sun and Saturn should be
developed and are not away from their respective places. If the conditions
mentioned above are satisfied then only the Vasumati Yoga is possible or
otherwise it will give contrary results.

Vehsi Yoga: If the palm has ring of the Mercury and ring of the Saturn and at
the same time there is a girdle of Venus then it is called Vehsi Yoga in the
science of palmistry. A person who is born with the combination of Vehsi Yoga
is simple in nature, clever, patient and sober. He is a good orator and has the
exceptional capability to influence others by his conversation. Such a person is
expert in leading the society to a proper direction. But such individual with the
Vehsi Yoga lacks the financial support. Though he earns lakhs, he also spends
lakhs because of his excessive expenditure. It has been observed that such a
person does not have any bank balance. Even then he is honoured in the society
and many persons follow his orders. Such persons have a good deal of fan.

Wasi Yoga: If the palm has the ring of Saturn and ring of the Mercury at the
same time then it is Wasi Yoga. A person who has Wasi Yoga on his hand is
found to be expert and clever in his work. Such a person is always smiling,
joyful, virtuous and clever. As a result he can complete all his works properly
and eloquently. His works speak of his sheer wit. Such a person does not lack
anything from family side. None of his enemy dares to come near him. If
somebody comes at the end he has to surrender before the individual having
Wasi Yoga. But the Wasi Yoga on the palm has some evil effects also. If the
palm has Wasi yoga but the fate line is broken then the person commits many
such mistakes for which he remains repentant and perturbed in his life. Though
he repents, such individuals commit the same mistake repeatedly. He always
thinks of taking revenge. Such individual if has Wasi Yoga with the broken fate
line cannot achieve success. Moreover such individuals have proneness of
collecting money through cheating is his tendency throughout his life. One
should also consider the line of Saturn. Only after studying the line of Saturn it is
possible to predict his results about the Wasi Yoga.

14
Medical Palmistry
Palmistry isn’t only about character analysis or fortune telling, it’s a powerful
tool in preventing illness too. Lots of underlying health conditions shows on the
palm, months before they manifest as health problems. Always consult your
physician and get a professional opinion about any suspected condition.
Palmistry, from the medical point of view, has emerged as a science in its own
right that has helped doctors and patients alike in diagnosing difficult diseases.
Good health means a perfect balance between the body, mind and soul. This can
be gauged by the knowledge of palmistry. For centuries medicine has recognized
the link between palmistry and good health. Hippocrates the father of medicine,
Aristotle founder of psychology, and Dr. Charles Bell, father of modern
neurology, all studied the human hand as a diagnostic aid. Palmistry isn’t only
about character analysis or fortune telling, it’s a powerful tool in preventing
illness too. Lots of underlying health conditions shows on the palm, months
before they manifest as health problems. Always consult your physician and get
a professional opinion about any suspected condition. If you have intuition or
power of suggestion and knowledge of reasoning and wisdom, you can help your
friends, as well as yourself, to maintain better health. While observing the lines,
observe them in both the hands. If the following indications are found in both the
hands, then the given conclusions can be confirmed. If these indications appear
in only one hand, then we can say that the person is prone to that disease.
Remember that other factors are also to be considered besides given below to
reach at a final conclusion. If you’ve found a warning sign on your palm, take
professional advice and have regular checkups. A good diet and a healthy
lifestyle with plenty of exercise and rest will alleviate or prevent most
conditions. Today, Medical Palmistry is no longer considered an occult science.
It has fast been gaining a reputation for diagnosing symptoms that would
otherwise take years to manifest themselves. There is no relationship between
the length of the lifeline and the length of your life, even if it is short, doesn’t
worry. The palm lines aren’t fixed and will change as your health and your
character changes. Palmistry will help you with a quick medical check-up in
advance. The palm is a major area for scientific investigation. The palm lines
aren’t fixed and will change as your health and your character changes. Some
practitioners of traditional Chinese medicine use the palm to diagnose illness.
There are many acupuncture points on the hands because many of the body’s
energy meridians pass through them.
• Abortion: A cross above the Marriage line shows natural

abortion. Other indicators are-defective line of Venus, Weak or defective Head

line, First Bracelet upwards to mount of Moon, A star on the lines of Mercury
and Head.
• Accident: A line of influence from the mount of Venus or Life line to the
mount of Saturn leads accident from Vehicle. It will be very serious, if there is a
cross on the Head line under the mounts of Saturn or Sun.

• Acidity: Smooth and knotty fingers, Wavy Head line ending on mount of
Moon, Chained or weakened half Head line, Prominent confusing lines on
mount of Moon, Depressed mount of Mars, Health line cutting Life line are the
indicators of Acidity problem.

• Alcoholism(Drunkenness): A line or branch from the mount of Venus or the

Life line or Mars line terminating in a star on the mount of Moon, an upward
line from the third angle of the triangle ending about the centre mount of the
Moon are the main indicators, Mars line dividing into two lines, red spot on the
Head line under mount of Saturn, changes in the Nails and Skin(rough, dry or
red), little finger much little and under developed, short Thumb, line from the
Life line ending in mount of Moon, broken Girdle of Venus.

• Anaemia: A very pale palm, short and pale nails, lower part of the mount of
Moon exaggerates or much lined are main indicators.
• Apoplexy: Very red skin, plain of Mars hollow toward Head line, Health line
very uneven and red where it crosses Heart line, exaggerate or much lined mount
of Jupiter, a grill and a star on the mount of Moon, long red scar on the Heart
line are the indicators.

• Assassination: A cross or star on the upper mount of Mars, also a large cross
in the centre of the triangle, a line from the quadrangle under the mount of
Saturn cutting deep into a girdle of Venus are the indicators.

• Asthma: The space between the Head line and Heart line is narrow under the
middle finger and one or two lines starting from the mount of Venus move
towards the Head line indicate Asthma, poorly traced Health line with narrow
quadrangle due to Heart line curving down to Head line, no clarity in the
beginning of Heart line, a dot on the Head line under the mount of Saturn, Whirl
between mounts of Saturn and Sun, a black spot inside the quadrangle are other
indicators. A back spot inside the quadrangle.

• Bad Health in Childhood: Life line chained in its first part, Fate line twisted
or much crossed at the start are the indicators.
• Bad Health in Life: Thin palm, Health line connected with Life line at the
start, a wide and pale Life line, a Life line formed of small ladder like fragments,
a number of dots on the Life line are the indicators.

• Bad Health, Old Age: Faint, poorly formed star on the mount of Saturn, short
and broad Health line, Life and Fate lines connected by confused lines at bottom
of triangle, cross near termination of Life line are the indicators.

• Serious Bad Health: A break or cross or star or black dot on the Life and
Health lines, an island is a still worse indication, are the indicators.
• Biliousness: Yellow colour palm. The Mount of Mercury is much lined,
exaggerated or much lined mount of Mercury, wavy Health line are the
indicators.

• Total Blindness: A triangle on the mount of Sun or downwards. A circle on

the Life line or Heart line is the symptom of blindness.

• Blindness of one eye: One circle on Life line: Of both eyes-two circles on the
Life line. A cross on the upper part of the Health line and a circle on the Heart
line, same cross with a break of the lines of Head or Heart under the mount of
Sun, a star in the triangle close to the Health line are the indicators.

• Blood Circulation: Numerous white spots on the nails, Heart line broken
under mount of Saturn are the main indicators.

• Blood Poisoning: Black or bluish spots on the nails are the indicators.

• Blood Pressure (Low): Yellow or white Hand, an island on Heart line, red
spots on the hand, many lines on Saturn are the indicators.

• Blood Pressure(High): Red skin, Red nails, Red lines, Exaggerate mounts of
Mars and Jupiter, apex of Jupiter towards mount of Saturn, line of Mars deeply
marked are the indicators.

• Blood Troubles: Exaggerate or much lined upper mount of Mars, deep and
cross bars cutting Head line, dots on Head line, various spots on nails, Heart line
break below mount of Saturn, broad and shallow Heart line, prominent Jupiter,
Saturn mount having many lines are the indicators.

• Brain Fever: Deep Health line entirely absent in the quadrangle, same line
ending at Head line with many bars cutting Life line, Mercury line ending on
head line and many lines cutting Life line, Headlines quite close to Life line are
the indicators.

• Brain Trouble: Plain of Mars hollow toward Head line, an influence line from
the mount of Venus cutting head line, small and underdeveloped Thumb, pale
and wide Head line with black spots on it and Life line forked at the start, a star
on the Head line at the end of a line of influence, Head line wavy and inclining
towards a wavy Health line, a break of the Head line, Head line starred or
crossed by a deep bar or badly broken or much starred mount of Moon are the
indicators.

• Bronchitis: Exaggerate of much lined upper mount of Mars, cross lines

especially if deep or forked from the Percussion into the upper mount of Mars
are the indicators. Over developed upper mount of Mars, many lines on the
Mount of Mars.

• Cancer: A drooping and forked Head line, upon this line just before the fork
begins a star at the end of the lower point of the fork, all major lines are islanded
and minor lines crossing these lines, Waverly line from Life line to Health line, a
break in Health line and a square on that line are the indicators, Palm ridge
pattern breaks into parts. Malformation of ridges below the ring finger under the
Heart and Headlines represent Cancer virus has set into the body. In the next
stage, the entire hand is filled with cob web formation of thin and zigzag lines.
• Children Illness/Death: Bars, dots, stars or islands spoiling the line of
children are the indicators.
• Artistic Creativity: Conic or oval nails seem to be the most common
configuration and reveal artistic creativity but sometimes impractical nature.

• Deaf and Dumb: An island at the beginning of the Life line and another island
at the end of the Head line.

• Deafness/Ear Trouble: Dots and often island on Head line under the mount of
Saturn with a rather bulging mount of Venus, an exaggerated or much rayed
mount of Saturn are the indicators.

• Deafness: An island on the line of Head under the mount of Saturn.

• Death at early Age: A short Life line in both hands, the Headlines and Heart
lines stopping short before reaching the Fate line, the Head line coming up wavy
to the Heart line under the mount of Mercury are the indicators.
• Death by Apoplexy: Two parallel lines from Heart line low down into mount
of Moon are the indicators.

• Death on Battle field: A star on the mount of Mars, a line from the upper
mount of Mars to the mount of Saturn is the indicators.
• Death, Suddenly: Life line ending in a deep spot or bar, Life line terminating
abruptly with a few short parallel lines, Head and Heart lines joined at the start
in both hands, one short downward line on the joints of all the fingers, a cross on
the middle of the Head line, Violent death often marked by a Grille on the upper
mount of Mars are the indicators.

• Deep red nails: Deep red nails indicate the possibility of high blood pressure,
where very pale, bluish or purple coloured nails indicate the possibility of low
blood pressure, circulatory or cardiac problems.

• Defective blood circulation: More white spots on the nails and pale Head line
with black spot on it.

• Diabetes: Jupiter and Saturn mounts badly affected, Very red palm, many
confused and crossed lines at the bottom of the mount of Moon, a cross at the
same place on the same mount are the indicators. Also a long voyage line from
lower percussion of the lower mount of the Moon with star on the mount of
Moon.

• Digestive Problem: Loops on the tips of fingers, thick and short Health line,
bad mount of Venus, defective Girdle of Venus, damped skin, Head line very
thin, Health line in ladder shaped are the indicators.

• Domestic Troubles: Plain of Mars hollow towards Life line, lines of influence
from the mount of Venus or the Life line cutting the other major lines are the
indicators.

• Dropsy: The lower part of the mount of Moon exaggerates or much lined, a
star on the same place on the same mount are the indicators. Also the lower part
of mount of Moon over-developed or a star on this Mount or many lines on this
mount.

• Epilepsy (Mirgi): Life line suddenly taking curves, double Girdle of Venus,
badly affected mount of Moon, a very poor Heart line, Head line sloping and
broken in small fragments with a large cross (the rays of which terminate in
spots) in the triangle are the indicators. Also, Head line sloping towards the
mount of Moon and broken into pieces with large cross in the triangles.

• Eye Trouble: Exaggerate or much lined mount of the Sun, an ill-formed circle
on the mount of Sun with a poor line of the Sun, circle in quadrangle under
mount of Sun, white dot on the Life line, two circles on Life line, a line of
influence from the mount of Venus ending in a black dot or a star at the
connection of the Head Lines and the Sun, broken Head line under the mount of
Saturn or Sun, a circle on the Heart line under the mount of Sun are the
indicators. Also, a triangle formed under the mount of Sun will reduce the vision
but no blindness.

• Fainting Fits: Line of Heart chained or curving down to line of Head.

• Female Troubles: Plain of Mars hollow towards Moon, the lower part of the
mount of Moon exaggerate or much lined, a cross in the same place on the
mount, the Life line after a short normal run starting towards bottom of the
mount of Moon. Exemption of female troubles will be when a double Heart line
occurs. Crisscross or horizontal lines on the mount of Moon indicate weak uterus
and discharge problems for women.

• Fever, Bilious: Health line thin and red as it crosses Head line, especially with
an island on the latter are the indicators.

• Fever, Hay: Poor Health line with a narrow quadrangle, due to Heart line
curving down to the Head line are the indicators.

• Fever, Malaria/Typhoid: Bluish dot on the Life line, very narrow, highly
colour, often broken Health line with dark dots on the Head line, black or bluish
dots on the Heart line are the indicators.

• Generative Organs Troubles: Exaggerate or badly marked mount of Venus,

first bracelet of the Rascette very convex, a star at the connection of the Head
and Heart lines are the indicators.

• Gout (Gathia/Joints Problem): Exaggerate or much lined mount of Jupiter,

the middle part of mount exaggerate or much lined, ridges on the nails, a
downward line often crossed on the middle part of the mount of the Moon, an
island line on the Saturn mount from an island of Life line, the Life line forked
and red at its termination, Life line divides into two parts at the end are the
indicators. Also, Mount of Jupiter is over-developed or Life line is forked and
red in colour at the termination.

• Haemorrhage: A grille on the upper mount of Mars, the Heart line absent or
very poor. Sometimes in female cases stars on the lower part of the mount of
Moon are the indicators. Also, Grille on the upper mount of Mars and in females
a star on the lower part of the Mount of Moon.

• Haemorrhoids: Exaggerate or much lined mount of Saturn, a line of influence

from a dot on the Life line ending in star on upper mount of Mars, a Health line
rising ladder wise in broken fragments and ending on upper mount of Mars are
the indicators.

• Headache, Chronic: Minute dots in Head line represent Tensions and

Headaches. Health line red at its termination, exaggerate mount of Moon,
chained Head line, short Head line and irregular Health line, bars cutting Head
line, number of small breaks of the Head line, Head line cut by many bars are the
indicators.

• Headache, Serious: Very large branch from starting point of Life line down to
the Rascette, Waverly/irregular Mercury line, drooping and much broken Head
line are the indicators.

• Headaches: Chained line of Head, bars cutting the line of Head.

• Heart Palpitations: Health line red at the start, especially if connected with
the Life line, many dots on the Heart line are the indicators.

• Heart Troubles: Plain of Mars hollow toward Heart line, short, square shaped
and bluish nails, exaggerate or much lined mount of Sun, Fate line ending on
Heart line starting from mount of Moon, line of influence from mount of Venus
cutting Heart line, chained Heart line, bars cutting Heart line. If the Heart line
has breaks, it represents Heart Attacks. If the Heart line has ridges below it and
appears wide, it is an indication of accumulating fat into the Heart’s valves
which may be closed. If Heart troubles is due to diseased Liver then Life and
Health lines closely connected with red or bluish spots on the former and the
Heart line broken under the mount of Mercury are the indicators. Also, Plain of
Mars becomes hollow towards Heart line; Line of Heart is broken under the
Mount of Mercury.
• Heart Weakness: Short and square nails, narrow, thin palm, bluish fingers,
swelling on palm, pale skin, total absence of the Heart line with poor Head line
and wavy Health line, circle on Heart line, very pale and wide Heart line are the
indicators.
• Hereditary disease: An island at the beginning of Life line.

• High Fever: The Heart line curving down on the line of Head.

• Hysteria (Madness): Second finger crooked, a star on the mount of Moon

connected by a line of influence with the mount of Venus, double or triple Girdle
of Venus, a Girdle of Venus cut by many bars are the indicators.

• Incurable Disease: A star on the mount of Saturn, a cross cut by a downward

branch of the Life line is the indicators.
• Indigestion, Chronic: A wavy Health line and an islanded Life line, thick and
short Health line, irregular or wavy Health line with poor Head line are the
indicators.

• Insanity (Mental Illness): Many confused lines on a bulging mount of Moon,

with a sloping Head line sloping to bottom of mount of Moon with a star on
second phalanx of second finger, Head line sloping deeply and broken, Head line
merging into Health line, starred or chained Head line, Wavy Head line rising
close to Heart line under mounts of Sun or Mercury, the Life line being forked at
the start, a split Head line are the indicators.

• Insanity, Alcoholic: Line of Mars very red ending in a fork, one point ending
in a star on the mount of Moon with a black dot on Head line are the indicators.

• Insanity, Heredity: A star at the end of a branch of Heart line drooping into
mount of Moon are the indicators.

• Insanity, Violent: The sign of the Moon on upper mount of Mars, the sign of
Mars on the mount of Moon, the Life line of a bright colour, all lines very red
and the mounts of Mars and the Moon exaggerate are the indicators.

• Intestinal Troubles: Malformation of ridges and some thin lines parallel to the
Health line under the Head line represents Bacterial Infection in intestines and if
strong leads to Intestinal Ulcers. A strong red line between the first and second
fingers, much lined lower part of the upper mount of Mars and upper part of the
mount of Moon, large island at termination of the Head line are the indicators.
• Jaundice: Exaggerate or much lined mount of Mercury, a spot or a star on the
mount of the Moon are the indicators. Also, much lined Mount of Mercury; A
spot or a star on the Mount of Moon.

• Kidney Troubles: If there is a grille or cross on the lower part of the Mount of
Moon, it represents Kidney Troubles. Thick but moist skin, Lower part of the
mount of Moon exaggerate or much lined, a cross at the same place on the
mount, defective Sun finger, many lines on lower Mars, broken Heart line in
both hands, a long line of Voyage reaching almost to the Life line and forked at
the termination are the indicators. Also, Much-lined lower part of the mount of
Moon.

• Weak heart: Weak Large and bluish nail indicates poor blood circulation and
the heart is weak.

• Legs Troubles: Exaggerate or much lined mount of Saturn, Head line broken
under the mount of Saturn are the indicators. Capillary cross lines on the mount
of Mercury will lead to Wounds on Legs.

• Lethargy: Very poor Life and Heart lines, a single uncrossed Bracelet of the
Rascette, a very low plain of Mars are the indicators.

• Very Serious Liver Troubles: Damp skin, especially if clammy cold, Health
line formed in ladder like fragments, exaggerate and much lined mount of
Mercury, yellow colour lines, especially Health line, dark spots on the mount of
Moon are the indicators.

• Longevity: Very long and good Fate line, especially if it comes out in a great
circle, long and clear Health line, if not connected at the start with the Life line, a
complete Rascette, Head and Heart lines in a healthy condition are the
indicators.

• Memory Loss: If the Head line has islands, it tells about Mental Tensions and
Memory Loss. A much broken up Head line, a wavy or fragmentary Health line
are the indicators.

• Fitness: The nails are an excellent indicator of the general physical condition.
If there is something wrong with a single nail, ignore it. If there’s a matching
sign on three or more nails take action.
• Nervousness: Plain of Mars hollow toward Moon, long, narrow, almond
shaped nails, very short nails, flat first phalanx of the Thumb, increase of
opposite loops on mount of Venus, exaggerate or much lined mount of Saturn,
whirl and loops on the mount of Moon, a large spot or dot on the lower part of
the mount of Moon, Life line chained are the indicators.

• Aerobic capacity Problem: When there are no moons on nails. This is very
common and they’re always present on the thumbnails. It’s nothing to be
concerned about but shows that aerobic capacity and circulation aren’t optimal.

• Paralysis: Nails short and triangular shaped, exaggerate or much lined mount
of Saturn, a star on the mount of Saturn, a grille and a star on the mount of
Moon, main lines all poorly marked after the attack, are the indicators.

• Stomach and Colon problems: People with rectangular palms and long
fingers
problems, reproductive

may have stomach and colon issues, venereal diseases, challenges with bodily
fluids, and foot problems.

• Liver Heart, Diabetes Trouble and Head Injuries: People with rectangular
palms and short fingers are generally healthy types, but prone to blood disorders,
liver trouble, diabetes, stroke, high blood pressure, heart failure, and problems
with hips, thighs, throat, and head injuries. Some of their greatest challenges
result from overindulging in food and drink.

• Bronchial, Thyroid gland, Memory loss, and Headaches: People with

square palms and long fingers have potential problems with their nervous
system, such as, bronchial system, and thyroid gland, as well as issues with
memory loss, headaches, speech impediments, and respiratory difficulties.

• Skin, Teeth, Knees and Ligaments Problems: People with square palms and
short fingers have trouble with skin, teeth, knees, ligaments, deafness,
rheumatism, gout, paralysis, hardening of the arteries, haemorrhoids, and
varicose veins.

• Piles: Excessive upper Mars, Health line ladder shaped, Head line ending in
square are the indicators.
• Respiratory Organs Disease: Thin palm, long, brittle, curved or fluted nails,
pale lines, mount of Jupiter exaggerate, and many islands on the Head line, a line
of influence ending in an island on the mount of Jupiter are the indicators.

• Rheumatism: Life line widely forked and red at the termination, cross lines
from the Life line to the mount of Saturn, exaggerate or much lined mount of
Saturn, middle part of mount of Moon exaggerate or much lined, a line down the
middle part of the mount of Moon, especially if crossed, are the indicators.

• Ridged nails: A series of fine (Beau’s lines), longitudinal lines show over
activity of the nervous system, anxiety, adrenal stress and it’s an early warning
of rheumatic and arthritic disorders. Try to relax, perhaps with an activity like
yoga or meditation and take glucosamine sulphate and omega fatty acids, good
for the prevention of joint and mobility problems.
• Stresses Go-getter: Shell nails are similar to wedge nails, but not as deep set
as the wedge. The shell configuration reveals a real go-getter who tends to stress
out.

• Fatigue: Sometimes the nails droop at the ends, rather like the leaves of a
failing plant. If the nails are flat in profile and particularly, if the nails edges
droop, there is general long term fatigue and lack of vitality, not serious or
necessarily illness, but you need rest and rejuvenation.

• Workaholic Tendencies: Spatulate nails signal creativity, love of metaphysics

and the unique, workaholic tendencies, and ironic sense of humour.

• Spinal Troubles: Nails short, narrow and curved, a star on the mount of
Saturn, a drooping Life line often starred or broken under mount of Saturn, a
much rayed and often starred mount of Moon are the indicators.

• Mineral Depletion: Spotty nails and white flecks on the nails are one of the
most obvious signs. They signal mineral depletion (particularly iron, zinc and
copper) sleeplessness and a rundown condition. They’re often seen on nursing
mothers, junior doctors, shift workers, teenagers living on junk food and late
nights, and on those recovering from illness. If your nails are marked like this,
consider taking a good mineral supplement as well as sufficient sleep and
exercise.

• Sterility(Barrenness): A cross on the mount of Saturn, the Life line lying too
close to the second Phalanx of the Thumb, Life line turns to lower mount of
Moon and ends there, a star at the connection of the Head and Health lines, weak
and poor Heart line terminating forkless are the indicators.

• Stone Problem: Lower part of the mount of Moon exaggerates or much lined
are the indicators.

• Suicidal Tendencies: Stars on the mounts of Saturn and the Moon, the latter
mount quite prominent, dropping Head line, a Head line merging into Health line
with poor Fate line and numerous bars on the Life line are the indicators.

• Teeth Trouble: Exaggerate or much lined mount of Saturn, long and wavy
Health line with similar Fate line and second phalanges of all fingers abnormally
long, black spot on Head line are the indicators. If the Heart line has fine vertical
lines cutting it under the middle finger, it represents the problems to gums and
teeth.

• Temporary Brain Trouble: A small portion of the Head line is thin.

• Brain Development: The thumb is the most important and vital part on the
human body. Even modern medical science has proved that there is a “Thumb
Centre” in the human brain. The thumb plays an important role in the daily life
of a human being. No person can do any work properly and efficiently without
using the thumb. It is also a known fact that a child is born into this world with
his thumb lying on the palm inside the fingers on both hands. It has also been
noticed by gynaecologists, paediatricians and mothers of a child, that after seven
days, the thumb comes out of the fingers and the child starts sucking it. This
indicates that the brain of the child has started functioning properly. It has also
been observed that when a person is seriously ill, first, the thumb loses its power
and falls on the palm before the person is dead.

• Throat Sore: Exaggerate or much lined upper mount of Mars, cross lines
especially if deep or forked from the percussion of the upper mount of Mars are
the indicators.

• Tiny, pinprick Sign on Nail: Tiny, pinprick like indentations on the nails are
symptomatic of underlying skin diseases, like dermatitis or psoriasis. Streaks of
brown discolouration in the nail near the top edge, point to uric acid build up and
some sort of renal (kidney) problem.

• Typhoid and Malaria Fever: Bluish dot on the line of Life or Dark dots on
the line of Head, or Black and bluish dots on the line of Heart.
• Uterus-related problems: Plain of Mars becomes hollow towards the Mount
of Moon.

• Venereal Disease: A star on a double Girdle of Venus, a black spot on the

mount of Venus, a star at the junction of the Head and Health lines. The same
thing is indicated by island on the lower portion of Mount of Moon, are the
indicators.

• Venereal infection: The Girdle of Venus indicates. Girdle starts on the mount
of Saturn and ends encircling mount of Apollo. This is the cause of Aids, the
dreaded disease.
• Weak Constitution: Line of life chained or linked.

• Womb Displacement:Womb Displacement: 45 years for women, lower

Moon much raged, cross raged poor Heart line are the indicators.

15
Case Study Case Study in Palmistry
Case 1: Somebody asked the Palmist whether I will be able to change my job
soon?
Answer 1: Many people want to change their job to something. Fate line, Life
line and Sun line represent the future prospects for career, health and success.
The main indicator is the condition of the Fate line. His clear, straight and deep
Fate line shows that the career goes smoothly and without any problems. It also
means that the career position is strong, i.e. he is capable and competent in the
job, can progress easily and will not have any problems in changing his job.
Case 2: Somebody asked the Palmist whether I will have any children?
Answer 2: He asked if he would have any children and if so, how many. He
explained that since marriage five years before, he and his wife had been trying
for children but had not succeeded. The Children Lines, Affection Lines and
Bracelets are checked for children in his hands. His hands clearly showed a
strong
Case 3: Somebody asked the Palmist whether I will be rich? Answer 3: The
Fate line makes a person rich or poor, famous or infamous. In the hands of a that
person around 26 years, there was clearly formed Ring of Solomon which is one
of the rare signs in Palmistry. It represents the native came from a rich and royal
family. There is a very good Sun line and a good Mount of Mars, which
represent interest in defence, martial arts or sports. Several horizontal lines on a
good Mount of Moon representing journey to foreign countries, several times.
There were two strong fate lines running parallel in his hands representing he
was a multi millionaire. I said that he join in defence, martial arts or sports and
will visit several countries. He said he was an international player in table tennis
and visited countries like USA, Germany, France and Italy for tournaments. He
said that his family got their own ships and doing business world-wide.
Obviously his family was very rich. Case 4: A person looking like a beggar, lean
with bony appearance and having clothes very dirty and having patches all over
the body came to a Palmist whether he will have money?
Answer 4: He bent his bald head and stretched out his hands before Palmist. He
asked something for seeing his hand. Palmist noticed that there were two fate
lines and other minor lines representing heavy money and rich. These line
indicated that he is a very rich person and has a property worth of more than one
crore (10 Million) rupees. Latter, the person confirmed that he has around 2
crores worth of property. Case 5: Adolf Hitler was born on April 20, 1889.
Though the lines are not very clear, yet some conclusions can be derived and
verified. Presence of a cross in the beginning of Luck Line indicates tragedy in
early child hood, marred upbringing. Thereafter his Luck line is good till it
meets a cross on the right side of Luck Line around the age of 60, which is a sure
sign of un-natural death. His death occurred at the age of 56 which is ascertained
confirmed by the length of Life Line and the length of heart Line which meets
the Luck Line. Life Line too ends up in a cross indicating a sure sign of untimely
death, before 60. Line of Head ends in a hook turning upward indicating mental
blockade and incorrect decisions, which is worst possible indication and rarest of
rare. Life line and Line of Head are joined but separated quickly: This is a sign
which is generally found over the hands of the people who are sure or destined
to rule and direct shape the future. A big island is notices at the age of 5-10,
which is a sign of illness-pain-angermisfortune. Sun Line appears only after the
age of 52, which shows that the recognition of success will come after 52 years
of age. Line is not so good. Heart Line: Not good. It merges with Line of Fate at
around 55 years of age. Fate blocks the longevity.
Case 6: Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi: Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi was
born on October 2, 1869. He has a star on 3rd phalange of 2nd finger (Saturn
finger), which predicts assassination. Presence of Line of Intuition indicates the
capability to see future. Luck Line is wavy and stops over the Line of Heart,
which shows continuously changing events, like his luck and instability in life.
Heart Line has a trident at the termination, which indicates his immense and
unparalleled popularity, in India and the world over. This trident is generally
present over the palm of religious, saintly and godly people. Main component of
Heart Line is seen touching the Line of head, in a down ward direction, which is
not a good indication. The heart is ruled by the head. Double Line of Head
makes him a peculiar person and capable of performing two different tasks at the
same time, simultaneously, with success. These lines are joined to the Life Line
for a while, but separates soon thereafter, which is an indication for the
leadership. Both lines bend in down ward direction leaning over Luna, making
him a very imaginative person. Dual Line of Head shows dual nature of his
character behaviour, in a way it's not a good sign, to possess.

CHEIRO'S HAND (1866-1936): Line of Head: Cheiro was born with two
Lines of Head. The basic Line of Head is tied with the Life Line, which provides
him a very cautious nature. Other one is independent and rises from the Mount
of Jupiter. This line was sufficient to raise him to the peak in his carrier. He was
the most eminent Palmist in the world, of his times. Upper Line of Head divides
the hand in two portions. Upper half shows the love, affections and the spiritual
world. The lower segment makes him a pragmatic / practical person pertaining
to money matters. Upper line is not straight which prevented the desired success.
Since, it terminates at Mount of Luna; it made him a thinker-visionary. 35th year
was very crucial in his life as a there was star formation accompanied with a
triangle, which are sufficient to show that he got namefame-success, in addition
to wealth. There were four (4) Luck Lines. The basic line starts from the age of
6-7. It shows that at the time of birth, his father did not have sufficient funds for
the welfare of his family. This segment stops at the age of 50 years forming
Mystic Cross between the Lines of Heart and the Line of Head, in addition to
formation of triangles, which shows accumulation of ealth/property. 2nd line
begins from the Luna at a later stage; this line shows the impact of some women
over his carrier/personality and stops at 35th year, giving rise to a Sun line.
Duality of Lines of Head is not a good sign. It reflects duality of
behaviourcharacter, one component of which always remains masked from the
world. 3rd Line of Head starts at 38th year and continues up to the age of 63,
over lapping with the Special Luck Line. 4th segment constitutes Special Luck
Line, which is formed by the breakup of the 3rd Luck Line. A segment is
covering the two lines. Special Luck Line is more or less Saturn Ring/Girdle-
which endows the bearer with wealth even if he is born in a poor family. This
line awards faith in the Almighty and enhances spirituality. Such people are
punished for the guilt of others. There were two (2) Sun Lines. 1st Sun Line
seems to be a component of the Luck Line and goes up to the Mount of Sun
granting success, name, fame, riches, and wealth. 2nd Sun Line’s component too
starts from another Line of Head. These two Sun Lines are sufficient to show-
conclude that he might have utilized his energies for material success. Line of
Heart is not that good but shows longevity up 70 years approximately. One
branch of it touches the Line of Head which shows that the Heart is ruled by the
Head, which is an in auspicious indication. Jupiter Girdle/ring awarded
spirituality to him. Sun Girdle awarded him riches, success, name, fame. He is
remembered all over the world for his work on Palmistry, which he learnt in
India, Banaras-Kashi. Line of Intuition was formed by the combination of the
Line of Mercury and awarded him the power to see the future events in advance.
He must have utilized the gift for making correct predictions. Line of Intuition is
incomplete / broken which could make false conclusions.
Mercury Line starts from the Venus. This clearly indicates of some ailment,
especially connected to sex and working capability. Since it travels to Mercury,
it interpretation changes to that of a money making personality and cleverness.
Life Line is good with numerous branches moving in an upward direction
neutralizing the impact of the Line of Mercury and awarding him riches-free
flow of finances. One segment at the age of 28-30 made him an ambitious
person-in fact the leader in the art and science of Palmistry. Travel Lines are also
visible, which helped Mount of Venus is covered horizontal lines, making
rectangles, quadrangles, and marks of protection from evil/falsehood.
him travelling abroad.

with numerous vertical and